Transcriber’s Note:
This work features some large and wide tables. These are best viewed
with a wide screen.
EDITED BY
S. F. HARMER, M.A., Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge; Superintendent
of the University Museum of Zoology
AND
A. E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Fellow of Christ’s College, Cambridge;
University Lecturer on the Morphology of Invertebrates
VOLUME III
Map to illustrate
THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
of the
LAND OPERCULATE MOLLUSCA
The figures indicate the number of known species.
MOLLUSCS
By the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of
King’s College, Cambridge
BRACHIOPODS (RECENT)
By A. E. Shipley, M.A., Fellow of Christ’s College,
Cambridge
BRACHIOPODS (FOSSIL)
By F. R. C. Reed, M.A., Trinity College, Cambridge
New York
MACMILLAN AND CO. AND LONDON
1895
All rights reserved
“Why, you might take to some light study: conchology, now; I
always think that must be a light study.”
George Eliot, Middlemarch.
Copyright, 1895, By MACMILLAN AND CO.
Norwood Press:
J. S. Cushing & Co.—Berwick & Smith.
Norwood, Mass., U.S.A.
PREFACE TO THE MOLLUSCA
The general plan of classification adopted in this work is not that of
any single authority. It has been thought better to adopt the views of
recognised leading specialists in the various groups, and thus place
before the reader the combined results of recent investigation. This
method may, perhaps, occasion a certain number of small discrepancies,
but it is believed that the ultimate effect will be to the advantage of
the student.
The classification adopted for the recent Cephalopoda is that of Hoyle
(‘Challenger’ Reports, Zoology, vol. xvi.), for the fossil
Cephalopoda (Nautiloidea) that of Foord (Catalogue of the Fossil
Cephalopoda in the British Museum, 1888–91), and (Ammonoidea) P.
Fischer (Manuel de Conchyliologie, 1887). In the Gasteropoda
the outlines are those adopted by Pelseneer (Mém. Soc. Malacol.
Belg. xxvii. 1894), while the details are derived, in the main,
from P. Fischer. The Amphineura, however, have not been regarded
as a separate class. The grouping of the Nudibranchiata is that of
Bergh (Semper, Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, ii. 3). The
Pelecypoda are classified according to Pelseneer’s most recent grouping.
Acknowledgment of the principal sources of information has been made in
footnotes, and a short list of leading authorities has been appended
to the chapters on anatomy, for the use of students desirous to pursue
the subject further. In the case of geographical distribution the
authorities are too numerous and scattered to admit of a list being
given.
A special word of thanks is due to Mr. Edwin Wilson for his patient
care in preparing the illustrations, the majority of which are taken
from specimens in the University Museum of Zoology. Mr. Edgar Smith,
besides affording the kind help which visitors to the British Museum
always experience at his hands, has permitted me to use many specimens
for the purposes of illustration.
A. H. COOKE.
King’s College, Cambridge,
20th December 1894.
CONTENTS
Scheme of the Classification adopted in this Book.
MOLLUSCA
CHAPTER I
Introduction—Position of Mollusca in the Animal Kingdom—Classification—Origin
of Land and Fresh-water Mollusca
Reproduction—Deposition of Eggs—Development of the Fertilised
Ovum—Differences of Sex—Dioecious and Hermaphrodite
Mollusca—Development of Fresh-water Bivalves
Introduction—Division I. Ecardines—External Characters—Internal
Characters—Division II. Testicardines—External
Characters—Internal Characters—Synopsis of Families—Stratigraphical
Distribution—Phylogeny and Ontogeny
CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION—POSITION OF MOLLUSCA IN THE ANIMAL KINGDOM—CLASSIFICATION—ORIGIN OF LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA — Origin of the Fresh-water Fauna — Origin of the Land Fauna
It is the generally accepted opinion among men of science that all
life originated in the sea. Not that all parts of the sea are equally
favourable to the development of forms of life. The ocean surface,
with its entire absence of shelter or resting-place, and the deep sea,
whose abysses are always dark and cold and changeless, offer little
encouragement to plant or animal life, as an original starting-point.
True, both the surface and the depths of the sea have become colonised
by myriads of forms, Mollusca amongst them, but these quarters are in
the truest sense colonised, for the ancestors of those who inhabit them
in all probability migrated from elsewhere.
It was no doubt the littoral region and the shallow waters immediately
below it, a region of changeable currents, of light and shade, of
variation, within definite limits, of temperature and tide effects,
which became the scene of the original development of plant life,
in other words, of the food-supply which rendered possible its
colonisation by higher animals. But the littoral region, besides the
advantages of tenancy which it offers to animal life, has also its
drawbacks. The violence of the surf may beat its inhabitants in pieces,
the retreat of the tide exposes them, not merely to innumerable enemies
in the shape of predatory birds and beasts, but also to a change in
the atmospheric medium by which they are surrounded. Hence, in all
probability, have arisen the various forms of adaptation which are
calculated to bring about the ‘survival of the fittest’; hence, to
narrow our point of view to the Mollusca, the development of
hard shells, or exoskeletons, hence the sand-burrowing, rock-boring,
rock-clinging instincts of various genera and species.[1]
What was the primitive form of molluscan life is little likely to be
ever positively known, although, on grounds of comparative anatomy,
something approaching to the archi-mollusc is often constructed, with
more or less probability, by careful observers. From one of the oldest
known geological strata, the Cambrian, nearly four hundred species
of Mollusca are known, which include representatives of nearly all
the great Orders as they exist at the present day, and without the
slightest sign of approximation to one another. With regard to the
origin of the land and fresh-water Mollusca some definite conclusions
can be arrived at, which will be given in their proper place.
Scarcely any portion of the coast-line of the world is destitute of
molluscan life, except in regions where extreme cold forbids its
existence. Thus along the shores of Northern Asia there is no proper
littoral fauna, the constant influence of travelling ice sweeping it
all away; animal life begins at about three fathoms. But in every coast
region not positively hostile to existence Mollusca make their home.
Each description of habitat has its own peculiar species, which there
flourish best, and exist precariously, if at all, elsewhere. Thus the
sandy waste of estuaries, the loose and shingly beaches, the slimy
mud-flats beset with mangroves, the low stretches of jagged rock, and
even the precipitous cliffs, from whose base the sea never recedes,
have all their own special inhabitants. The same is true of the deep
sea, and of the ocean surface. And when we come to examine the land and
fresh-water Mollusca, it is found not merely that some Mollusca are
terrestrial and others fluviatile, but that certain species haunt the
hills and others the valleys, some the recesses of woods and others the
open meadow sides, some prefer the limestone rocks, others the sandy
or clayey districts, some live only in still or gently moving waters,
while others are never found except where the current is rapid and
powerful.
It is within the tropics that the Mollusca become most numerous, and
assume their finest and quaintest forms. A tropical beach, especially
where there is a good tide-fall and considerable variety of station,
abounds in molluscan life to an extent which must literally be seen to
be believed. The beach at Panama, to select an instance familiar to
the present writer, is astonishingly rich in species, which probably
amount in all to several hundreds. This is due to the immense variety
of habitat. On the rocks at high-water mark, and even above them,
occur Truncatella, Melampus, Littorina, and
Siphonaria; where a mangrove-swamp replaces the rock, on the
branches overhead are huge Littorina, while three species of
Cerithidea crawl on the mud, and Cyrena and Arca
burrow into it. Lower down, in the rock pools at half-tide mark are
Cerithium, Purpura, Omphalius, Anachis
(2 sp.), Nassa, and several Crepidula. At low-water
mark of ordinary tides, under stones half buried in clean sand, are
Coecum and Vitrinella; under the blocks which rest on
solid rock are Cypraea (4 or 5 sp.), Cantharus, more
Anachis, Columbella (3 sp. including the graceful C.
harpiformis), and Nitidella. Where the blocks of rock are
rather muddy, Conus lurks, and with it Turritella and
Latirus. Where the rocks form a flat-topped platform 2 or 3 feet
high, with here and there a deep crack, huge Chitons 3 inches long
conceal themselves, with two species of Turbo, Purpura,
and Clavella. At extreme low-water mark of spring tides,
on the isolated rocks are Monoceros, Leucozonia,
and Vermetus, in them are Pholas and a
burrowing Mytilus, under them are more Conus,
Dolium, and huge frilled Murices. Patches of clean
gravelly sand here produce Strombus; on the operculum of the
great Str. galea is sure to be a Crepidula, exactly
fitting its breadth. On the liquid mud-flats to the north glide
about Marginella, Nassa, and Truncaria, in
the clean sandstretch to the west Olivella ploughs about by
hundreds with several species of Natica, and Tellina
and Donax bury themselves deep, while farther down are
Artemis, Chione, and, where mud begins to mix with the
sand, Mytilus and more Arca. Each of these species has
its own habitat, often circumscribed to a few square feet at the most,
and it would be utterly useless to seek for it anywhere except in its
own special domain.
Equally abundant are the land Mollusca of the tropics. Prof. C. B.
Adams relates that within the limits of a single parish in Jamaica,
named Manchester, which measures no more than four miles long and one
mile broad, he obtained no fewer than one hundred species. Mr. J. S.
Gibbons, in a description of the Mollusca he obtained near St. Ann’s,
Curaçao, gives a lively picture of their abundance in an exceptionally
favoured locality:—[2]
“Near the outskirts of the town a waste piece of ground supplied me
with occupation for all the time I had to spare. Neither grass nor
water was to be seen, the only vegetation consisting of a few stunted
cacti and still fewer acacia bushes. This, however, was so rich in
shells that of several species enough specimens could have been
collected in a few yards to supply, I should suppose, all the shell
cabinets in the world.... The stones, plants, and ground were covered
with Strophia uva L., Tudora megacheila, P. and M., was
in equal abundance, suspended by its silk-like thread from acacia
boughs, or strewed thickly on the ground underneath. A Bulimulus
(B. multilineatus var. sisalensis) abounded on the
smaller boughs, while under masses of coral Macroceramus inermis
Gundl., Pupa parraiana d’Orb, and P. pellucida Pfr., were
abundant. In the loose soil Cylindrella Raveni Bland, Cistula
Raveni Bland, and a curious Cionella were so numerous that a
spade would have been the best instrument with which to collect them.
I wasted a good deal of valuable time in separating them from the
soil, when by simply taking away a few handfuls of mould, I might have
obtained a larger number of specimens. A species of Stenogyra
and a Succinea complete a list, all of which might have been
gathered from almost any square yard of ground on the hillside.”
Position of Mollusca in the Animal Kingdom.—Up to very
recent times it was usual to regard the Mollusca as one of the
four subdivisions of a great family known as Malacozoa, the
subdivisions being (1) Mollusca, (2) Tunicata, (3) Brachiopoda, (4)
Polyzoa or Bryozoa. This classification is still retained in the
leading modern manual on the subject.[3] The progress, however, of
investigation leads to the belief that the Mollusca are not so closely
related to these other groups as such a classification would seem to
imply. The Tunicata, for instance, appear, from the whole course of
their development, to occupy a position near to the Vertebrata. The
relations of the Brachiopoda and Polyzoa will be more particularly
referred to in that part of this History which deals especially with
those groups. The position of the Mollusca is, in many respects, one
of considerable isolation. Any attempt, therefore, definitely to
relate them to one group or another, is, in all probability, to go
further than the present state of our knowledge warrants. Especially
to be deprecated are systems of classification which confidently
derive the Mollusca in general from this or that group. The
first undisputed traces of animal life, which appear in the Cambrian
epoch, exhibit the same phyletic distinctions as now exist. Sponges,
Echinoderms, Mollusca, and Worms, formed already, in those immeasurably
remote ages, groups apparently as generally distinct from one another
as they are at the present time. It would seem that any theory of
development, which confidently teaches the derivation of any one of
these groups from any other, is, in the present state of the evidence
before us, hazardous in the extreme.
Some indications of relationship, which must not be pushed too far, may
be drawn from a consideration of embryonic resemblance. An especial
characteristic of the Mollusca is the possession of a particular form
of larva, which occurs in one of the stages of development, known as
the trochosphere (see p. 130). This form of larva is shared with
two orders of Annelida, the Chaetopoda and the Gephyrea armata, and, in
all probability, with the Polyzoa as well. It may also be significant
that the adult form in Rotifera bears a close resemblance to the
trochosphere larva in those groups.
Basis of Classification.—The Mollusca are divided into
four great Orders—Cephalopoda, Gasteropoda,
Scaphopoda, and Pelecypoda.[4] Each name, it will be
noticed, bears reference to the ‘foot,’ i.e. to the organ of
motion which corresponds in function to the foot in the Vertebrata.
In the Cephalopoda the feet, or, as they are more frequently
termed, the ‘arms,’ are arranged symmetrically round the head or mouth.
The common forms of ‘cuttle-fish’ (Octopus, Loligo) are
familiar examples of Cephalopods.
The Gasteropoda crawl on the flat under-surface or ‘sole’
of the foot. Snails, slugs, sea-hares, whelks, periwinkles, and
coats-of-mail or chitons are examples of this Order.
The Scaphopoda possess a long tubular shell open at both ends;
with their small and elongated foot they are supposed to dig into the
mud in which they live. The common Dentalium or tusk-shell of
our coasts is a representative of this Order.
Fig. 1.—Examples of the four Orders: A,
Cephalopoda; B, Gasteropoda; C, Scaphopoda, and D,
Pelecypoda.
A, Ommastrephes sagittatus Lam., Naples: a,
a, arms surrounding the mouth; f, funnel; t,
t, the two ‘tentacular’ arms, × ⅖. B, Buccinum
undatum L., Britain: f, foot; pr, proboscis. ×
½. C, Dentalium entalis L., Norway: f, foot.
D, Cardium oblongum Chem., Naples: f, foot;
s, efferent or anal siphon; s’, efferent or branchial
siphon, × ½.
The Pelecypoda[5] are enclosed in a bivalve shell fastened by a
muscular hinge, the adjacent part of the valves being generally more or
less toothed; the foot is as a rule roughly comparable to the shape of
an axe-head.
To these four Orders is frequently added a fifth, the Pteropoda,
whose exact position is at present not absolutely settled. The
Pteropoda[6] are ‘pelagic,’ i.e. they live in the open waters
of the ocean, rising to the surface at night, and sinking into cooler
water by day. They are provided with a pair of wing-like appendages or
‘feet,’ on each side of the head, by means of which they are enabled
to swim. Some authorities regard the Pteropoda as a subdivision of
Gasteropoda, others as forming a separate Order, of equivalent value
to the other four. The question will be further discussed below
(see chap. xv.), but for the present it will be sufficient to state
that the weight of evidence appears to show that the Pteropoda are
modified Gasteropoda, with special adaptations to pelagic life, and are
therefore not entitled to rank as a separate Order.
Some writers conveniently group together the first three of these
Orders, the Cephalopoda, Gasteropoda, and Scaphopoda, under the title
Glossophora,[7] or Mollusca furnished with a radula
or ribbon-shaped ‘tongue,’ set with rows of teeth and situated
in something of the nature of a head, as distinguished from the
Aglossa (or Lipocephala),[8]i.e. those Mollusca
which have no radula and no head. To the latter belong only the
fourth Order, the Pelecypoda. This view postulates, for the primitive
ancestral Mollusc, a body with a more or less developed head, and
possibly the rudiments of an apparatus for grinding or triturating
food. This form, it is held, either developed or degenerated. In the
former case, in consequence of the more active mode of life upon
which it may be supposed to have entered, it gave rise to all the
more highly organised forms which are grouped under the three great
Orders. When, on the other hand, the ancestral form associated itself
with an inactive or sedentary life, it was, we may believe, modified
accordingly, and either lost by atrophy or failed to acquire those
special points of organisation which characterise the highly-developed
form. Hence the Pelecypoda, or bivalves, whose characteristic is the
absence of any definite cephalic region or masticatory apparatus.
It is a remarkable fact in support of this theory of the origin of
the Aglossa that certain of their larvae are known to possess traces
of higher organisation, e.g. an external mouth and eyes, the
former of which becomes covered by the mantle lobes, while the latter
disappear long before the adult stage is reached.
Thus we have
Classification of Gasteropoda.—The Gasteropoda are
numerically very largely in excess of the two other Orders of the
Glossophora, far more complicated as regards classification, and
contain a large proportion of those examples of the Mollusca which are
most familiar to the ordinary observer. It will therefore be convenient
to postpone for the present a fuller discussion of the subdivisions of
the Cephalopoda and Scaphopoda, as well as of the Aglossa, returning to
them again in special chapters (chaps. xiii. and xvi.), and to devote
a few introductory words to the classification and relations of the
Gasteropoda.
The Gasteropoda are divided into four Classes, Amphineura,
Prosobranchiata, Opisthobranchiata, and Pulmonata.
Fig. 2.—An example of the Polyplacophora:
Chiton spinosus Brug.
Fig. 3.—An example of the Aplacophora,
Neomenia carinata Tullb.: a, anus; gr, ventral
groove; m, mouth.
(1) The Amphineura[9] are bilaterally symmetrical Mollusca,
i.e. with organs either single and central, or paired and
disposed on either side of the longer axis of the animal. The shell,
when present, is never spiral, but consists of eight overlapping
plates, kept together by an elliptical girdle. The Amphineura are
divided into (a) Polyplacophora,[10] or Chitons, and
(b) Aplacophora (Chaetoderma and Neomenia).
(2) The Prosobranchiata[11] are so named from the fact that
the breathing organ (branchia or ctenidium[12]) is as a rule situated
in front of the heart, the auricle at the same time being
in front of the ventricle. They are asymmetrical, almost always
furnished with a shell, which is at some time spiral, and with an
operculum. The sexes are separate. They are either marine animals, or
can be shown to be more or less directly derived from genera which
are marine. They are divided into (a) Diotocardia[13]
(Haliotis, Fissurella, Trochus, Nerita,
Patella), which have, or whose immediate ancestors are believed
to have had, two auricles to the heart, two sets of breathing organs,
two kidneys, but no proboscis, penis, or siphon, and (b)
Monotocardia,[14] in which the heart has only one auricle,
the true breathing organ is single, and there is a single kidney.
To this division belong the great majority of marine univalve
Mollusca, e.g.Cypraea, Buccinum, Murex,
Littorina, Ianthina, all the land and fresh-water
operculates (Cyclostoma, Melania, Paludina, etc.),
as well as the Heteropoda, which are a group of Prosobranchiata
which have betaken themselves to a pelagic life.
Fig. 4.—Example of a Heteropod, Carinaria
mediterranea Lam., Naples: a, anus; br, branchia;
f, foot; i, intestine; m, mouth; p, penis;
s, sucker; sh, shell; t, tentacles. × ½. The animal swims
foot uppermost.
(3) In the Opisthobranchiata[5] the breathing organs (when
present) are behind the heart, and the auricle of the heart
is consequently behind the ventricle. They are asymmetrical marine
animals; usually, but by no means always, without a shell, scarcely
ever with an operculum in the adult state. The sexes are united in the
same individual. The Opisthobranchiata fall into two divisions:
(a) Tectibranchiata, in which the breathing organ is more
or less covered by the mantle, and a shell is usually present, which
is sometimes rudimentary, e.g.Bulla, Aplysia,
Umbrella, and the whole group of Pteropoda; (b)
Nudibranchiata, or sea slugs, which have no shell and no true
ctenidia, but breathe either by the skin, or by ‘cerata’ or papilliform
organs prominently developed on the back: e.g.Doris,
Aeolis, Dendronotus.
Fig. 5.—A, A Tectibranchiate
Opisthobranch, Umbrella mediterranea Lam., Naples: a,
anus; br, branchia; f, foot; m, mouth; rh,
rhinophores; sh, shell.
B, A Pteropod, Hyalaea tridentata Forsk., Naples:
sh, shell; l, l, swimming lobes of foot.
Fig. 6.—Examples of—A, Pulmonata
Basommatophora, the common Limnaea peregra Müll.: e,
e, eyes; t, t, tentacles. B, Pulmonata
Stylommatophora, Helix hortensis Müll.: e, e,
eyes; t, t, tentacles; p. o, pulmonary orifice
(the position of the pulmonary orifice in Limnaea will be seen
by reference to Fig. 101).
(4) The Pulmonata[15] are asymmetrical air-breathing non-marine
Mollusca, generally, but not always, furnished with a shell. The
sexes are always united in the same individual, and the operculum is
always wanting, except in Amphibola. They are conveniently
divided into Stylommatophora,[16] in which the eyes are at
the tip of the upper tentacles, which are retractile (Helix,
Limax, Bulimus, and all true land slugs and snails),
and Basommatophora, in which the eyes are at the base of the
tentacles, which are not retractile (Limnaea, Planorbis,
Physa, and all the Auriculidae).
The relation of the four great Orders to one another will be better
discussed when we come to deal with each Order separately. The problem
of the origin and mutual relationship of the various forms of molluscan
life is of extreme subtlety, and its solution can only be approached
after a comprehensive survey of many complicated anatomical details.
But there is one branch of the Mollusca—the land and fresh-water
genera—whose origin is, comparatively speaking, of recent date, and
whose relationships are therefore less likely to have suffered complete
obliteration.
Origin of the Land and Fresh-water Mollusca.—The ultimate
derivation of the whole of the land and fresh-water molluscan fauna
must, as has already been remarked, be looked for in the sea. In
certain cases the process of conversion, if it may be so termed, from
a marine to a non-marine genus, is still in progress, and can be
definitely observed; in others the conversion is complete, but the
modification of form has been so slight, or the date of its occurrence
so recent, that the connexion is unmistakable, or at least highly
probable; in others again, the modification has been so great, or the
date of its occurrence so remote, that the actual line of derivation is
obscured or at best only conjectural.
Fig. 7.—A, the common cockle
(Cardium edule L.). B, Adacna plicata Eichw.,
Caspian Sea. C, Didacna trigonoides Pall., Caspian Sea.
This passage from a marine to a non-marine life—in other words, this
direct derivation of non-marine from marine genera—is illustrated
by the faunal phenomena of an inland brackish-water sea like the
Caspian, which is known to have been originally in connexion with the
Mediterranean, and therefore originally supported a marine fauna.
The Mollusca of the Caspian, although without exception brackish- or
fresh-water species, are in their general facies distinctly marine.
Of the 26 univalve species which inhabit it 19 belong to 4 peculiar
genera (Micromelania, Caspia, Clessinia,
Nematurella), all of which are modified forms of the marine
Rissoidae. The characteristic bivalves belong to the genera
Adacna, Didacna, and Monodacna, all of which can
be shown to be derived from the common Cardium edule. We have
here a case where complete isolation from the sea, combined no doubt
with a gradual freshening of the water, has resulted in the development
of a number of new genera. The singularly marine facies of several
of the fresh-water genera now inhabiting Lake Tanganyika, has given
rise to the belief, among some authorities, that that lake was at one
time an inlet of the Indian Ocean. In the upper waters of the Baltic,
marine and fresh-water Mollusca flourish side by side. So complete is
the intermixture, that an observer who had lived on no other shores
would probably be unable to separate the one set of species from the
other.[18] Thus between Dagö and Papen-Wiek[19]Mytilus edulis,
Cardium edule, Tellina balthica, Mya arenaria,
Littorina rudis, and Hydrobia balthica are the only
true marine species; with these live Unio, Cyclas,
Neritina, Limnaea, and Bithynia. The marine
species and Neritina live down to 15–20 fath., the rest only
down to 3 fath. Under stones close to the shore of the Skärgård at
Stockholm[20] are found young Cardium and Tellina, and
at 3 to 6 fath. Limnaea peregra, and Physa fontinalis.
Near Gothland Limnaea is found in the open sea at 8–12 fath.,
and with it occur Cardium and Tellina. At the Frisches
Haff[21]Mya arenaria is the only marine species, and lives in
company with 6 sp. Limnaea, 1 Physa, 9 Planorbis,
1 Ancylus, 4 Valvata, 2 Sphaerium. Were the Sound
to become closed, and the waters of the Baltic perfectly fresh, it
would be inevitable that Mya arenaria, and such other marine
species as continued to live under their changed conditions, should
in course of time submit to modifications similar in kind to those
experienced by the quondam marine species of the Caspian.
It seems probable, however, that the origin, at least in a great part,
of the land and fresh-water Mollusca need not be accounted for by such
involuntary changes of environment as the enclosure of arms of the
sea, or the possible drying up of inland lakes. These cases may be
taken as illustrations of the much more gradual processes of nature
by which the land and fresh-water fauna must have been developed. The
ancestry of that fauna must be looked for, as far as the Gasteropoda
are concerned, in the littoral and estuarine species; for
the Pelecypoda, in the estuarine alone. The effect of the
recess of the tide, in the one case, and the effect of the reduced
percentage of salt, in the other, has tended to produce a gradual
adaptation to new surroundings, an adaptation which becomes more
and more perfect. It may be safely asserted that no marine species
could pass into a land or fresh-water species except after a period,
more or less prolonged, of littoral or estuarine existence. Thus we
find no land or fresh-water species exhibiting relationships with
such deep-sea genera as the Volutidae, Cancellariidae,
Terebridae, or even with genera trenching on the lowest part
of the littoral zone, such as the Haliotidae, Conidae,
Olividae, Capulidae. The signs of connexion are rather
with the Neritidae, Cerithiidae, and above all the
Littorinidae, which are accustomed to live for hours, and
in the case of Littorina for days or even weeks, without
being moistened by the tide. Similarly the fresh-water Pelecypoda
exhibit relationships, not with genera exclusively marine, but with
genera known to inhabit estuaries, such as the Mytilidae,
Corbulidae, Cardiidae.
It would be natural to expect that we should find this process of
conversion still going on, and that we should be able to detect
particular species or groups of species in process of emigration
from sea to land, or from sea to fresh water. Such species will be
intermediate between a marine and a land or fresh-water species, and
difficult to classify distinctly as one or the other. Cases of Mollusca
occupying this intermediate position occur all over the world. They
inhabit brackish swamps, damp places at high-water mark, and rocks
only at intervals visited by the tide. Such are Potamides,
Assiminea, Siphonaria, Melampus, Hydrobia,
Truncatella, among the univalves, and many species of
Cyrena and Arca among the bivalves.
(a) Pelecypoda.—Estuarine species, which have become
accustomed to a certain admixture of fresh water, have gradually
ascended the streams or been cut off from the sea, and have at last
become habituated to water which is perfectly fresh.
Fig. 8.—A, The common
Mytilus edulis L., a marine genus and species. B,
Dreissensia, a fresh-water genus, closely allied to
Mytilus.
Fig. 9.—A, Arca navicella Reeve,
Philippines, a marine species. B, Arca (Scaphula) pinna
Bens., R. Tenasserim, a fresh-water species which lives many miles
above the tide-way.
Thus Dreissensia (rivers and canals throughout N. Europe and
N. America) and Mytilopsis (rivers of America) are scarcely
modified Mytili (Fig. 8); Scaphula is a modified
Arca, and lives in the Ganges, the Jumna, and the Tenasserim at
a distance of 1600 miles from the sea (Fig. 9). Pholas rivicola
is found imbedded in floating wood on the R. Pantai many miles from its
mouth. Cyrena, Corbicula, and probably Sphaerium
and Pisidium are derived, in different degrees of removal, from
the exclusively marine Veneridae; Potamomya (rivers of S.
America), and Himella (R. Amazon) are forms of Corbula.
The Caspian genera derived from Cardium (Adacna,
Didacna, Monodacna), have already been referred to.
Nausitora is a form of Teredo, which lives in fresh water
in Bengal. Rangia, Fischeria, and Galatea probably
share the derivation of the Cyrenidae, while in Iphigenia we
have one of the Donacidae which has not yet mounted rivers, but is
confined to a strictly estuarine life. The familiar Scrobicularia
piperata of our own estuaries is a Tellina, which lives by
preference in brackish water.
Fig. 10.—Trigonia pectinata Lam.,
Sydney, N.S.W.
The great family of the Unionidae is regarded by Neumayr[22] as derived
from Trigonia, the points of similarity being the development
of a nacreous shell, the presence of a strong epidermis, and the
arrangement of the muscular scars. It is remarkable, too, that on many
Uniones of Pliocene times there is found shell ornamentation of such a
type as occurs elsewhere among the Pelecypoda only on Trigonia.
The genera of fresh-water Pelecypoda are comparatively few in number,
and their origin is far more clearly discernible than that of any other
group. This is perhaps due to the fact that the essential changes of
structure required to convert a marine into a fresh-water bivalve
are but slight. Both animals “breathe water,” and both obtain their
nutriment from matter contained in water. Similar remarks apply to
fresh-water operculate Gasteropoda. But the passage from a marine to an
aerial life involves much profounder changes of environment, which have
to be met by correspondingly important changes in the organism. This
may be in part the reason why the ancestry of all Pulmonata, whether
land or fresh-water, is so difficult to trace.
Fig. 11.—A, Cominella, a marine
genus, which lives between tide marks, and from which is probably
derived B, Clea, a genus occurring only in fresh water.
Fig. 12.—A, Cerithium columna
Sowb. (marine). B, Potamides microptera Kien.
(brackish water). C, Io spinosa Lea, one of the
Pleuroceridae (fresh water).
(b) Gasteropoda.—(1) Operculate.Canidia
and Clea are closely allied, with but little modification,
to the marine Cominella[23] (Fig. 11), as is also
Nassodonta to Nassa. They occur (in fresh water) in
the rivers of India, Indo-China, Java, and Borneo, associated with
essentially fresh-water species. Potamides, with its various
sub-genera (Telescopium, Pyrazus, Pirenella,
Cerithidea, etc.), all of which inhabit swamps and mud-flats
just above high-water mark in all warm countries, are derived from
Cerithium (Fig. 12); Assiminea, Hydrobia, and
perhaps Truncatella, from Rissoa. It is a remarkable
fact that in Geomelania (with its sub-genera Chittya
and Blandiella) we have a form of Truncatella which
has entirely deserted the neighbourhood of the sea, and lives
in woody mountainous localities in certain of the West Indies.
Cremnoconchus, a remarkable shell occurring only on wet cliffs
in the ghâts of southern India, is a modified Littorina.
Neritina and Nerita form a very interesting case
in illustration of the whole process. Nerita is a purely
marine genus, occurring on rocks in the littoral zone; one species,
however, (N. lineata, Chem.) ascends rivers as far as 25
miles from their mouth, and others haunt marshes of brackish water.
Neritina is the fresh-water form, some species of which
are found in brackish swamps or even creeping on wet mud between
tide marks, while the great majority are fluviatile, one group
(Neritodryas) actually occurring in the Philippines on trees
of some height, at a distance of a quarter of a mile from any water.
Navicella is a still further modified form of Neritina,
occurring only on wet rocks, branches, etc., in non-tidal streams (Fig.
13).
Fig. 13.—Illustrating the development of
the fresh-water genus Navicella, through the brackish-water
Neritina, from the marine Nerita, with corresponding
changes in the operculum. 1. Nerita; 2, 3. Neritina; 4.
Neritina, intermediate form; 5, 6. Navicella.
The great family of the Melaniidae, which occurs in the rivers of warm
countries all over the world, and that of the Pleuroceridae, which
is confined to North America, are, in all probability, derived from
some form or forms of Cerithium. The origin of the Paludinidae,
Valvatidae, and Ampullariidae is more doubtful. Their migration
from the sea was probably of an early date, since the first traces
of all three appear in the lower Cretaceous, while Melaniidae are
not known until Tertiary times. Ampullaria, however, shows
distinct signs of relationship to Natica, while the affinities
of Paludina and Valvata cannot as yet be approximately
affirmed.
(2) Pulmonata.—Intermediate between the essentially fresh-water
and the essentially marine species come the group sometimes known as
Gehydrophila, consisting of the two families Auriculidae and Otinidae.
These may be regarded as Mollusca which, though definitely removed from
all marine species by the development of a true lung or lung cavity in
the place of a gill, have yet never become, in respect of habitat,
genuine fresh-water species. Like Potamides, they haunt salt
marshes, mangrove swamps, and the region about high-water mark. In
some cases (Otina, Melampus, Pedipes) they live
on rocks which are moistened, or even bathed by the spray, in others
(Cassidula, Auricula) they are immersed in some depth of
brackish water at high tide, in others again (Scarabus) they are
more definitely terrestrial, and live under dead leaves in woods at
some little distance from water. Indeed one genus of diminutive size
(Carychium) has completely abandoned the neighbourhood of the
sea, and inhabits swampy ground almost all over the world.
Fig. 14.—Examples of the Auriculidae:
A, Auricula Judae Lam., Borneo; B, Scarabus
Lessoni Blainv., E. Indies; C, Cassidula mustelina
Desh., N. Zealand; D, Melampus castaneus Mühlf., S.
Pacific; E, Pedipes quadridens Pfr., Jamaica.
Fig. 15.—An example of Amphibola
(avellana Chem.), the only true Pulmonate which possesses an
operculum.
To this same section Gehydrophila have been assigned two remarkable
forms of air-breathing “limpet,” Siphonaria and Gadinia
(see page 151), and the aberrant Amphibola, a unique instance of
a true operculated pulmonate. Siphonaria possesses a pulmonary
cavity as well as a gill, while Gadinia and Amphibola are
exclusively air-breathing. Siphonaria lives on rocks at or above
high-water mark, Gadinia between tide marks, Amphibola
(Fig. 15) in brackish water at the estuaries of rivers, half buried in
the sand. There can be little doubt that all these are marine forms
which are gradually becoming accustomed to a terrestrial existence.
In Gadinia and Amphibola the process is so far complete
that they have exchanged gills for a pulmonary cavity, while in
Siphonaria we have an intermediate stage in which both organs
exist together. A curious parallel to this is found in the case of
Ampullaria, which is furnished with two gills and a pulmonary
chamber, and breathes indifferently air and water. It is a little
remarkable that Siphonaria, which lives at a higher tide level
than Gadinia, should retain the gill, while Gadinia has
lost it.
The ultimate affinities of the essentially fresh-water groups,
Limnaea, Physa, Chilina, cannot be precisely
affirmed. The form of shell in Latia, Gundlachia,
and perhaps Ancylus, may suggest to some a connexion with
the Otinidae, and in Chilina, a similar connexion with the
Auriculidae. But, in a question of derivation, similarities of
shell alone are of little value. It is not a little remarkable, for
instance, that we should find a simple patelliform shell in genera so
completely distinct from one another in all anatomical essentials as
Ancylus, Patella, Siphonaria, Propilidium,
Hipponyx, Cocculina, and Umbrella.
Some recent authors, on grounds of general organisation, regard the
Limnaeidae and their allies as Opisthobranchs adapted to an aerial
life. It is held[24] that the Nudibranchiate Opisthobranchs have given
birth to the Pulmonata Stylommatophora or land snails, and
the Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs to the Pulmonata Basommatophora
or fresh-water snails. Such a view seems at first sight open
to some objection from other views than those which deal simply with
anatomy. The Opisthobranchiata are not, to any marked extent,
littoral genera, nor do they specially haunt the mouths of rivers. On
the contrary, they inhabit, as a rule, only the very lowest part of
the littoral zone, and are seldom found, except where the water is
purely salt. In other cases, when the derivation of land or fresh-water
genera is fairly well established, intermediate forms persist,
which indicate, with more or less clearness, the lines along which
modification has proceeded. It has, however, recently been shown that
Siphonaria[25] and Gadinia,[26] which have, as has been
already mentioned, hitherto been classified as Pulmonata, are in
reality modified forms of Opisthobranchiata, which are in process of
adaptation to a life partly marine, partly on land. They may therefore
be regarded as supplying the link, hitherto missing, between the land
Pulmonata and the marine groups from one or other of which the
latter must have been derived. The general consensus of recent opinion
inclines towards accepting these views, some writers[27] being content
to regard the Pulmonata, as a whole, as derived from the
Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs, while others[28] go further and regard
the Stylommatophora as derived directly from the Basommatophora.
Gasteropoda.—(1) Operculate. On a priori grounds,
one might predict a double origin for land operculates. Marine species
might be imagined to accustom themselves to a terrestrial existence,
after a period, more or less prolonged, of littoral probation. Or
again, fresh-water species, themselves ultimately derived from the
sea, might submit to a similar transformation, after a preliminary
or intermediate stage of life on mudbanks, wet swamps, branches
overhanging the water, etc. Two great families in this group, and two
only, seem to have undergone these transformations, the Littorinidae
and the Neritidae. The derivation of almost all existing land
operculates may be referred to one or other of these groups.
Fig. 16.—Two rows of the radula of
Littorina littorea L., × 72.
The power of the Littorinidae to live for days or even weeks without
being moistened by the sea may be verified by the most casual observer.
In the tropics this power seems even greater than on our own shores.
I have seen, in various parts of Jamaica, Littorina muricata
living at the top of low cliffs among grass and herbage. At Panama
I have taken three large species of Littorina (varia,
fasciata, pulchra), on trees at and above high-water
mark. Cases have been recorded in which a number of L. muricata,
collected and put aside, have lived for three months, and L.
irrorata for four months.[29] These facts are significant, when
we know that the land operculates almost certainly originated in a
tropical climate.
The Cyclophoridae, Cyclostomatidae, and Aciculidae, which, as
contrasted with the other land operculates, form one group, have very
close relations, particularly in the length and formation of the
radula, or lingual ribbon, with the Littorinidae.
Fig. 17.—Two rows of the radula of
Cyclophorus sp., India, × 40.
On the other hand, the Helicinidae, Hydrocenidae, and Proserpinidae
are equally closely related to Neritina. The Proserpinidae
(restricted to the Greater Antilles, Central America and Venezuela)
may perhaps be regarded as the ultimate term of the series. They
have lost the characteristic operculum, which in their case is
replaced by a number of folds or lamellae in the interior of the
shell. It has already been noticed how one group of Neritina
(Neritodryas) occurs normally out of the water. This group
furnishes a link between the fresh-water and land forms. It is
interesting to notice that here we have the most perfect sequence of
derivatives; Nerita in the main a purely marine form, with
certain species occurring also in brackish water; Neritina in
the main fresh-water, but some species occurring on the muddy shore,
others on dry land; Helicina the developed land form; and
finally Proserpina, an aberrant derivative which has lost the
operculum.[30]
Gasteropoda.—(2) Pulmonata. The origin of these, the
bulk of the land fauna, must at present be regarded as a problem not
yet finally solved. Some authorities, as we have seen, regard them as
derived from the Nudibranchiate, others, probably more correctly, from
the Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs.
The first known members of the land Pulmonata (Pupa [?],
Hyalinia) are from the Carboniferous of North America. Similar
but new forms appear in the Cretaceous, from which time to the present
we have an unbroken series. The characteristically modern forms,
according to Simroth,[31] are Helices with thick shells. According
to the same author, Vitrina and Hyalinia are ancestral
types, which give origin not only to many modern genera with shells,
but to many shell-less genera also, e.g.Testacella is
probably derived through Daudebardia from Hyalinia,
while from Vitrina came Limax and Amalia. A
consideration of the radulae of the genera concerned certainly tends in
favour of these views.
Godwin-Austen, speaking generally, considers[32] genera of land
Pulmonata with strongly developed mantle-lobes and rudimentary shell as
more advanced in development than genera in which the shell is large
and covers all or nearly all the animal.
CHAPTER II LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA, THEIR HABITS AND GENERAL ECONOMY
The majority of the Land Mollusca are probably more sensitive than is
usually believed. The humidity of the air must affect the surface of
their skin to a considerable extent. Every one has noticed how the
snails ‘come out’ on a damp evening, especially after rain. As a rule,
they wait till rain is over, probably objecting to the patter of the
drops upon their delicate tentacles. Snails kept in captivity under
a bell-glass are acutely sensitive of a damp atmosphere, and will
bestir themselves after rain just as if they were in the open air.
Certain Helices which are accustomed to live in moist places, will
find their way to water, if removed from their usual haunts. A case is
recorded[33] of a specimen of H. arbustorum, kept in a kitchen,
which used to find its way directly under the cold water tap, and
appeared to enjoy the luxury of a douche. How delicately the conditions
of life are balanced in some of these creatures is seen in the case of
Omalonyx, a genus akin to Succinea, which is found in
Brazil and the northern parts of South America. It lives creeping on
plants which overhang the margin of water, but perishes equally, if
placed in the water itself, or removed to a distance from it for any
length of time.[34]
Endurance of Heat and Cold.—The Mollusca are capable, at least
as far as some species are concerned, of enduring severe extremes
both of cold and heat. The most northern pulmonate yet observed is a
fresh-water species, Physa (Aplecta) hypnorum L.
This hardy mollusc, whose shell is so fragile as to need most careful
handling, has been noticed on the peninsula of Taimyr, North Siberia,
in 73° 30’ N. lat, a region whose mean annual temperature is below 10°
F. with a range of from 40° F. in July to -30° F. in January.
It is well known that the Limnaeidae, and probably most fresh-water
Mollusca of sub-temperate regions, can continue to live not merely
under, but enveloped in ice, and themselves frozen hard. Garnier
relates[35] that, during the winter of 1829–30, some large Limnaea
auricularia, which had been placed in a small basin, were frozen
into a solid mass, experiencing a cold of -2° F. He supposed they
were dead, but, to his surprise, when the basin thawed, the Limnaea
gradually revived. Paludina vivipara and Anodonta anatina
have been known to resist a temperature of 23° F., and the former
has produced young shortly after being thawed out of the ice.[36] As
far north as Bodø in Norway (67° 37’ N. lat., well within the Arctic
circle) there are found no less than fourteen species of terrestrial
Mollusca, among them being Balea perversa and Clausilia
rugosa.[37]
Vitrina is one of our most hardy molluscs, and may be observed
crawling on bright mornings over the frost-covered leaves of a wood
or copse. V. glacialis is said by Charpentier to live in the
Alps at a height where the stones are covered with snow from nine to
ten months of the year. Many of the Hyaliniae are very hardy.
Arion, in spite of having no external shell to protect it, is
apparently less affected by the cold than Helix, and does not
commence hibernation till a later period in the autumn. The operculate
land Mollusca, in spite of the protection which their operculum may be
supposed to afford, are exceedingly sensitive to cold, and the whole
group is without doubt a product of tropical or semi-tropical regions
(see map at frontispiece). A species of Helicina which inhabits
the southern States of North America has been known to be almost
exterminated from certain districts by the occurrence of an unusually
severe winter.
One of the highest altitudes at which a land shell is known to live
appears to be the Liti Pass (Himalayas, 14,000 ft.). At this enormous
altitude, two species of Buliminus (arcuatus Hutt. and
nivicola Bens.) live on juniper bushes among patches of snow.
An Anadenus is said to have been found in a similar locality
at 15,000 ft., while Limnaea Hookeri has been taken from over
16,400 ft. in Landour. In the Andes of Peru and Bolivia, five species
of Bulimulus, one of Pupa, and one of Limax occur
at an elevation of 10,500 to 15,000 ft. Several fresh-water Mollusca
inhabit Lake Titicaca, which stands at a height of 12,550 ft. in the
Bolivian table-land.
In certain parts of the desert of Algeria, where there is not a
trace of vegetation to be seen, and the temperature at mid-day is
110° F., the ground is sometimes so covered with Helix lactea
as to appear perfectly white. Dr. F. H. H. Guillemard has told me
that he noticed, in somewhat similar surroundings between Fez and
Tangier, H. pisana in such extraordinary abundance that they
hung from the low scrub in bunches the size of a man’s two fists.
It is singular that Mollusca should live, and not only live, but
flourish, in localities apparently so unpromising. Shells which occur
in the Algerian Sahara are actually larger and altogether finer than
the ordinary European form of the same species. In order to protect
themselves to some extent against the scorching heat and consequent
evaporation, desert species are frequently modified in one of two
ways; the shell becomes either white or a light dusky brown, as in
the familiar Helix desertorum, or else it gains immensely in
thickness. Specimens of H. pomatia, recently procured from Fez,
are of extraordinary thickness as compared with forms from our own
chalk downs of Kent and Surrey.
Fresh-water Mollusca are frequently found inhabiting hot springs.
Thus Neritina fluviatilis lives at Bagnères de Bigorre in
water at about 68° F. In another hot spring in the eastern Pyrenees a
Bithynia lives at a temperature of over 73° F.; while Blainville
mentions another case of a Bithynia living in water at 122° F.
Hibernation and Aestivation.—As autumn begins to draw on, and
the first frosts to nip vegetation, terrestrial species retire beneath
stones, into cracks in old walls, holes in tree trunks, deep fissures
in rocks, and nooks and crannies of every kind, or else bury themselves
deeply in the earth or in moss and heaps of leaves. They thus commence
their period of hibernation, which varies in length according
to the duration of winter. Frequently masses of Helices may be found
attached to one another, probably not so much for the sake of warmth,
for their temperature is but low, as to share the comforts of a cosy
retreat in common. Slugs generally hibernate alone, excavating a sort
of nest in the earth, in which they encyst themselves, contracting
their bodies until they are almost round, and secreting a covering of
their own slime. The Helices usually close up the mouth of their shell
by the formation of a membranous or chalky epiphragm, which
will be further described below. Both snails and slugs take care to be
in good condition at the time their winter sleep begins, and for this
reason the former are said to be most esteemed by foreign epicures if
captured just at this period.[38]
During hibernation, the action of the heart in land Pulmonata ceases
almost entirely. This appears to be directly due to the effect of
cold. Mr. C. Ashford has related[39] some interesting experiments made
upon H. hortensis and Hyal. cellaria, with the view of
ascertaining the effect of cold upon their pulsations. His observations
may be tabulated as follows:—
Number of pulsations per minute
Helix hortensis
Hyal. cellaria
At degrees Fahr.
22
21
52°
14
12
44°
10
11
38°
4
9
30°
At low temperatures the character, as well as the number of the
pulsations changed; they became imperfect and intermittent, although
exceptionally at 31° F. a H. rufescens gave five or six
pulsations a minute, very full and deliberate. The result of taking the
Hyalinia suddenly into the heat of a greenhouse was to bring on
palpitations. Further experiments resulted in evidence of a similar
kind. Hyal. radiatula, placed upon a deal table in a room,
showed 52 pulsations per minute at 62° F. Placed upon the palm of the
hand, the action soon rose to 108. Hyal. alliaria, similarly
treated, rose from 72 pulsations to 110. Floated upon water, the action
of the heart of the latter suddenly fell to 29.
Fresh-water Pulmonata do not appear to hibernate. Unio and
Anodonta, however, bury themselves more deeply in the mud, and
Dreissensia casts off its byssus and retires under the mud in
deeper water.[40]Limnaea and Planorbis have often been
noticed to crawl about under the lower surface of a thick coating of
ice. In periods of prolonged drought, when the water in the ponds dries
up, the majority of genera bury themselves in the mud. I have known
Limnaea peregra bury itself three inches deep, when surprised by
a sudden fall of the water in the ditch on Coe Fen, behind Peterhouse,
Cambridge. Physa hypnorum frequents by preference ditches which
dry up in summer, as does also Planorbis spirorbis, the latter
often forming a sort of epiphragm against evaporation. Ancylus
has been observed to spend the whole winter out of water, and P.
spirorbis has been noticed alive after four months’ desiccation.[41]
True aestivation, however, occurs mainly in the tropics, where there is
no winter, but only a period when it is not quite so hot as the rest
of the year, or on a coast like the Mediterranean, which is subject to
sudden and severe heat. This period is usually rainless, and the heat
is therefore a dry heat. At this season, which may last for three or
four months, most of the land Mollusca enter upon a period of inaction,
either burying themselves deeply in the ground, or else permanently
attaching themselves to the stalks of grass and other herbage, or the
under sides of rocks. For instance, the large and beautifully painted
Orthalicus, Corona, and Porphyrobaphe, which
inhabit Brazil, Ecuador, and eastern Peru, bury themselves deeply in
the ground during the dry season, while in the rains they climb to the
topmost branches of the great forest trees.[42] Thus it may well happen
that a visitor to a tropical island, Ceylon for instance, or one of the
Greater Antilles, if he times his visit to coincide with the rainless
season, may be grievously disappointed at what seems its unaccountable
poverty in land Mollusca. But as soon as the weather breaks, and the
moisture penetrates their retreats, every bush and every stone, in
favoured localities, will be alive with interesting species.
The Epiphragm.—A considerable number of the land Pulmonata
(and a very few of the fresh-water) possess the power of closing
the aperture of their shell by means of what is known as an
epiphragm or covering of hardened mucus. This epiphragm
is habitually formed by certain species during hibernation or
aestivation, or even during shorter periods of inactivity and
retirement, the object being, either to check evaporation of the
moisture of the body, or to secure the animal against the cold by
retaining a thin layer of slightly warm air immediately within the
aperture of the shell.
The epiphragm differs widely in character in different species,
sometimes (Clausilia, Pupa, Planorbis) consisting
of the merest pellicle of transparent membrane, while at others
(Helix aperta, H. pomatia) it is a thick chalky
substance, with a considerable admixture of carbonate of lime, with
the consistency of a hardened layer of plaster of Paris. Within these
extremes every variety of thickness, solidity, and transparency occurs.
During long hibernation several epiphragms are not unfrequently formed
by the same individual snail, one within the other, at gradually
lessening distances. The epiphragm thus performs, to a certain extent,
the part of an operculum, but it must be remembered that it differs
radically from an operculum physiologically, in being only a temporary
secretion, while the operculum is actually a living part of the animal.
The actual mode of formation of the epiphragm would seem to differ in
different species. According to Fischer,[43] the mollusc withdraws into
its shell, completely blocking all passage of air into the interior,
and closing the pulmonary orifice. Then, from the middle part of the
foot, which is held exactly at the same plane as the aperture, is
slowly secreted a transparent pellicle, which gradually thickens,
and in certain species becomes calcareous. Dr. Binney, who kept a
large number of Helix hortensis in confinement, had frequently
an opportunity of noticing the manner in which the epiphragm was
formed.[44] The aperture of the shell being upward, and the collar
of the animal having been brought to a level with it, a quantity of
gelatinous matter is thrown out [? where from]. The pulmonary orifice
is then opened, and a portion of the air within suddenly ejected, with
such force as to separate the viscid matter from the collar, and to
project it, like a bubble of air, from the aperture. The animal then
quickly withdraws farther into the shell, and the pressure of the
external air forces back the vesicle to a level with the aperture,
when it hardens and forms the epiphragm. In some of the European
species in which the gelatinous secretion contains more carbonate of
lime, solidification seems to take place at the moment when the air is
expelled, and the epiphragm in these is in consequence strongly convex.
Thread-spinning.—A considerable number of fresh-water Mollusca
possess the power of stretching a thread, which is no more than an
exceedingly elongated piece of mucus, to the surface of the water, and
of using it as a means of locomotion. This thread bears no analogy
whatever to the fibrous byssus of certain bivalves, being formed in an
entirely different manner, without the need of a special gland.
The threads are ‘spun’ by several species of Limnaea,
Physa, and Planorbis, by Bithynia tentaculata,
and several of the Cycladidae. They are anchored to the surface
by a minute concavity at the upper end, which appears to act like a
small boat in keeping the thread steady. The longest threads are those
of the Physae, which have been noticed to attain a length, in
confinement, of 14 inches. They are always spun in the ascent, and as
a rule, when the animal descends, it rolls the thread up and carries
it down as it goes. A single thread is never spun on the descent, but
occasionally, when a thread has become more or less of a permanence, it
becomes stronger by the addition of more mucus each time it is used,
whether for ascending or descending purposes. Cyclas cornea
appears to be an exception to the rule that threads are only spun on
the ascent. This species, which is particularly fond of crawling along
the under surface of the water, has been noticed to spin a thread half
an inch in length while on the surface, and to hang suspended from it
for a considerable time.
What the exact use of the thread may be, must to a certain extent
be matter of conjecture. The Limnaeidae are, in the great majority
of cases, compelled to make periodic visits to the surface in order
to inspire oxygen. It is also a favourite habit with them to float
just under the surface, or crawl about on its under side, perhaps in
pursuit of tiny vegetable organisms. Whatever may be the object of an
excursion to the surface, a taut thread will obviously be a nearer way
up than any other which is likely to present itself; indeed, without
this thread-spinning power, which insures a tolerably rapid arrival at
the surface, the animal might find itself asphyxiated, or at least
seriously inconvenienced, before it could succeed in taking in the
desired supply of oxygen. With the Cycladidae, which do not breathe
air, such an explanation is out of place; in their case the thread
seems to be a convenient means of resting in one position in the
intervals of the periods of active exercise to which several of the
species are so much addicted.
The power of suspension by a thread is also possessed by certain
of the Cyclostomatidae, by some Cerithidea, several
Rissoa and other marine genera, prominent among which is
Litiopa bombyx, whose name expresses its power of anchoring
itself to the Sargasso weed by a silken thread of mucus. Several
species of slugs are known to be able to let themselves down by threads
from the branches of trees. Limax arborum is especially noted
for this property, and has been observed suspended in pairs during
the breeding time. According to Binney, all the American species of
Limax, besides those of Tebennophorus, possess this
singular property. Limax arborum appears to be the only slug
which has been noticed to ascend, as well as descend, its thread. It
has also been observed[45] that when this species is gorged with food,
its slime is thin and watery, and unable to sustain its weight, but
that after the process of digestion has been performed, the mucus again
becomes thick and tenacious. It appears therefore that when the animal
is hungry and most in need of the power of making distant excursions
in search of food, its condition enables it to do so, but that when no
such necessity is pressing, the thread-forming mucus is not secreted,
or is perhaps held in suspense while the glands assist in lubricating
the food before digestion.[46]
Food of Land and Fresh-water Mollusca.—Arion ater, the
great black slug, although normally frugivorous, is unquestionably
carnivorous as well, feeding on all sorts of animal matter, whether
decaying, freshly killed, or even in a living state. It is frequently
noticed feeding on earthworms; kept in captivity, it will eat raw
beef; it does not disdain the carcases of its own dead brethren. An
old man near Berwick-on-Tweed, going out one morning to mow grass,
found a black slug devouring, as he supposed, a dead mouse. Being
of an inquisitive turn, and wishing to ascertain if it were really
thus engaged, he drew the mouse a little back. When he returned in
the evening, the mouse was reduced almost to a skeleton, and the slug
was still there.[47] Indeed it would seem almost difficult to name
anything which Arion ater will not eat. Dr. Gray mentions[48] a
case of a specimen which devoured sand recently taken from the beach,
which contained just enough animal matter to render it luminous when
trodden on in the dark; after a little time the faeces of the slug
were composed of pure sand, united together by a little mucus. A
specimen kept two days in captivity was turned out on a newspaper, and
commenced at once to devour it. The same specimen ate dead bodies of
five other species of slugs, a dead Unio, pupae of Adimonia
tanaceti, part of the abdomen of a dragon-fly, and Pears’ soap, the
latter reluctantly.[49]
According to Simroth[50] and Scharff[51] the food of several
of our British slugs, e.g.Limax maximus, L.
flavus, Arion subfuscus, A. intermedius, consists
of non-chlorophyllaceous substances only, while anything containing
chlorophyll is as a rule refused. On the other hand L. agrestis
and Amalia carinata feed almost entirely on green food, and are
most destructive in gardens. The latter species lives several inches
under ground during the day, and comes to the surface only at night.
It is largely responsible for the disappearance of bulbs, to which it
is extremely partial. L. marginatus (= arborum Bouch.)
feeds exclusively on lichens, and in captivity absolutely refuses green
leaves and a flesh diet. It follows therefore, if these observations
are correct, that the popular notions about slugs must be revised, and
that while we continue to exterminate from our gardens those species
which have a taste for chlorophyll, we ought to spare, if not encourage
those whose tastes lie in the opposite direction.
Limax agrestis has been seen devouring the crushed remains of
Arion ater. Five specimens of the same species were once noticed
busily devouring a May-fly each, and this in the middle of a large
meadow, where it may be presumed there was no lack of green food. The
capture and eating of insects by Mollusca seems very remarkable, but
this story does not stand alone. Mr. T. Vernon Wollaston once enclosed
in a bottle at least three dozen specimens of Coleoptera together with
4 Helix cantiana, 5 H. hispida, and 1 H. virgata,
together with an abundant supply of fresh leaves and grass. About a
fortnight afterwards, on the bottle being opened, it was found that
every single specimen of the Coleoptera had been devoured by the
snails.[52]Amalia marginata in captivity has been fed upon the
larvae of Euchelia jacobaeae, eating three in two hours.[53]
Limax maximus (Fig. 19) has been seen frequently to make its way
into a dairy and feed on raw beef.[54] Individuals kept in confinement
are guilty of cannibalism. Mr. W. A. Gain kept three specimens in a box
together, and found one of them two-thirds eaten, “the tail left clean
cut off, reminding one of that portion of a fish on a fishmonger’s
stall.” That starvation did not prompt the crime was proved by the fact
that during the preceding night the slug had been supplied with, and
had eaten, a considerable quantity of its favourite food. On two other
occasions the same observer found one of his slugs deprived of its
slime and a portion of its skin, and in a dying condition.[55] An adult
L. maximus, kept for thirty-three days in captivity with a young
Arion ater, attacked it frequently, denuded it of its slime,
and gnawed numerous small pieces of skin off the body and mantle.[56]
The present writer has found no better bait for this species on a warm
summer night than the bodies of its brethren which were slain on the
night preceding; it will also devour dead Helix aspersa. Mr.
Gain considers it a very dainty feeder, preferring fungi to all other
foods, and apparently doing no harm in the garden.
Fig. 19.—Limax maximus L. PO,
pulmonary orifice: × ⅔.
Limax flavus, which is fond of inhabiting the vicinity of
cellars, makes its presence most disagreeable by attacking articles of
food, and especially by insinuating itself into vessels containing meal
and flour.[57] It is particularly partial to cream.
Slugs will sometimes bite their captor’s hands. Mr. Kew relates that
a Limax agrestis, on being stopped with the finger, while
endeavouring to escape from the attack of a large Arion,
attempted to bite fiercely, the rasping action of its radula being
plainly felt. According to the same authority, probably all the slugs
will rasp the skin of the finger, if it is held out to them, and
continue to do so for a considerable time, without however actually
drawing blood.[58] While Mr. Gain was handling a large Arion
ater, it at once seized one of the folds of skin between the
fingers of the hand on which it was placed; after the action of the
radula had been allowed to continue for about a minute, the skin was
seen to be abraded.[59] Another specimen of Arion ater, carried
in the hand for a long time enclosed in a dock leaf, began to rasp
the skin. The operation was permitted until it became too painful to
bear. Examination with a lens showed the skin almost rasped away, and
the place remained tender and sore, like a slight burn, for several
days.[60]
Helix pisana, if freshly caught, and placed in a box with other
species, will set to work and devour them within twenty-four hours.
The present writer has noticed it, in this position, attack and kill
large specimens of H. ericetorum, cleaning them completely
out, and inserting its elongated body into the top whorls of its
unfortunate victims in a most remarkable manner. Amongst a large number
of species bred in captivity by Miss F. M. Hele,[61] was Hyalinia
Draparnaldi. In the first summer the young offspring were fed on
cabbage, coltsfoot, and broadleafed docks. They would not hibernate
even in the severest frosts, and, no outdoor food being available, were
fed on chopped beef. This, Miss Hele thinks, must have degenerated
their appetites, for in the following spring and summer they constantly
devoured each other.
Zonites algirus feeds on decayed fruit and vegetables, and
on stinking flesh.[62]Achatina panthera has been known to
eat meat, other snails (when dead), vegetables, and paper.[63] The
common Stenogyra decollata of the South of Europe has a very
bad character for flesh-eating habits, when kept in captivity. Mr.
Binney[64] kept a number for a long time as scavengers, to clean the
shells of other snails. As soon as a living Helix was placed
in a box with them, one would attack it, introduce itself into the
upper whorls, and completely remove the animal. One day a number of
Succinea ovalis were left with them for a short time, and
disappeared entirely! The Stenogyra had eaten shell as well as
animal. This view of Stenogyra is quite confirmed by Miss Hele,
who has bred them in thousands. “I can keep,” she writes,[65] “no small
Helix or Bulimus with them, for they at once kill and eat
them. They will also eat raw meat.”
Even the common Limnaea stagnalis, which is usually regarded
as strictly herbivorous, will sometimes betake itself, apparently by
preference, to a diet of flesh. Karl Semper frequently observed the
Limnaeae in his aquarium suddenly attack healthy living specimens of
the common large water newt (Triton taeniatus), overcome them,
and devour them, although there was plenty of their favourite vegetable
food growing within easy reach.[66] The same species has also been
noticed to devour its own ova, and the larvae of Dytiscus.
Limnaea peregra has been detected capturing and partially
devouring minnows in an aquarium, when deprived of other food, and
Dr. Jeffreys has seen the same species attack its own relatives under
similar circumstances, piercing the spire at its thinnest point near to
the apex.[67]L. stagnalis, kept in an aquarium, has succeeded
in overpowering and partially devouring healthy specimens of the common
stickleback.[68]
Powers of Intelligence, Homing, and finding Food.—It is not
easy to discover whether land Mollusca possess any faculties which
correspond to what we call intelligence, as distinct from their
capacities for smell, sight, taste, and hearing. Darwin mentions[69]
a remarkable case, communicated to him by Mr. Lonsdale. A couple of
Helix pomatia, one of which was sickly, were placed in a small
and ill-provided garden. The stronger of the two soon disappeared over
the wall into the next garden, which was well furnished with food. It
was concluded that the snail had deserted its weakly mate, but after
twenty-four hours it returned, and apparently communicated the results
of its expedition, for after a short time both started off along the
same track, and disappeared over the wall. According to Dr. W. H.
Dall,[70] a young girl who possessed a remarkable power over animals
succeeded in training a snail (H. albolabris) to come out of its
lurking-place at her call. If placed in a room, it would shrink into
its shell at the sound of any other voice, but it would always start
off in the direction of hers.
Snails and slugs possess to a considerable extent the faculty of
‘homing,’ or returning to the same hiding-place day after day, after
their night excursions in search of food. Mr. C. Ashford once marked
with a dab of white paint seven Helix aspersa found lurking
under a broken flagstone; at 10 P.M. the same evening three
had disappeared on the forage; the next morning all were ‘at home.’
The following night at 10 P.M. five were gone out, two
being discovered with some difficulty ‘in a small jungle’ six feet
away; the next morning six out of the seven were safely beneath the
flagstone. According to the same authority, Helix aspersa will
find its way across a cinder-path (which it specially detests) to get
to its favourite food, and will return by the same way to its old
quarters, although it could easily have found new lodgings nearer the
food-supply. A snail has been observed to occupy a hole in the brick
wall of a kitchen-garden about four feet from the ground. Leaning
against the wall, and immediately under the hole, was a piece of wood,
the lower end of which rested in a bed of herbs. For months the snail
employed this ladder between its food and its home, coming down as soon
as it was dark, and retiring to rest during the day.
In greenhouses a slug will forage night after night—as gardeners know
to their cost—over the same beat, and will always return to the same
hiding-place. Limax flavus has been noticed crawling with great
regularity to a sink from a hole near the water-pipe, and keeping to
a well-marked circular track. In all probability the scent, either of
the desired object of food, or of the creature’s own trail, plays a
considerable part in keeping it to the same outward and homeward track,
or at least in guiding it back to its hiding-place. Yet even scent
is occasionally at fault, for on one occasion a Limax flavus
was accustomed to make nightly excursions to some basins of cream,
which were kept in a cool cellar. When the basins were removed to a
distant shelf, the creature was found the next morning ‘wandering
disconsolately’ about in the place where the basins had formerly
stood.[71]
A remarkable case of the power of smell, combined with great
perseverance on the part of a Helix, is recorded by Furtado.[72]
He noticed a Helix aspersa lodged between a column on a verandah
and a flower-pot containing a young banana plant, and threw it away
into a little court below, and six or seven yards distant. Next morning
the snail was in precisely the same place on the flower-pot. Again he
threw it away, to the same distance, and determined to notice what
happened. Next morning at nine o’clock, the snail was resting on the
rail of a staircase leading up to the verandah from the court; in
the evening it started again, quickening its space as it advanced,
eventually attacking the banana in precisely the same place where it
had been gnawed before.
For further instances of the power of smell in snails, see chap. vii.
Slugs have been known to make their way into bee-hives, presumably for
the sake of the honey.[73] ‘Sugaring’ the trees at night for moths will
often attract a surprising concourse of slugs. Sometimes a particular
plant in a greenhouse will become the object of the slugs’ persistent
attacks, and they will neglect every other food in order to obtain
it. Farfugium grande is one of these favourite foods, “the
young leaves and shoots being always eaten in preference to all other
plants growing in the houses; where no Farfugiums were kept
the slugs nibbled indiscriminately at many kinds.”[74] The flowers
of orchidaceous plants exercise a special attraction over slugs,
which appear to have some means of discovering when the plants are in
bloom. “I have often observed,” says Mr. T. Baines, “that a slug will
travel over the surface of a pot in which is growing a Dendrobium
nobile, a Cattleya, Vanda, or similar upright plant
for a score of times without ever attempting to ascend into the head
of the plant unless it is in bloom, in which case they are certain to
find their way straight to the flowers; after which they will descend,
and return to some favourite hiding-place, often at the opposite end
of the house.”[75] Mr. R. Warner has “actually seen many little slugs
suspending themselves by slime-threads from the rafters and descending
on the spikes of the beautiful Odontoglossum alexandrae; and
thus many spikes, thickly wadded round with cotton wool (which the
slugs could not travel over), and growing in pots surrounded by water,
had been lost.”[76] Perhaps the most singular instance of a liking
for a particular food is that related by Mr. E. Step.[77] In a London
publishing house, slugs were observed, during a period of nearly twelve
months, to have fed almost nightly on the colouring matter in certain
bookcovers, and though the trails were often seen over the shelves,
and cabbage and lettuce leaves laid down to tempt the creatures, they
continued their depredations with impunity for the time above mentioned.
Limnaea peregra has been observed feeding on old fish-heads
thrown into a dirty stream, and a large gathering of Limnaea
stagnalis has been noticed feeding upon an old newspaper in a pond
on Chislehurst Common, ‘so that for the space of about a square foot
nothing else could be seen.’[78]
Tenacity of Life.—Land Mollusca have been known to exhibit,
under unusual conditions, remarkable tenacity of life. Some of the most
noteworthy and best authenticated instances of this faculty may be here
mentioned.
The well-known story of the British Museum snail is thus related
by Mr. Baird.[79] On the 25th March 1846 two specimens of Helix
desertorum, collected by Charles Lamb, Esq., in Egypt some time
previously, were fixed upon tablets and placed in the collection among
the other Mollusca of the Museum. There they remained fast gummed to
the tablet. About the 15th March 1850, having occasion to examine some
shells in the same case, Mr. Baird noticed a recently formed epiphragm
over the mouth of one of these snails. On removing the snails from
the tablet and placing them in tepid water, one of them came out of
its shell, and the next day ate some cabbage leaf. A month or two
afterwards it began repairing the lip of its shell, which was broken
when it was first affixed to the tablet.
While resident in Porto Santo, from 27th April to 4th May 1848, Mr.
S. P. Woodward[80] collected a number of Helices and sorted them out
into separate pill-boxes. On returning home, these boxes were placed in
empty drawers in an insect cabinet, and on 19th October 1850, nearly
two and a half years afterwards, many of them were found to be still
alive. A whole bagful of H. turricula, collected on the Ilheo de
Cima on 24th April 1849, were all alive at the above-mentioned date.
In September 1858 Mr. Bryce Wright sent[81] to the British Museum two
specimens of H. desertorum which had been dormant for four
years. They were originally collected in Egypt by a Mr. Vernèdi, who,
in May 1854, while stopping at one of the stations in the desert,
found a heap of thorn-bushes lying in a corner of the building, rather
thickly studded with the snails. He picked off fifteen or twenty
specimens, which he carried home and locked up in a drawer, where they
remained undisturbed until he gave two to Mr. Wright in September 1858.
In June 1855 Dr. Woodward placed specimens of H. candidissima
and H. aperta in a glass box, to test their tenacity of life; he
writes of their being still alive in April 1859.
Mr. R. E. C. Stearns records[82] a case of Buliminus pallidior
and H. Veatchii from Cerros I. living without food from 1859 to
March 1865.
H. Aucapitaine mentions[83] a case of H. lactea found in
calcinated ground in a part of the Sahara heated to 122° F., where no
rain was said to have fallen for five years. The specimen revived after
being enclosed in a bottle for three and a half years.
In August 1863, Mr. W. J. Sterland[84] put specimens of H.
nemoralis in a box and afterwards placed the box in his cabinet; in
November 1866 one specimen was discovered to be alive.
Gaskoin relates[85] a case in which specimens of H. lactea were
purchased from a dealer in whose drawer they had been for two years.
This dealer had them from a merchant at Mogador, who had kept them for
more than that time under similar conditions. One of these shells on
being immersed in water revived, and in April 1849 was placed quite
alone under a bell jar with earth and food. In the end of the following
October about thirty young H. lactea were found crawling on the
glass.
Mr. R. D. Darbishire bought[86] some H. aperta in the market at
Nice on 18th February 1885. Two specimens of these, placed with wool
in a paper box, were alive in December 1888. This is a very remarkable
case, H. aperta not being, like H. desertorum, H.
lactea, H. Veatchii and Bul. pallidior, a desert
snail, and therefore not accustomed to fasting at all.
Age of Snails.—It would appear, from the existing evidence,
which is not too plentiful, that five years is about the average age of
the common garden snail. Mr. Gain has published[87] some interesting
observations on the life of a specimen from the cradle to the grave,
which may be exhibited in a tabular form.
Aug. 1882.
Eggs hatched; one attained diameter of ⅜ in.
before winter; fed on coltsfoot and cabbage.
5th Oct. 1883.
Shell 1 in. in diameter, no lip formed.
July 1884.
Shell finished; diameter 1⅛ in., including perfect lip.
3rd May 1885.
Left winter quarters; companion introduced,
with which it was seen in company on 5th August.
9th Aug. „
Laid eggs in soil, which were hatched on 10th September, and feeding on 17th September;
in May 1886 the largest of these was 11/16 in. diameter.
13th Oct. 1887.
Old snail died, aged 5 years 2 months.
According to Clessin, the duration of life in Vitrina is
one year, Cyclas 2 years; Hyalinia, Succinea,
Limnaea, Planorbis, and Ancylus are full grown
in 2 to 3 years, Helix and Paludina in 2 to 4, and
Anodonta in 12 to 14. Hazay finds[88] that the duration of
life in Hyalinia is 2 years, in Helix pomatia 6 to 8,
in Helix candicans 2 to 3, in Paludina 8 to 10, in
Limnaea and Planorbis 3 to 4.
Growth of the Shell.—Mr. E. J. Lowe, many years ago,
conducted[89] some interesting experiments on the growth of snails. The
facts arrived at were—
(1) The shells of Helicidae increase but little for a considerable
period, never arriving at maturity before the animal has once
become dormant.
(2) Shells do not grow whilst the animal itself remains dormant.
(3) The growth of shells is very rapid when it does take place.
(4) Most species bury themselves in the ground to increase the
dimensions of their shells.
Six recently hatched H. pomatia were placed in a box and
regularly fed on lettuce and cabbage leaves from August until December,
when they buried themselves in the soil for winter; at this period they
had gradually increased in dimensions to the size of H. hispida.
On the 1st April following, the box was placed in the garden, and on
the 3rd the Helices reappeared on the surface, being no larger
in size than they were in December. Although regularly fed up to
20th June, they were not perceptibly larger, but on that day five of
them disappeared, having buried themselves, with the mouth of the
shell downwards, in the soil. After ten days they reappeared,
having in that short time grown so rapidly as to be equal in size to
H. pisana. On the 15th July they again buried themselves, and
reappeared on 1st August, having again increased in size. For three
months from this date they did not become perceptibly larger; on 2nd
November food was withheld for the winter and they became dormant.
A similar experiment, with similar results, was carried on with a
number of H. aspersa, hatched on 20th June. During the summer
they grew but little, buried themselves on 10th October with the
head upwards, and rose to the surface again on 5th April, not
having grown during the winter. In May they buried themselves with the
head downwards, and appeared again in a week double the size;
this went on at about fortnightly intervals until 18th July, when they
were almost fully grown.
Helix nemoralis, H. virgata, H. caperata, and
H. hispida bury themselves to grow; H. rotundata
burrows into decayed wood; Hyalinia radiatula appears to remain
on decaying blades of grass; Pupa umbilicata, Clausilia
rugosa, and Buliminus obscurus bury their heads only.
The observations of Mr. W. E. Collinge[90] do not at all agree with
those of Mr. Lowe, with regard to the mode in which land Mollusca
enlarge their shells. He bred and reared most of the commoner forms of
Helix and also Clausilia rugosa, but never saw them bury
any part of their shell when enlarging it. While admitting that they
may increase their shells when in holes or burrows of earthworms, he
thinks that the process of burying would seriously interfere with the
action of the mantle during deposition, and in many cases damage the
membranaceous film before the calcareous portion was deposited. Mr.
Collinge has found the following species under the surface in winter:
Arion ater (3–4 in.), Agriolimax agrestis, (6–8 in.),
Hyalinia cellaria and H. alliaria (6–8 in.), Hyalinia
glabra (5 in.), Helix aspersa (5–6 in.), H. rufescens
(4–6 in.), H. rotundata (4–5 in.), H. hispida (7
in.), Buliminus obscurus (4–6 in.), B. montanus[91]
(24 in.), and the following in summer, Hyalinia cellaria and
alliaria (6–8 in.), Helix rotundata (4–5 in.), Balea
perversa (6–8 in.), Cyclostoma elegans (3–4 in.). The
same author has found the following species of fresh-water Mollusca
living in hard dry mud: Sphaerium corneum (3–14 in.), S.
rivicola (5–6 in.), S. lacustre (10–14 in.), all the British
species of Pisidium (4–12 in.), Limnaea truncatula
(18 in., a single specimen). All our species of Unio,
Anodonta, Bithynia, and Paludina bury themselves
habitually in fine or thick wet mud, to a depth of from 4 to 14 inches.
This burying propensity on the part of Mollusca has been known to
play its part in detecting fraud. When my friend Mr. E. L. Layard was
administering justice in Ceylon, a native landowner on a small scale
complained to him of the conduct of his neighbour, who had, during his
absence from home, diverted a small watercourse, which ran between
their holdings, in such a way as to filch a certain portion of the
land. The offender had filled up and obliterated the ancient course
of the stream, and protested that it had never run but in its present
bed. Mr. Layard promptly had a trench sunk across what was said to be
the old course, and the discovery of numerous living Ampullaria,
buried in the mud, confirmed the story of one of the litigants and
confounded the other.[92]
Depositing and Hatching of Eggs: Self-fertilisation.—There
appears to be no doubt that Helices, when once impregnated, can lay
successive batches of eggs, and possibly can continue laying for
several years, without a further act of union. A specimen of Helix
aspersa was noticed in company with another on 5th August; on 9th
August it laid eggs in the soil, and early in the following summer it
laid a second batch of eggs, although its companion had been removed
directly after its first introduction. An Arion received from
a distance laid 30 eggs on 5th September, and 70 more on the 23rd of
the same month, although quite isolated during the whole time.[93] By
far the most remarkable case of the kind is related by Gaskoin.[94]
A specimen of Helix lactea was kept in a drawer for about two
years, and then in another drawer for about two years more. It was
then taken out, and placed in water, when it revived, and was placed
alone under a bell jar with earth and food. Six months after, about 30
young H. lactea were found crawling on the glass, the act of
oviposition not having been observed.
The observations of Mr. F. W. Wotton,[95] with regard to the
fertilisation and egg-laying of Arion ater, are of extreme
interest and value. A pair of this species, kept in captivity, united
on 10th September 1889, the act lasting about 25 minutes. From that
date until the eggs were laid, the animals looked sickly, dull of
colour, with a somewhat dry skin. Eggs were deposited in batches, one,
which we will call A, beginning three days before B. On
10th October A laid 80 eggs; on the 16th, 110; on the 25th,
77; on 8th November, 82; and on 17th November, 47; making a total of
396. Specimen B, which began on 13th October, three days after
A, made up for the delay by laying 246 eggs in 40 hours; on 26th
October it laid 9, on 10th November, 121; and on 30th November, 101; a
total of 477. These eggs weighed 624 to the ounce, and, in excluding
the batch of 246, B parted with ⅜ of its own weight in 40 hours,
while the whole number laid were rather over ¾ of its own weight!
While depositing the eggs, the slug remained throughout in the
same position on the surface of the ground, with the head drawn up
underneath the mantle, which was lifted just above the reproductive
orifice. When taken into the hand, it went on laying eggs without
interruption or agitation of any kind. After it had finished laying
it ate half a raw potato and then took a bath, remaining submerged
for more than an hour. Bathing is a favourite pastime at all periods.
Specimens, says Mr. Wotton, have survived a compulsory bath, with total
submersion, of nearly three days’ duration.
Mr. Wotton’s account of the hatching of the eggs is equally
interesting. It is noticeable that the eggs of one batch do not hatch
by any means simultaneously; several days frequently intervene. The
average period is about 60 days, a damp and warm situation bringing out
the young in 40 days, while cold and dryness extended the time to 74
days, extremes of any kind proving fatal. Of the batch of eggs laid by
B on 30th November, the first 2 were hatched on the following
16th January, and 2 more on the 17th; others, from 10 to 20, followed
suit on the succeeding 5 days, until 82 in all were hatched, the
remaining 19 being unproductive.[96]
By placing the egg on a looking-glass the act of exclusion can be
perfectly observed. For several days the inmate can be seen in motion,
until at last a small crack appears in the surface of the shell: this
gradually enlarges, until the baby slug is able to crawl out, although
it not unfrequently backs into the shell again, as if unwilling to risk
itself in the world. When it once begins to crawl freely, it buries
itself in the ground for 4 or 5 days without food, after which time it
emerges, nearly double its original size. At exclusion, the average
length is 9 mm., increasing to 56 mm. after the end of 5 months. Full
growth is attained about the middle of the second year, and nearly all
die at the end of this year or the beginning of the next. Death from
exhaustion frequently occurs after parturition. Death from suffocation
is sometimes the result of the formation of small blisters on the
margin of the respiratory aperture. The attacks of an internal parasite
cause death in a singular way. The upper tentacles swell at the base in
such a way as to prevent their extrusion; digestive troubles follow,
with rigidity and loss of moisture, and death ensues in 2 or 3 days.
Mr. Wotton isolated newly-hatched specimens, with the view of
experimenting on their power of self-fertilisation, if the opportunity
of fertilising and being fertilised by others was denied them. One
of these, after remaining in absolute solitude for 10½ months, began
to lay, scantily at first (11th January, 2; 25th January, 2; 11th
February, 2), but more abundantly afterwards (3rd April, 60; 15th and
16th, 70; 29th, 53, etc.), the eggs being hatched out in 42–48 days.
The precautions taken seem to have been absolutely satisfactory, and
the fact of the power of self-fertilisation appears established as far
as Arion ater is concerned.
Braun took young individuals of Limnaea auricularia on the day
they were hatched out, and placed them singly in separate vessels with
differing amounts of water. This was on 15th June 1887. In August 1888
specimen A had only produced a little spawn, out of which three
young were hatched; specimen B had produced four pieces of spawn
of different sizes, all of which were hatched; specimen C,
which happened to be living with three Planorbis, produced five
pieces of spawn distinctly Limnaeidan, but nothing is recorded of their
hatching. Self-impregnation, therefore, with a fruitful result, appears
established for this species of Limnaea.[97]
Reproduction of Lost Parts.—When deprived of their tentacles,
eyes, or portions of the foot, Mollusca do not seem to suffer severely,
and generally reproduce the lost parts in a short time. If, however,
one of the ganglia is injured, they perish. Certain of the Mollusca
possess the curious property of being able to amputate certain parts at
will. When Prophysaon, a species of Californian slug, is annoyed
by being handled, an indented line appears at a point about two-thirds
of the length from the head, the line deepens, and eventually the
tail is shaken completely off. Sometimes the Prophysaon only
threatens this spontaneous dismemberment; this line appears (always
exactly in the same place), but it thinks better of it, and the
indentation proceeds no further.[98] According to Gundlach,[99]Helix imperator and H. crenilabris, two large species
from Cuba, possess the same property, which is said to be also
characteristic of the sub-genus Stenopus (W. Indies). Amongst
marine species, Harpa ventricosa and Solen siliqua
have been observed to act in a similar way, Harpa apparently
cutting off the end of the foot by pressure of the shell. Karl Semper,
in commenting on the same property in species of Helicarion
from the Philippines (which whisk their tail up and down with almost
convulsive rapidity, until it drops off), considers[100] it greatly to
the advantage of the mollusc, since any predacious bird which attempted
to seize it, but only secured a fragment of tail, would probably be
discouraged from a second attack, especially as the Helicarion
would meanwhile have had time to conceal itself among the foliage.
Strength and Muscular Force.—The muscular strength of snails is
surprisingly great. Sandford relates[101] an experiment on a Helix
aspersa, weighing ¼ oz. He found it could drag vertically a weight
of 2¼ oz., or nine times its own weight. Another snail, weighing ⅓ oz.,
was able to drag in a horizontal direction along a smooth table twelve
reels of cotton, a pair of scissors, a screwdriver, a key, and a knife,
weighing in all no less than 17 oz., or more than fifty times its own
weight. This latter experiment was much the same as asking a man of 12
stone to pull a load of over 3¾ tons.
If a snail be placed on a piece of glass and made to crawl, it will
be seen that a series of waves appear to pursue one another along
the under surface of the foot, travelling from back to front in the
direction in which the animal is moving. Simroth has shown that the
sole of the foot is covered with a dense network of muscular fibres,
those which run longitudinally being chiefly instrumental in producing
the undulatory motion. By means of these muscles the sole is first
elongated in front, and then shortened behind to an equal extent. Thus
a snail slides, not on the ground, but on its own mucus, which
it deposits mechanically, and which serves the purpose of lubricating
the ground on which it travels. It has been calculated that an
averaged sized snail of moderate pace progresses at the rate of about a
mile in 16 days 14 hours.[102]
Sudden Appearance of Mollusca.—It is very remarkable to notice
how suddenly Pulmonata seem to appear in certain districts where they
have not been noticed before. This sudden appearance is more common
in the case of fresh-water than of land Mollusca, and there can be
little doubt that, wherever a new pond happens to be formed, unless
there is something in its situation or nature which is absolutely
hostile to molluscan life, Mollusca are certain to be found in it
sooner or later. “Some 23 years ago,” writes Mr. W. Nelson,[103] “I was
in the habit of collecting shells in a small pond near to the Black
Hills, Leeds. At that time the only molluscan forms found there were
a dwarf form of Sphaerium lacustre, Pisidium pusillum,
Planorbis nautileus, and Limnaea peregra. About 10 years
ago I resumed my visits to the locality, and found, in addition to the
species already enumerated, Planorbis corneus. These were the
only species found there until this spring [1883], when, during one of
my frequent visits, I was surprised to find Physa fontinalis
and Planorbis vortex were added to the growing list of species.
Later on Pl. carinatus, Limnaea stagnalis, and Ancylus
lacustris turned up; and during June, Pl. contortus was
found in this small but prolific pond.” Limnaea glutinosa is
prominent for these remarkable appearances and disappearances. In 1822
this species suddenly appeared in some small gravel pits at Bottisham,
Cambs., in such numbers that they might have been scooped out by
handfuls. After that year they did not appear numerous, and after
three or four seasons they gradually disappeared.[104]Physa
(Aplecta) hypnorum is noted in a similar way. In February
1852, for instance, after a wet month, the water stood in small puddles
about 3 feet by 2 in a particular part of Bottisham Park which was
sometimes a little swampy, though usually quite dry. One of these
puddles was found to contain immense numbers of the Aplecta,
which up to that time had not been noted as occurring in Cambridgeshire
at all.[105] In a few days the species entirely disappeared and was
never again noticed in the locality.[106]
Writing to the Zoological Society of London from New Caledonia, Mr.
E. L. Layard remarks:[107] “The West Indian species Stenogyra
octona has suddenly turned up here in thousands; how introduced,
none can tell. They are on a coffee estate at Kanala on the east coast.
I have made inquiries, and cannot find that the planter ever had seed
coffee from the West Indies. All he planted came from Bombay, and it
would be interesting to find out whether the species has appeared there
also.”
Sometimes a very small event is sufficient to disturb the natural
equilibrium of a locality, and to become the cause either of the
introduction or of the destruction of a species. In 1883 a colony of
Helix sericea occupied a portion of a hedge bottom twenty yards
long near Newark. It scarcely occurred outside this limit, but within
it was very plentiful, living in company with H. nemoralis,
H. hortensis, H. hispida, H. rotundata,
Hyalinia cellaria and Hy. nitidula, and Cochlicopa
lubrica. In 1888 the hedge was well trimmed, but the bottom was not
touched, and the next year a long and careful search was required to
find even six specimens of the sericea.[108]
Showers of Shells.—Helix virgata, H. caperata,
and Cochlicella acuta sometimes occur on downs near our
sea-coasts in such extraordinary profusion, that their sudden
appearance out of their hiding-places at the roots of the herbage after
a shower of rain has led to the belief, amongst credulous people, that
they have actually descended with the rain. There seems, however, no
reason to doubt that Mollusca may be caught up by whirlwinds into the
air and subsequently deposited at some considerable distance from
their original habitat, in the same way as frogs and fishes. A very
recent instance of such a phenomenon occurred[109] at Paderborn, in
Westphalia, where, on 9th August 1892, a yellowish cloud suddenly
attracted attention from its colour and the rapidity of its motion.
In a few moments it burst, with thunder and a torrential rain, and
immediately afterwards the pavements were found to be covered with
numbers of Anodonta anatina, all of which had the shell broken
by the violence of the fall. It was clearly established that the
shells could not have been washed into the streets from any adjacent
river or pond, and their true origin was probably indicated when it
was found that the funnel-shaped cloud which burst over the town had
passed across the one piece of water near Paderborn, which was known to
contain the Anodonta in abundance.
Cases of Singular Habitat.—Mollusca sometimes accustom
themselves to living in very strange localities, besides the extremes
of heat and cold mentioned above (pp. 23–24). In the year 1852, when
some large waterpipes in the City Road, near St. Luke’s Hospital,
were being taken up for repairs, they were found to be inhabited in
considerable numbers by Neritina fluviatilis and a species of
Limnaea.[110]Dreissensia polymorpha has been found in
a similar situation in Oxford Street, and also in Hamburg, and has
even been known to block the pipes and cisterns of private houses.
In an engine cistern at Burnley, 60 feet above the canal from which
the water was pumped into the cistern, were found the following
species: Sphaerium corneum, S. lacustre; Valvata
piscinalis, Bithynia tentaculata; Limnaea peregra,
very like Succinea in form and texture; Planorbis albus,
P. corneus, P. nitidus, P. glaber, and thousands
of P. dilatatus, much larger than the forms in the canal below,
a fact probably due to the equable temperature of the water in the
cistern all the year round.[111] In certain parts of southern Algeria
the fresh-water genera Melania and Melanopsis inhabit
abundantly waters so surcharged with salt that the marine Cardium
edule has actually become extinct from excess of brine. The common
Mytilus edulis is sometimes found within the branchial chamber
and attached to the abdomen of crabs (Carcinus maenas), which
are obliged to carry about a burden of which they are powerless to rid
themselves (see p. 78). A variety of the common Limnaea peregra
lives in the hot water of some of the geysers of Iceland, and has
accordingly been named geisericola.
Underground Snails.—Not only do many of the land Mollusca
aestivate, or hibernate, as the case may be, beneath the surface of the
soil, but a certain number of species live permanently underground,
like the mole, and scarcely ever appear in the light of day. Our own
little Caecilianella acicula lives habitually from 1 to 3
feet below ground, appearing to prefer the vicinity of graveyards.
Testacella, the carnivorous slug, scarcely ever appears on the
surface during the day, except when driven by excessive rain, and
even then it lurks awhile under some protecting cover of leafage.
There is a curious little Helix (tristis Pfr.), peculiar
to Corsica, which is of distinctly subterranean habits. It lives in
drifted sand above high-water mark, always at the roots of Genista
Saltzmanni, at a depth which varies with the temperature and
dryness of the air. In hot and very dry weather it buries itself nearly
2 feet below the surface, only coming up during rain, and burying
itself again immediately the rain is over. Like a Solen, it
often has a hole above its burrow, by which it communicates with the
air above, so as to avoid being stifled in the sand. The animal, in
spite of its dry habitat, is singularly soft and succulent, and exudes
a very glutinous mucus. It probably descends in its burrow until it
arrives at the humid stratum, the persistence of which is due to the
capillarity of the sand.[112] I am assured by Mr. E. L. Layard that
precisely similar underground habits are characteristic of Coeliaxis
Layardi, which lives exclusively in sand at the roots of scrub and
coarse grass at East London.
Rock-boring Snails.—Cases have sometimes been recorded, from
which it would appear that certain species of snails possess the power
of excavating holes in rocks to serve as hiding-places. At Les Bois des
Roches, ten miles from Boulogne, occur a number of solid calcareous
rocks scattered about in the wood. The sides of the rocks which face
N.E. and E. are covered with multitudes of funnel-shaped holes, 1½
inch in diameter at the opening and contracting suddenly within to
½ inch. Sometimes the holes are 6 inches deep, and terminate, after
considerable windings, in a cup-shaped cavity. Helix hortensis
inhabits these holes, and has been observed to excavate them at the
rate of ½ inch each hibernation, choosing always the side of the rock
which is sheltered from the prevailing rains. It does not form an
epiphragm, but protrudes part of its body against the rock. That the
snails secrete an acid which acts as a solvent seems probable from the
fact that red litmus paper, on being applied to the place where the
foot has been, becomes stained with violet.[113]Helix aspersa
is said to excavate holes 10 to 12 cm. deep at Constantine,[114]
and H. Mazzullii is recorded as perforating limestone at
Palermo.[115]
Snails as Barometers.—An American writer of more than thirty
years ago[116] gave his experience of Helices as weather-prophets.
According to him, H. alternata is never seen abroad except
shortly before rain; it then climbs on the bark of trees, and stations
itself on leaves. Helix clausa, H. ligera, H.
pennsylvanica, and H. elevata climb trees two days before
rain, if it is to be abundant and continuous. Succinea does the
same, and its body is yellow before rain and bluish after it. Several
of the Helices assume a sombre colour after rain, when their bodies
are exceedingly humid; after the humidity has passed off they resume a
clearer and lighter tint.
Production of Musical and other Sounds.—Certain molluscs are
said to be capable of producing musical sounds. Sir J. E. Tennent
describes his visit to a brackish-water lake at Batticaloa, in Ceylon,
where the fishermen give the name of the ‘crying shell’ to the
animal supposed to produce the sounds. “The sounds,” he says,[117]
“came up from the water like the gentle thrills of a musical chord,
or the faint vibrations of a wineglass when its rim is rubbed by a
moistened finger. It was not one sustained note, but a multitude of
tiny sounds, each clear and distinct in itself; the sweetest treble
mingling with the lowest bass. On applying the ear to the woodwork
of the boat, the vibration was greatly increased in volume. The
sounds varied considerably at different points as we moved across the
lake, and occasionally we rowed out of hearing of them altogether.”
According to the fishermen, the shells were Pyrazus palustris
and Littorina laevis. It appears uncertain whether the sounds
are really due to Mollusca. Fishermen in other parts of India assert
that the sounds are made by fish, and, like those in Ceylon, produce
the fish which they say ‘sings.’ The same, or a similar sound, has
also been noticed to issue from the water in certain parts of Chili,
and on the northern shores of the Gulf of Mexico. Dendronotus
arborescens, when confined in a glass jar of sea water, has been
noticed[118] to emit a sound like the clink of a steel wire. According
to Lieut.-Col. Portlock,[119] F.R.S., Helix aperta, a very
common species in South Europe, has the property of emitting sounds
when irritated. When at Corfu, he noticed that if the animal is
irritated by a touch with a piece of straw or other light material, it
emits a noise, as if grumbling at being disturbed. He kept a specimen
in his house for a considerable time, which would make this noise
whenever it was touched.
The Rev. H. G. Barnacle describes the musical properties of
Achatinella in the following terms:[120] “When up the mountains
of Oahu I heard the grandest but wildest music, as from hundreds of
Aeolian harps, wafted to me on the breezes, and my companion (a native)
told me it came from, as he called them, the singing shells. It was
sublime. I could not believe it, but a tree close at hand proved it. On
it were many of the Achatinella, the animals drawing after them
their shells, which grated against the wood and so caused a sound; the
multitude of sounds produced the fanciful music. On this one tree I
took 70 shells of all varieties.”
Habits of the Agnatha.—Not much is known of the habits and mode
of life of the Agnatha, or carnivorous Land Mollusca. In this
country we have only two, or at most three, of this group, belonging to
the genus Testacella, and, in all probability, not indigenous
to our shores. There seems little doubt, when all the circumstances
of their discovery are taken into account, that both Testacella
haliotidea and T. Maugei have been imported, perhaps from
Spain or Portugal in the first instance, along with roots imbedded in
foreign earth, for their earliest appearances can almost invariably be
traced back to the neighbourhood of large nursery grounds, or else to
gardens supplied directly from such establishments.
The underground life of Testacella makes observation of its
habits difficult. It is believed to feed exclusively on earthworms,
which it pursues in their burrows. Continued wet weather drives it
to the surface, for though loving damp soil it is decidedly averse
to too much moisture, and under such circumstances it has even been
noticed[121] in considerable numbers crawling over a low wall. In the
spring and autumn months, according to Lacaze-Duthiers,[122] it comes
to the surface at night, hiding itself under stones and débris
during the day. Earthworms are, at these periods, nearer the surface,
and the Testacella has been seen creeping down into their
burrows. The author has taken T. Maugei abundantly under clumps
of the common white pink in very wet weather, lying in a sort of open
nest in the moist earth. On the other hand, when the earth is baked dry
by continued drought, they either bury themselves deeper, sometimes
at a depth of 3 feet, in the ground, or else become encysted in a
capsule of hardened mucus to prevent evaporation from the skin. When
first taken from the earth and placed in a box, the Testacella
invariably resents its capture by spitting up the contents of its
stomach in the shape of long fragments of half-digested worms.
It appears not to bite the worm up before swallowing it, but contrives,
in the most remarkable manner, to take down whole worms apparently
much too large for its stomach. Mr. Butterell relates[123] that, after
teasing a specimen of T. Maugei, and making it emit a quantity
of frothy mucus from the respiratory aperture, he procured a worm of
about three inches long, and rubbed the worm gently across the head
of the Testacella. The tongue was rapidly extended, and the
victim seized. The odontophore was then withdrawn, carrying with it
the struggling worm, which made every effort to escape, but in vain;
in about five minutes all had disappeared except the head, which was
rejected. This protrusion of the tongue (radula) and indeed
of the whole pharynx, is a very remarkable feature in the habits of
the animal. It appears, as it were, to harpoon its prey by a rapid
thrust, and when the victim is once pierced by a few of the powerful
sickle-shaped teeth (compare chap. viii.) it is slowly but surely drawn
into the oesophagus (Fig. 20).
Most gardeners are entirely ignorant of the character of
Testacella, and confuse it, if they happen to notice it at all,
with the common enemies of their tender nurslings. Cases have been
known, however, when an intelligent gardener has kept specimens on
purpose to kill worms in ferneries or conservatories. In some districts
these slugs are very numerous; Lacaze-Duthiers once dug 182 specimens
from a good well-manured piece of ground whose surface measured only
ten square yards.
Towards the end of September or beginning of October the period of
hibernation begins. I infer this from the behaviour of specimens kept
in captivity, which, for about a fortnight before this time, gorged
themselves inordinately on as many worms as I chose to put into their
box, and then suddenly refused food, buried themselves deeply in the
earth, and appeared no more during the winter. The eggs are apparently
much less numerous than is the case with Limax or Helix,
and very large, measuring about ⅙ inch in diameter. They are enveloped
in a remarkably tough and elastic membrane, and, if dropped upon any
hard surface, rebound several inches, just like an india-rubber ball.
The animal creeps rather rapidly, and has the power of elongating
its body to a remarkable extent. When placed on the surface of the
ground, in the full light of day, it soon betrays uneasiness, and
endeavours to creep into concealment. Its method of burying itself is
very interesting to watch. It first elongates its neck and inserts its
head into the soil; gradually the body begins to follow, while the tail
tilts upwards into the air. No surface motion of the skin, no writhing
or wriggling motion of any kind occurs; the creature simply works its
way down in a stealthy and mysterious way, until at last it is lost to
view.
The great Glandina, which attain their maximum development in
Mexico and the southern United States, are a very noticeable family
in this group. According to Mr. Binney,[124]Glandina truncata
Gmel., one of the commonest species of the genus, is somewhat aquatic
in its habits. It is found in the sea islands of Georgia and around
the keys and everglades of Florida, where it attains a maximum length
of 4 inches, while in less humid situations it scarcely measures more
than 1 inch. It occurs most abundantly in the centre of clumps and
tussocks of coarse grass in marshes close to the sea-coast. By the
action of the sharp, sickle-shaped teeth of its radula the soft parts
of its prey (which consists chiefly of living Helices) are rapidly
rasped away; sometimes they are swallowed whole. It has been known
to attack Limax when confined in the same box, rasping off
large pieces of the integument. In one case an individual was noticed
to devour one of its own species, thrusting its long neck into the
interior of the shell, and removing all the viscera.
Fig. 21.—Glandina sowerbyana Pfr.
(Strebel).
The Glandinae of southern Europe, although scarcely rivalling
those of Central America in size or beauty, possess similar carnivorous
propensities. Glandina Poireti has been observed,[125] on
Veglia Island, attacking a living Cyclostoma elegans. By its
powerful teeth it filed through two or three whorls of the shell of
its victim, and then proceeded to devour it, exactly in the same
manner as a Natica or Buccinum perforates the shell of a
Tellina or Mactra in order to get at its contents.
Few observations appear to have been made on the habits or food of
Streptaxis, Rhytida, Ennea, Daudebardia,
Paryphanta, and other carnivorous Mollusca. A specimen of
Ennea sulcata, enclosed in the same box as a Madagascar
Helix (sepulchralis Fér.) many times its own size,
completely emptied the shell of its inhabitant.[126] Mr. E. L. Layard
informs me that certain Cape Rhytida, e.g.R.
capsula Bens., R. dumeticola Bens., and R. vernicosa
Kr., eat Cyclostoma affine, Helix capensis, H.
cotyledonis, etc. To Mr. Layard I am also indebted for the—perhaps
apocryphal—tradition that the best time to capture the great
Aerope caffra Fér. in numbers was after an engagement between
the Kaffirs and Zulus, when they might be observed streaming from
all points of the compass towards the field of slaughter. The Cuban
Oleacina are known to secrete a very bitter fluid which they
emit; this perhaps produces a poisoning or benumbing effect upon their
victims when seized. They devour operculates, e.g.Helicina
regina and sagraiana.[127]
CHAPTER III ENEMIES OF THE MOLLUSCA—MEANS OF DEFENCE—MIMICRY AND PROTECTIVE COLORATION—PARASITIC MOLLUSCA—COMMENSALISM—VARIATION — Enemies of the Mollusca — Means of Defence — Mimicry and Protective Coloration. — Parasitic Mollusca — Commensalism — Variation
The juicy flesh and defenceless condition of many of the Mollusca make
them the favourite food and often the easy prey of a host of enemies
besides man. Gulls are especially partial to bivalves, and may be
noticed, in our large sandy bays at the recess of the tide, busily
devouring Tellina, Mactra, Mya, Syndosmya,
and Solen. On the Irish coast near Drogheda a herring gull has
been observed[128] to take a large mussel, fly up with it in the air
over some shingly ground and let it fall. On alighting and finding
that the shell was unbroken it again took it up and repeated the
process a number of times, flying higher and higher with it until
the shell was broken. Hooded crows, after many unavailing attempts
to break open mussels with their beak, have been seen to behave in a
similar way.[129] Crows, vultures, and aquatic birds carry thousands of
mussels, etc., up to the top of the mountains above Cape Town, where
their empty shells lie in enormous heaps about the cliffs.[130]
The common limpet is the favourite food of the oyster-catcher, whose
strong bill, with its flattened end, is admirably calculated to
dislodge the limpet from its seat on the rock. When the limpet is
young, the bird swallows shell and all, and it has been calculated
that a single flock of oyster-catchers, frequenting a small Scotch
loch, must consume hundreds of thousands of limpets in the course
of a single year. Rats are exceedingly fond of limpets, whose shells
are frequently found in heaps at the mouth of rat holes, especially
where a cliff shelves gradually towards a rocky shore. A rat jerks the
limpet off with a sudden movement of his powerful jaw, and, judging
from the size of the empty shells about the holes, has no difficulty in
dislodging the largest specimens. ‘I once landed,’ relates a shepherd
to Mr. W. Anderson Smith,[131] ‘on the I. of Dunstaffnage to cut grass,
and it was so full of rats that I was afraid to go on; and the grass
was so full of limpets that I could scarcely use the scythe, and had
to keep sharpening it all the time.’ Sometimes, however, the limpet
gets the better both of bird and beast. The same writer mentions the
case of a rat being caught by the lip by a limpet shell, which it was
trying to dislodge. A workman once observed[132] a bird on Plymouth
breakwater fluttering in rather an extraordinary manner, and, on going
to the spot, found that a ring dotterel had somehow got its toe under a
limpet, which, in closing instantly to the rock, held it fast. Similar
cases of the capture of ducks by powerful bivalves are not uncommon,
and it is said that on some parts of the American coasts, where clams
abound, it is impossible to keep ducks at all,[133] for they are sure
to be caught by the molluscs and drowned by the rising tide.
The Weekly Bulletin of San Francisco, 17th May 1893, contains
an account of the trapping of a coyote, or prairie wolf, at Punta
Banda, San Diego Co., by a Haliotis Cracherodii. The coyote
had evidently been hunting for a fish breakfast, and finding the
Haliotis partially clinging to the rock, had inserted his muzzle
underneath to detach it, when the Haliotis instantly closed down
upon him and kept him fast prisoner.
Rats devour the ponderous Uniones of North America. When Unio
moves, the foot projects half an inch or more beyond the valves. If,
when in this condition, the valves are tightly pinched, the foot is
caught, and if the pinching is continued the animal becomes paralysed
and unable to make use of the adductor muscles, and consequently
flies open even if the pressure is relaxed. The musk-rat (Fiber
zibethicus) seizes the Unio in his jaws, and by the time he
reaches his hole, the Unio is ready to gape.[134] Rats also eat
Vivipara, and even Limnaea, in every part of the world.
Every kind of slug and snail is eaten greedily by blackbirds, thrushes,
chaffinches, and in fact by many species of birds. A thrush will very
often have a special sacrificial stone, on which he dashes the shells
of Helix aspersa and nemoralis, holding them by the lip
with his beak, until the upper whorls are broken; heaps of empty shells
will be found lying about the place of slaughter. The bearded Titmouse
(Parus biarmicus) consumes quantities of Succinea putris
and small Pupa, which are swallowed whole and become triturated
in the bird’s stomach by the aid of numerous angular fragments of
quartz.[135]
Frogs and toads are very partial to land Mollusca. A garden attached to
the Laboratory of Agricultural Chemistry at Rouen had been abandoned
for three years to weeds and slugs. The director introduced 100 toads
and 90 frogs, and in less than a month all the slugs were destroyed,
and all kinds of vegetables and flowers, whose cultivation had until
then been impossible, were enabled to flourish.[136]
Certain Coleoptera are known to prey upon Helices and other land
Mollusca. Récluz noticed, near Agde, a beetle (Staphylinus
olens) attack Helix ericetorum when crawling among
herbage, sticking its sharp mandibles into its head. Every time the
snail retreated into its shell the beetle waited patiently for its
reappearance, until at last the snail succumbed to the repeated
assaults. M. Lucas noticed, at Oran, the larva of a Drilus
attacking a Cyclostoma. The Drilus stood sentinel at
the mouth of a shell, which was closed by the operculum, until the
animal began to issue forth. The Drilus then with its mandibles
cut the muscle which attaches the operculum to the foot, disabling
it sufficiently to prevent its being securely closed, upon which it
entered and took possession of the body of its defenceless host,
completing its metamorphosis inside the shell, after a period of six
weeks.[137] The female glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca) attacks
and kills Helix nemoralis.
Among the Clavicornia, some species of Silpha carry on a
determined warfare against small Helices. They seize the shell in
their mandibles, and then, throwing their head backwards, break the
shell by striking it against their prothorax.
The common water beetle, Dytiscus marginalis, from its strength
and savage disposition, is a dangerous enemy to fresh-water Mollusca.
One Dytiscus, kept in an aquarium, has been noticed to kill and
devour seven Limnaea stagnalis in the course of one afternoon.
The beetles also eat L. peregra, but apparently prefer
stagnalis, for when equal quantities of both species were placed
within their reach, they fixed on the latter species first.[138]
In East Africa a species of Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus)
devours snails, lifting them up in its forepaws and dashing them down
upon some hard substance.[139] In certain islands off the south coasts
of Burmah, flat rocks covered with oysters are laid bare at low tide.
A species of Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus) has been noticed to
furnish himself with a stone, and knock the oysters open, always
breaking the hinge-end first, and then pulling out the mollusc with his
fingers.[140]
The walrus is said to support himself almost entirely on two species
of Mya (truncata and arenaria), digging them out
of the sand, in which they live buried at a depth of about 1½ feet,
with his powerful tusks. Whales swallow enormous numbers of pelagic
molluscs (Clio, Limacina), which are at times so abundant
in the Arctic seas, as to colour the surface for miles. Many of the
larger Cetacea subsist in great part on Cephalopoda; as many as 18 lbs.
of beaks of Teuthidae have been taken from the stomach of a single
Hyperoodon.
Fish are remarkably partial to Mollusca of various kinds. The cat-fish
(Chimaera) devours Pectunculus and Cyprina,
crushing the stout shells with its powerful jaws, while flounders
and soles content themselves with the smaller Tellina and
Syndosmya which they swallow whole. As many as from 30 to 40
specimens of Buccinum undatum have been taken from the stomach
of a single cod, and the same ‘habitat’ has been recorded for some of
the rarer whelks, e.g.Bucc. humphreysianum, Fusus
fenestratus, the latter also occurring as the food of the haddock
and the red gurnard. No less than 35,000 Turtonia minuta have
been found in the stomach of a single mullet. Nudibranchs are no doubt
dainty morsels for fish, and hence have developed, in many cases,
special faculties for concealment, or, if distasteful, special means of
remaining conspicuous (see pp. 71–74).
Fig. 22.—Two valves of Mytilus edulis
L., representing diagrammatically the approximate position of the holes
bored by Purpura in about 100 specimens of Mytilus,
gathered at Newquay, Cornwall.
Besides the dangers to which they are exposed from other enemies, many
of the weaker forms of Mollusca fall a prey to their own brethren.
Nassa and Murex on this side of the Atlantic, and
Urosalpinx on the other, are the determined foes of the oyster.
Purpura lapillus prefers Mytilus edulis to any other
food, piercing the shell in about two days’ time by its powerful
radula, which it appears to employ somewhat in gimlet fashion. If
Mytilus cannot be procured, it will eat Littorina or
Trochus, but its attempts on the hard shell of Patella
are generally failures. The statement which is sometimes made,
that the Purpura makes its hole over the vital parts of the
Mytilus, appears, according to the evidence embodied in the
annexed figure, to be without foundation. The fact is that a hole
in any part of its shell is fatal to the Mytilus, since the
long proboscis of the Purpura, having once made an entrance,
can reach from one end of the shell to the other. The branchiae are
first attacked, the adductor muscles and edges of the mantle last.
Natica and Nassa pierce in a similar way the shells of
Mactra, Tellina, Donax, and Venus. Murex
fortispina is furnished with a powerful tooth at the lower part
of its outer lip. At Nouméa, in New Caledonia, its favourite food
is Arca pilosa, which lives half buried in coral refuse. The
Murex has been seen to drag the Arca from its place
of concealment, and insert the tooth between the valves, so as to
prevent their closing, upon which it was enabled to devour its prey at
leisure.[141]
The carnivorous land Mollusca, with the exception of Testacella,
appear to feed by preference upon other snails (pp. 54, 55).
Parasitic Worms, Mites, etc.—A considerable number of the
Trematode worms pass one or more of the stages in the cycle of their
development within the bodies of Mollusca, attaining to the more
perfect or sexual form on reaching the interior of some vertebrate.
Thus Distoma endolabum Duj. finds its first intermediate host
in Limnaea stagnalis and L. ovata, its second in L.
stagnalis, or in one of the fresh-water shrimps (Gammarus
pulex), or in the larvae of one of the Phryganeidae
(Limnophilus rhombicus), attaining to the sexual form in the
common frog. Distoma ascidia v. Ben. passes firstly through
Limnaea stagnalis or Planorbis corneus, secondly
through certain flies and gnats (Ephemera, Perla,
Chironomus), and finally arrives within certain species of bats.
Distoma nodulosum Zed. inhabits firstly Paludina impura,
secondly certain fishes (Cyprinus Acerina), and lastly the
common perch. The sporocyst of Distoma macrostomum inhabits
Succinea putris, pushing itself up into the tentacles, which
become unnaturally distended (Fig. 23). While in this situation it is
swallowed by various birds, such as the thrush, wagtail, and blackbird,
which are partial to Succinea, and thus obtains lodgment in
their bodies. Amphistoma subclavatum spends an early stage in
Planorbis contortus, after which it becomes encysted on the skin
of a frog. When the frog sheds its skin, it swallows it, and with it
the Amphistoma, which thus becomes established in the frog’s
stomach.[142]
Fig. 23.—A Trematode worm (Leucochloridium
paradoxum Car.) parasitic in the tentacles of Succinea
putris L. × 20 (after Baudon).
The common liver-fluke, which in the winter of 1879–1880 cost Great
Britain the lives of no less than three million sheep, is perhaps the
best known of these remarkable parasitic forms of life. Its history
shows us, in one important particular, how essential it is for the
creature to meet, at certain stages of its existence, with the exact
host to which it is accustomed. Unless the newly-hatched embryo finds
a Limnaea truncatula within about eight hours it becomes
exhausted, sinks, and dies. It has been tried with all the other common
pond and river Mollusca, with Limnaea peregra, palustris,
auricularia, stagnalis, with Planorbis marginatus,
carinatus, vortex, and spirorbis, with Physa
fontinalis, Bithynia tentaculata, Paludina vivipara,
as well as with Succinea putris, Limax agrestis and
maximus, Arion ater and hortensis. Not one of
them would it touch, except occasionally very young specimens of L.
peregra, and in these its development was arrested at an early
stage. But on touching a L. truncatula the embryo seems to know
at once that it has got what it wants, and sets to work immediately
to bore its way into the tissues of its involuntary host, making by
preference for the branchial chamber; those which enter the foot or
other outlying parts of the Limnaea proceed no farther.[143]
Many similar cases occur, in which littoral Mollusca, such as
Littorina and Buccinum, form the intermediate host to a
worm which eventually arrives within some sea-bird.
Certain Nematode worms (Rhabditis) are known to inhabit the
intestine of Arion, and the salivary glands of Limax
agrestis. Diptera habitually lay their eggs within the eggs of
Helix and Limax. Many species of mite (Acarina)
infest land Pulmonata. No adult Limax maximus is without at
least one specimen of Philodromus (?) limacum, and the
same, or an allied species, appears to occur on the larger of our
Helices, retiring upon occasion into the pulmonary chamber.
Several of the Crustacea live associated with certain molluscs.
Pinnotheres lives within the shell of Pinna,
Ostrea, Astarte, Pectunculus, and others.
Apparently the females alone reside within the shell of their host,
while the males seize favourable opportunities to visit them there. A
specimen of the great pearl-oyster (Meleagrina margaritifera)
was recently observed which contained a male Pinnotheres encysted
in nacre. It was suggested that he had intruded at an unfortunate
time, when no female of his kind happened to be in, and that, having
penetrated too far beneath the mantle in the ardour of his search,
was made prisoner before he could escape.[144]Ostracotheres
Tridacnae lives in the branchiae of the great Tridacna. A
little brachyurous crustacean inhabits the raft of Ianthina, and
assumes the brilliant blue colour of the mollusc.
As a rule, among the Mollusca, the shell forms a passive mode of
resistance to the attacks of enemies. Bivalves are enabled, by closing
their valves, to baffle the assault of their smaller foes, and the
operculum of univalves, both marine and land, serves a similar purpose.
Many land Mollusca, especially Helix and Pupa, as well as
a number of Auriculidae, have the inside of the aperture beset
with teeth, which are sometimes so numerous and so large that it is
puzzling to understand how the animal can ever come out of its shell,
or, having come out, can ever draw itself back again. Several striking
cases of these toothed apertures are given in Fig. 24. Whatever may be
the origin of these teeth, there can be little doubt that their extreme
development must have a protective result in opposing a barrier to
the entrance, predatory or simply inquisitive, of beetles and other
insects. Sometimes, it will be noticed (G), the aperture itself
is fairly simple, but a formidable array of obstacles is encountered
a little way in. It is possible that the froth emitted by many land
snails has a similar effect in involving an irritating intruder in
a mass of sticky slime. The mucus of slugs and snails, on the other
hand, is more probably, besides its use in facilitating locomotion, a
contrivance for checking evaporation, by surrounding the exposed parts
of their bodies with a viscid medium.
Fig. 24.—Illustrating the elaborate
arrangement of teeth in the aperture of some land Pulmonata. A.Helix (Labyrinthus) bifurcata Desh., Equador.
B. H. (Pleurodonta) picturata Ad., Jamaica.
C.H. (Dentellaria) nux denticulata
Chem., Demerara. D.Anostoma carinatum Pfr., Brazil;
a, tube communicating with interior of shell. E.H.
(Stenotrema) stenotrema Fér., Tennessee, × 3/2. F.H. (Polygyra) auriculata Say, Florida, × 3/2.
G.H. (Plectopylis) refuga Gld., Tenasserim
(a and b × 2).
Some species of Lima shelter themselves in a nest constructed
of all kinds of marine refuse, held together by byssiferous threads.
Modiola adriatica, M. barbata, and sometimes M.
modiolus conceal themselves in a similar way. Gastrochaena
frequently encloses itself in a sort of half cocoon of cement-like
material. The singular genus Xenophora protects itself from
observation by gluing stones, shells, and various débris to the
upper side of its whorls (Fig. 25). Sometimes the selection is made
with remarkable care; the Challenger, for instance, obtained a
specimen which had decorated its body whorl exclusively with long and
pointed shells (Fig. 26).
Fig. 25.—Xenophora (Phorus)
conchyliophora Born., concealed by the stones which it glues to
the upper surface of its shell. (From a British Museum specimen.)
Fig. 26.—Xenophora (Phorus)
pallidula Reeve. A mollusc which escapes detection by covering
itself with dead shells of other species. (From a Challenger
specimen in the British Museum, × ½.)
The formidable spines with which the shells, e.g. of the
Murex family, are furnished must contribute greatly to their
protection against fishes, and other predatory animals. Murex
tenuispina, for instance (see chap. ix.), would prove as dangerous
a morsel in the mouth of a fish as a hedgehog in that of a dog.
Whether the singular tooth in the outer lip of Leucozonia (see
chap. xiv.), a feature which is repeated, to a less marked extent, in
Monoceros and several of the West Coast muricoids, is developed
for defensive purposes, cannot at present be decided.
The Strombidae possess the power of executing long leaps,
which they doubtless employ to escape from their foes. In their case
alone this power is combined with singular quickness of vision. On
one occasion Mr. Cuming, the celebrated collector, lost a beautiful
specimen of Terebellum, by the animal suddenly leaping into
the water, as he was holding and admiring it in his hand. Miss Saul
has informed me that the first living specimen of Trigonia that
was ever obtained was lost in a similar way. It was dredged by Mr.
Stutchbury in Sydney Harbour, and placed on the thwart of a small boat.
He had just remarked to a companion that it must be a Trigonia,
and his companion had laughed at the idea, reminding him that all known
Trigonia were fossil, when the shell in question baffled their
efforts to discover its generic position by suddenly leaping into
the sea, and it was three months before Mr. Stutchbury succeeded in
obtaining another.
Some genera possess more than merely passive means of defence. Many
Cephalopoda emit a cloud of inky fluid, which is of a somewhat viscous
nature, and perhaps, besides being a means of covering retreat, serves
to entangle or impede the pursuer. The formidable suckers and hooks
possessed by many genera in this Order are most dangerous weapons,
both for offence and defence. Aplysia, when irritated, ejects
a purple fluid which used to be considered dangerously venomous. Many
of the Aeolididae, including our own common Aeolis papillosa,
possess stinging cells at the end of their dorsal papillae, the effect
of which is probably to render them exceedingly distasteful to fish.
The common Vitrina pellucida has a curious habit which in all
probability serves for a defence against birds in the winter. When
crawling on the edge of a stone or twig it has the power of suddenly
jerking its ‘tail,’ so as to throw itself on the ground, where it is
probably lost to sight among decaying leaves. At other times it rolls
away a few inches and repeats the jump. It also possesses the power of
attaching to itself bits of leaves or soil, which entirely cover and
conceal both shell and animal.[145] The property of parting with the
tail altogether, a remarkable form of self-defence, has already been
noticed on p. 44.
The poisonous nature of the bite of certain species of Conus is
well authenticated. Surgeon Hinde, R.N., saw[146] a native on the I. of
Matupi, New Britain, who had been bitten by a Conus geographus,
and who had at once cut small incisions with a sharp stone all over his
arm and shoulder. The blood flowed freely, and the native explained
that had he not taken these precautions he would have died. Instances
have been recorded of poisonous wounds being inflicted by the bite
of Conus aulicus, C. textile, and C. tulipa.
According to Mr. J. Macgillivray[147]C. textile at Aneitum
(S. Pacific) is called intrag, and the natives say it spits
the poison upon them from several inches off! Two cases of bites from
C. textile occurred to this gentleman’s notice, one of which
terminated fatally by gangrene. Sir Edward Belcher, when in command
of the Samarang, was bitten[148] by a Conus aulicus at
a little island off Ternate in the Moluccas. As he took the creature
out of the water, it suddenly exserted its proboscis and inflicted a
wound, causing a sensation similar to that produced by the burning of
phosphorus under the skin. The wound was a small, deep, triangular
mark, succeeded by a watery vesicle. The natives of New Guinea have a
wholesome dread of the bite of Cones. Mr. C. Hedley relates[149] that
while collecting on a coral reef he once rolled over a boulder and
exposed a living C. textile. Before he could pick it up, one
of the natives hastily snatched it away, and explained, with vivid
gesticulations, its hurtful qualities. On no account would he permit
Mr. Hedley to touch it, but insisted on himself placing it in the
bottle of spirits.
Fig. 27.—A tooth from the radula of Conus
imperialis L., × 50, showing barb and poison duct.
Cases of Mimicry, or protective resemblance, when a species otherwise
defenceless adopts the outward appearance of a better protected
species, are rare among the Mollusca. Karl Semper[150] mentions an
interesting case of the mimicry of Helicarion tigrinus by
Xesta Cumingii, in the Philippines. It appears that all
species of Helicarion possess the singular property of shaking
off the ‘tail’ or hinder part of the foot, when seized or irritated.
Specimens captured by collectors, Hel. tigrinus amongst them,
have succeeded in escaping from the hand, and concealing themselves,
by a sort of convulsive leap, among the dry leaves on the ground. This
power of self-amputation must be of great value to Helicarion,
not only as enabling it to escape from the clutch of its enemies, but
also as tending to discourage them from attempting to capture it at
all. Now the genus Xesta is, in anatomy, very far removed from
Helicarion, and the majority of the species are also, as far
as the shell is concerned, equally distinct. Xesta Cumingii,
however, has, according to Semper, assumed the appearance of a
Helicarion, the thin shell, the long tail, and the mantle lobes
reflected over the shell; but it has not the power of parting with its
tail at short notice. It lives associated with Helicarion, and
so close is the resemblance between them that, until Semper pointed out
its true position, it had always been classified as a member of that
group.
In the same passage Semper draws attention to two other cases of
apparent mimicry. The first is another species of Xesta
(mindanaensis) which closely resembles a species of
Rhysota (Antonii), a genus not indeed so far removed
from Xesta as Helicarion, but, as far as the shell
is concerned, well distinguished from it. In this case, however,
there is no obvious advantage gained by the resemblance, since
Rhysota as compared with Xesta is not known to possess
any definite point of superiority which it would be worth while to
counterfeit. A second case of resemblance between certain species
of the genus Chloraea and the characteristic Philippine
group Cochlostyla will not hold good as affording evidence
of mimicry, for Chloraea is now recognised as a sub-genus of
Cochlostyla.
The Mollusca are not much mimicked by creatures of different
organisation. This appears at first sight strange, since it might have
been thought that the strong defensive house of a snail was worth
imitating. Still it is probably not easy for creatures bilaterally
symmetrical to curl themselves up into an elevated spiral for any
length of time. One or two instances, however, may be mentioned. The
larva of a moth belonging to the Psychidae, and occurring in France,
Germany, the Tyrol, and Syria, coils itself up into a sinistral spiral
of three whorls, and is aptly named Psyche helix, a kindred
species from Italy being known as Ps. planorbis.
An insect larva (Cochlophora valvata) from E. Africa is said to
resemble a Valvata or young Cyclostoma. In this case the
spiral is indifferently dextral or sinistral, the ‘shell’ being formed
of masticated vegetable matter, united together by threads spun by the
larva. Certain larvae of the Phryganeidae (“Caddis-worms”) enclose
themselves in houses which more or less resemble a spiral shell, and
have in some cases actually been described as molluscan; such species,
some of which belong to Helicopsyche, have been noticed in S.
Europe, Ceylon, Further India, China, Tasmania, New Zealand, Tennessee,
Mexico, Central America, Venezuela, Brazil, and Argentina, and all[151]
possess a dextral ‘shell.’ In all these cases ‘mimicry’ is probably
not so much to be thought of as the practical advantages which accrue
to the animal in question from the spiral form, which gives it greater
strength to resist external blows, and enables it to occupy, during a
very defenceless portion of its existence, a very small amount of space.
The larva of some species of the Syrphidae (Diptera) fixes
itself on the under side of stones in the Tyrol, and closely resembles
a small slug. The naturalist Von Spix, in 1825, described to the
Bavarian Academy as a new genus of land Mollusca a somewhat similar
larval form found in decaying wood on the banks of a German lake.[152]
Simroth mentions[153] a curious case as occurring near Grimma. The
caterpillars of certain Microlepidoptera occur on slabs of porphyry,
associated with a species of Clausilia. Besides being of the
same colour as the Clausiliae, the caterpillars have actually developed
cross lines on the back, i.e. on the side turned away from the
rock, in imitation of the suture of the mollusc.
It has been suggested[154] that there is mimicry between Aeolis
papillosa (a common British nudibranch) and Sagartia
troglodytes (an Actinian), and also between another species of
Sagartia and Aeolidiella Alderi. The facts observed
are not sufficient to warrant a decided opinion, but it seems more
probable that the Actinian mimics the nudibranch than vice
versâ, since Aeolis is known to be unpalatable to fishes.
Fig. 28.—A, Strombus mauritianus
Lam., which mimics Conus in shape. B, Conus janus
Hwass, Mauritius.
Certain species of Strombus (mauritianus L.,
luhuanus L.) show a remarkable similarity in the shape of
the shell to that of Conus, so much so, that a tiro would
be sure to mistake them, at first sight, for Cones. In the case of
S. luhuanus at least, this similarity is increased by the
possession of a remarkably stout brown epidermis. Now Conus is
a flesh-eating genus, armed with very powerful teeth which are capable
of inflicting even on man a poisonous and sometimes fatal wound (see
p. 66). Strombus, on the other hand, is probably frugivorous,
and is furnished with weak and inoffensive teeth. It is possible that
this resemblance is a case of ‘mimicry.’ It is quite conceivable that
powerful fishes which would swallow a Strombus whole and not
suffer for it, might acquire a distaste for a Cone, which was capable
of lacerating their insides after being swallowed. And therefore the
more like a Cone the Strombus became, the better chance it would
have of being passed over as an ineligible article of food.
Protective coloration is not uncommon among the Mollusca.
Littorina obtusata is habitually found, on our own coasts,
on Fucus vesiculosus, the air-bladders of which it closely
resembles in colour and shape. Littorina pagodus, a large and
showy species, resembles so closely the spongy crumbling rocks of
Timor, on which it lives, that it can hardly be discerned a pace off.
Helcion pellucidum, the common British ‘blue limpet,’ lives,
when young, almost exclusively on the iridescent leaves of the great
Laminariae, with the hues of which its own conspicuous blue lines
harmonise exactly. In mature life, when the Helcion invariably
transfers its place of abode to the lower parts of the stalk and
finally to the root of the Laminaria, which are quite destitute of
iridescence, these blue lines disappear or become much less marked.
The specimens of Purpura lapillus which occur at Newquay in
Cornwall are banded with rings of colour, especially with black and
white, in a more varied and striking way than any other specimens
that have ever occurred to my notice. I am inclined to refer this
peculiarity to a tendency towards protective coloration, since the
rocks on which the Purpura occurs are often banded with veins of
white and colour, and variegated to a very marked extent.
Ovula varies the colour of its shell from yellow to red, to
match the colour of the Gorgonia on which it lives. The same is
the case with Pedicularia, which occurs on red and yellow coral.
Helix desertorum, by its gray-brown colour, harmonises well
with the prevailing tint of the desert sands, among which it finds
a home. Benson observes that the gaudy H. haemastoma, which
lives on the trunks of palm-trees in Ceylon, daubs its shell with its
excrement. Our own Buliminus obscurus, which lives principally
on the trunks of smooth-barked trees, daubs its shell with mud, and
must often escape the observation of its enemies by its striking
resemblance to the little knots on the bark, especially of beech trees,
its favourite haunt. Some species of Microphysa, from the
West Indies, habitually encrust their shells with dirt, and the same
peculiarity in Vitrina has already been mentioned. Ariophanta
Dohertyi Aldr., a recent discovery from Sumatra, is of a green
colour, with a singularly delicate epidermis; it is arboreal in its
habits, and is almost invisible amongst the foliage.[155] Many of our
own slugs, according to Scharff, are coloured protectively according
to their surroundings. A claret-coloured variety of Arion ater
occurred to this observer only in pine woods, where it harmonised
with the general colouring of the ground and the pine-needles, while
young winter forms of the same species choose for hiding-places the
yellow fallen leaves, whose colour they closely resemble. Limax
marginatus (= arborum Bouch.) haunts tree trunks, and may
easily be mistaken for a piece of bark; Amalia carinata lives
on and under the ground, and in colour resembles the mould; Arion
intermedius feeds almost exclusively on fungi, to which its
colour, which is white, gray, or light yellow, tends to approximate it
closely; Geomalacus maculosus conceals itself by its striking
resemblance to the lichens which grow on the surface of rocks, and
actually presumes on this resemblance so much as to expose itself,
contrary to the usual custom of its congeners, to the full light of the
afternoon sun.[156]
Several views have been advanced with regard to the dorsal papillae,
or cerata, in the Nudibranchs. Professor W. A. Herdman, who has
examined a considerable number of our own British species, in which
these processes occur, is of opinion[157] that they are of two quite
distinct kinds. In the first place, they may contain large offshoots,
or diverticula, of the liver, and thus be directly concerned
in the work of digestion. This is the case with Aeolis and
Doto. In the second place, they may be simply lobes on the
skin, with no connexion with the liver, and no special function to
perform. This is the case with Tritonia, Ancula, and
Dendronotus.
Professor Herdman is of opinion that although the cerata may in all
cases aid in respiration to a certain extent, yet that extent is
so small as to be left out of consideration altogether. He regards
the cerata in both the two classes mentioned above as “of primary
importance in giving to the animals, by their varied shapes and
colours, appearances which are in some cases protective, and in others
conspicuous and warning.”
Thus, for instance, Tritonia plebeia, which is fairly abundant
at Puffin and Hilbre Is., appears always to be found creeping on the
colonies of a particular polyp, Alcyonium digitatum, and nowhere
else. The specimens in each colony of the polyp differ noticeably
both in the matter of colour, and of size, and of varied degrees of
expansion. The Tritonia differs also, being marked in varied
tints of yellow, brown, blue, gray, black, and opaque white, in such
a way as to harmonise with the varied colours of the Alcyonium
upon which it lives. The cerata on the back of the Tritonia
contribute to this general resemblance. They are placed just at the
right distance apart, and are just the right size and colour, to
resemble the crown of tentacles on the half-expanded polyp.
Similarly, Doto coronata, which, when examined by itself, is a
very conspicuous animal, with showy, bright-coloured cerata, is found
by Professor Herdman to haunt no other situations but the under side
of stones and overhanging ledges of rock which are colonised by a
hydroid, known as Clava multicornis. The Doto is masked
by the tentacles and clusters of sporosacs on the zoophyte, with whose
colouring and size its own cerata singularly correspond. A similar and
even more deceptive correspondence with environment was noticed in the
case of the very conspicuous Dendronotus arborescens.
In these cases, the colouring and general shape of the cerata are
protective, i.e. they match their surroundings in such a way as
to enable the animal, in all probability, to escape the observation of
its enemies. According to Professor Herdman, however, the brilliant
and showy coloration of the cerata of Aeolis is not protective
but ‘warning.’ Aeolis does not hide itself away as if shunning
observation, like Doto, Tritonia, and Dendronotus;
on the contrary, it seems perfectly fearless and indifferent to being
noticed. Its cerata are provided with sting-cells, like those of
Coelenterata, at their tips, and its very conspicuousness is a warning
to its enemies that they had better not try to attack it, just as the
showy white tail of the skunk acts as a sort of danger-signal to its
own particular foes. It is important for the Aeolis, not merely
to be an unpalatable nettle in animal shape, but also to be
conspicuous enough to prevent its being experimented upon as an article
of food, in mistake for something less nasty.
Professor Herdman subsequently conducted some experiments[158] with
fishes, with the view of testing his theory that the shapes and colours
of Nudibranchs serve the purpose either of protection or warning, and
bear direct relation to the creature’s edibility. These experiments, on
the whole, distinctly tended to confirm the theory. Aeolis was
evidently very nasty, and probably stung the mouths of the fishes who
tried it. For the complete success of the theory, they ought to have
let it severely alone, but the fish were evidently accustomed to make a
dash at anything that was dropped into their tank. Another conspicuous
mollusc, Ancula cristata, was introduced, Professor Herdman and
his collaborator each commencing operations by eating a live specimen
themselves. They found the taste pleasant, distinctly like that of an
oyster. The fish, however, when the experiments were conducted under
conditions which made the scene as much like ‘real life’ as possible,
did not agree with Professor Herdman. The Ancula crawled over
various parts of the tank for several days untouched by the fish, who
sometimes went close to them and looked at them, but never attempted
to taste them. Experiments with species whose colours were protective,
such as Dendronotus, were also conducted, and the decided
edibility of these species was established, the fish competing eagerly
for them, and tearing them rapidly to pieces.
Mr. W. Garstang, of the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological
Association, confirms[159] Professor Herdman’s views as to the shape
and colour of Opisthobranchs. Pleurobranchus membranaceus is
known to secrete, on the surface of the body, an acid which reddens
blue litmus paper. It is, therefore, no doubt distasteful to fish,
which all abominate the taste of acids, and is conspicuously marked
with red-brown and yellowish ‘warning’ colours. Haminea and
Philine, on the other hand, are good to eat, and consequently
possess ‘protective’ coloration. Runcina Hancocki, which is of a
brown colour, crawls over brown mud and weeds, but avoids green weeds,
on whose surface it would appear conspicuous. Elysia viridis
varies its colour according to its habitat, being green when on green
weeds, and dark olive, brown, or reddish brown, on pools among tufts
of littoral algae. Green specimens of Hermaea dendritica were
kept in captivity, and placed in a dish with green and red sea-weeds.
They were never observed crawling upon the red weed, upon which they
would have been very conspicuous. Archidoris flammea occurred
on bright red sponges, to which its colour was so closely assimilated
that Mr. Garstang at first quite overlooked it. Goniodoris
castanea was found under stones, feeding on compound Ascidians
(Botryllus), which it sufficiently resembled to be very
inconspicuous in that position.
Again, Jorunna Johnstoni lives[160] upon stones on our southern
coast, associated with a certain sponge (Halichondria sp.),
which it resembles so closely in outline, in colour, in character of
surface, and in its projecting plumes, as to make it very difficult
even for the careful observer to distinguish the one from the other.
And, since fishes, are known to be distinctly averse to sponges of
any kind as an article of food, this resemblance must be decidedly
to the advantage of the Jorunna. Another Nudibranch (Calma
glaucoides A. and H.) imitates the ova of certain fishes, on
which it feeds. Its elongated and depressed form of body, transparent
integuments, and silvery gray papillae combine to give it a strong
resemblance to the spawn of the fish, which is deposited on stones, the
roots of Laminaria, etc.[161]
The common Lamellaria perspicua appears to possess the power
of protectively assimilating its colour, markings, etc., to the
Ascidians on which it lives. A recent case, occurring off the Isle
of Man, is thus described by Professor Herdman.[162] “The mollusc
was on a colony of Leptoclinum maculatum, in which it had
eaten a large hole. It lay in this cavity so as to be flush with the
general surface; and its dorsal integument was not only whitish with
small darker marks which exactly reproduced the appearance of the
Leptoclinum surface with the ascidiozooids scattered over it,
but there were also two larger elliptical clear marks which looked
like the large common cloacal apertures of the Ascidian colony....
Presumably the Lamellaria escapes the observation of its enemies
through being mistaken for part of the Leptoclinum colony;
and the Leptoclinum, being crowded like a sponge with minute
sharp-pointed spicules, is, I suppose, avoided as inedible (if not
actually noxious through some peculiar smell or taste) by carnivorous
animals which might devour such things as the soft unprotected mollusc.”
Various grades of parasitism occur among the Mollusca, from the true
parasite, living and nourishing itself on the tissues and secretions of
its host, to simple cases of commensalism. Some authors have divided
these forms into endo- and ectoparasites, according as they live
inside or outside of their host. Such a division, however, cannot
be rigidly carried out, for certain forms are indifferently endo-
and ecto-parasitical, while others are ecto-parasitic in the young
form, and become endo-parasitic in the adult. It will be convenient,
therefore, simply to group the different forms according to the home on
which they find a lodgment.
Fig. 29.—Magilus antiquus L.: A,
the adult, imbedded in coral, which has been broken away to show the
tube; B, the young (free) form.
On Sponges.—Vulsella and Crenatula almost
invariably occur in large masses of irregular shape, boring into
sponges. They are especially abundant on Porifera from the Red Sea.
Corals form a favourite home of many species, amongst which are several
forms of Coralliophila, Rhizochilus, Leptoconchus,
and Sistrum. Rhizochilus is a very singular creature,
inhabiting branching corals. When adult, it forms irregular shelly
extensions of both the inner and outer lips, which adhere to the
shafts of the coral, or to the surface of neighbouring shells; at
length the aperture becomes completely closed with the exception of
the siphonal tube, which becomes long, and consists of the same shelly
material. The common Magilus (Fig. 29), from the Red Sea and
Indian Ocean, in the young form is shaped like a small Buccinum.
As the coral (Meandrina) to which it attaches itself grows,
the Magilus develops at the mouth a long calcareous tube, the
aperture of which keeps pace with the growth of the coral, and prevents
the mollusc from being entombed. The animal lives at the free, or
outer, end of the tube, and is thus continually shifting its position,
while the space it abandons becomes completely closed by a mass of
solid calcareous matter. Certain species of Ovula inhabit
Gorgonia, assuming the colour, yellow or red, of their host, and, in
certain cases, developing, probably for prehensile purposes, a pointed
extension of the two extremities of the shell. Pedicularia, a
form akin to Cypraea, but with a more patulous mouth, inhabits
the common Corallium rubrum of the Mediterranean, and another
species has been noticed by Graeffe[163] on Melithaea ochracea
in Fiji.
On Echinodermata.—(a) Crinoidea.Stylina
comatulicola lives on Comatula mediterranea, fixed to the
outer skin, which it penetrates by a very long proboscis; the shell
is quite transparent.[164] A curious case of a fossil parasite has
been noticed by Roberts.[165] A Calyptrea-shaped shell named
Platyceras always occurred on the ventral side of a crinoid,
encompassed by the arms. For some time this was thought to afford
conclusive proof of the rapacity and carnivorous habits of the
echinoderm, which had died in the act of seizing its prey. Subsequent
investigations, however, showed that in all the cases noticed (about
150) the Platyceras covered the anal opening of the crinoid
in such a way that the mouth of the mollusc must have been directly
over the orifice of the anus. (b) Asteroidea. The
comparatively soft texture of the skin of the starfishes renders them a
favourite home of various parasites. The brothers Sarasin noticed[166]
a species of Stilifer encysted on the rays of Linckia
multiformis. Each shell was enveloped up to the apex, which just
projected from a hole at the top of the cyst. The proboscis was long,
and at its base was a kind of false mantle, which appeared to possess
a pumping action. On the under side of the rays of the same starfish
occurred a capuliform mollusc (Thyca ectoconcha), furnished with
a muscular plate, whose cuticular surface was indented in such a way
as to grip the skin of the Linckia. This plate was furnished
with a hole, through which the pharynx projected into the texture of
the starfish, acting as a proboscis and apparently furnished with
a kind of pumping or sucking action. Adams and Reeve[167] describe
Pileopsis astericola as living ‘on the tubercle of a starfish,’
and Stilifer astericola, from the coast of Borneo, as ‘living
in the body of a starfish.’ In the British Museum there is a specimen
of Pileopsis crystallina ‘in situ’ on the ray of a starfish,
(c) On the brittle starfishes (Ophiuroidea) occur several
species of Stiliferina. (d) Echinoidea. Various
species of Stilifer occur on the ventral spines of echinoids,
where they probably subsist on the excreta, and are sometimes found
imbedded in the spines themselves. St. Turtoni occurs on the
British coasts on several species of Echinus, and Montacuta
substriata frequents Spatangus purpureus and certain
species of Echinocardium, Cidaris, and Brissus.
Lepton parasiticum has been described from Kerguelen I. on a
Hemiaster, and a new genus, Robillardia, has recently
been established[168] for a Hyalinia-shaped shell, parasitic on
an Echinus from Mauritius. (e) Holothurioidea.
The ‘sea-cucumbers’ afford lodgment to a variety of curious forms,
some of which have experienced such modifications that their generic
position is by no means established. Entoconcha occurs fixed
by its buccal end to the blood-vessels of certain Synapta in
the Mediterranean and the Philippines. Entocolax has been
dredged from 180 fath. in Behring’s Straits, attached by its head to
certain anterior muscles of a Myriotrochus.[169] A curious
case of parasitism is described by Voeltzkow[170] as occurring on
a Synapta found between tide-marks on the I. of Zanzibar.
In the oesophagus of the Synapta was found a small bivalve
(Entovalva), the animal of which was very large for its shell,
and almost entirely enveloped the valves by its mantle. As many as five
specimens occurred on a single Synapta. In the gut of the same
Holothurian lived a small univalve, not creeping freely, but fixed to
a portion of the stomach wall by a very long proboscis which pierced
through it into the body cavity. This proboscis was nearly three times
as long as the animal, and the forward portion of it was set with sharp
thorns, no doubt in order to enable it to retain its hold and resist
evacuation. Various species of Eulima have been noticed in every
part of the world, from Norway to the Philippines, both inside and
outside Holothurians.[171]Stilifer also occurs on this section
of Echinoderms.[172]
On Annelida.—Cochliolepis parasiticus has been noticed
under the scales of Acoetes lupina (a kind of ‘sea-mouse’) in
Charleston Harbour.[173]
On Crustacea.—A mussel, ⅜ in. long, has been found[174] living
under the carapace of the common shore-crab (Carcinus maenas),
and one case has been noticed[175] where two mussels, one of several
months’ growth, the other smaller, well secured by their byssi, were
found under the abdomen of the same species, in such a position as to
force the appendages apart and askew. These, however, are not so much
cases of parasitism as of involuntary habitat, the mussel no doubt
having become involved in the branchiae and the abdomen of the crab in
the larval form.
On Mollusca.—A species of Odostomia (pallida
Mont.) is found on our own coasts on the ‘ears’ of Pecten
maximus, and also[176] on the operculum of Turritella
communis. Another species (O. rissoides) frequently occurs
in hiding under beds of mussels, but it is not clear whether the
habitat is due to parasitism, or simply to the fact that the mass of
mussels, knitted together and to the rock by the byssi, affords the
Odostomia a safe lurking-place. At Panama the present writer
found Crepidula (2 sp.) plentiful on the opercula of the great
Strombus galea and of Cerithium irroratum. In each case
the parasite exactly fitted the size of the operculum, and had assumed
its colour, dark brown or chestnut. Amalthea is very commonly
found on Conus, Turbo, and other large shells from the
South Pacific, but this is probably not a case of parasitism, but
simply of convenience of habitat, just as young oysters are frequently
seen on the carapace and even on the legs of large crabs.
Fig. 30.—Crepidula onyx Sowb.,
parasitic on the operculum of Strombus galeatus Swains., Panama.
On Tunicata.—Lamellaria deposits its eggs and lives
on an Ascidian (Leptoclinum), and the common Modiolaria
marmorata lives in colonies imbedded in the test of Ascidia
mentula and other simple Ascidians.
Fig. 31.—Two species of Eulima:
A is sessile on the skin of a Holothurian, through which it
plunges its sucking proboscis (Pr); B creeps freely in
the stomach of a Holothurian. (After K. Semper.)
Special points of interest with regard to parasitic Mollusca relate
to (1) Colour. This is in most cases absent, the shell being
of a uniform hyaline or milky white. This may be due, in the case
of the endo-parasitic forms, to absence of light, and possibly, in
those living outside their host, to some deficiency in the nutritive
material. A colourless shell is not necessarily protective, for though
a transparent shell might evade detection, a milk-white hue would
probably be conspicuous. (2) Modifications of structure. These
are in many cases considerable. Entoconcha and Entocolax
have no respiratory or circulatory organs, and no known nervous system;
Thyca and certain Stilifer possess a curious suctorial
apparatus; the foot in many cases has aborted, since the necessity
for locomotion is reduced to a minimum, and its place is supplied by
an enormous development of the proboscis, which enables the creature
to provide itself with nutriment without shifting its position. K.
Semper notices a case where a Eulima, whose habitat is the
stomach of a Holothurian, retains the foot unmodified, while a species
occurring on the outer skin, but provided with a long proboscis,
has lost its foot altogether.[177] Special provision for holding on
is noticed in certain cases, reminding us of similar provision in
human parasites. Eyes are frequently, but not always wanting, even in
endo-parasitic forms. A specially interesting modification of structure
occurs in (3) the Radula or ribbon-shaped arrangement of the
teeth. In most cases of parasitism (Eulima, Stilifer,
Odostomia, Entoconcha, Entocolax, Magilus,
Coralliophila, Leptoconcha) it is absent altogether. In
Ovula and Pedicularia, genera which are in all other
respects closely allied to Cypraea, the radula exhibits marked
differences from the typical radula of the Cypraeidae. The formula
(3·1·3) remains the same, but the laterals are greatly produced and
become fimbriated, sometimes at the extremity only, sometimes along
the whole length. A very similar modification occurs in the radula
of Sistrum spectrum Reeve, a species which is known to live
parasitically on one of the branching corals. Here the laterals differ
from those of the typical Purpuridae in being very long and
curved at the extremity. The general effect of these modifications
appears to be the production of a radula rather of the type of the
vegetable-feeding Trochidae, which may perhaps be regarded
as a link in the chain of gradually-degraded forms which eventually
terminate in the absence of the organ altogether. The softer the
food, the less necessity there is for strong teeth to tear it; the
teeth either become smaller and more numerous, or else longer and
more slender, and eventually pass away altogether. It is curious,
however, that the same modified form of radula should appear in species
of Ovula (e.g.ovum) and that the same absence
of radula should occur in species of Eulima (e.g.polita) known to be not parasitic. This fact perhaps points back
to a time when the ancestral forms of each group are parasitic and
whose radulae were modified or wanting, the modification or absence of
that organ being continued in some of their non-parasitical descendants.
Mollusca are concerned in several interesting cases of commensalism,
or the habitual association of two organisms, as distinguished from
parasitism, where one form preys more or less upon the other.
Mr. J. T. Marshall has given[178] an interesting account of the
association of Montacuta ferruginosa with Echinocardium
cordatum. The Echinoderm lives in muddy sand in Torbay, at a depth
of about 6 inches, and the Montacuta lives in a burrow leading
from its ventral end and running irregularly in a sloping direction
for 3 or 4 inches, the burrow, which is made by a current from the
Echinoderm, being almost exactly the width of the Montacuta. The
Montacuta were always arranged in the burrows in order of size,
the largest being close to the Echinoderm, and the smallest of a string
of about six at the other end of the burrow. In another part of S.
Devon, where the sand was soft and sloppy, the Echinocardia rise to the
surface and travel along the sand; in this case the Montacuta
were attached to their host by means of a byssus, and were dragged
along as it travelled.
The Rev. Dr. Norman has noted[179] a somewhat similar habitat for
Lepton squamosum. This rare little British species was found
at Salcombe, living in the burrows of Gebia stellata, in
all probability feeding upon the secretions from the body of the
crustacean. Dr. Norman suggests that the extreme flatness of the shell
of the Lepton is of great advantage in enabling it not to get
in the way of the Gebia as he scuttles up and down his burrow.
Another species of Lepton is found on the coast of Florida in a
precisely similar locality,[180] while a third species, occurring on
the Oregon and California coasts, actually attaches itself to the inner
surface of the abdomen of a Gebia.[181]
Fig. 32.—Ephippodonta Macdougalli
Tate, S. Australia. A, Burrow of prawn, the X indicating the
position of the mollusc; sp, sponge. B, Ventral view
of Ephippodonta; by, byssus; f, foot; m,
mantle; mm, fused mantle borders. C, View of interior
of shells; h, hinge; m´m´, adductor muscles. (A × ½;
B and C × 2.)
A very singular case of commensalism has been recently discovered with
regard to a genus of Australian bivalve shells, Ephippodonta.
This genus is never found except in the burrow of a species of prawn
(Axius plectorhynchus Str.). For some reason at present
unexplained, the burrow of this particular prawn appears to be
exceedingly popular as a habitat for certain bivalves, for, besides
two species of Ephippodonta, a Kellia and three
Mylitta are found there, and there alone. Sometimes the prawn,
when the rock is hard, builds a tunnel of mud upon it, at other times
it excavates the soft calciferous sandstone. “This burrow is lined
with a tenacious brown mud, composed of excrementitious matter;
and, in addition to the mud lining, there is always more or less
present an orange-coloured sponge which I have never found elsewhere.
Upon the mud or sponge, and adhering very closely, are found the
Ephippodonta. They quickly form a pit-like depression by means
of their foot, and appear almost covered by the mud.” During the
winter months (March-July) the prawn appears to fill his burrow,
possibly as a provision against stormy weather, with large quantities
of minced seaweed, underneath which immense numbers of very young
Ephippodonta are found living.[182] The extreme flatness of the
Ephippodonta must be due to the same cause as the flatness of
the Lepton noticed above, namely, the necessity of not impeding
or interfering with the lively motions of the prawn. In the case of
Lepton the two valves close completely and the shell is still
very flat; in Ephippodonta, on the other hand, the same result
is produced by the valves being opened to their widest possible extent.
As in Entovalva, a continuation of the mantle covers the outer
surface of the shell.
It is a familiar experience to the student, not only of the Mollusca,
but of every branch of animal or vegetable life, to come across
examples which exhibit certain slight deviations from the type
form as usually understood. These deviations may be more or less
pronounced, but, as a rule, a series of forms can be discovered,
gradually leading up to or down from the type. The definition of what
constitutes a species,—and, still more, the rigid application of
such definition—will always remain a difficult task, so long as the
personal element persists in him who defines.[183] What seems to one
authority ample ground for distinction of species, another may regard
as of comparatively trivial importance. The practical outcome of these
divergent views is sufficiently illustrated by the attitude of Mr.
F. P. Marrat on the one hand, and of what may be called the modern
French school of conchologists on the other. Mr. Marrat holds, or held,
that the great genus Nassa, of which more than 150 species are
generally recognised, is one shell (species) in an endless variety of
forms. The modern French school go to the other extreme, and apparently
proceed upon the view that almost any difference in form, however
slight, is sufficient to constitute a separate species.
It will be generally admitted, however, that some structural
difference in the organisation of the animal (as distinct from
that of the shell alone) is necessary for the permanent constitution
of specific rank.[184] What amount of structural difference is
required, what particular organ or organs must exhibit this difference,
will depend largely upon the idiosyncrasy of the observer. But if
this, or something like this definition of a species be accepted, it
will follow that a so-called ‘variety’ will be a form which exhibits
differences from the type which do not amount to permanent structural
differences in the organisation of the animal. The final court of
appeal as to what affords sufficient evidence for ‘permanent structural
differences’ will have to be, as with Aristotle of old, the judgment of
the educated man.
It is, however, more to our present purpose to discuss the causes of
variation than to lay down definitions of what variation is. One
of the most obvious causes of variation lies in a change or changes
in the environment. If we may assume, for the moment, that the type
form of a species is the form which is the mean of all the extremes,
and that this form is the resultant of all the varied forces brought
to bear upon it, whether of food, climate, temperature, competition of
numbers, soil, light, amount of water, etc., it will follow that any
change in one or more of these forces, if continuous and considerable,
any change, in other words, of the environment, will produce its
effect upon the organism in question. And this effect will be for the
better or for the worse, according to the particular nature of the
change itself as tending towards, or away from, the optimum of
environment for the species concerned. Hence may be produced varieties,
more or less marked according to the gravity of the change, although
it must be noted that at times a change apparently unimportant from
our point of view, will produce very marked results upon the species.
It is indeed scarcely possible to predict with any certainty, in the
present state of our knowledge (beyond certain broad results) what will
be the particular effect upon a species of any given change in its
surroundings.
Effects of Change in the Environment as tending to produce
Variation.
(a) Changes in Climate, Temperature, Elevation, etc.—In
the eastern basin of the Baltic the marine Mollusca are much more
stunted than in the western.[185] For instance, Mytilus edulis
near Kiel is 8–9 cm. long, while near Gothland it only attains a
length of 3–4 cm. Mollusca living at only a shallow depth (e.g.Tellina balthica, Mya arenaria, Cardium edule)
do not differ much in size in different parts of the Baltic, but in
the far eastern basin the calcareous layers of the shells of Mya
arenaria and Tellina balthica are extraordinarily thin,
and disappear very rapidly after death, leaving only the cuticular
membrane, still united by the ligament, in a perfect state of
preservation. These remarkable variations are no doubt to a large
extent due to the violent changes of temperature which are experienced
in the Baltic, and by which the steady development of the animals
in question is interrupted and thrown out of gear. The same species
occur on the coasts of Greenland and Iceland, where they attain a
considerably larger size than in the Baltic, in spite of the lower mean
temperature, probably because their development is not interrupted by
any sudden change from cold to heat or vice versâ.
Karl Semper has shown that Limnaea stagnalis is developed,
lives and feeds best in a mean temperature of about 20° C. (= 68° F.).
This mean, however, must not be the mean of two distant extremes, for
the Limnaea cannot digest its food and grow in a temperature
which is less than 14° or 15° C. (= 57° or 59° F.), or more than
30° to 32° C. (= 86° to 90° F.). In certain localities, therefore,
the interruption to the growth of this species must be serious and
prolonged, and may tend towards the production of more or less dwarfed
varieties. Thus specimens from Malham Tarn, a lake in Yorkshire 1250
feet above the sea, are permanently dwarfed, and have a very thin
and fragile shell. Limnaea peregra in the Pyrenees, Alps, and
Himalayas is generally of a very delicate form and dwarfed habit,
while the small variety known as lacustris occurs, according to
Jeffreys, only in mountain lakes in Zetland, Scotland, Ireland, and
N. England. Specimens brought by Mr. Bateson from lakes near the Sea
of Aral, which are salt for some months and comparatively fresh for
others, exhibit clearly the effect of changes in the environment (Figs.
33 and 34). Excess of heat produces similar results to excess of cold.
L. peregra var. thermalis, found in the warm springs of
the Pyrenees and the Vosges, and the var. geisericola, from the
hot water of the Iceland geysers, are alike thin and dwarfed forms.
Many instances may be given of ‘varieties due to locality.’ In some of
these, the cause which predisposes towards variation can be inferred
with some approach to certainty, in others we must be content to note
the fact, without at present being able to perceive its explanation.
Fig. 33.—Four examples of Limnaea
peregra Müll., from salt marshes near the Sea of Aral, showing
different effects produced by abnormal conditions of life.
Fig. 34.—Four examples of Limnaea
stagnalis L., from marshes in the Aral district which are salt for
several months in the year, illustrating variation produced by changes
in the environment. × ½.
Desert specimens of widely distributed species, e.g.Helix
pomatia, H. niciensis, H. pisana, Leucochroa
candidissima are much thicker than the type, and tend to lose all
trace of coloured bands. These modifications are clearly the means of
preventing evaporation of moisture, the dull white or grayish brown
colour being calculated to absorb the smallest possible amount of heat.
Desert shells in all parts of the world (e.g. N. Africa, Arabia,
Central Asia, S. Africa, W. America) have been noticed to exhibit these
peculiarities.
A very singular case of the reverse process, i.e. the production
of darkened forms of shell through cold, has been noticed by Fischer
as characteristic of the marine shells of the west coast of South
America.[186] This melanism is especially noticeable in Trochus,
Turbo, Chiton, Mitra, and Pleurotoma,
and is attested by the specific names, not merely expressive of
actual blackness (e.g.nigerrimus, ater,
atramentarius, maurus), but also of a generally
lugubrious tone (e.g.moestus, funebralis,
tristis, lugubris, luctuosus). It is highly
probable that this concurrence of specific melanism (which stands quite
alone in the world) is due to the cold polar current which impinges on
the Chilian coasts, for the same genera occur on the opposite shores of
the continent without exhibiting any trace whatever of this mournful
characteristic.
It is a well-known fact, attested by many observers, that our common
Limax agrestis as well as the young of Arion ater
become decidedly darker in summer than in winter. If these slugs
were accustomed to disport themselves in the sun, it might have been
suggested that this increased darkness of colour tended to absorb
more of the heat rays. But since this is not the case, the result
is probably due to some unexplained effect of higher temperature.
According to Lessona and Pollonera, the length of the keel in Limax
arborum varies greatly in different parts of Italy, being shorter
in specimens from low ground, but much longer in those inhabiting
more elevated regions. The longer the keel, the more obscure the
colouring becomes, so that in the Upper Alps of Piedmont individuals
are practically black. Roebuck has observed that Scottish specimens
of this same slug are much darker and less translucent than English
forms. According to Simroth, our common black slug, Arion ater,
is a northern type, which in more southern latitudes assumes the
form known as A. rufus. Similarly Limax maximus “in
its northern form cinereo-niger is almost wholly black, but
in the more genial climate of Italy develops a series of brilliantly
coloured and strikingly marked variations which have received numerous
distinctive names from Italian limacologists.”[187] According to
Scharff, however[188] (who regards the colours of slugs as in the main
protective), these dark forms are by no means exclusively northern,
being found equally on the parched plains of Spain and Portugal, and in
the bleak climate of Norway. The same authority observes that similar
forms occur both in the dry regions of E. Germany, and in the very
humid district of western Ireland.
It appears unquestionable that marine genera from high northern
latitudes are provided with shells of uniform colour, or whitish with
a pale brown epidermis; spots, bands, or stripes seldom occur. The
arctic forms of Buccinum, Trophon, Chrysodomus,
Margarita, Crenella, Leda, Yoldia,
Astarte illustrate this fact. In the more temperate seas of
Europe, colours tend on the whole to increase, although there are
certain genera (e.g.Pecten) which are not more brightly
coloured in Mediterranean than in Icelandic waters.
Land Mollusca inhabiting the mainland of a continent not unfrequently
become smaller when they have spread to adjacent islands where perhaps
the rainfall is less abundant or the soil and food-supply less nicely
adjusted to their wants. Orthalicus undatus is decidedly larger
on the mainland of S. America than on the adjacent islands of Trinidad
and Grenada. Specimens of Bulimulus exilis from Barbados are
invariably broader and more obese than those from S. Thomas, while
those from the volcanic island of S. Lucia, where lime is deficient,
are small and very slender. Streptaxis deformis, as occurring
at Trinidad, is only half the size of specimens from Georgetown,
Demerara.[189]
Certain localities appear, for some unexplained reason, to be
particularly favourable to the production of albino varieties. The
neighbourhood of Lewes, in Sussex, has produced no fewer than fourteen
of these forms of land Mollusca and five of fresh-water.[190]
Our common Helix aspersa, as found near Bristol, is said to
be ‘dark coloured’; about Western-super-mare ‘brown, with black
markings’; near Bath ‘very pale and much mottled’; at Cheddar ‘very
solid and large.’[191] Sometimes the same kind of variation is
exhibited by different species in the same locality. Thus specimens
of H. aspersa, H. nemoralis, and H. hortensis,
taken from the same bank at Torquay, presented a straw-coloured tinge
of ground colour, with red-brown bands or markings. Trochiform H.
nemoralis and H. arbustorum, sinistral H. hortensis
and H. aspersa, sinistral H. aspersa and H.
virgata, and similarly banded forms of H. caperata and H.
virgata, have been taken together.[192]
The immediate neighbourhood of the sea appears frequently to have
the effect of dwarfing land Mollusca. Thus the var. conoidea
of Helix aspersa, which is small, conical, with a compressed
mouth, occurs ‘on sandhills and cliffs at the seaside.’ The varieties
conica and nana of Helix hispida are found
‘near the sea.’ Helix virgata is exceedingly small in similar
localities, and tends to become unicoloured. H. caperata var.
Gigaxii, a small depressed form, occurs at ‘Sandwich and
Falmouth.’[193] Sometimes, however, the exact opposite is the case,
for H. nemoralis var. major, which is ‘much larger’ than
the type, occurs on ‘sandhills and downs’ and is ‘remarkably large in
the I. of Arran, Co. Galway.’ The dwarf form of Limnaea peregra
known as maritima appears to be confined to the neighbourhood of
the sea.
Dwarfing of the shell seems frequently to be the result of an elevated
locality, not perhaps so much as the direct consequence of purer
air and less barometric pressure, as of changes in the character of
the food supply and in the humidity of the air. Several species of
Helix have a variety minor which is characteristic of
an Alpine habitat. Helix arbustorum var. alpestris,
which is scarcely two-thirds the size of the type, occurs on the
Swiss Alps in the region of perpetual snow. Sometimes a very slight
elevation is sufficient to produce the dwarfed form. At Tenby the type
form of Helix pisana is scattered in countless numbers over
the sandhills just above high-water mark. At the extreme western end
of these sandhills rises abruptly to a height of over 100 feet the
promontory known as Giltar Head, the vegetation of which is entirely
distinct from that of the burrows below. There is a colony of H.
pisana at the end of Giltar, all of which are devoid of the
characteristic markings of the typical form, and most are dwarfed and
stunted in growth.
Occasionally the same variety will be found to be produced by
surroundings of very different nature. Thus the var. alpestris,
of H. arbustorum mentioned above, besides being characteristic
of high Alpine localities, also occurs abundantly in low marshes at
Hoddesdon on the River Lea. Helix pulchella var. costata,
according to Jeffreys, is found in dry and sandy places, often under
loose stones and bricks on walls, while other authorities have noticed
it in wet and dry localities quite indifferently.
Sometimes the production of a variety may be traced to the intrusion of
some other organism. According to Brot, nine-tenths of the Limnaea
peregra inhabiting a certain pond near Geneva, were, during one
season, afflicted with a malformation of the base of the columella.
This deformity coincided with the appearance, in the same waters, of
extraordinary numbers of Hydra viridis. The next season, when
the Hydra disappeared, the next generation of Limnaea
was found to have resumed its normal form.
It has been noticed that a form of Helix caperata with a
flattened spire and wide umbilicus is restricted to tilled fields,
especially the borders of clover fields, while a form with a more
elevated spire and more compact whorls occurs exclusively in open
downs and uncultivated places. The Rev. S. S. Pearce accounts[194] for
this divergence by the explanation that the flatter spire enables the
shell of the fields to creep about more easily under the leaves or
matted weeds, seldom requiring to crawl up a stalk or stem, while on
the short turf of the downs and pastures the smaller and more rounded
shell enables the animal to manoeuvre in and out of the blades of
grass, and even to crawl up them with considerable activity. The same
writer endeavours to explain the causes which regulate the distribution
of H. caperata var. ornata. He found that this variety
(dark bands on a white ground) occurred almost exclusively on downs
which were fed upon by sheep, associated with the common or mottled
form, while the latter form alone occurred in localities where sheep
were not accustomed to feed. Assuming then, as is probably the case,
that sheep, in the course of their close pasturing, devour many small
snails, he believes that individuals of the more conspicuous form
ornata were more likely to be noticed, and therefore avoided, by
the sheep, than the mottled form, which would more easily escape their
observation. Hence the var. ornata is due to the advantage which
strikingly coloured individuals obtained owing to their conspicuous
habit, as compared with the typical form, which would be less readily
detected.
(b) Changes in Soil, Station, Character of Water, etc.—A
deficiency of lime in the composition of the soil of any particular
locality produces very marked effects upon the shells of the Mollusca
which inhabit it; they become small and very thin, occasionally almost
transparent. The well-known var. tenuis of Helix aspersa
occurs on downs in the Channel Islands where calcareous material is
scarce. For similar reasons, H. arbustorum develops a var.
fusca, which is depressed, very thin, and transparent, at
Scilly, and also at Lunna I., E. Zetland.
Fig. 35.—19 specimens of Purpura
lapillus L., Great Britain, illustrating variation.
(1) Felixstowe, sheltered coast; (2), (3) Newquay, on veined
and coloured rock; (4) Herm, rather exposed; (5) Solent, very
sheltered; (6) Land’s End, exposed rocks, small food supply;
(7) Scilly, exposed rocks, fair food supply; (8) St. Leonards,
flat mussel beds at extreme low water; (9) Robin Hood’s Bay,
sheltered under boulders, good food supply; (10) Rhoscolyn, on
oyster bed, 4–7 fath. (Macandrew); (11) Guernsey, rather exposed
rocks; (12) Estuary of Conway, very sheltered, abundant food
supply; (13), (14) Robin Hood’s Bay, very exposed rocks, poor
food supply; (14) slightly monstrous; (15), (16), (17) Morthoe,
rather exposed rocks, but abundant food supply; (18) St. Bride’s
Bay; (19) L. Swilly, sheltered, but small food supply. All from
the author’s collection, except (10).
The common dog-whelk (Purpura lapillus) of our own coasts is
an exceedingly variable species, and in many cases the variations may
be shown to bear a direct relation to the manner of life (Fig. 35).
Forms occurring in very exposed situations, e.g. Land’s End,
outer rocks of the Scilly Is., coasts of N. Devon and Yorkshire, are
stunted, with a short spire and relatively large mouth, the latter
being developed in order to increase the power of adherence to the rock
and consequently of resistance to wave force. On the other hand, shells
occurring in sheltered situations, estuaries, narrow straits, or even
on open coasts where there is plenty of shelter from the waves, are
comparatively of great size, with a well-developed, sometimes produced
spire, and a mouth small in proportion to the area of shell surface. In
the accompanying figure, the specimens from the Conway estuary and the
Solent (12, 5) well illustrate this latter form of shell, while that
from exposed rocks is illustrated by the specimens from Robin Hood’s
Bay (13, 14). Had these specimens occurred alone, or had they been
brought from some distant and unexplored region, they must inevitably
have been described as two distinct species.
Fig. 36.—Valves of Cardium edule from
the four upper terraces of Shumish Kul, a dry salt lake adjacent to the
Aral Sea. (After Bateson.)
Mr. W. Bateson has made[195] some observations on the shells of
Cardium edule taken from a series of terraces on the border of
certain salt lakes which once formed a portion of the Sea of Aral.
As these lakes gradually became dry, the water they contained became
salter, and thus the successive layers of dead shells deposited on
their borders form an interesting record of the progressive variation
of this species under conditions which, in one respect at least, can
be clearly appreciated. At the same time the diminishing volume of
water, and the increasing average temperature, would not be without
their effect. It was found that the principal changes were as follows:
the thickness, and consequently the weight, of the shells became
diminished, the size of the beaks was reduced, the shell became highly
coloured, and diminished considerably in size, and the breadth of the
shells increased in proportion to their length (Fig. 36). Shells of the
same species of Cardium, occurring in Lake Mareotis, were found
to exhibit very similar variations as regards colour, size, shape, and
thickness.
Unio pictorum var. compressa occurs near Norwich at two
similar localities six or seven miles distant from one another, under
circumstances which tend to show that similar conditions have produced
similar results. The form occurs where the river, by bending sharply
in horse-shoe shape, causes the current to rush across to the opposite
side and form an eddy near the bank on the outside of the bend. Just
at the edge of the sharp current next the eddy the shells are found,
the peculiar form being probably due to the current continually washing
away the soft particles of mud and compelling the shell to elongate
itself in order to keep partly buried at the bottom.[196]
The rivers Ouse and Foss, which unite just below York, are rivers of
strikingly different character, the Ouse being deep, rapid, with a
bare, stony bottom, and little vegetable growth, and receiving a good
deal of drainage, while the Foss is shallow, slow, muddy, full of
weeds and with very little drainage. In the Foss, fine specimens of
Anodonta anatina occur, lustrous, with beautifully rayed shells.
A few yards off, in the Ouse, the same species of Anodonta is
dull brown in colour, its interior clouded, the beaks and epidermis
often deeply eroded. Precisely the same contrast is shown in specimens
of Unio tumidus, taken from the same rivers, Ouse specimens
being also slightly curved in form. Just above Yearsley Lock in the
Foss, Unio tumidus occurs, but always dwarfed and malformed,
a result probably due to the effect of rapidly running water upon
a species accustomed to live in still water.[197] Simroth records
the occurrence of remarkably distorted varieties in two species of
Aetheria which lived in swift falls of the River Congo.[198]
A variety of Limnaea peregra with a short spire and rather
strong, stoutly built shell occurs in Lakes Windermere, Derwentwater,
and Llyn-y-van-fach. It lives adhering to stones in places where
there are very few weeds, its shape enabling it to withstand the
surf of these large lakes, to which the ordinary form would probably
succumb.[199]
Scalariform specimens of Planorbis are said to occur most
commonly in waters which are choked by vegetation, and it has been
shown that this form of shell is able to make its way through masses of
dense weed much more readily than specimens of normal shape.
Continental authorities have long considered Limnaea peregra
and L. ovata as two distinct species. Hazay, however, has
succeeded in rearing specimens of so-called peregra from the
ova of ovata, and so-called ovata from the ova of
peregra, simply by placing one species in running water, and the
other in still water.
According to Mr. J. S. Gibbons[200] certain species of
Littorina, in tropical and sub-tropical regions, are confined
to water more or less brackish, being incapable of living in pure salt
water. “I have met,” says Mr. Gibbons, “with three of these species,
and in each case they have been distinguished from the truly marine
species by the extreme (comparative) thinness of their shells, and by
their colouring being richer and more varied; they are also usually
more elaborately marked. They are to be met with under three different
conditions—(1) in harbours and bays where the water is salt with but
a slight admixture of fresh water; (2) in mangrove swamps where salt
and fresh water mix in pretty equal volume; (3) on dry land, but near a
marsh or the dry bed of one.
“L. intermedia Reeve, a widely diffused E. African shell,
attaches itself by a thin pellicle of dried mucus to grass growing by
the margin of slightly brackish marshes near the coast, resembling in
its mode of suspension the Old World Cyclostoma. I have found
it in vast numbers in situations where, during the greater part of
the year, it is exposed to the full glare of an almost vertical sun,
its only source of moisture being a slight dew at night-time. The W.
Indian L. angulifera Lam., and a beautifully coloured E. African
species (? L. carinifera), are found in mangrove swamps; they
are, however, less independent of salt water than the last.”
Mr. Gibbons goes on to note that brackish water species (although not
so solid as truly marine species) tend to become more solid as the
water they inhabit becomes less salt. This is a curious fact, and the
reverse of what one would expect. Specimens of L. intermedia on
stakes at the mouth of the Lorenço Marques River, Delagoa Bay, are much
smaller, darker, and more fragile, than those living on grass a few
hundred yards away. L. angulifera is unusually solid and heavy
at Puerto Plata (S. Domingo) among mangroves, where the water is in a
great measure fresh; at Havana and at Colon, where it lives on stakes
in water but slightly brackish, it is thinner and smaller and also
darker coloured.
(c) Changes in the Volume of Water.—It has long
been known that the largest specimens, e.g. of Limnaea
stagnalis and Anodonta anatina, only occurred in pieces of
water of considerable size. Recent observation, however, has shown
conclusively that the volume of water in which certain species live
has a very close relation to the actual size of their shells, besides
producing other effects. Lymnaea megasoma, when kept in an
aquarium of limited size, deposited eggs which hatched out; this
process was continued in the same aquarium for four generations in all,
the form of the shell of the last generation having become such that
an experienced conchologist gave it as his opinion that the first and
last terms of the series could have no possible specific relation to
one another. The size of the shell became greatly diminished, and in
particular the spire became very slender.[201]
The same species being again kept in an aquarium under similar
conditions, it was found that the third generation had a shell only
four-sevenths the length of their great grandparents. It was noticed
also that the sexual capacities of the animals changed as well. The
liver was greatly reduced, and the male organs were entirely lost.[202]
K. Semper conducted some well-known experiments bearing on this
point. He separated[203] specimens of Limnaea stagnalis from
the same mass of eggs as soon as they were hatched, and placed them
simultaneously in bodies of water varying in volume from 100 to 2000
cubic centimetres. All the other conditions of life, and especially the
food supply, were kept at the known optimum. He found, in the result,
that the size of the shell varied directly in proportion to the volume
of the water in which it lived, and that this was the case, whether an
individual specimen was kept alone in a given quantity of water, or
shared it with several others. At the close of 65 days the specimens
raised in 100 cubic cm. of water were only 6 mm. long, those in 250
cubic cm. were 9 mm. long, those in 600 cubic cm. were 12 mm. long,
while those kept in 2000 cubic cm. attained a length of 18 mm. (Fig.
37).
An interesting effect of a sudden fall of temperature was noticed by
Semper in connection with the above experiments. Vessels of unequal
size, containing specimens of the Limnaea, happened to stand
before a window at a time when the temperature suddenly fell to about
55° F. The sun, which shone through the window, warmed the water in the
smaller vessels, but had no effect upon the temperature of the larger.
The result was, that the Limnaea in 2000 cubic cm., which ought
to have been 10 mm. long when 25 days old, were scarcely longer, at the
end of that period, than those which had lived in the smaller vessels,
but whose water had been sufficiently warm.
Fig. 37.—Four equally old shells of Limnaea
stagnalis, hatched from the same mass of ova, but reared in
different volumes of water: A in 100, B in 250, C
in 600, and D in 2000 cubic centimetres. (After K. Semper.)
CHAPTER IV USES OF SHELLS FOR MONEY, ORNAMENT, AND FOOD—CULTIVATION OF THE OYSTER, MUSSEL, AND SNAIL—SNAILS AS MEDICINE—PRICES GIVEN FOR SHELLS
The employment of shells as a medium of exchange was exceedingly common
amongst uncivilised tribes in all parts of the world, and has by no
means yet become obsolete. One of the commonest species thus employed
is the ‘money cowry’ (Cypraea moneta, L.), which stands almost
alone in being used entire, while nearly all the other forms of shell
money are made out of portions of shells, thus requiring a certain
amount of labour in the process of formation.
One of the earliest mentions of the cowry as money occurs in an
ancient Hindoo treatise on mathematics, written in the seventh century
A.D. A question is propounded thus: ‘the ¼ of 1/16 of ⅕ of
¾ of ⅔ of ½ a dramma was given to a beggar by one from whom he asked
an alms; tell me how many cowry shells the miser gave.’ In British
India about 4000 are said to have passed for a shilling, but the value
appears to differ according to their condition, poor specimens being
comparatively worthless. According to Reeve[204] a gentleman residing
at Cuttack is said to have paid for the erection of his bungalow
entirely in cowries. The building cost him 4000 Rs. sicca (about £400),
and as 64 cowries = 1 pice, and 64 pice = 1 rupee sicca, he paid over
16,000,000 cowries in all.
Cowries are imported to England from India and other places for the
purposes of exportation to West Africa, to be exchanged for native
products. The trade, however, appears to be greatly on the decrease. At
the port of Lagos, in 1870, 50,000 cwts. of cowries were imported.[205]
A banded form of Nerita polita was used as money in certain
parts of the South Pacific. The sandal-wood imported into the China
market is largely obtained from the New Hebrides, being purchased
of the natives in exchange for Ovulum angulosum, which they
especially esteem as an ornament. Sometimes, as in the Duke of York
group, the use of shell money is specially restricted to certain kinds
of purchase, being employed there only in the buying of swine.
Among the tribes of the North-West coasts of America the common
Dentalium indianorum used to form the standard of value, until
it was superseded, under the auspices of the Hudson’s Bay Company,
by blankets. A slave was valued at a fathom of from 25 to 40 of
these shells, strung lengthwise. Inferior or broken specimens were
strung together in a similar way, but were less highly esteemed; they
corresponded more to our silver and copper coins, while the strings of
the best shells represented gold.
The wampum of the eastern coast of North America differed from
all these forms of shell money, in that it required a laborious process
for its manufacture. Wampum consisted of strings of cylindrical beads,
each about a quarter of an inch in length and half that breadth.
The beads were of two colours, white and purple, the latter being
the more valuable. Both were formed from the common clam, Venus
mercenaria, the valves of which are often stained with purple at
the lower margins, while the rest of the shell is white. Cut small,
ground down, and pierced, these shells were converted into money, which
appears to have been current along the whole sea-board of North America
from Maine to Florida, and on the Gulf Coast as far as Central America,
as well as among the inland tribes east of the Mississippi. Another
kind of wampum was made from the shells of Busycon carica and
B. perversum. By staining the wampum with various colours, and
disposing these colours in belts in various forms of arrangement, the
Indians were able to preserve records, send messages, and keep account
of any kind of event, treaty, or transaction.
Another common form of money in California was Olivella
biplicata, strung together by rubbing down the apex.
Button-shaped disks cut from Saxidomus arata and Pachydesma
crassatelloides, as well as oblong pieces of Haliotis, were
employed for the same purpose, when strung together in lengths of
several yards.
“There is a curious old custom,” writes Mr. W. Anderson Smith,[206]
“that used formerly to be in use in this locality [the western coast
of Scotland], and no doubt was generally employed along the sea-board,
as the most simple and ready means of arrangement of bargains by a
non-writing population. That was, when a bargain was made, each party
to the transaction got one half of a bivalve shell—such as mussel,
cockle, or oyster—and when the bargain was implemented, the half that
fitted exactly was delivered up as a receipt! Thus a man who had a box
full of unfitted shells might be either a creditor or a debtor; but the
box filled with fitted shells represented receipted accounts. Those who
know the difficulty of fitting the valves of some classes of bivalves
will readily acknowledge the value of this arrangement.”
Shells are employed for use and for ornament by savage—and even by
civilised—tribes in all parts of the world. The natives of Fiji thread
the large Turbo argyrostoma and crenulatus as weights at
the edge of their nets, and also employ them as sinkers. A Cypraea
tigris cut into two halves and placed round a stone, with two or
three showy Oliva at the sides, is used as a bait for cuttles.
Avicula margaritifera is cut into scrapers and knives by this
and several other tribes. Breast ornaments of Chama, grouped
with Solarium perspectivum and Terebra duplicata are
common among the Fijians, who also mount the Avicula on a
backing of whales’ teeth sawn in two, for the same purpose. The great
Orange Cowry (Cypraea aurantiaca) is used as a badge of high
rank among the chieftains. One of the most remarkable Fijian industries
is the working of whales’ teeth to represent this cowry, as well as the
commoner C. talpa, which is more easily imitated.
Among the Solomon islanders, cowries are used to ornament their shields
on great field days, and split cowries are worn as a necklace, to
represent human teeth. Small bunches of Terebellum subulatum
are worn as earrings, and a large valve of Avicula is employed
as a head ornament in the centre of a fillet. The same islanders
ornament the raised prows of their canoes, as well as the inside of the
stern-post, with a long row of single Natica.
The native Papuans employ shells for an immense variety of purposes.
Circlets for the head are formed of rows of Nassa gibbosula,
rubbed down till little but the mouth remains. Necklaces are worn which
consist of strings of Oliva, young Avicula, Natica
melanostoma, opercula of Turbo, and valves of a rich brown
species of Cardium, pendent at the end of strings of the seeds
known as Job’s tears. Struthiolaria is rubbed down until nothing
but the mouth is left, and worn in strings round the neck. This is
remarkable, since Struthiolaria is not a native Papuan shell,
and indeed occurs no nearer than New Zealand. Sections of Melo
are also worn as a breast ornament, dependent from a necklace of
cornelian stones. Cypraea erosa is used to ornament drinking
bowls, and Ovulum ovum is attached to the native drums, at the
base of a bunch of cassowary feathers, as well as being fastened to the
handle of a sago-beater.
In the same island, the great Turbo and Conus
millepunctatus are ground down to form bracelets, which are worn
on the biceps. The crimson lip of Strombus luhuanus is cut into
beads and perforated for necklaces. Village elders are distinguished by
a single Ovulum verrucosum, worn in the centre of the forehead.
The thick lip of Cassis cornuta is ground down to form nose
pieces, 4½ inches long. Fragments of a shell called Kaïma
(probably valves of a large Spondylus) are worn suspended from
the ears, with little wisps of hair twisted up and thrust through a
hole in the centre. For trumpets, Cassis cornuta, Triton
tritonis, and Ranella lampas are used, with a hole drilled
as a mouthpiece in one of the upper whorls. Valves of Batissa,
Unio, and Mytilus are used as knives for peeling yams.
Spoons for scooping the white from the cocoa-nut are made from
Avicula margaritifera. Melo diadema is used as a baler in
the canoes.[207]
In the Sandwich Islands Melampus luteus is worn as a necklace,
as well as in the Navigator Islands. A very striking necklace, in the
latter group, is formed of the apices of a Nautilus, rubbed
down to show the nacre. The New Zealanders use the green opercula of
a Turbo, a small species of Venus, and Cypraea asellus
to form the eyes of their idols. Fish-hooks are made throughout the
Pacific of the shells of Avicula and Haliotis, and are
sometimes strengthened by a backing made of the columella of Cypraea
arabica. Small axe-heads are made from Terebra crenulata
ground down (Woodlark I.), and larger forms are fashioned from the
giant Tridacna (Fiji).
Shells are used to ornament the elaborate cloaks worn by the
women of rank in the Indian tribes of South America. Specimens
of Ampullaria, Orthalicus, Labyrinthus, and
Bulimulus depend from the bottom and back of these garments,
while great Bulimi, 6 inches long, are worn as a breast
ornament, and at the end of a string of beads and teeth.[208]
The chank-shell (Turbinella rapa) is of especial interest
from its connexion with the religion of the Hindoos. The god Vishnu
is represented as holding this shell in his hand, and the sinistral
form of it, which is excessively rare, is regarded with extraordinary
veneration. The chank appears as a symbol on the coins of some of the
ancient Indian Empires, and is still retained on the coinage of the
Rajah of Travancore.
The chief fishery of the chank-shell is at Tuticorin, on the Gulf of
Manaar, and is conducted during the N. E. monsoon, October-May. In
1885–86 as many as 332,000 specimens were obtained, the net amount
realised being nearly Rs.24,000. In former days the trade was much
more lucrative, 4 or 5 millions of specimens being frequently shipped.
The government of Ceylon used to receive £4000 a year for licenses to
fish, but now the trade is free. The shells are brought up by divers
from 2 or 3 fathoms of water. In 1887 a sinistral specimen was found at
Jaffna, which sold for Rs.700.[209] Nearly all the shells are sent to
Dacca, where they are sliced into bangles and anklets to be worn by the
Hindoo women.
Perhaps the most important industry which deals only with the shells
of Mollusca is that connected with the ‘pearl-oyster.’ The history of
the trade forms a small literature in itself. It must be sufficient
here to note that the species in question is not an ‘oyster,’ properly
so called, but an Avicula (margaritifera Lam.). The
‘mother-of-pearl,’ which is extensively employed for the manufacture
of buttons, studs, knife-handles, fans, card-cases, brooches, boxes,
and every kind of inlaid work, is the internal nacreous laminae of
the shell of this species. The most important fisheries are those
of the Am Islands, the Soo-loo Archipelago, the Persian Gulf, the
Red Sea, Queensland, and the Pearl Islands in the Bay of Panama. The
shell also occurs in several of the groups of the South Pacific—the
Paumotu, Gambier and Navigator Islands, Tahiti being the centre of the
trade—and also on the coasts of Lower California.[210]
Pearls are the result of a disease in the animal of this species of
Avicula and probably in all other species within which they
occur. When the Avicula is large, well formed, and with ample
space for individual development, pearls scarcely occur at all, but
when the shells are crowded together, and become humped and distorted,
as well as affording cover for all kinds of marine worms and parasitic
creatures, then pearls are sure to be found. Pearls of inferior value
and size are also produced by Placuna placenta, many species
of Pinna, the great Tridacna, the common Ostrea
edulis, and several other marine bivalves. They are not uncommon
in Unio and Anodonta, and the common Margaritana
margaritifera of our rapid streams is still said to be collected,
in some parts of Wales, for the purpose of extracting its small
‘seed-pearls.’ Pink pearls are obtained from the giant conch-shell
of the West Indies (Strombus gigas), as well as from certain
Turbinella.
In Canton, many houses are illuminated almost entirely by skylights
and windows made of shells, probably the semitransparent valves of
Placuna placenta. In China lime is commonly made of ground
cockle-shells, and, when mixed with oil, forms an excellent putty, used
for cementing coffins, and in forming a surface for the frescoes with
which the gables of temples and private houses are adorned. Those who
suffer from cutaneous diseases, and convalescents from small-pox, are
washed in Canton with the water in which cockles have been boiled.[211]
A recent issue of the Peking Gazette contains a report from the
outgoing Viceroy of Fukhien, stating that he had handed over the
insignia of office to his successor, including inter alia the
conch-shell bestowed by the Throne. A conch-shell with a whorl turning
to the right, i.e. a sinistral specimen, is supposed when
blown to have the effect of stilling the waves, and hence is bestowed
by the Emperor upon high officers whose duties oblige them to take
voyages by sea. The Viceroy of Fukhien probably possesses one of these
shells in virtue of his jurisdiction over Formosa, to which island
periodical visits are supposed to be made.[212]
Shells appear to be used occasionally by other species besides man.
Oyster-catchers at breeding time prepare a number of imitation nests
in the gravel on the spit of land where they build, putting bits of
white shell in them to represent eggs.[213] This looks like a trick
in order to conceal the position of the true nest. According to
Nordenskjöld, when the eider duck of Spitzbergen has only one or two
eggs in its nest, it places a shell of Buccinum glaciale beside
them. The appropriation of old shells by hermit-crabs is a familiar
sight all over the world. Perhaps it is most striking in the tropics,
where it is really startling, at first experience, to meet—as I
have done—a large Cassis or Turbo, walking about in
a wood or on a hill side at considerable distances from the sea. A
Gephyrean (Phascolion strombi) habitually establishes itself
in the discarded shells of marine Mollusca. Certain Hymenoptera make
use of dead shells of Helix hortensis in which they build their
cells.[214] Magnus believes that in times when heavy rains prevail, and
the usual insects do not venture out, certain flowers are fertilised
by snails and slugs crawling over them, e.g.Leucanthemum
vulgare by Limax laevis.[215]
Mollusca as Food for Man.—Probably there are few countries in
the world in which less use is made of the Mollusca as a form of food
than in our own. There are scarcely ten native species which can be
said to be at all commonly employed for this purpose. Neighbouring
countries show us an example in this respect. The French, Italians,
and Spanish eat Natica, Turbo, Triton, and
Murex, and, among bivalves, Donax, Venus,
Lithodomus, Pholas, Tapes, and Cardita,
as well as the smaller Cephalopoda. Under the general designation
of clam the Americans eat Venus mercenaria, Mya
arenaria, and Mactra solidissima. In the Suez markets are
exposed for sale Strombus and Melongena, Avicula
and Cytherea. At Panama Donax and Solen are
delicacies, while the natives also eat the great Murex and
Pyrula, and even the huge Arca grandis, which lives
embedded in the liquid river mud.
The common littoral bivalves seem to be eaten in nearly all countries
except our own, and it is therefore needless to enumerate them. The
Gasteropoda, whose habits are scarcely so cleanly, seem to require a
bolder spirit and less delicate palate to venture on their consumption.
The Malays of the East Indian islands eat Telescopium fuscum and
Pyrazus palustris, which abound in the mangrove swamps. They
throw them on their wood fires, and when they are sufficiently cooked,
break off the top of the spire and suck the animal out through the
opening. Haliotis they take out of the shell, string together,
and dry in the sun. The lower classes in the Philippines eat Arca
inaequivalvis, boiling them as we do mussels.[216] In the Corean
islands a species of Monodonta and another of Mytilus are
quite peppery, and bite the tongue; our own Helix revelata, as
I can vouch from personal experience, has a similar flavour. Fusus
colosseus, Rapana bezoar, and Purpura luteostoma
are eaten on the southern coasts of China; Strombus luhuanus,
Turbo chrysostomus, Trochus niloticus, and Patella
testudinaria, by the natives of New Caledonia; Strombus
gigas and Livona pica in the West Indies; Turbo niger
and Concholepas peruvianus on the Chilian coasts; four species
of Strombus and Nerita, one each of Purpura and
Turbo, besides two Tridacna and one Hippopus, by
the natives of British New Guinea. West Indian negroes eat the large
Chitons which are abundant on their rocky coasts, cutting off and
swallowing raw the fleshy foot, which they call ‘beef,’ and rejecting
the viscera. Dried cephalopods are a favourite Chinese dish, and are
regularly exported to San Francisco, where the Chinamen make them into
soup. The ‘Challenger’ obtained two species of Sepia and two of
Loligo from the market at Yokohama.
The insipidity of fresh-water Mollusca renders them much less desirable
as a form of food. Some species of Unionidae, however, are said to be
eaten in France. Anodonta edulis is specially cultivated for
food in certain districts of China, and the African Aetheriae
are eaten by negroes. Navicella and Neritina are eaten
in Mauritius, Ampullaria and Neritina in Guadeloupe, and
Paludina in Cambodia.
The vast heaps of empty shells known as ‘kitchen-middens,’ occur in
almost every part of the world. They are found in Scotland, Denmark,
the east and west coasts of North America, Brazil, Tierra del Fuego,
Australia and New Zealand, and are sometimes several hundred yards
in length. They are invariably composed of the edible shells of the
adjacent coast, mixed with bones of Mammals, birds, and fish. From
their great size, it is believed that many of them must have taken
centuries to form.
Pre-eminent among existing shell-fish industries stands the cultivation
of the oyster and the mussel, a more detailed account of which may
prove interesting.
The cultivation of the oyster[217] as a luxury of food dates at least
from the gastronomic age of Rome. Every one has heard of the epicure
whose taste was so educated that
The first artificial oyster-cultivator on a large scale appears to have
been a certain Roman named Sergius Orata, who lived about a century
B.C. His object, according to Pliny the elder,[219] was not
to please his own appetite so much as to make money by ministering
to the appetites of others. His vivaria were situated on the
Lucrine Lake, near Baiae, and the Lucrine oysters obtained under his
cultivation a notoriety which they never entirely lost, although
British oysters eventually came to be more highly esteemed. He must
have been a great enthusiast in his trade, for on one occasion when he
became involved in a law-suit with one of the riparian proprietors,
his counsel declared that Orata’s opponent made a great mistake if he
expected to damp his ardour by expelling him from the lake, for, sooner
than not grow oysters at all, he would grow them upon the roof of his
house.[220] Orata’s successors in the business seem to have understood
the secret of planting young oysters in new beds, for we are told that
specimens brought from Brundisium and even from Britain were placed for
a while in the Lucrine Lake, to fatten after their long journey, and
also to acquire the esteemed “Lucrine flavour.”
Oysters are ‘in season’ whenever there is an ‘r’ in the month, in other
words, from September to April. ‘Mensibus erratis,’ as the poet has
it, ‘vos ostrea manducatis!’ It has been computed that the quantity
annually produced in Great Britain amounts to no less than sixteen
hundred million, while in America the number is estimated at five
thousand five hundred million, the value being over thirteen million
dollars, and the number of persons employed fifty thousand. Arcachon,
one of the principal French oyster-parks, has nearly 10,000 acres of
oyster beds, the annual value being from eight to ten million francs;
in 1884–85, 178,359,000 oysters were exported from this place alone. In
the season 1889–90, 50,000 tons of oysters were consumed in London.
Few will now be found to echo the poet Gay’s opinion:
“That man had sure a palate covered o’er
With brass or steel, that on the rocky shore
First broke the oozy oyster’s pearly coat,
And risq’d the living morsel down his throat.”
There were halcyon days in England once, when oysters were to be
procured at 8d. the bushel. Now it costs exactly that amount before
a bushel, brought up the Thames, can even be exposed for sale at
Billingsgate (4d. porterage, 4d. market toll), and prime Whitstable
natives average from 3½d. to 4d. each. The principal causes of this
rise in prices, apart from the increased demand, are (1) over-dredging;
(2) ignorant cultivation, and to these may be added (3) the effect of
bad seasons in destroying young oysters, or preventing the spat from
maturing. Our own principal beds are those at Whitstable, Rochester,
Colchester, Milton (famous for its ‘melting’ natives), Faversham,
Queenborough, Burnham, Poole, and Carlingford in Co. Down, and
Newhaven, near Edinburgh.
The oyster-farms at Whitstable, public and private, extend over an
area of more than 27 square miles. The principal of these is a kind of
joint-stock company, with no other privilege of entrance except birth
as a free dredgeman of the town. When a holder dies, his interest dies
with him. Twelve directors, known as “the Jury,” manage the affairs of
the company, which finds employment for several thousand people, and
sometimes turns over as much as £200,000 a year. The term ‘Natives,’
as applied to these Whitstable or to other English oysters, requires a
word of explanation. A ‘Native’ oyster is simply an oyster which has
been bred on or near the Thames estuary, but very probably it may be
developed from a brood which came from Scotland or some other place at
a distance. For some unexplained reason, oysters bred on the London
clay acquire a greater delicacy of flavour than elsewhere. The company
pay large sums for brood to stock their own grounds, since there can be
no certainty that the spat from their own oysters will fall favourably,
or even within their own domains at all. Besides purchases from other
beds, the parks are largely stocked with small oysters picked up along
the coast or dredged from grounds public to all, sometimes as much
as 50s. a bushel being paid for the best brood. It is probably this
system of transplanting, combined with systematic working of the beds,
which has made the Whitstable oyster so excellent both as to quality
and quantity of flesh. The whole surface of the ‘layings’ is explored
every year by the dredge, successive portions of the ground being
gone over in regular rotation, and every provision being made for the
well-being of the crop, and the destruction of their enemies. For three
days of every week the men dredge for ‘planting,’ i.e. for the
transference of suitable specimens from one place to another, the
separation of adhering shells, the removal of odd valves and of every
kind of refuse, and the killing off of dangerous foes. On the other
three days they dredge for the market, taking care only to lift such a
number as will match the demand.
The Colne beds are natural beds, as opposed to the majority of the
great working beds, which are artificial. They are the property of
the town of Colchester, which appoints a water-bailiff to manage the
concern. Under his direction is a jury of twelve, who regulate the
times of dredging, the price at which sales are to be made, and are
generally responsible for the practical working of the trade. Here, and
at Faversham, Queenborough, Rochester, and other places, ‘natives’ are
grown which rival those of Whitstable.
There can be no question, however, that the cultivation of oysters by
the French is far more complete and efficient than our own, and has
reached a higher degree of scientific perfection combined with economy
and solid profits. And yet, between 40 and 50 years ago, the French
beds were utterly exhausted and unproductive, and showed every sign
of failure and decay. It was in 1858 that the celebrated beds on the
Ile de Ré, near Rochelle, were first started. Their originator was
a certain shrewd stone-mason, by name Boeuf. He determined to try,
entirely on his own account, whether oysters could not be made to grow
on the long muddy fore-shore which is left by the ebb of the tide.
Accordingly, he constructed with his own hands a small basin enclosed
by a low wall, and placed at the bottom a number of stones picked out
of the surrounding mud, stocking his ‘parc’ with a few bushels of
healthy young brood. The experiment was entirely successful, in spite
of the jeers of his neighbours, and Boeuf’s profits, which soon began
to mount up at an astonishing rate, induced others to start similar
or more extensive farms for themselves. The movement spread rapidly,
and in a few years a stretch of miles of unproductive mud banks was
converted into the seat of a most prosperous industry. The general
interests of the trade appear to be regulated in a similar manner to
that at Whitstable; delegates are appointed by the various communities
to watch over the business as a whole, while questions affecting the
well-being of oyster-culture are discussed in a sort of representative
assembly.
At the same time as Boeuf was planting his first oysters on the shores
of the Ile de Ré, M. Coste had been reporting to the French government
in favour of such a system of ostreiculture as was then practised
by the Italians in the old classic Lakes Avernus and Lucrinus. The
principle there adopted was to prevent, as far as possible, the escape
of the spat from the ground at the time when it is first emitted by
the breeding oyster. Stakes and fascines of wood were placed in such
a position as to catch the spat and give it a chance of obtaining a
hold before it perished or was carried away into the open sea. The old
oyster beds in the Bay of St. Brieuc were renewed on this principle,
banks being constructed and overlaid with bundles of wood to prevent
the escape of the new spat. The attempt was entirely successful, and
led to the establishment or re-establishment of those numerous parcs,
with which the French coast is studded from Brest to the Gironde. The
principal centres of the industry are Arcachon, Auray, Cancale, and la
Teste.
It is at Marennes, in Normandy, that the production of the celebrated
‘green oyster’ is carried out, that especial luxury of the French
epicure. Green oysters are a peculiarly French taste, and, though they
sometimes occur on the Essex marshes, there is no market for them in
England. The preference for them, on the continent, may be traced back
as early as 1713, when we find a record of their having been served
up at a supper given by an ambassador at the Hague. Green oysters are
not always green, it is only after they are placed in the ‘claires,’
or fattening ponds, that they acquire the hue; they never occur in
the open sea. The green colour does not extend over the whole animal,
but is found only in the branchiae and labial tentacles, which are
of a deep blue-green. Various theories have been started to explain
the ‘greening’ of the mollusc; the presence of copper in the tanks,
the chlorophyll of marine algae, an overgrowth of some parasite, a
disease akin to liver complaint, have all found their advocates.
Prof. Lankester seems to have established[221] the fact,—which
indeed had been observed 70 years before by a M. Gaillon,—that
the greening is due to the growth of a certain diatom (Navicula
ostrearia) in the water of the tanks. This diatom, which is of a
deep blue-green colour, appears from April to June, and in September.
The oyster swallows quantities of the Navicula; the pigment
enters the blood in a condition of chemical modification, which makes
it colourless in all the other parts of the body, but when the blood
reaches the gills the action of the secretion cells causes the blue
tint to be restored. The fact that the colour is rather green than blue
in the gills, which are yellowish brown, is due to certain optical
conditions.
Not till the young white oyster has been steeped for several years
in the muddy waters of the ‘claires’ does it acquire the proper tint
to qualify it for the Parisian restaurant. The ‘claires’ are each
about 100 feet square, surrounded by low broad banks of earth, about
3 feet high and 6 feet thick at the base. Before the oysters are laid
down, the gates which admit the tide are carefully opened and shut
a great many times, in order to collect a sufficient amount of the
Navicula. When this is done, the beds are formed, and are not
again overflowed by the sea, except at very high tides. The oysters
are shifted from one ‘claire’ to another, in order to perfect the
‘greening’ process. About fifty million of these ‘huitres de Marennes’
are produced annually, yielding a revenue of 2,500,000 francs.
It appears, from the experience of one of the most enthusiastic of
French oyster-growers (Dr. Kemmerer), that oysters grow best in
muddy water, and breed best in clear water. Thus the open sea is
the place where the spat should fall and be secured, and, as soon as
it is of a suitable size, it should be transferred to the closed tank
or reservoir, where it will find the quiet and the food (confervae,
infusoria, minute algae) which are so requisite for its proper growth.
In muddy ground the animal and phosphorous matter increases, and the
flesh becomes fatter and more oily. A sudden change from the clear
sea-water to the muddy tank is inadvisable, and thus a series of
shiftings through tanks with water of graduated degrees of nourishment
is the secret of proper oyster cultivation.
The American oyster trade is larger even than the French. The Baltimore
oyster beds in the Chesapeake River and its tributaries cover 3000
acres, and produce an annual crop of 25 million bushels, as many as
100,000 bushels being sometimes taken from Chesapeake Bay in a single
day. Baltimore is the centre of the tinned oyster trade, while that
in raw oysters centres in New York. Most of the beds whose produce is
carried to New York are situated in New Jersey, Connecticut, Delaware,
or Virginia. The laws of these states do not allow the beds to be owned
by any but resident owners, and the New York dealers have consequently
to form fictitious partnerships with residents near the various oyster
beds, supply them with money to buy the beds and plant the oysters,
and then give them a share in the profits. It has been estimated that
from the Virginia beds 4,000,000 bushels of oysters are carried every
year to Fair Haven in New England, 4,000,000 to New York, 3,000,000 to
Providence, and 2,000,000 each to Boston, Philadelphia, and Baltimore.
The American ‘native’ (O. virginica) is a distinct species from
our own, being much larger and longer in proportion to its breadth; it
is said to be also much more prolific.
According to Milne-Edwards,[222] in the great oyster parks on the
coasts of Calvados, the oysters are educated to keep their shells
closed when out of water, and so retain water enough inside to keep
their gills moist, and arrive at their destination in good condition.
As soon as an oyster is taken out of the sea, it closes its shells,
and keeps them closed until the shock of removal has passed away, or
perhaps until the desirability of a fresh supply of water suggests
itself. The men take advantage of this to exercise the oysters,
removing them from the sea for longer and longer periods. In time this
has the desired effect; the well-educated mollusc learns that it is
hopeless to ‘open’ when out of the water, and so keeps his shell closed
and his gills moist, and his general economy in good condition.
Oysters have been known to live entirely out of water for a
considerable time. Prof. Verrill once noticed[223] a large cluster
of oysters attached to an old boot, hanging outside a fish-shop
in Washington. They had been taken out of the water on about 10th
December, and on 25th February following some of the largest were still
alive. It was noticed that all those which survived had the hinge
upward and the ventral edge downward, this being the most favourable
position possible for the retention of water within the gill-cavity,
since the edge of the mantle would pack against the margins of the
shell, and prevent the water from leaking away.
Such a succulent creature as the oyster has naturally many enemies.
One of the worst of these is the ravenous Starfish, or Five-finger.
His omnivorous capacities are well described by a clever writer and
shrewd observer of nature: “Here is one doubled up like a sea-urchin,
brilliant of hue, and when spread out quite 16 inches in diameter;
where, and oh where, can you obtain a prey? The hoe we carry is thrust
out and the mass dragged shorewards, when the rascal disgorges two
large dog-whelks he has been in the process of devouring. We feel
a comfortable glow of satisfaction to think that this enemy of our
oyster-beds is also the enemy of our other enemy, this carnivorous
borer. Here, quite close alongside, is another, only inferior in
size, and we drag him ashore likewise, to find that the fellow has
actually had the courage and audacity to suck the contents out of a
large horse-mussel (Modiola), the strong muscle alone remaining
undevoured. We proceed along but a short way when we meet with still
another in the curled-up condition in which they gorge themselves,
and as we drag it shorewards the shell of a Tapes pullastra
drops from the relaxing grasp of the ogre. Slowly the extended stomach
returns to its place, and the monster settles back to an uncomfortable
after-dinner siesta on an exposed boulder; for the starfish wraps
its turned-out stomach around the prey it has secured, in place of
attempting to devour the limey covering in which most of its game is
protected. Once the mouth of the shell is enclosed in the stomach of
the starfish, the creature soon sickens, the hinge-spring relaxes
its hold, and the shell opening permits the starfish to suck out the
gelatinous contents, and cast free the calcareous skeleton.”[224]
According to other observers the starfish seizes the oyster with two
of his fingers, while with the other three he files away the edge of
the flat or upper valve until the points of contact with the round
valve are reduced almost to nothing; then he can introduce an arm, and
the rest is easy work. Others suggest that the starfish suffocates
the oyster by applying two of its fingers so closely to the edge of
the valves that the oyster is unable to open them; after a while the
vital powers relax and the shell gapes. The Rev. J. G. Wood holds[225]
that the starfish pours a secretion from its mouth which “paralyses
the hinge muscle and causes the shell to open.” Sometimes in a single
night a whole bed of oysters will be totally destroyed by an invasion
of starfish. Another dreaded enemy is the ‘whelk,’ a term which
includes Purpura lapillus, Murex erinaceus, Buccinum
undatum, and probably also Nassa reticulata. All these
species perforate the shell with the end of their radula, and then suck
out the contents through the neatly drilled hole. Skate fish are the
cause of terrible destruction in the open beds, and a scarcely less
dangerous visitant is the octopus. Crabs crush the young shells with
their claws, and are said to gather in bands and scratch sand or mud
over the larger specimens, which makes them open their shells. Yet
another, and perhaps unconscious, foe is found in the common mussel,
which takes up room meant for the young oysters, grows over the larger
individuals, and harbours all sorts of refuse between and under its
closely packed ranks. Cliona, a parasitic sponge, bores in
between the layers of the oyster’s shell, pitting them with tiny holes
(corresponding to its oscula), and disturbing the inmate, who
has constantly to construct new layers of shell from the inside. Weed,
annelids, ‘blubber,’ shifting sand or mud, sewage or any poisoning of
the water, are seriously harmful to the oyster’s best interests. A very
severe winter is often the cause of wholesale destruction in the beds.
According to the Daily News of 26th March 1891, the Whitstable
oyster companies lost property to the value of £30,000 in the
exceptionally cold winter of 1890–91, when, on the coast of Kent, the
surface temperature of the sea sank below 32°, and the advancing tide
pushed a small ice-floe before it. Two million oysters were laid down
in one week of the following spring, to make up for the loss. During
the severe winter of 1892–93 extraordinary efforts were made at Hayling
I. to protect the oysters from the frost. Twenty million oysters
were placed in ponds for the winter, and a steam-engine was for days
employed to keep the ponds thawed and supplied with water, while large
coal and coke fires were kept burning at the edge of the ponds.[226] On
the other hand, the unusually warm and sunny summer of 1893 is said to
have resulted in the finest fall of spat known in Whitstable for fifty
years.[227]
The reproductive activity of the oyster is supposed to commence
about the third year. Careful research has shown[228] that the sexes
in the English oyster are not separate, but that each individual is
male as well as female, producing spermatozoa as well as ova in the
same gland. Here, however, two divergent views appear. Some authorities
hold that the oyster does not fecundate its own eggs, but that this
operation is performed by spermatozoa emitted by other specimens.
It is believed that, in each individual, the spermatozoa arrive at
maturity first, and that the ova are not produced until after the
spermatozoa have been emitted; thus the oyster is first male and then
female, morphologically hermaphrodite, but physiologically unisexual.
Others are of opinion that the oyster does fecundate its own eggs, ova
being first produced, and passed into the infrabranchial chamber—the
‘white-sick’ stage—and then, after an interval, spermatozoa being
formed and fecundating these ova—the ‘black-sick’ stage. In this
latter view the oyster is first female and then male, and is, both
morphologically and physiologically, hermaphrodite. The old view, that
‘black-sick’ oysters are the male, and ‘white-sick’ the female, is
therefore quite incorrect.
The ova, in their earliest stage, consist of minute oval clusters of
globules floating in a transparent mucus. They pass from the ovary
into the gills and folds of the mantle, and are probably fecundated
within the excretory ducts of the ovary, before arriving in the mantle
chamber. In this stage the oyster is termed ‘white-sick.’ In about a
fortnight, as the course of development proceeds, the fertilised ova
become ciliated at one end (the so-called veliger stage, p.
131), and soon pigment appears in various parts of the embryos, giving
them a darker colour, which varies from grayish to blue, and thus the
white-sick oyster becomes ‘black-sick.’ When the black spat emerge,
they are still furnished with cilia for their free-swimming life. This
is of very short duration, for unless the embryo finds some suitable
ground on which to affix itself within forty-eight hours, it perishes.
As the spat escapes from the parent oyster, which slightly opens its
valves and blows the spat out in jets, it resembles a thick cloud in
the water, and is carried about at the mercy of wind and tide. April to
August are the usual spawning months, warm weather being apparently an
absolute necessity to secure the adhering of the spat. A temperature
of 65° to 72° F. seems requisite for their proper deposit. Thus on a
fine, warm day, with little wind or tide running, the spat will fall
near the parents and be safely secured, while in cold, blustering
weather it will certainly be carried off to a distance, and probably
be altogether lost. The number of young produced by each individual
has been variously estimated at from 300,000 to 60,000,000. Either
extreme seems enormous, but it must be remembered that besides climatal
dangers, hosts of enemies—other Mollusca, fish, and Crustacea—beset
the opening career of the young oyster.
As soon as the spat has safely ‘fallen,’ it adheres to some solid
object, and loses the cilia which were necessary for its swimming life.
It begins to grow rapidly, increasing from about 1/20 inch in diameter
to about the size of a threepenny piece in five or six months, and in
a year to one inch in diameter. Roughly speaking, the best guide to an
oyster’s age is its size; it is as many years old as it measures inches
across.
The oyster is at its prime at the age of five; its natural life is
supposed to be about ten years. The rings, or ‘shoots’ on a shell are
not—as is frequently supposed—marks of annual growth; cases have been
noticed where as many as three ‘shoots’ were made during the year.
An oyster is furnished, on the protruding edges of the mantle, with
pigmented spots which may be termed ‘visual organs,’ though they hardly
rise to the capacities and organisation of real ‘eyes.’ But there is no
doubt that they are sufficiently sensitive to the action of light to
enable the oyster to apprehend the approach of danger, and close his
doors accordingly. ‘How sensitive,’ notes Mr. W. Anderson Smith,[229]
‘the creatures are to the light above them; the shadow of the iron as
it passes overhead is instantaneously noted, and snap! the lips are
firmly closed.’
The geographical distribution of Ostrea edulis extends from
Tränen, in Norway, close to the Arctic circle, to Gibraltar and certain
parts of the Mediterranean, Holland, and N. Germany to Heligoland, and
the western shores of Sleswick and Jutland. It occurs in Iceland, but
does not enter the Baltic, where attempts to colonise it have always
failed. Some authorities regard the Mediterranean form as a distinct
species.
The literature of oyster-cookery may be passed over in silence.
The curious may care to refer to M. S. Lovell’s Edible British
Mollusks, where no less than thirty-nine different ways of dressing
oysters are enumerated. It may, however, be worth while to add a word
on the subject of poisonous oysters. Cases have been known
where a particular batch of oysters has, for some reason, been fatal
to those who have partaken of them. It is possible that this may have
been due, in certain instances, to the presence of a superabundance
of copper in the oysters, and there is no doubt that the symptoms
detailed have often closely resembled those of copper poisoning. Cases
of poisoning have occurred at Rochefort through’ the importation of
‘green oysters’ from Falmouth. It would no doubt be dangerous ever to
eat oysters which had grown on the copper bottom of a ship. But copper
is present, in more or less minute quantities, in very many Mollusca,
and it is more probable that a certain form of slow decomposition in
some shell-fish develops an alkaloid poison which is more harmful to
some people than to others, just as some people can never digest any
kind of shell-fish.[230] These alkaloid developments from putrescence
are called ptomaines. In confirmation of this view, reference may be
made to a case, taken from an Indian Scientific Journal, in which an
officer, his wife, and household ate safely of a basket of oysters for
three days at almost every meal. The basket then passed out of their
hands, not yet exhausted of its contents, and a man who had already
eaten of these oysters at the officer’s table was afterwards poisoned
by some from the same basketful.
The cultivation of the common mussel (Mytilus edulis L.) is
not practised in this country, although it is used as food in the
natural state of growth all round our coasts. The French appear to be
the only nation who go in for extensive mussel farming. The principal
of these establishments is at a little town called Esnaudes, not far
from La Rochelle, and within sight of the Ile de Ré and its celebrated
oyster parks. The secret of the cultivation consists in the employment
of ‘bouchots,’ or tall hurdles, which are planted in the mud of the
fore-shore, and upon which the mussel (la moule, as the French
call it) grows. The method is said[231] to have been invented as long
ago as 1235 by a shipwrecked Irishman named Walton. He used to hang
a purse net to stakes, in the hope of capturing sea birds. He found,
however, that the mussels which attached themselves to his stakes
were a much more easily attainable source of food, and he accordingly
multiplied his stakes, out of which the present ‘bouchot’
system has developed. The shore is simply a stretch of liquid mud,
and the bouchots are arranged in shape like a single or double V,
with the opening looking towards the sea. The fishermen, in visiting
the bouchots, glide about over the mud in piroques or light,
flat-bottomed boats, propelling them by shoving the mud with their
feet. Each bouchot is now about 450 yards long, standing 6 feet out of
the mud, making a strong wall of solid basket-work, and as there are
altogether at least 500 bouchots, the total mussel-bearing length of
wall is nearly 130 miles.
The mussel-spat affixes itself naturally to the bouchots nearest the
sea, in January and February. Towards May the planting begins. The
young mussels are scraped off these outermost bouchots, and placed
in small bags made of old canvas or netting, each bag holding a good
handful of the mussels. The bags are then fastened to some of the inner
bouchots, and the mussels soon attach themselves by their byssus, the
bag rotting and falling away. They hang in clusters, increasing rapidly
in size, and at the proper time are transplanted to bouchots farther
and farther up the tide level, the object being to bring the matured
animal as near as possible to the land when it is time for it to be
gathered. This process, which aims at keeping the mussel out of the
mud, while at the same time giving it all the nutrition that comes
from such a habitat, extends over about a year in the case of each
individual. Quality, rather than quantity, is the aim of the Esnaudes
boucholiers. The element of quantity, however, seems to come in when
we are told that each yard of the bouchots is calculated to yield a
cartload of mussels, value 6 francs, and that the whole annual revenue
is at least £52,000.
In this country, and especially in Scotland, mussels are largely used
as bait for long-line fishing. Of late years other substances have
rather tended to take the place of mussels, but within the last twenty
years, at Newhaven on the Firth of Forth, three and a half million
mussels were required annually to supply bait for four deep-sea craft
and sixteen smaller vessels. According to Ad. Meyer,[232] boughs of
trees are laid down in Kiel Bay, and taken up again, after three, four,
or five years, between December and March, when they are found covered
with fine mussels. The boughs are then sold, just as they are, by
weight, and the shell-fish sent into the interior of Germany.
Mussels are very sensitive to cold weather. In 1874, during an
easterly gale, 195 acres of mussels at Boston, in Lincolnshire, were
killed in a single night. They soon affix themselves to the bottom
of vessels that have lain for any length of time in harbour or near
the coast. The bottom of the Great Eastern steamship was at
one time so thickly coated with mussels that it was estimated that a
vessel of 200 tons could have been laden from her. In some of our
low-lying coast districts mussels are a valuable protection against
inundation. “An action for trespass was brought some time ago for the
purpose of establishing the right of the lord of the manor to prevent
the inhabitants of Heacham from taking mussels from the sea-shore.
The locality is the fore-shore of the sea, running from Lynn in a
north-westerly direction towards Hunstanton in Norfolk; and the
nature of the shore is such that it requires constant attention, and
no little expenditure of money, to maintain its integrity, and guard
against the serious danger of inundations of the sea. Beds of mussels
extend for miles along the shore, attaching themselves to artificial
jetties running into the sea, thereby rendering them firm, and thus
acting as barriers against the sea [and as traps to catch the silt,
and thus constantly raise the level of the shore]. Therefore, while it
is important for the inhabitants, who claim a right by custom, to take
mussels and other shell-fish from the shore, it is equally important
for the lord of the manor to do his utmost to prevent these natural
friends of his embankments and jetties from being removed in large
quantities.”[233]
The fable that Bideford Bridge is held together by the byssi of
Mytilus, which prevent the fabric from being carried away by
the tide, has so often been repeated that it is perhaps worth while
to give the exact state of the case, as ascertained from a Town
Councillor. The mussels are supposed to be of some advantage to the
bridge, consequently there is a by-law forbidding their removal, but
the corporation have not, and never had, any boat or men employed in
any way with regard to them.
Poisoning by mussels is much more frequent than by oysters. At
Wilhelmshaven,[234] in Germany, in 1885, large numbers of persons were
poisoned, and some died, from eating mussels taken from the harbour.
It was found that when transferred to open water these mussels became
innocuous, while, on the other hand, mussels from outside, placed in
the harbour, became poisonous. The cause obviously lay in the stagnant
and corrupted waters of the harbour, which were rarely freshened by
tides. It was proved to demonstration that the poison was not due to
decomposition; the liver of the mussels was the poisonous part. In the
persons affected, the symptoms were of three kinds, exanthematous
(skin eruptions), choleraic, and paralytic. Cases of similar poisoning
are not unfrequent in our own country, and the circumstances tend to
show that, besides the danger from mussels bred in stagnant water,
there is also risk in eating them when ‘out of season’ in the spawning
time.
Whelks are very largely employed for bait, especially in the cod
fishery. The whelk fishery in Whitstable Bay, both for bait and for
human food, yields £12,000 a year. Dr. Johnston, of Berwick, estimated
that about 12 million limpets were annually consumed for bait in that
district alone. The cockle fishery in Carmarthen Bay employs from 500
to 600 families, and is worth £15,000 a year, that in Morecambe Bay is
worth £20,000.
Cultivation of Snails for Food; Use as Medicine.—It was a
certain Fulvius Hirpinus who, according to Pliny the elder,[235] first
instituted snail preserves at Tarquinium, about 50 B.C. He
appears to have bred several species in his ‘cochlearia,’ keeping them
separate from one another. In one division were the albulae,
which came from Reate; in another the ‘very big snails’ (probably
H. lucorum), from Illyria; in a third the African snails, whose
characteristic was their fecundity; in a fourth those from Soletum,
noted for their ‘nobility.’ To increase the size of his snails,
Hirpinus fed them on a fattening mixture of meal and new wine, and,
says the author in a burst of enthusiasm, ‘the glory of this art
was carried to such an extent that a single snail-shell was capable
of holding eighty sixpenny pieces.’ Varro[236] recommends that the
snaileries be surrounded by a ditch, to save the expense of a special
slave to catch the runaways. Snails were not regarded by the Romans
as a particular luxury. Pliny the younger reproaches[237] his friend
Septicius Clarus for breaking a dinner engagement with him, at which
the menu was to have been a lettuce, three snails and two eggs
apiece, barley water, mead and snow, olives, beetroot, gourds and
truffles, and going off somewhere else where he got oysters, scallops,
and sea-urchins. In Horace’s time they were used as a gentle stimulant
to the appetite, for
“’Tis best with roasted shrimps and Afric snails
To rouse your drinker when his vigour fails.”[238]
Escargotières, or snail-gardens, still exist in many parts of Europe,
e.g. at Dijon, at Troyes and many other places in central
and southern France, at Brunswick, Copenhagen, and Ulm. The markets
at Paris, Marseilles, Bordeaux, Toulouse, Nantes, etc., are chiefly
supplied by snails gathered from the open country, and particularly
from the vineyards, in some of which Helix pomatia abounds. In
the Morning Post of 8th May 1868 there is an account of the
operation of clearing the celebrated Clos de Vougeot vineyard of these
creatures. No less than 240 gallons were captured, at a cost in labour
of over 100 francs, it being estimated that these snails would have
damaged the vines to an extent represented by the value of 15 to 20
pipes of wine, against which may be set the price fetched by the snails
when sold in the market.
It is generally considered dangerous to eat snails at once which have
been gathered in the open country. Cases have occurred in which death
by poisoning has resulted from a neglect of this precaution, since
snails feed on all manner of noxious herbs. Before being sent to table
at the restaurants in the great towns, they are fattened by being fed
with bran in the same way as oysters.
The Roman Catholic Church permits the consumption of snails during
Lent. Very large numbers are eaten in France and Austria at this time.
At the village of Cauderon, near Bordeaux, it is the proper thing to
end Carnival with especial gaiety, but to temper the gaiety with a dish
of snails, as a foretaste of Lenten mortification.
The following species appear to be eaten in France at the present day:
H. pomatia, aspersa, nemoralis, hortensis,
aperta, pisana, vermiculata, lactea.
According to Dr. Gray, the glassmen at Newcastle used to indulge in
a snail feast once a year, and a recent writer informs us that H.
aspersa is still eaten by working people in the vicinity of
Pontefract and Knottingley.[239] But in this country snails appear
to be seldom consciously used as an article of food; the limitation
is necessary, for Lovell tells us that they are much employed in the
manufacture of cream, and that a retired (!) milkman pronounced it the
most successful imitation known.
Preparations made from snails used to be highly esteemed as a cure
for various kinds of diseases and injuries. Pliny the elder recommends
them for a cough and for a stomach-ache, but it is necessary “to take
an uneven number of them.”[240] Five African slugs, roasted and beaten
to a powder, with half a drachm of acacia, and taken with myrtle wine,
is an excellent remedy for dysentery. Treated in various ways, snails
have been considered, in modern times, a cure for ague, corns, web
in the eye, scorbutic affections, hectic fevers, pleurisy, asthma,
obstructions, dropsy, swelling of the joints, headache, an impostume
(whitlow), and burns. One of Pliny’s remedies for headache, which
competes with the bones of a vulture’s head or the brain of a crow or
an owl, is a plaister made of slugs with their heads cut off, which is
to be applied to the forehead. He regards slugs as immature snails,
whose growth is not yet complete (nondum perfectae). Lovell
states that “a large trade in snails is carried on for Covent Garden
market in the Lincolnshire fens, and that they are sold at 6d. per
quart, being much used for consumptive patients and weakly children.”
The custom still seems to linger on in some parts of the country. Mr.
E. Rundle, of the Royal Cornwall Infirmary, gives his experience in
the following terms: “I well remember, some twelve years since, an
individual living in an adjoining parish [near Truro] being pointed
out to me as ‘a snail or slug eater.’ He was a delicate looking man,
and said to be suffering from consumption. Last summer I saw this man,
and asked him whether the statement that he was a ‘snail eater’ was
true: he answered, ‘Yes, that he was ordered small white slugs—not
snails—and that up till recently he had consumed a dozen or more every
morning, and he believed they had done him good.’ There is also another
use to which the country people here put snails, and that is as an eye
application. I met with an instance a few weeks since, and much good
seemed to have followed the use.”[241]
A reverend Canon of the Church of England, whose name I am not
permitted to disclose, informs me that there was a belief among the
youth of his native town (Pontypool, in Monmouthshire) that young
slugs were ‘good for consumption,’ and that they were so recommended
by a doctor who practised in the town. The slugs selected were about ¾
inch long, “such as may be seen crawling on the turf of a hedge-bank
after a shower of rain.” They were “placed upon the tongue without
any previous preparation, and swallowed alive.” My informant himself
indulged in this practice for some time, “not on account of any
gustatory pleasure it afforded, but from some vague notion that it
might do him good.”
A colleague of mine at King’s College tells me that the country people
at Ponteland, near Morpeth, habitually collect Limax agrestis
and boil it in milk as a prophylactic against consumption. He has
himself frequently devoured them alive, but they must be swallowed, not
scrunched with the teeth, or they taste somewhat bitter.
Snails have occasionally fallen, with other noxious creatures, under
the ban of the Church. In a prayer of the holy martyr Trypho of
Lampsacus (about 10th cent. A.D.) there is a form of exorcism
given which may be used as occasion requires. It runs as follows: “O
ye Caterpillars, Worms, Beetles, Locusts, Grasshoppers, Woolly-Bears,
Wireworms, Longlegs, Ants, Lice, Bugs, Skippers, Cankerworms,
Palmerworms, Snails, Earwigs, and all other creatures that cling
to and wither the fruit of the grape and all other herbs, I charge you
by the many-eyed Cherubim, and by the six-winged Seraphim, which fly
round the throne, and by the holy Angels and all the Powers, etc. etc.,
hurt not the vines nor the land nor the fruit of the trees nor the
vegetables of —— the servant of the Lord, but depart into the wild
mountains, into the unfruitful woods, in which God hath given you your
daily food.”
Prices given for Shells.—Very high prices have occasionally
been given for individual specimens, particularly about thirty or forty
years ago, when the mania for collecting was at its height. In those
days certain families, such as the Volutidae, Conidae, and Cypraeidae,
were the especial objects of a collector’s ardour, and he spared no
expense to make his set of the favourite genus as complete as possible.
Thus at Stevens’ auction-rooms in Covent Garden, on 21st July 1854, one
specimen of Conus cedo nulli fetched £9: 10s., and another £16,
a C. omaicus 16 guineas, C. victor £10, and C. gloria
maris, the greatest prize of all, £43: 1s. At the Vernède sale,
on 14th Dec. 1859 two Conus omaicus fetched £15 and £22, and a
C. gloria maris £34. At the great Dennison sale, in April 1865,
the Conidae fetched extravagant prices, six specimens averaging
over £20 apiece. Conus cedo nulli went for £18 and £22, C.
omaicus for £12, C. malaccanus for 10 guineas (this and
one of the cedo nulli being the actual specimens figured in
Reeve’s Conchologia Iconica), C. cervus for £19 and C.
gloria maris for £42. On 9th May 1866 a Cypraea Broderipii
was sold at Stevens’ auction-rooms for £13, and at the Dennison sale
a Cypraea princeps fetched £40, and C. guttata £42. The
Volutidae, although not quite touching these prices, have yet
done fairly well. Mr. Dennison’s Voluta fusiformis sold for £6:
15s., V. papillaris for £5, V. cymbiola for £5: 15s.,
V. reticulata for eight guineas, and two specimens of the rarest
of all Volutas, V. festiva, for £14 and £16, both being figured
in the Conchologia. At the same sale, two unique specimens of
Oniscia Dennisoni fetched £17 and £18 respectively, and, at the
Vernède sale, Ancillaria Vernèdei was bought for £6: 10s., and
Voluta piperata for £7: 10s.
A unique specimen of a recent Pleurotomaria (quoyana F.
and B.) was purchased by Miss de Burgh in 1873 for 25 guineas, and
another species of the same genus (adansoniana Cr. and F.), of
extraordinary size and beauty, is now offered for sale for about £100.
Bivalves have never fetched quite such high prices as univalves, but
some of the favourite and showy genera have gone near to rival them.
On 22nd June 1869, at Stevens’, Pecten solaris fetched £4:
5s., P. Reevii £4: 8s., and Cardita varia 5 guineas.
Mr. Dennison’s specimens of Pecten subnodosus sold for £7, of
Corbula Sowerbyi for £10, of Pholadomya candida for £8
and £13, while at the Vernède sale a Chama damicornis fetched
£7.
CHAPTER V REPRODUCTION—DEPOSITION OF EGGS—DEVELOPMENT OF THE FERTILISED OVUM—DIFFERENCES OF SEX—DIOECIOUS AND HERMAPHRODITE MOLLUSCA—DEVELOPMENT OF FRESH-WATER BIVALVES
Reproduction in the Mollusca invariably takes place by means of eggs,
which, after being developed in the ovary of the female, are fertilised
by the spermatozoa of the male. As a rule, the eggs are ‘laid,’ and
undergo their subsequent development apart from the parent. This
rule, however, has its exceptions, both among univalve and bivalve
Mollusca, a certain number of which hatch their young from the egg
before expelling them. Such ovoviviparous genera are Melania,
Paludina, Balea, and Coeliaxis among land and
fresh-water Mollusca, and Cymba and many Littorina
amongst marine. The young of Melania tuberculata, in Algeria,
have been noticed to return, as if for shelter, to the branchial
cavity of the mother, some days after first quitting it. Isolated
species among Pulmonata are known to be ovoviviparous, e.g.Patula Cooperi, P. Hemphilli, and P. rupestris,
Acanthinula harpa, Microphysa vortex, Pupa
cylindracea and muscorum, Clausilia ventricosa,
Opeas dominicensis, Rhytida inaequalis, etc. All
fresh-water Pelecypoda yet examined, except Dreissensia, are
ovoviviparous.
The number of eggs varies greatly, being highest in the Pelecypoda.
In Ostrea edulis it has been estimated at from 300,000 to
60,000,000; in Anodonta from 14,000 to 20,000; in Unio
pictorum 200,000. The eggs of Doris are reckoned at from
80,000 to 600,000, of Loligo and Sepia at about 30,000
to 40,000. Pulmonata lay comparatively few eggs. Arion ater
has been observed to lay 477 in forty-eight days (p. 42). Nests of
Helix aspersa have been noticed, in which the number of eggs
varied from about 40 to 100. They are laid in little cup-shaped hollows
at the roots of grass, with a little loose earth spread over them.
The eggs of Testacella are rather large, and very elastic; if
dropped on a stone floor they will rebound sharply several inches. The
Cochlostyla of the Philippines lay their eggs at the tops of the
great forest trees, folding a leaf together to serve as a protection.
The eggs of the great tropical Bulimus and Achatina,
together with those of the Macroön group of Helix
(Helicophanta, Acavus, Panda) are exceedingly
large, and the number laid must be decidedly less than in the smaller
Pulmonata. Bulimus oblongus, for instance, from Barbados,
lays an egg about the size of a sparrow’s (Fig. 38), Achatina
sinistrorsa as large as a pigeon’s. The Cingalese Helix
Waltoni when first hatched is about the size of a full-grown H.
hortensis. There is, in the British Museum, a specimen of the
egg of a Bulimus from S. America (probably maximus or
popelairanus) which measures exactly 1¾ inch in length.
The Limnaeidae deposit their eggs in irregular gelatinous masses
on the under side of the leaves of water-plants, and on all kinds of
débris.
Fig. 38.—Newly-hatched young and egg of
Bulimus oblongus Müll., Barbados. Natural size.
The Rachiglossa or marine carnivorous families lay their eggs
in tough leathery or bladdery capsules, which are frequently joined
together in shapes which differ with the genus. Each capsule contains
a varying number of ova. The cluster of egg-capsules of Buccinum
undatum is a familiar object on all our sandy coasts. The capsules
of Purpura lapillus are like delicate pink grains of rice,
set on tiny stalks. They are not attached to one another, but are
set closely together in groups in sheltered nooks of the rocks. A
single Purpura has been observed to produce 245 capsules!
Busycon lays disc-shaped capsules which are all attached at a
point in the edge to a cartilaginous band nearly 3 feet in length,
looking like a number of coins tied to a string at equal distances
from one another. In Murex erinaceus the egg-capsules are
triangular, with a short stalk. They are deposited separately in
clusters of from 15 to 150, there being about 20 ova in each capsule.
It appears that all the species of the same genus have by no means
the same method of depositing their eggs, nor do they always produce
eggs of at all similar size or shape. Thus, of two British species of
Nassa, N. reticulata lays egg-capsules in shape like
flattened pouches with a short stalk, and fastens them in rows to the
leaves of Zostera; M. incrassata, on the other hand,
deposits solitary capsules, which are shaped like rounded oil-flasks.
Neptunea antiqua lays its eggs in bunched capsules, like
Bucc. undatum (Fig. 40), but the capsules of N. gracilis
are solitary.
Fig. 39.—Various forms of spawn in
Prosobranchiata: A and D, Pyrula or
Busycon; B, Conus; C, Voluta musica;
E, Ampullaria (from specimens in the British Museum); all
× ⅔.
In Natica the eggs are deposited in what looks like a thick
piece of sand-paper, curled in a spiral form (Fig. 41). The sand is
agglutinated by copious mucus into a sort of sheet, and the eggs are
let into this, sometimes (N. heros) in regular quincunx form.
Ianthina attaches its eggs to the under side of its float (Fig.
42). The Trochidae deposit their eggs on the under side of stones and
sea-weeds, each ovum being contained in a separate capsule, and all the
capsules glued together into an irregular mass of varying size. The
female of Galerus chinensis hatches her eggs by keeping them
between her foot and the stone she adheres to. They are laid in from
6 to 10 capsules, connected by a pedicle and arranged like the petals
of a rose, with 10 to 12 eggs in each capsule. Those Littorina
which are not ovoviviparous deposit their spawn on sea-weeds, rocks,
and stones. The eggs are enveloped in a glairy mass which is just firm
enough to retain its shape in the water; each egg has its own globule
of jelly and is separated from the others by a very thin transparent
membrane.[242]
Fig. 40.—Egg-capsules of, A, Nassa
reticulata L. × ⅔; B, Buccinum undatum L. × ⅔;
C, Neptunea antiqua L. × ⅓.
Fig. 41.—Spawn of a species of Natica
(from a specimen in the British Museum) × ½.
Fig. 42.—Ianthina fragilis Lam.
FL, float; O, ova; Pr, proboscis; Br,
branchiae; F, foot. (Quoy and Gaimard.)
Chiton marginatus, when kept in captivity, has been
noticed[243] to elevate the posterior part of the girdle, and to pour
out a continuous stream of flaky white matter like a fleecy cloud,
which proved to be of a glutinous nature. It then discharged ova, at
the rate of one or two every second, for at least fifteen minutes,
making a total of 1300 to 1500, each being about 1/100 inch diameter.
The ova were shot into the glutinous cloud, which seemed to serve as
a sort of nidus to entangle the ova and prevent them being carried
away. The subsequent development was rapid, and in seven days the young
Chiton was hatched, being then about 1/20 inch long. Lovén
has described the same species as laying its eggs, loosely united in
clusters of seven to sixteen, upon small stones. There is probably some
mistake about the identification, but the observation illustrates the
varying methods of oviposition among allied forms.
Fig. 43.—Egg-capsules of A, Sepia
elegans Orb., and B, Octopus vulgaris Lam.
Not very much is known with regard to the ovipositing of the
Cephalopoda, especially those which inhabit deep water. Masses
of ova arranged in very various forms have occasionally been met with
floating in the ocean, but it is next to impossible to determine to
what species, or even genus, they belong.[244]
In Loligo punctata the ova are contained in small cylindrical
cases measuring 3 to 4 in. by ½ in., to the number of about 250 ova in
each case. Hundreds of these cases are attached together like a bundle
of sausages or young carrots, and the movements of the embryos within
can be distinctly noted. Sepia officinalis lays large black
pear-shaped capsules, each of which is tied to some place of attachment
by a kind of ribbon at the upper end of the capsule, the whole forming
a large group like a bunch of grapes. Octopus vulgaris deposits
thousands of small berry-shaped ova, attached to a string which runs
along the centre of the mass (Fig. 43).
The so-called shell of the female Argonauta is nothing more
than a form of protection for the ova, and is in no sense homologous
to the ordinary molluscan shell. The ova consist of a large granulated
mass, attached to a many branched stem; they are contained in the spire
of the shell, in contact with the posterior part of the body of the
mother, but sometimes project externally beyond the coil of the spire.
Certain species possess the curious property of laying their eggs
on the outside of their own shells. Buccinopsis Dalei is not
unfrequently found decorated with its own egg-capsules. Possibly this
species, which lives on oozy ground, finds this the only secure place
of attachment for its progeny. Neritina fluviatilis has a
similar habit, and so have many other species of Neritina and
Navicella. It is not quite clear, in the latter cases, whether
the eggs are laid by the specimens on whose shell they are found, or
whether they are deposited by others. In either case, perhaps the
shell is the safest place for them in the rapid streams which both
genera frequent. Specimens of Hydrobia ulvae taken on the
wet sands at the mouth of the Dee, are found to have several little
rounded excrescences scattered over the surface of the shell. These,
on examination, are found to be little masses of small sand-grains,
in the centre of which is a clear jelly containing segmenting ova or
young embryos. Here again, in all probability, the shell is the only
comparatively stable object, in the expanse of shifting sands, on which
the eggs can be laid.[245]
The pulmonate genus Libera, which occurs on a few of the island
groups in the Central Pacific, is remarkable for the habit of laying
its eggs within its own cavernous umbilicus, which is narrowed at the
lower part. The eggs number from four to six, or the same number of
very young shells may be seen closely packed in the cavity, each being
in shape exactly like a young Planorbis. This constriction of
the umbilicus does not occur till the formation of the last two whorls,
i.e. till the animal is sexually mature. Some species, but not
all, provide for the safety of their eggs more completely by forming
a very thin shelly plate, which nearly closes the umbilical region,
and breaks away or is absorbed to facilitate the escape of the young
shells.[246]
Union of Limax.—With regard to the act of union itself, the
method in certain species of Limax deserves special notice.
L. maximus has been observed at midnight to ascend a wall or
some perpendicular surface. A pair then crawl round and round one
another emitting a quantity of mucus which at length forms a patch, 2
to 2½ inches in diameter. When this acquires consistency the pair begin
to twist round each other in corkscrew form, and detach themselves from
the wall, hanging by a cord of the thickened mucus, about 8–15 inches
long, and still twisting round each other. The external generative
organs are then protruded and copulation takes place, after which the
bodies untwist, separate, and crawl up the cord again to the wall.[247]
Periodicity in Breeding.—In the marine Mollusca, the winter
months appear to be the usual time for the deposition of eggs. Careful
observations have been made on the Mollusca occurring at Naples,[248]
and the general result seems to be that for all Orders alike the
six winter months from November to April, roughly speaking, are the
breeding time. Scarcely any forms appear to breed habitually in August,
September, or October. On our own coasts, Nudibranchiata come in shore
to deposit their ova from January to April. Purpura lapillus may
be observed depositing ova all the year round, but is most active from
January to April. Buccinum undatum breeds from October to May;
Littorina all the year round.
The land Mollusca exhibit rather more periodicity than the marine. In
temperate climates they breed exclusively in the summer months. In the
tropics their periods are determined by the dry and rainy seasons,
where such occur, otherwise they cohabit all the year round. According
to Karl Semper, the snails of the warm Mediterranean region arrive
at sexual maturity when they are six months old, i.e. before
they are fully grown. After a rest of about three months during the
heat of summer, a second period of ovipositing occurs.[249]Helix
hortensis and H. nemoralis ascend trees, sometimes to a
height of forty feet, when pairing.[250]
Hybridism as the result of union between different species of
Mollusca is exceedingly rare. Lecoq once noticed[251] on a wall at
Anduze (Gard) as many as twenty specimens of Pupa cinerea
united with Clausilia papillaris. No offspring seem to have
resulted from what the professor calls ‘this innocent error,’ for the
wall was carefully scrutinised for a long time, and no hybrid forms
were ever detected.
The same observer noticed, in the Luxembourg garden at Paris, and
M. Gassies has noticed[252] at various occasions, union between
Helix aspersa and nemoralis, H. aspersa
and vermiculata, between Stenogyra decollata and
a Helix (sp. not mentioned), H. variabilis and
pisana, H. nemoralis and hortensis. In the two
latter cases a hybrid progeny was the result. It has been noticed that
these unions generally took place when the air was in a very electric
condition, and rain had fallen, or was about to fall, abundantly.
Of marine species Littorina rudis has been noticed[253] in
union both with L. obtusata and with L. littorea, but no
definite facts are known as to the result of such unions.
Development of the Fertilised Ovum.—The first stages in the
development of the Mollusca are identical with those which occur in
other classes of animals. The fertilised ovum consists of a vitellus
or yolk, which is surrounded with albumen, and is either contained in
a separate capsule, or else several, sometimes many, ova are found in
the same capsule, only a small proportion of which ultimately develop.
The germinal vesicle, which is situated at one side of the vitellus,
undergoes unequal segmentation, the result of which is usually the
formation of a layer of small ectoderm cells overlying a few much
larger cells which contain nearly the whole of the yolk. The large
cells are then invaginated, or are simply covered by the growth of
the ectoderm cells. The result in either case is the formation of an
area, the blastopore, where the inner cells are not covered by the
ectoderm. The blastopore gradually narrows to a circular opening,
which, in the great majority of cases, eventually becomes the mouth.
The usual differentiation of germinal layers takes place, the epiblast
eventually giving rise to the epidermis, nervous system, and special
sense organs, the hypoblast to the liver and to the middle region of
the alimentary tract, the mesoblast to the muscles, the body cavity,
the vascular, the excretory and reproductive systems. The next, or
trochosphere (trochophora) stage, involves the formation
of a circlet of praeoral cilia, dividing the still nearly spherical
embryo into two unequal portions, the smaller of which consists simply
of the prostomium, or part in front of the mouth, the larger bearing
the mouth and anus.
So far the series of changes undergone by the embryo are not
peculiar to the Mollusca; we now come to those which are definitely
characteristic of that group. The stage next succeeding the development
of the trochosphere is the definitive formation of the velum, a
process especially characteristic of the Gasteropoda and Pelecypoda,
but apparently not occurring in the great majority of land Pulmonata.
Fig. 44.—Veligers of Dentalium entalis
L.: A, longitudinal section of a larva 14 hours old, × 285;
B, larva of 37 hours, × 165; C, longitudinal section of
larva of 34 hours, × 165; m, mouth; v, v, velum.
(After Kowalewsky.)
The circlet of cilia becomes pushed more and more towards the anterior
portion of the embryo, the cilia themselves become longer, while the
portion of the body from which they spring becomes elevated into a
ridge or ring, which, as a rule, develops on each side a more or less
pronounced lobe. The name velum is applied to this entire
process of ciliated ring and lobes, and to the area which they enclose.
Fig. 47.—A, Advanced veliger of
Dreissensia: f, foot; m, mouth; sh, shell;
v, v, velum. (After Korschelt and Heider, much enlarged.)
B, Veliger of a Pteropod (Tiedemannia): op,
operculum; sh, shell; v, velum. (After Krohn, much
enlarged.)
In this so-called veliger stage, the velum serves, in the
first place, to cause rotation of the larva within the egg-capsules,
and, after hatching, as an organ of locomotion. As a rule, the velum
disappears entirely in the adult mollusc after the free-swimming stage
is over, but in the common Limnaea stagnalis it persists, losing
its cilia, as the very prominent circum-oral lobes. Simultaneously with
the development of the velum, and in some cases earlier, appear the
rudiments of the shell-gland and of the foot, the latter being situated
on the ventral side, between the mouth and anus, the former on the
dorsal side, behind the velum, and above the surface of the eventual
visceral sac. Thus the prime characteristics of the veliger stage,
subsequent to the appearance of the velum itself, are the development
of the visceral sac and shell-gland on the upper, and of the foot
on the under side. According to Lankester the primitive shell-gland
does not, as a rule, directly give rise to the shell of the adult
mollusc, but becomes filled up by a horny substance, and eventually
disappears; the permanent shell then forms over the surface of the
visceral hump from the original centre of the shell-gland. It is only
in Chiton, and possibly in Limax, that the primitive
shell-sac is retained and developed into the final shell-forming area,
which is much wider, and extends to the edges of the mantle. Within the
velar area first appear the rudiments of the tentacles and eyes; when
these become developed the velum atrophies and disappears.
Several of these veligers when captured in the open sea have been
mistaken for perfect forms, and have been described as such. Thus the
larva of Dolium has been described as Macgillivrayia,
that of a Purpura as Chelotropis and Sinusigera,
that of Aporrhais pes pelecani as Chiropteron, that of
Marsenia conspicua as Brownia, Echinospira, and
Calcarella.
Cephalopoda.—The embryonic development of the Cephalopoda is
entirely distinct from that of all other Mollusca. The segmentation of
the vitellus is partial, and the embryo is furnished with a vitelline
sac, which is very large in the majority of cases (Fig. 48). There
is no free-swimming stage, but the embryo emerges from the egg fully
developed.
Differences of Sex.—In the Mollusca there are two main types
of sexual difference: (i) sexes separate (dioecious type), (ii)
sexes united in the same individual (hermaphrodite type).
Fig. 48.—Two stages in the development of
Loligo vulgaris Lam.: a1, a1, first, and
a2, a2, second pairs of arms; br, branchiae,
seen through m, mantle; e, e, eyes; fi,
fins; fu, funnel; v.s, vitelline sac. (After Kowalewsky.)
In some cases—e.g. certain Pelecypoda—what is practically
a third type occurs. The animal is hermaphrodite, but the male and
female elements are not developed simultaneously, i.e. the same
individual is at one time female, at another male.
1. The sexes are separate in
All Cephalopoda.
Gasteropoda Amphineura (except Neomeniidae).
Gasteropoda Prosobranchiata (except Valvata and
some species of Marsenia).
In the dioecious Mollusca, sexual union is the rule, but is by no
means universal. In some instances,—e.g.Vermetus,
Magilus, Patella, Haliotis, Crepidula,
Chiton, the Scaphopoda—the form and habits of the animal
do not admit of it; in others (many Trochus) a male copulative
organ is wanting. When this is the case, the male scatters the
spermatozoa freely; the majority must perish, but some will be carried
by currents in the direction of the female.
When the sexes are separate, the female is frequently larger than the
male. This is markedly the case in Littorina, Buccinum,
and all the Cephalopoda; in Argonauta the difference is
extreme, the male not being more than ¼ the size of the female.
Those hermaphrodite Mollusca which are capable of sexual union
(Gasteropoda, Pulmonata, and Opisthobranchiata) are conveniently
divided into two sections, according as (1) there are separate orifices
for the male and female organs, or (2) one orifice serves for both.
To the former section (Digonopora[2]) belong the Limnaeidae,
Vaginulidae, and Onchidiidae, and many Opisthobranchiata, including all
the Pteropoda; to the latter (Monogonopora[255]) nearly all the
Nudibranchiate Opisthobranchiata, and all the rest of the Pulmonata.
In the latter case during union, mutual impregnation takes place, and
each of the two individuals concerned has been observed (compare p. 42)
to deposit eggs. In the former, however, no such reciprocal act can
take place, but the same individual can play the part of male to one
and female to another, and we sometimes find a string of Limnaea
thus united, each being at once male and female to its two adjacent
neighbours.
The Reproductive System.—Broadly speaking, the complicated
arrangements which are found in Mollusca resolve themselves into
modifications of three important factors:—
(a) The gonads or germ-glands, in which are
developed the ova and the spermatozoa. These glands are generally
known as the ovary in the female, the sperm-gland or
testis in the male.
(b) The channels which provide for the passage of the seminal
products; namely, the oviduct in the female, the vas
deferens or sperm-duct in the male.
(c) The external generative organs.
Fig. 49.—Generative and other organs of
Littorina obtusata L., female.
A, anus.
Br, branchia.
Buc, buccal mass.
H, heart.
Hep, hepatic duct.
I, continuation of oesophagus.
Ki, kidney.
Li, liver.
M, muscle of attachment.
O´, female orifice.
Od, oviduct.
Oes, oesophagus.
Ov, ovary.
Ra, radula.
St, stomach.
U, uterus.
(After Souleyet.)
Fig. 50.—Generative and other organs of
Littorina obtusata L., male.
A, anus.
Br, branchia.
H, heart.
I, intestine.
Li, liver.
M, muscle of attachment.
Pe, penis.
Te, testis.
VD, vas deferens.
(After Souleyet.)
Dioecious Mollusca.—The common Littorina obtusata will
serve as a typical instance of a dioecious prosobranchiate, exhibiting
the simplest form of organs. In the female the ovary, a
lobe-shaped body, is embedded in the liver. An oviduct with many
convolutions conveys the ova into the uterus, an oblong chamber
which consists simply of a dilatation of the oviduct. The ova descend
into the uterus, which is sometimes furnished with a seminal pouch.
In this seminal pouch, or above it, in the oviduct, the ova come into
contact with the spermatozoa. The lower part of the uterus secretes
a gelatinous medium (or capsule, as the case may be) in which the
fertilised ova become enclosed previous to exclusion. In position the
oviduct abuts on the kidney, while the uterus is in close proximity to
the rectum, and the female external orifice is found close to the anus,
within the branchial cavity.
The male organs of Littorina are more simple. The testis
is lodged, like the ovary, in the liver; the vas deferens is,
like the oviduct, convoluted, and eventually traverses the right side
of the neck, emerging near the right tentacle, and terminating in the
penis or external copulative organ (Fig. 50).
This system prevails, with but slight modifications in detail,
throughout the prosobranchiate Gasteropoda. The most important
modification is the passage of the seminal products in certain cases
(many of the Diotocardia) through the right kidney, with which the
oviduct and vas deferens always stand in close relation. The same
arrangement occurs in the Scaphoda and some Pelecypoda.
The penis varies greatly in form and size. In the Strombidae (see
Fig. 99) and Buccinidae (Fig. 62) it is very large and prominent;
in Littorina it is somewhat spinulose at one side; in
Paludina a portion of it is lodged in the right tentacle, which
becomes atrophied and much more obtuse than the tentacle on the left
side.
Spermatozoa.—The shape of the spermatozoa and of the ova in
Mollusca is of the usual type. In Paludina Ampullaria, and
certain species of Murex two types of spermatozoa occur, one
hair-like, the other worm-like, three times as long as the former,
and not tapering at one end. The former type alone take part in
fertilisation, and penetrate the ovum. It has been suggested that
these worm-like spermatozoa are a kind of incipient ova, and indicate
a possible stage in commencing hermaphroditism. And, since the nearest
allies of the Prosobranchiata (in which these types occur) are
hermaphrodite (i.e. the Opisthobranchiata and Pulmonata), it is
not unreasonable to suppose that the Prosobranchiata should show some
tendency towards hermaphroditism in their genital glands.[256]
Cephalopoda.—The special characteristic of the reproductive
organs in female Cephalopoda is the development of various glands,
some of considerable size, in connexion with the ovary and oviduct.
Sepia, Loligo, and Sepiola are furnished with
two large nidamental glands, which open into the mantle
cavity independently of the oviduct. Their purpose is to produce a
viscid mucus, which envelops the ova at the moment of their emission
and eventually hardens into the egg-capsules. A pair of accessory
nidamental glands occur in Sepia, as well as a pair of smaller
glands situated on the oviduct itself.
In many of the male Cephalopoda the vas deferens is long and dilated
at its outer end into a glandular reservoir, within which are formed
the spermatophores, or narrow cylindrical packets which contain a very
large number of spermatozoa. When charged, the spermatophores pass
into what is known as Needham’s sac, where they remain until required
for use. These spermatophores are a very characteristic part of the
reproductive arrangements in the Cephalopoda. The male of Sepia
has been noticed to deposit them, during union, upon the buccal
membrane of the female. During the emission of the ova by the female,
the spermatophores, apparently through the agency of a kind of spring
contained at one end, burst, and scatter the spermatozoa over the ova.
The Hectocotylus Arm.—Perhaps the most remarkable feature
in the sexual relations of all the Mollusca is the so-called
hectocotylus of the Cephalopoda. In the great majority of the
male Cephalopoda, one of the ‘arms,’ which is modified for the purpose
in various ways and to a greater or less extent, becomes charged
with spermatophores, and sometimes, during union, becomes detached
and remains within the mantle of the female, preserving for some
considerable time its power of movement.
The hectocotylus is confined to the dibranchiate Cephalopoda, and its
typical form, i.e. when part of the arm becomes disengaged and
left with the female, occurs only in three genera of the Octopodidae,
viz.[Argonauta, Ocythoe (Philonexis), and
Tremoctopus. In all of these, the male is many sizes smaller
than the female. In Argonauta the third arm on the left side
becomes hectocotylised. At first it is entirely enveloped in a kind
of cyst, in such a way that only a small portion of the tip projects;
subsequently the cyst parts asunder, and allows the arm to become
expanded to its full length, which considerably exceeds that of the
other arms. At a certain point the acetabula or suckers terminate, and
the remainder of the arm consists of a very long, tapering, sometimes
thread-like filament, which is pointed at the extreme tip. It is not
yet known how the spermatophores find their way into the hectocotylus,
or how the hectocotylus impregnates the ova of the female. The arm thus
affected is not always the same. In Tremoctopus it is the third
of the right side, in the Decapoda the modification usually
affects the fourth of the left.
Fig. 51.—Male of Ocythoe tuberculata
Raf. (= Philonexis catenulatus Fér.), Mediterranean, showing
three stages, A, B, and C, in the development of
the hectocotylus arm: h.cy, hectocotylus still in the cyst;
c´y´, spoon-shaped cyst at the end of the arm when freed;
th, thread-like organ freed by the rupture of c´y´.
Natural size. From specimens in the British Museum.
This singular property of the male Cephalopoda has only recently
been satisfactorily explained. It is true that Aristotle, more than
twenty-two centuries ago, distinctly stated that certain of the arms
were modified for sexual purposes. Speaking of what he calls the
polypus (which appears to represent the Octopus vulgaris of the
Mediterranean), he says: ‘It differs from the female in having what
the fishermen call the white sexual organ on its arm;’ again,
‘Some say that the male has something of a sexual nature (αὶδοιῶδές
τι) on one of its arms, that on which the largest suckers occur; that
this is a kind of muscular appendage attached to the middle of the arm,
and that it is entirely introduced within the funnel of the female’.
Unfortunately the word translated by introduced is corrupt, and
can only be restored conjecturally. He again remarks, ‘The last of the
arms, which tapers to a fine point and is the only whitish arm, it uses
in sexual union.’[257]
The typical hectocotylus seems to have entirely escaped notice until
early in the present century, when both Delle Chiaje and Cuvier
described it, as detected within the female, as a parasite, the
latter under the name of Hectocotylus octopodis. Kölliker, in
1845–49, regarded the Hectocotylus of Tremoctopus as the entire
male animal, and went so far as to discern in it an intestine, heart,
and reproductive system. It was not until 1851 that the investigations
of Vérany and Filippi confirmed a suggestion of Dujardin,[258] while H.
Müller, in 1853, completed the discovery by describing the entire male
of Argonauta.
In all genera of dibranchiate Cephalopoda except Argonauta,
Ocythoe, and Tremoctopus, one of the arms is sexually
modified in various ways, but never becomes so much prolonged, and is
never detached and left with the female. In Loligo Forbesii
Stp. the fourth arm on the left has 23 pairs of regularly developed
acetabula, which then lessen in size and disappear, being replaced
by long pedunculated papillae, of which there are about 40 pairs. In
Loligo vulgaris Lam. and L. Pleii Orb. 18 or 19 pairs of
acetabula are regularly formed, and then occur 40 pairs of papillae,
as in Forbesii. In other species of Loligo (gahi
Orb., brevis Bl., brasiliensis Orb.) only the outer row
of suckers becomes modified into papillae after about the 20th to the
22nd pair. In Sepioteuthis sepioides the modification is the
same as in the Loligo last mentioned, but the corresponding arm
on the right side is so covered with acetabula towards its extreme
end, that it is thought that it in some way co-operates with the
hectocotylised left arm.
In Octopus, the third arm on the right side is subject to
modification. This arm is always shorter than the corresponding arm on
the other side, and carries fewer suckers, but is furnished at the
extreme tip with a peculiar kind of plate, which connects with the
membrane at the base of the arm by a channel of skin, which probably
conveys the spermatophores up to the tip.
In Octopus vulgaris, the species referred to by Aristotle, the
hectocotylised arm is short, thin in its outer half and pointed at the
extremity, while the fold of skin is very white, and gives the arm
an appearance of being divided by a cleft at the side. At the same
time, an unusual development of one or two suckers on the arm is not
uncommon.[259]
Fig. 52.—Octopus lentus Baird, N.
Atlantic, showing the peculiar formation of the hectocotylus arm,
h.a. (After Verrill, × ½.)
It is believed that in the Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda
(Nautilus) a union of the four inner ventral arms may correspond
functionally to the hectocotylising of the arm in the Dibranchiates.
Hermaphrodite Mollusca.—(a) Monogonopora.—The
reproductive system in the hermaphrodite Mollusca is far more
complicated than in the dioecious, from the union of the male and
female organs in the same individual. As a type of the Monogonopora, in
which a single orifice serves for both male and female organs, may be
taken the common garden snail (Helix aspersa), the accompanying
figure of which is drawn from two specimens found in the act of union
(Fig. 53).
Fig. 53.—Genitalia of Helix aspersa
Müller, drawn from two individuals in the act of union, from a
dissection by F. B. Stead.
A.G, albumen gland.
C, coecum.
Cr, crop.
D.S, dart sac.
E, eye (retracted).
Fl, flagellum.
H.D, hermaphrodite duct.
H.DF, ditto, female portion.
H.DM, ditto, male portion.
H.G, hermaphrodite gland.
L, liver.
M.G, M.G, mucous glands.
Ov, oviduct.
P.S, penis sac.
R.M, retractor muscle of penis.
Sp, spermatheca.
V, vagina.
V.D, vas deferens.
Beginning from the inside and proceeding outwards we have firstly the
hermaphrodite gland or ovo-testis (H.G.), a
yellowish white mass of irregular shape, embedded in the liver
(L.) and forming part of its spiral but not reaching quite
to the apex. Within this gland are developed the ova and spermatozoa.
The former are rather large round cells, produced within the outer
wall of the gland, while the spermatozoa, which are produced in the
more central part, are thread-like bodies, generally aggregated in
small bundles. From the hermaphrodite gland the ova and spermatozoa
pass through the upper part of the hermaphrodite duct
(H.D.), which is always more or less convoluted. Below the
convoluted portion, the duct opens into the albumen gland
(A.G.), a large linguiform mass of tissue which becomes
dilated at the time of pairing, and secretes a thick viscid fluid which
probably serves to envelop the ova. Up to this point both the male and
female elements follow the same course, but on their exit from the
albumen gland they diverge. The hermaphrodite duct becomes greatly
enlarged, and is partially divided by a kind of septum into a male
and female portion. These run parallel to one another, the larger or
female portion (H.DF.), through which the ova pass (and which
is sometimes termed the uterus) being dilated into a number of
puckered folds, while the smaller or male portion (H.DM.) is
comparatively narrow, and not dilated. At their anterior end, the two
portions of the duct separate completely from one another, the female
portion being then termed the oviduct (OV.) and the
male portion the vas deferens (V.D.).
Following first the oviduct, we find that it soon widens into the
vagina (V.), which is furnished with a pair of
mucous glands (M.G.), one on each side. These are much
branched, and resemble little bunches of whitish seaweed. A little
above the mucous glands a long tube diverges from the vagina, which is
furnished with a produced coecum (C.) and a pouch, the
spermatheca (SP.) at the extreme end. In this pouch,
and in the duct leading to it, is stored the spermatophore received
in union with another snail. Just below the mucous glands the vagina
is joined by the dart sac (D.S.), which is more fully
described below. Finally, at its lower end the vagina unites with the
penis sac at a point just posterior to the common orifice.
Returning now to the male organs, we find that the vas deferens
is the continuation of the male portion of the hermaphrodite duct,
after its final separation from the female portion. It passes under
the retractor muscle of the upper right tentacle, which has been cut
away in the specimen figured, to dissect it out. Just before the
vas deferens widens into the penis sac, it branches off into a long
and tapering tube, the flagellum, in which the spermatozoa
are stored and become massed together in the long packet known as
the spermatophore. The penis sac (P.S.) is
the continuation of the vas deferens beyond the point at which the
flagellum diverges. It joins the vagina at its extreme anterior end,
uniting with it to form the common genital aperture, which cannot be
exactly represented in the figure. The penis itself lies in the
interior of the penis sac, and is a rather long muscular tube which is
protruded during union, but at other times remains retracted within the
sac.
In the Helicidae generally, the form of the generative organs varies
with each separate species, sometimes merely as regards the size of
the different parts, at others in the direction of greater simplicity
or complication. The mucous glands may be absent, and the flagellum
greatly reduced in size, or absent altogether.
The Dart Sac.—A remarkable part of the reproductive system
in many of the true Helicidae is the so-called dart,
Liebespfeil, or telum veneris. It consists of ‘a
straight, or curved, sometimes slightly twisted tubular shaft of
carbonate of lime, tapering to a fine point above, and enlarging
gradually, more often somewhat abruptly, to the base.’ The sides of
the shaft are sometimes furnished with two or more blades; these are
apparently not for cutting purposes, but simply to brace the stem. The
dart is contained in a dart sac, which is attached as a sort of pocket
to the vagina, at no great distance from its orifice. There are four
different forms of sac. It may be single or double, and each of these
divisions may be bilobed, each lobe containing one dart at a time. In
Helix aspersa the dart is about 5/16 in. in length, and ⅛ in. in
breadth at its base (see Fig. 54).
It appears most probable that the dart is employed as an adjunct to
the sexual act. Besides the fact of the position of the dart sac
anatomically, we find that the darts are extruded and become embedded
in the flesh just before or during the act of copulation. It may
be regarded, then, as an organ whose punctures induce excitement
preparatory to sexual union. It only occurs in well-grown specimens.
When once it begins to form, it grows very rapidly, perhaps not more
than a week being required for its entire formation.
Fig. 54.—Darts of British land snails:
A, Hyalinia excavata Bean; B, Helix
hortensis Müll.; C, Helix aspersa Müll. (After
Ashford.)
The dart is almost confined to Helicidae, a certain number
of exceptions being known which border on Helix. Hyalinia
nitida and excavata are the only British species, not
Helices, which are known to possess it. It has not been
noticed to occur in the slugs, except in the N. American genus
Tebennophorus. About one-third of the British Helices are
destitute of the dart.[260]H. rufescens possesses a double
bilobed sac, but only two darts, which lie in the lower lobes. It does
not use the darts, and could not do so, from the relative sizes of dart
and sac; it has often been watched when uniting, but the use of the
darts has never been observed. From this it has been inferred that the
darts are degenerate weapons of defence, and that they were in fact at
one time much stronger organs and more often used.[261] This theory,
however, does not seem consistent with the whole circumstances of the
occurrence, position, and present use of the darts.
Hermaphrodite Mollusca.—(b) Digonopora.—As
an example of the Digonopora or hermaphrodite Mollusca with
separate generative apertures for the male and female organs, we may
take the common Limnaea stagnalis (Fig. 55). It will be seen
from the figure that the relative positions of the hermaphrodite gland
and duct, and of the albumen gland, are the same as in Helix.
When the oviduct parts company from the vas deferens, it becomes
furnished with several accessory glands, one of which (Gl.E.)
probably serves as a reservoir for the ova, and answers more or less
to a uterus. The tube leading to the spermatheca is short, and there
is no divergent caecum. The female orifice lies near to the external
opening of the branchial cavity. The vas deferens, which is very long,
is furnished with a large prostate gland. The penis sac is greatly
dilated, and there is no flagellum. The male orifice is behind the
right tentacle, slightly in advance of the female orifice (compare Fig.
102).
Fig. 55.—Genitalia of Limnaea stagnalis
L. (from a dissection by F. B. Stead), × 2.
A.G, albumen gland.
Ac.G, accessory gland.
F.O, female orifice.
Gl.E, glandular enlargement.
H.D, hermaphrodite duct.
H.G, hermaphrodite gland.
Li, liver.
M.O, male orifice.
P, penis sac.
Pr, prostate.
R.M, retractor muscle of penis.
Sp, spermatheca.
V.D, vas deferens.]
Most of the Opisthobranchiata, but not all, have separate sexual
orifices. Numerous variations from the type just described will be
found to occur, particularly in the direction of the development of
accessory glands, which are sometimes very large, and whose precise
purpose has in many cases not been satisfactorily determined.
Pelecypoda.—In the dioecious Pelecypoda, which form the great
majority, the reproductive system is simple, and closely parallel in
both sexes. It consists of a pair of gonads, which are either ovaries
or testes, and a pair of oviducts or sperm-ducts which lead to a
genital aperture. The gonads are usually placed symmetrically at the
sides or base of the visceral mass. The oviduct is short, and the
genital aperture is usually within the branchial chamber, thus securing
the fertilisation of the ova by the spermatozoa, which are carried into
the branchial chamber with the water which passes through the afferent
siphon.
Hermaphrodite Pelecypoda are rare, the sexes being usually separate.
The following are assured instances: Pecten glaber, P.
jacobaeus, P. maximus, Ostrea edulis, Cardium
norvegicum, Pisidium pusillum, Cyclas cornea,
Pandora rostrata, Aspergillum dichotomum, and perhaps
Clavagella. The greater number of these have only a single
genital gland (gonad) on each side, with a single efferent duct from
each, but part of the gland is male and part female, e.g. in the
Pectens above mentioned. Pandora and Aspergillum have
two distinct glands, respectively male and female, on each side, each
of the two glands possessing its separate duct, and the two ducts from
each side eventually opening near one another. It appears probable
that the Septibranchiata (Cuspidaria, Poromya,
Lyonsiella, etc.) must also be added to the number of
hermaphrodite Pelecypoda which have separate male and female glands.
It is worthy of remark that all the hermaphrodite Pelecypoda belong to
forms decidedly specialised, while forms distinctly primitive, such as
Nucula, Solenomya, Arca, and Trigonia are
all dioecious. In Gasteropoda similarly, the least specialised forms
(the Amphineura, with the exception of the Neomeniidae,
and the Rhipidoglossa) are dioecious. It is possible therefore
that in the ancestors of the Mollusca the separation of the sexes had
already become the normal type of things, and that hermaphroditism
in the group is, to a certain extent, a sign or accompaniment of
specialisation.[262]
Development of Fresh-water Bivalves.—The vast majority of
fresh-water bivalves either pass the larval stage entirely within
the mother, and do not quit her except in a perfectly developed form
(Cyclas, Pisidium), or assume a mode of development
in which free larvae indeed occur, but are specially modified for
adaptation to special circumstances (Unio). Cyclas and
Pisidium, and no doubt all the kindred genera, preserve their
ova in a sort of brood-pouch within the gills, in which the ova pass
the earlier stages of their development. But, even so, the larva of
these genera retains some traces of its original free-swimming habits,
for a rudimentary velum, which is quite useless for its present form of
development, has been detected in Cyclas.
The larva of Dreissensia (see Fig. 47, A), so far as is at
present known, stands alone among fresh-water bivalves in being
free-swimming, and to this property has been attributed, no doubt
with perfect justice, the fact of the extraordinarily rapid spread
of Dreissensia over the continent of Europe (chap. xvi.). In
expelling the ova, the parent slightly opens the shells and then
quickly closes them, shooting out a small point of white slime, which
is in fact a little ball of eggs. The general course of development
is precisely parallel to that of marine Pelecypoda, greatly
resembling, so far as form is concerned, certain stages in the growth
of the larvae of Modiolaria and Cardium, as figured by
Lovén.[263]
In June and July the larvae appear in large numbers on the surface of
the water, when in spite of their exceedingly small size, they can
be captured with a fine hand-net. They pass about eight days on the
surface, feeding apparently on minute floating algae. During this time,
the principal change they undergo is in the formation of the foot,
which first appears as a small prominence midway between the mouth
and anus, and gradually increases in length and flexibility. When the
larva sinks to the bottom, the velum soon disappears entirely, the
foot becomes exceedingly long and narrow, while the shell is circular,
strongly resembling a very young Cyclas.
Larvae of Unionidae.—The early stages of the development
of Unio and Anodonta (so far as the species of North
America, Europe, and Asia are concerned) is of extreme interest, from
the remarkable fact that the young live for some time parasitically
attached to certain species of fresh-water fishes. In order to
secure this attachment, the larva, which is generally known as
Glochidium, develops a long filament which perhaps renders it
aware of the neighbourhood of a fish, and also a larval shell furnished
with strong hooks by which it fastens itself to the body of its
unconscious host (Fig. 56). According to some interesting observations
made by Mr. O. H. Latter,[264] the ova pass into the external gill of
the mother, in which is secreted a nutritive mucus on which they are
sustained until they arrive at maturity and a suitable opportunity
occurs for their ‘being born.’ If this opportunity is deferred, and the
Glochidia mature, their so-called ‘byssus’ becomes developed,
and by being entangled in the gill filaments of the parent, prevents
their escaping. It is interesting to notice that, when the nutritive
mucus of the parent is used up, it becomes, as it were, the turn of the
children to provide for themselves a secondary mode of attachment.
Fig. 56.—A, Glochidium
immediately after it is hatched: ad, adductor muscle; by,
‘byssus’ cord; s, sense organs; sh, shell. B,
Glochidium after it has been on the fish for some weeks:
a.ad, p.ad, anterior and posterior adductors; al,
alimentary canal; au.v, auditory vesicle; br, branchiae;
f, foot; mt, mantle. (Balfour.)
The mother Anodonta does not always retain the Glochidium
until fish are in her neighbourhood. Gentle stirring of the water
caused them to emit Glochidium in large masses, if the movement
was not so violent as to cause alarm. The long slimy masses of
Glochidium were observed to be drawn back again within the shell
of the mother, even after they had been ejected to a distance of 2 or 3
inches.
It is a mistake to assert that the young Glochidium can swim.
When they finally quit the mother, they sink to the bottom, and there
remain resting on their dorsal side, with the valves gaping upwards and
the so-called byssus streaming up into the water above them. There they
remain, until a convenient ‘host’ comes within reach, and if no ‘host’
comes within a certain time, they perish. They are evidently peculiarly
sensitive to the presence of fish, but whether they perceive them by
smell or some other sense is unknown. “The tail of a recently killed
stickleback thrust into a watch-glass containing Glochidium
throws them all into the wildest agitation for a few seconds; the
valves are violently closed and again opened with astonishing rapidity
for 15–25 seconds, and then the animals appear exhausted and lie placid
with widely gaping shells—unless they chance to have closed upon any
object in the water (e.g. another Glochidium), in which
case the valves remain firmly closed.”
In about four weeks after the Glochidium has quitted its
host, and the permanent shell has made its appearance within
the two valves of the Glochidium, the projecting teeth of
the latter press upon the ventral edge of the permanent shell, at a
point about half way in its lengthward measurement, retarding the
growth of the shell at that particular point, and indenting its
otherwise uninterrupted curve with an irregular notch or dent. As
growth proceeds, this dent becomes less and less perceptible on the
ventral margin of the shell itself, but its effects may be detected,
in well-preserved specimens, by the wavy turn in the lines of growth,
especially near the umbones of the young shell.
Mr. Latter found that all species of fish with which he experimented
had a strong dislike to Glochidium as an article of food.
Sometimes a fish would taste it “just to try,” but invariably spit
it out again in a very decided manner. The cause of unpleasantness
seemed not to be the irritation produced in the mouth of the fish by
the attempt of the Glochidium to attach itself, but was more
probably due to what the fish considered a nasty taste or odour in the
object of his attentions.
The following works will be found useful for further study of this
portion of the subject:—
F. M. Balfour, Comparative Embryology, vol. i. pp.
186–241.
F. Blochmann, Ueber die Entwickelung von Neritina
fluviatilis Müll.: Zeit. wiss. Zool. xxxvi. (1881), pp. 125–174.
L. Boutan, Recherches sur l’anatomie et le développement
de la Fissurelle: Arch. Zool. exp. gén. (2) iii. suppl. (1885),
173 pp.
W. K. Brooks, The development of the Squid (Loligo Pealii
Les.): Anniv. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1880.
„ „ The development of the oyster: Studies Biol. Lab. Johns
Hopk. Univ. i. (1880), 80 pp.
R. von Erlanger, Zur Entwickelung von Paludina vivipara:
Morph. Jahrb. xvii. (1891), pp. 337–379, 636–680.
„ „ Zur Entwickelung von Bythinia tentaculata: Mitth. Zool.
Stat. Neap, x. (1892), pp. 376–406.
H. Fol, Sur le développement des Ptéropodes: Arch. Zool.
exp. gén. iv. (1875), pp. 1–214.
„ Etudes sur le développement des Mollusques. Hétéropodes: ibid
v. (1876), pp. 105–158.
„ Etudes sur le développement des Gastéropodes pulmonés: ibid.
viii. (1880), pp. 103–232.
H. Grenacher, Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der
Cephalopoden: Zeit. wiss. Zool. xxiv. (1874), pp. 419–498.
B. Hatschek, Ueber Entwickelungsgeschichte von Teredo:
Arb. Zool. Inst. Univ. Wien, iii. (1881), pp. 1–44.
R. Horst, On the development of the European oyster:
Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xxii. (1882), pp. 339–346.
E. Korschelt and K. Heider, Lehrbuch der
vergleichenden Entwickelungsgeschichte der wirbellosen Thiere,
Heft iii. (1893), pp. 909–1177 (the work is in process of
translation into English).
A. Kowalewsky, Embryogénie du Chiton polii avec quelques
remarques sur le développement des autres Chitons: Ann. Mus.
Hist. Nat. Mars. Zool. i. (1883), v.
E. Ray Lankester, Contributions to the developmental
history of the Mollusca: Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. 165 (1875),
pp. 1–31.
„ „ Observations on the development of the pond-snail (Lymnaeus
stagnalis), and on the early stages of other Mollusca: Quart.
Journ. Micr. Sc. xiv. (1874), pp. 365–391.
„ „ Observations on the development of the Cephalopoda: ibid.
xv. (1875), pp. 37–47.
W. Patten, The embryology of Patella: Arb. Zool. Inst.
Univ. Wien, vi. (1886), pp. 149–174.
M. Salensky, Études sur le développement du Vermet: Arch.
Biol. vi. (1885), pp. 655–759.
L. Vialleton, Recherches sur les premières phases du
développement de la Seiche (Sepia officinalis): Ann. Sc. Nat.
Zool. (7) vi. (1888), pp. 165–280.
S. Watase, Observations on the development of
Cephalopods: Stud. Biol. Lab. Johns Hopk. Univ. iv. (1888), pp.
163–183.
„ „ Studies on Cephalopods: Journ. Morph. iv. (1891), pp.
247–294.
E. Ziegler, Die Entwickelung von Cyclas cornea Lam.:
Zeit. wiss. Zool. xli. (1885), pp. 525–569.
CHAPTER VI RESPIRATION AND CIRCULATION—THE MANTLE — Circulatory System — The Mantle
The principle of respiration is the same in the Mollusca as in all
other animals. The blood is purified by being brought, in successive
instalments, into contact with pure air or pure water, the effect of
which is to expel the carbonic acid produced by animal combustion, and
to take up fresh supplies of oxygen. Whether the medium in which a
mollusc lives be water or air, the effect of the respiratory action is
practically the same.
Broadly speaking, Mollusca whose usual habitat is the water ‘breathe’
water, while those whose usual habitat is the land ‘breathe’ air.
But this rule has its exceptions on both sides. The great majority
of the fresh-water Mollusca which are not provided with an operculum
(e.g.Limnaea, Physa, Planorbis), breathe
air, in spite of living in the water. They make periodic visits to the
surface, and take down a bubble of air, returning again for another
when it is exhausted. On the other hand many marine Mollusca which
live between tide-marks (e.g.Patella, Littorina,
Purpura, many species of Cerithium, Planaxis,
and Nerita) are left out of the water, through the bi-diurnal
recess of the tide, for many hours together. Such species invariably
retain several drops of water in their branchiae, and, aided by the
moisture of the air, contrive to support life until the water returns
to them. Some species of Littorina (e.g. our own L.
rudis and many tropical species) live so near high-water mark that
at neap-tides it must frequently happen that they are untouched by
the sea for several weeks together, while they are frequently exposed
to a burning sun, which beats upon the rocks to which they cling. In
this case it appears that the respiratory organs will perform their
functions if they can manage to retain an extremely small amount of
moisture.[265]
The important part which the respiratory organs play in the economy of
the Mollusca may be judged from the fact that the primary subdivision
of the Cephalopoda into Dibranchiata and Tetrabranchiata is based
upon the number of branchiae they possess. Further, the three great
divisions of the Gasteropoda have been named from the position or
character of the breathing apparatus, viz. Prosobranchiata,
Opisthobranchiata and Pulmonata, while the name Pelecypoda has hardly
yet dispossessed Lamellibranchiata, the more familiar name of the
bivalves.
Respiration may be conducted by means of—(a) Branchiae or
Gills, (b) a Lung or Lung-cavity, (c) the outer skin.
In the Pelecypoda, Cephalopoda, Scaphopoda, and the great majority of
the Gasteropoda, respiration is by means of branchiae, also known as
ctenidia[266], when they represent the primitive Molluscan gill
and are not ‘secondary’ branchiae (pp. 156, 159).
In all non-operculate land and fresh-water Mollusca, in the
Auriculidae, and in one aberrant operculate (Amphibola),
respiration is conducted by means of a lung-cavity, or rarely by a
true lung, whence the name Pulmonata. The land operculates
(Cyclophoridae, Cyclostomatidae, Aciculidae, and Helicinidae) also
breathe air, but are not classified as Pulmonata, since other
points in their organisation relate them more closely to the
marine Prosobranchiata. Both methods of respiration are united in
Ampullaria, which breathes indifferently air through a long
siphon which it can elevate above the surface of the water, and water
through a branchia (see p. 158). Siphonaria (Fig. 57) is
also furnished with a lung-cavity as well as a branchia. Both these
genera may be regarded as in process of change from an aqueous to
a terrestrial life, and in Siphonaria the branchia is to a
great extent atrophied, since the animal is out of the water, on the
average, twenty-two hours out of the twenty-four. In the allied genus
Gadinia, where there is no trace of a branchia, but only a
lung-cavity, and in Cerithidea obtusa, which has a pulmonary
organisation exactly analogous to that of Cyclophorus,[267] this
process may be regarded as practically completed.
Fig. 57.—A, Siphonaria gigas
Sowb., Panama, the animal contracted in spirit: gr, siphonal
groove on right side. B, Gadinia peruviana, Sowb., Chili,
shell only: gr, mark of siphonal groove to right of head.
Respiration by means of the skin, without the development of any
special organ, is the simplest method of breathing which occurs
in the Mollusca. In certain cases, e.g.Elysia,
Limapontia, and Cenia among the Nudibranchs, and the
parasitic Entoconcha and Entocolax, none of which possess
breathing organs of any kind, the whole outer surface of the body
appears to perform respiratory functions. In others, the dorsal surface
is covered with papillae of varied size and number, which communicate
with the heart by an elaborate system of veins. This is the case with
the greater number of the Aeolididae (Fig. 58, compare Fig.
5, C), but it is curious that when the animal is entirely deprived
of these papillae, respiration appears to be carried on without
interruption through the skin.
Fig. 58.—Aeolis despecta Johnst.,
British coasts. (After Alder and Hancock.)
In the development of a distinct breathing organ, it would seem as if
progress had been made along two definite lines, each resulting in the
exposure of a larger length of veins, i.e. of a larger amount
of blood, to the simultaneous operation of fresh air or fresh water.
Either (a) the skin itself may have developed, at more or less
regular intervals, elevations, or folds, which gradually took the form
of papillae, or else (b) an inward folding, or ‘invagination,’
of the skin, or such a modification of the mantle-fold as is described
below (p. 172) may have taken place, resulting in the formation of a
cavity more or less surrounded by walls, within which the breathing
organs were ultimately developed. Sometimes a combination of both
processes seems to have occurred, and after a papilliform organ has
been produced, an extension or prolongation of the skin has taken
place, in order to afford a protection to it. Respiration by means of a
lung-cavity is certainly subsequent, in point of time, to respiration
by means of branchiae.
Fig. 59.—Chiton squamosus L., Bermuda:
A, anus; Br, branchiae; M, mouth.
Fig. 60.—Fissurella virescens Sowb.,
Panama, showing position of the branchiae: Br, branchiae:
E, E, eyes; F, foot; M, mantle; T,
T, tentacles.
The branchiae seem to have been originally paired, and arranged
symmetrically on opposite sides of the body. It is not easy to decide
whether the multiple form of branchia which occurs in Chiton
(Fig. 59), or the simple form as in Fissurella (Fig. 60), is the
more primitive. Some authorities hold that the multiple branchia has
gradually coalesced into the simple, others that the simple form has
grown, by serial repetition, into the multiple. There appears to be no
trace of any intermediate forms, and, as a matter of fact, the multiple
branchia is found only in the Amphineura, while one or rarely
two (never more) pairs of branchiae, occur, with various important
modifications, in the vast majority of the Mollusca.
Amphineura.—In Chiton the branchiae are external,
forming a long row of short plumes, placed symmetrically along each
side of the foot. The number of plumes, at the base of each of which
lies an osphradial patch, varies from about 70 to as few as 6 or 7.
When the plumes are few, they are confined to the posterior end, and
thus approximate to the form and position of the branchiae in the other
Amphineura. In Chaetoderma, the branchiae consist of two small
feather-shaped bodies, placed symmetrically on either side of the
anus, which opens into a sort of cloaca within which the branchiae are
situated. In Neomenia the branchiae are still further degraded,
consisting of a single bunch of filaments lying within the cloaca,
while in Proneomenia there is no more than a few irregular folds
on the cloaca-wall (Fig. 61).
Fig. 61.—Terminal portions of the Amphineura,
illustrating the gradual degradation of the branchiae, and their
grouping round the anus in that class. A, Chiton
(Hemiarthrum) setulosus Carp., Torres Str.; B,
Chiton (Leptochiton) benthus Hadd., Torres Str.;
C, Chaetoderma; D, Neomenia; a,
anus; br, br, branchiae; k, k, kidneys;
p, pericardium. (A and B after Haddon, C
and D after Hubrecht.)
In the Prosobranchiata, symmetrically paired branchiae occur
only in the Fissurellidae, Haliotidae, and Pleurotomariidae, in
the former of which two perfectly equal branchiae are situated on
either side of the back of the neck. These three families taken
together form the group known as Zygobranchiata.[268] In all
other families the asymmetry of the body has probably caused one of
the branchiae, the right (originally left), to become aborted, and
consequently there is only one branchia, the left, in the vast majority
of marine Prosobranchiata, which have been accordingly grouped as
Azygobranchiata. Even in Haliotis the right branchia is
rather smaller than the left, while the great size of the attachment
muscle causes the whole branchial cavity to become pushed over towards
the left side. In those forms which in other respects most nearly
approach the Zygobranchiata, namely, the Trochidae, Neritidae, and
Turbinidae, the branchia has two rows of filaments, one on each side of
the long axis, while in all other Prosobranchiata there is but one row
(see Fig. 79, p. 169).
In the great majority of marine Prosobranchiata the branchia is
securely concealed within a chamber or pouch (the respiratory cavity),
which is placed on the left dorsal side of the animal, generally
near the back of the neck. For breathing purposes, water has to be
conveyed into this chamber, and again expelled after it has passed
over the branchia. In the majority of the vegetable-feeding molluscs
(e.g.Littorina, Cerithium, Trochus) water
is carried into the chamber by a simple prolongation of one of the
lobes or lappets of the mantle, and makes its exit by the same way,
the incoming and outgoing currents being separated by a valve-like
fringe depending from the lobe. In the carnivorous molluscs, on the
other hand, a regular tube, the branchial siphon, which is
more or less closed, has been developed from a fold of the mantle
surface, for the special purpose of conducting water to the branchia.
After performing its purpose there, the spent water does not return
through the siphon, but is conducted towards the anus by vibratile
cilia situated on the branchiae themselves. In a large number of
cases, this siphon is protected throughout its entire length by a
special prolongation of the shell called the canal. Sometimes, as in
Buccinum and Purpura, this canal is little more than a
mere notch in the ‘mouth’ of the shell, but in many of the Muricidae
(e.g.M. haustellum, tenuispina, tribulus)
the canal becomes several inches long, and is set with formidable
spines (see Fig. 164, p. 256). In Dolium and Cassis the
canal is very short, but the siphon is very long, and is reflected back
over the shell.
The presence or absence of this siphonal notch or canal forms a fairly
accurate indication of the carnivorous or vegetarian tendencies of most
marine Prosobranchiata, which have been, on this basis, subdivided into
Siphonostomata and Holostomata. But this classification
is of no particular value, and is seriously weakened by the fact that
Natica, which is markedly ‘holostomatous,’ is very carnivorous,
while Cerithium, which has a distinct siphonal notch, is of
vegetarian tendencies.
In the Zygobranchiata the water, after having aerated the blood in the
branchiae, usually escapes by a special hole or holes in the shell,
situated either at the apex (Fissurella) or along the side of
the last whorl (Haliotis). In Pleurotomaria the slit
answers a similar purpose, serving as a sluice for the ejection of
the spent water, and thus preventing the inward current from becoming
polluted before it reaches the branchiae (see Fig. 179, p. 266).
In Patella the breathing arrangements are very remarkable. In
spite of their apparent external similarity, this genus possesses no
such symmetrically paired plume-shaped branchiae as Fissurella,
but we notice a circlet of gill-lamellae, which extends completely
round the edge of the mantle. It has been shown by various authorities
that these lamellae are in no sense morphologically related to the
paired branchiae in other Mollusca, but only correspond to them
functionally. The typical paired branchiae, as has been shown by
Spengel, exist in Patella in a most rudimentary form, being
reduced to a pair of minute yellow bodies on the right and left
sides of the back of the ‘neck.’ A precisely similar abortion of the
true branchiae, and special development of a new organ to perform
their work, is shown in Phyllidia and Pleurophyllidia
(see below under Opisthobranchiata). This circlet of functional
gills in Patella has therefore little systematic value,
being only developed in an unusual position, like the eyes on the
mantle in certain Pelecypoda, to supply the place of the
true organs which have fallen into disuse. Accordingly Cuvier’s
class of Cyclobranchiata, which included Patella and
Chiton, has no value, and has indeed long been discarded. In
Chiton the gills never extend completely round the animal, but
are always more or less interrupted at the head and anus. They are the
true gills, the plumes being serially repeated in the same way as the
shell plates.
Fig. 63.—Patella vulgata L., seen
from the ventral side: f, foot; g.l, circlet of gill
lamellae; m.e, edge of the mantle; mu, attachment muscle;
sl, slits in the same; sh, shell; v, vessel
carrying aerated blood to the heart; v´, vessel carrying blood
from the heart; ve, small accessory vessels.
Fig. 64.—Patella vulgata L., seen from
the dorsal side after the removal of the shell and the black pigment
covering the integument; the anterior portion of the mantle is cut away
or turned back: a, anus; br, br, remains of the
true branchiae (ctenidia); i, intestine; k, k´,
kidneys; k.ap, their apertures on each side of the anus;
l, liver; m, m, mantle; mu, attachment
muscles, severed in removal of shell; t, t, tentacles.
In the land Prosobranchiata (Cyclostomatidae, Cyclophoridae,
Aciculidae, Helicinidae) which, having exchanged a marine for an
aerial life, breathe air instead of water, the branchia has completely
disappeared, and breathing is conducted, as in the Pulmonata, by
a lung-cavity. In certain genera of land operculates, e.g.Pupina, Cataulus, Pterocyclus, a slight fissure
or tube in the last whorl (see Fig. 180, p. 266) serves to introduce
air into the shell, which is perhaps otherwise closed to air by the
operculum. In Aulopoma, which has no tube, the operculum admits
free circulation of air. In certain other Cyclostomatidae the apex
is truncated, and air can enter there. De Folin closed with wax the
aperture of Cycl. elegans, and found that on placing it in a
pneumatic machine, the shell gave off air through its whole surface.
On the other hand, Cylindrella and Stenogyra decollata,
on being submitted to the same test, showed that the truncated part
alone was permeable by air.
Fischer and Bouvier have made some interesting observations on the
breathing of a species of Ampullaria (insularum Orb.).
The species has, in common with all Ampullaria, two siphons,
but while the right siphon is but slightly developed, the left is very
long, almost twice as long as the shell (see Fig. 65). The animal,
when under the water, lengthens its siphon, brings the orifice to the
surface, and by alternately raising and depressing its head produces
in the pulmonary sac movements of ex- and inspiration; these are
repeated about ten or fifteen times at regular intervals of from six
to eight seconds, a method of respiration strongly resembling that of
the Cetacea. At the same time, branchial respiration takes place. If
powdered carmine is added to water, the particles are seen to enter the
branchial cavity by the siphon and pass out by the short right siphon.
Sometimes the animal remains under water for hours without rising to
the surface to inspire air. In Valvata (Fig. 66) the branchia
is very large, and projects like a leaf or fan above the shell on the
left side; on the corresponding position on the right side is a long
filiform appendage, which some have regarded as representing the other
branchia.
Fig. 65.—Ampullaria insularum Orb.:
A, breathing water; B, breathing air; Si,
siphon; T, upper; t, lower tentacles; X, pallial
expansion, performing the part of excurrent siphon. (After Fischer and
Bouvier, x ⅓.)
Opisthobranchiata.—A true branchia occurs only in the
Tectibranchiata and the Ascoglossa. It lies on the right side, and
is usually more or less external, being partly covered sometimes
by the shell (as in Umbrella, Fig. 5), sometimes by a fold
of the mantle. In the Pteropoda (which are probably derived from
the Tectibranchiata), all the Thecosomata, with the exception of
Cavolinia, have no specialised branchia, but probably respire
through portions or the whole of the integument. In the Gymnosomata an
accessory branchia has in many cases been developed at the posterior
end of the body. Pneumodermon alone has both lateral and
posterior branchiae well developed, Clione and Halopsyche
are destitute of either, while the four remaining families have one
branchia, sometimes lateral, sometimes posterior.[269]
Fig. 67.—Doris (Archidoris)
tuberculata L., Britain: a, anus; br, branchiae,
surrounding the anus; m, male organ; rh, rh,
rhinophores. × ⅔.
Fig. 68.—Pleurophyllidia lineata
Otto, Mediterranean: a, anus; br, secondary branchiae;
m, mouth; s.o, sexual orifice.
Certain of the Nudibranchiata possess no special breathing organs, and
probably respire through the skin (Elysia, Limapontia,
Cenia, Phyllirrhoë). The majority, however, have
developed secondary branchiae, in the form of prominent lobes or
leaf-like processes (the cerata), which are carried upon the
back, without any means of protection. These cerata are, as a rule,
of extreme beauty and variety of form, consisting sometimes of long
whip-like tentaculae, in other cases of arborescent plumes of fern-like
leafage, in others of curious bead-like appendages of every imaginable
shape and colour. In Doris they lie at the posterior end of the
body, in a sort of rosette, which is generally capable of retraction
into a chamber. In Phyllidia and Pleurophyllidia these
secondary branchiae lie, as in Patella, on the lateral portions
of the mantle.
The Scaphopoda in all probability possess neither true nor secondary
branchiae.
Pulmonata.—When we use the term ‘lung,’ it must be remembered
that this organ in the Mollusca does not correspond, morphologically,
with the spongy, cellular lung of vertebrates; it simply performs the
same functions. The ‘lung,’ in the Mollusca, is a pouch or cavity,
lined with blood-vessels which are disposed over its vaulted surface in
various patterns of network. The pulmonary sac or cavity is therefore a
better name by which to denote this organ.
Fig. 69.—Geomalacus maculosus Allm., S.
Ireland: P.O, pulmonary orifice.
It seems probable, as has been already shown (pp. 18–22), that all
Pulmonata are ultimately derived from marine forms which breathed
water by means of branchiae. Thus we find intermediate forms, such
as Siphonaria, possessed of both a branchia and a pulmonary
sac, the former being evanescent, while in Gadinia and
Amphibola it has quite disappeared. In the vast majority of
Pulmonata no trace of a branchia remains; its function is
performed by a chamber, always situated at the right side of the
animal, and generally more or less anterior, admitting air by a narrow
aperture which is rhythmically opened and closed. In Arion and
Geomalacus (Fig. 69) this aperture is in the front of the right
side of the ‘shield,’ in Limax (Fig. 71) in the hinder part,
in Testacella (Fig. 20) it is near the extremity of the tail,
under the spire of the shell; in Janella it is on the middle
of the right edge of the shield (Fig. 70). If a specimen of Helix
aspersa, or better, of H. pomatia, is held up to the light,
the beautiful arborescent vessels, with which the upper part of the
pulmonary chamber is furnished, can be clearly seen by looking through
the aperture as it dilates. It is only in the Auriculidae that an
actual spongy mass of lung material appears to exist. When in motion,
a Helix inspires air much more frequently than when at rest.
Temperature, too, seems to affect the number of inspirations; it
appears doubtful whether, during hibernation, a snail breathes at all.
In any case, the amount of air required to sustain life must be small.
Fig. 71.—Limax maximus L.: PO,
pulmonary orifice. × ⅔.
With regard to the respiration of fresh-water Pulmonata there appears
to be some difference of opinion. It is held, on the one hand, that
the Limnaeidae only respire air, making periodic visits to the surface
to procure it, and that they perish, if prevented from doing so, by
asphyxiation. If, we are told,[270] as a Limnaea is floating on
the surface of the water in a glass jar, a morsel of common salt be
dropped upon its outstretched foot, it will sink heavily to the bottom,
emitting a stream of air from its pulmonary orifice. On recovering
from the shock, it will anxiously endeavour to regain the surface, but
will have some difficulty in doing so, owing to its now much greater
specific gravity. When it succeeds, it creeps almost out of the
water, and exposes its respiratory orifice freely to the air. If the
experiment is repeated several times on the same individual, it becomes
so much weakened that it has to be taken out of the water to save its
life. Moquin-Tandon, on the other hand, is strongly of opinion[271]
that there is no absolute necessity for Limnaea to obtain
air by rising to the surface, and that, if prevented from emerging,
it can obtain air from the water. When covered in by a roof of ice,
Limnaea has not been observed to suffer any inconvenience.
Moquin-Tandon kept L. glabra and Planorbis rotundatus in
good health under 20 mm. of water for eighteen and nineteen days, and
relates a case in which Physa was kept alive under water for
four days, and Planorbis for twelve. Young specimens, both of
Limnaea and Planorbis, do not rise to the surface for a
supply of air; they are hatched with the pulmonary cavity full of water.
It is probable, therefore, that Limnaeidae are capable, on occasion,
of respiration through the skin. Some authorities are of opinion that
certain long and narrow lamellae, situated within the pulmonary sac,
are employed for the purpose of aqueous respiration. Ancylus,
which never makes periodic excursions to the surface, perhaps respires
by receiving into its pulmonary chamber the minute quantities of oxygen
given off by the vegetation on which it feeds.
Limnaeidae taken from a great depth of water, e.g. from 130
fathoms in the lake of Geneva, have been examined by Forel.[272] The
pulmonary sac is full of water, but there is no transformation of
organs, no appearance of a branchia, to meet the changed circumstances
of their environment. Doubtless a good deal of respiration is done by
the skin; being soft and vascular, it respires the air dissolved in the
water. Forel cites cases of Limnaea living at much shallower
depths, which come to the surface once, and then remain below for
months. The oxygen of this supply must soon have become exhausted, and
the animals, discontinuing for a time the use of the pulmonary chamber,
must have respired through the skin. Shallow-water Limnaea,
according to the same authority, remain beneath the surface during cold
weather; when warm weather returns they rise to the surface to take in
a supply of air. Since the water at great depths is always very cold,
there is no need for the Limnaea living there to rise to the
surface at all.
It is a curious fact that Limnaea, which have been respiring
by the skin for the whole winter, should suddenly, on the first warm
days of summer, take to rising to the surface and breathing air. But
exactly the same phenomenon is shown in the case of Limnaea
from great depths. Placed in an aquarium, they immediately
begin rising to the surface and inspiring air; in other words,
they experience instantaneously a complete transformation of their
respiratory system.
In Onchidium, a land pulmonate which has retrogressed to an
amphibious or quasi-marine mode of life, there is no organ which
represents the pulmonary or branchial cavity, the so-called lung being
only a cavity of the kidney. Respiration is, however, conducted by the
skin as well, and by the dorsal papillae.[273]
Land Mollusca can sustain, for a considerable time, complete
deprivation of atmospheric air. Helices placed in an exhausted receiver
show no signs of being inconvenienced for about 20 hours, and are able
to survive for about two or three days. If detained under water, they
are very active for about 6 hours, then become motionless, the body
swells, owing to the water absorbed, and death ensues in about 36
hours. Immersion for only 24 hours is generally followed by recovery.
In the latter case, the cause of death is not so much deprivation of
air as compulsory absorption of water by the skin. The amount of water
thus taken up is surprising. Spallanzani found that a Helix
which weighed 18 grammes increased in weight by 13½ grammes after a
prolonged immersion. Even slugs enclosed in moist paper gained more
than 2 grammes in the course of half an hour. Experiment has shown
that the amount of carbonic acid gas produced by respiration stands in
direct relation to the amount of food consumed. Four pairs of snails
were taken which had recently awakened from their winter sleep and had
eaten heartily, and an equal number, under the same circumstances,
which had been prevented from eating. It was found that the first four
pairs produced, in consuming a given amount of oxygen, 11, 9, 10, and
13 parts respectively of carbonic acid, while the second set produced,
in consuming the same amount of oxygen, only 4, 8, 7, and 9 parts
of carbonic acid.[274] Hibernating Helices, if weighed in December
and again in April, will be found to have lost weight, due to the
expiration of carbonic acid. Owing to the difficulty of experiment,
opinions vary as to the absolute temperature of snails. It appears to
be established that several snails, if placed together in a tube, raise
the temperature one or two degrees C., but as a rule, the temperature
of a solitary Helix differs very slightly from that of the
surrounding air. Increased activity, whether in respiration or feeding,
is found to raise the temperature.
W. H. Dall, writing of the branchia in Pelecypoda, remarks[275]
that there can be no doubt that its original form was a simple
pinched-up lamella or fold of the skin or mantle. This, elongated,
becomes a filament. Filaments united by suitable tissue, trussed,
propped, and stayed by a chitinous skeleton, result in the forms,
wonderful in number and complexity, which puzzle the student to
describe, much more to classify.
Fig. 73.—Scrobicularia piperata Gmel.,
in its natural position in the sand: A, efferent or anal siphon;
B, afferent or branchial siphon. (After Möbius.)
In Pelecypoda the branchiae are placed on each side of the body,
between the mantle and the visceral mass. They lie in a chamber known
as the branchial cavity. Leading into this cavity, and behind
it, are, as a rule, two tubes or siphons, one of which conducts
water to the branchiae, while the other carries it away after it
has passed over them. The lower is known as the branchial or
afferent siphon, the upper as the anal or efferent
siphon (see Figs. 72 and 73). The action of these siphons can readily
be observed by placing a little carmine in water, near to the
siphonal apertures of an Anodonta or Unio. In many cases
(e.g.Psammobia, Tellina, Mya, genera which
burrow deeply in sand) both the siphons are exceedingly long, sometimes
considerably longer than the whole shell. In some cases the two tubes
are free throughout their entire length, in others they become fused
together before their entrance within the shell (Fig. 74). In other
genera, which do not burrow (e.g.Ostrea, Pecten,
Arca, Mytilus), the siphons are rudimentary or altogether
absent (Fig. 75).
Fig. 74.—Solecurtus strigillatus L.,
Naples: s.af, afferent siphon; s.ef, efferent siphon, the
two uniting in SS externally to the shell, × ½.
Fig. 75.—Mytilus edulis L., attached
by its byssus (By) to a piece of wood: F, foot; S,
anal siphon, the branchial siphon being below it and not closed. (After
Möbius.)
The number and arrangement of the branchiae varies considerably. It
appears probable that the different degrees of complication of the
gill indicate degrees of specialisation in the different groups of
Pelecypoda, in other words, assuming that a simpler form of gill
precedes, in point of development, a more complicated form, the nature
of the gill may be taken as indicating different degrees of removal
from the primitive form of bivalve.
1. The simplest form of gill (Nucula, Leda,
Solenomya, etc.) is that which consists (Fig. 76, A, compare
Fig. 100, p. 201) of two rows of very short, broad, not reflected
filaments, the rows being placed in such a way that they incline at
right angles to one another from a common longitudinal axis. The
filaments are not connected with one another, nor are the two leaves of
each gill united at any point. (Protobranchiata.)
Fig. 76.—Morphology of the branchiae
of Pelecypoda, seen diagrammatically in section: A,
Protobranchiata; B, Filibranchiata; C,
Eulamellibranchiata; D, Septibranchiata; e,
e, external row of filaments; i, i, internal row
of filaments; e´, external row or plate folded back; i´,
internal row folded back; f, foot; m, mantle; s,
septum; v, visceral mass. (From A. Lang.)
2. In the Anomiidae, Arcadae, Trigoniidae, and
Mytilidae each gill consists of two plates or rows of much
longer filaments, which consequently occupy a much larger space
in the mantle cavity (Fig. 76, B). Unable to extend beyond the
limits of the mantle, filaments are reflected or doubled back upon
one another, those of the external plate being reflected towards
the outside, those of the internal plate towards the inside. Each
separate filament is not connected with the filament next adjacent,
except by surface cilia situated on small projections on the sides
of the filaments, and interlocking with the cilia of the adjacent
filament. The two superposed plates or leaves of the gill may or may
not be united by cords running between the two parts of a filament.
(Filibranchiata.)
3. In the Pectinidae, Aviculidae, and Ostreidae
a further development takes place. The filaments of each gill are
reflected in the same way as in the Filibranchiata, but the part
thus reflected may become completely united or ‘concresce’ with the
mantle on the exterior and with the base of the foot on the interior
side. The leaves of each gill plate, which have thus become doubled
(the gills being apparently two instead of one on each side), are
folded or crumpled, and the filaments are modified at the re-entrant
angles of the fold. (Pseudolamellibranchiata.)
4. In all the remaining Pelecypoda, except class 5, in other
words, in the very large majority of families, the filaments are either
reflected, as in (3), or simple; but the process of concrescence is
so far advanced that the adjacent filaments are always intimately
connected with one another in such a way as to admit the passage of the
blood; and the leaves of each gill-plate (Fig. 76, C) are united by
cross channels in a similar way. (Eulamellibranchiata.)
5. In certain of the Anatinacea alone (Cuspidaria,
Lyonsiella, Poromya, Silenia) the gills are
transformed into a more or less muscular partition, extending from
one adductor muscle to the other (Fig. 76, D), and separating off the
pallial chamber into two distinct divisions, which communicate by means
of narrow slits in the partition. (Septibranchiata.)
Fig. 78.—Transverse section of portion of
an outer gill plate of Anodonta, highly magnified: il,
inner lamella; il´, outer lamella; ilj, interlamellar
junctions; v, large vertical vessels. (After Peck.)
Thus the process of gill development in the Pelecypoda appears to lead
up from a simple to a very complex type. In its original form, at all
events in the most primitive form known to us, the gill is a series of
short filaments, quite independent of one another, strung in two rows;
then the filaments become longer and double back, while at the same
time they begin to show signs of adhesion, as yet only superficial, to
one another. In a further stage, the reflected portions become fused to
the adjacent surfaces of the foot and mantle, while the interlamellar
junctions serve to lock the two gill-plates together; finally, the
mere ciliary junction of adjacent filaments is exchanged for intimate
vascular connection, while the gill-plates as a whole become closely
fused together in a similar manner.
This theory of origin is strengthened by closer observation of the
phenomena of a single group. Taking the Septibranchiata as an instance,
we find that in Lyonsiella the branchiae unite with the mantle
in such a way as to form two large pallial chambers, the structure
of the branchiae being preserved, and their lamellae covering the
partition. A further stage is observed in Poromya. There, a
similar partition exists, but it has become muscular, preserving,
however, on each side two groups of branchial lamellae, separated
one from the other by a series of slits, which form a communication
between the two pallial chambers. A further stage still is seen in
Silenia. There the same muscular partition exists, but the
branchial lamellae on either side have disappeared, the slits between
the two chambers, which occur in Poromya, still persisting,
but separated into three groups. Cuspidaria represents the
last stage in the development. In the ventral chamber there appears
nothing at all corresponding to a branchia; the surface of the
partition appears perfectly uniform, but on careful examination three
little separate orifices, remains of the three groups of orifices in
Silenia, are observed.[276]
Relation between Branchiae and Heart.—The object of the
branchiae being, as has been already stated, to aerate the blood on its
way to the heart, we find that the heart and the branchiae stand in
very important structural relations to one another. When the branchiae
are in pairs, we find that the auricles of the heart are also paired,
the auricle on the right and left sides being supplied by the right and
left branchiae respectively. This is the case with the Dibranchiate
Cephalopods (Argonauta, Octopus, Loligo, etc.),
the Zygobranchiate Prosobranchs (Fissurella, Haliotis),
and all Pelecypoda. In the Amphineura (Chiton,
etc.) there are two auricles corresponding to the two sets of
multiple branchiae. In the case of the Tetrabranchiate Cephalopods
(Nautilus) there are four auricles corresponding to each of the
four branchiae. Compare Fig. 79, A, B, C, D, E.
On the other hand, when the branchia is single, or when both branchiae
are on the same side, and one is aborted and functionless, the
auricle is single too, and on the same side as the branchia. This is
the case with the Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs (Philine,
Scaphander, etc.), all the Pectinibranchiate Prosobranchs
(Rachiglossa, Taenioglossa, and Ptenoglossa), and the other
Azygobranchiate Prosobranchs (Trochidae, Neritidae, etc.). In the last
case the right auricle exists, as well as the left, but is simply a
closed sac, the coalescing of the two gills on the left side having
thrown all the work upon the left auricle. Compare Fig. 79, F, G, H.
Fig. 79.—Diagram illustrating the relations
between branchiae, heart, and aorta in the Mollusca: A, In
Chiton; B, Pelecypoda; C, Dibranchiate Cephalopoda;
D, Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda; E, Prosobranchiata
Zygobranchiata; F, Prosobranchiata Azygobranchiata;
G, Prosobranchiata Monotocardia; H, Opisthobranchiata
Tectibranchiata: 1, Ventricle; 2, Auricle; 3, Aorta; 3a,
Cephalic aorta; 3b, Visceral aorta; 3c, Posterior aorta.
(From A. Lang.)
All Mollusca, without exception, possess a circulatory system of more
or less complexity. The centre of the system is the heart, which
receives the aerated blood from the breathing organs, and propels it to
every part of the body. In the Scaphopoda alone there appears to be no
distinct heart.
The heart may consist simply of a single auricle and ventricle, and
an aorta opening out of the ventricle. From the aorta the blood is
conveyed to the various parts of the body by arteries. Veins convey the
blood back to the breathing organs, after passing over which it returns
by the branchial or pulmonary vein to the heart, thus completing the
circuit.
As regards position, the heart is situated within the pericardium,
a separate chamber which in the Pelecypoda, Cephalopoda, and the
bilaterally symmetrical Gasteropoda lies on the median line, while in
the asymmetrical Gasteropoda it is on one or other of the sides of
the body, usually the right. The veins connected with the branchiae,
and consequently the auricle into which they open, are situated
behind the ventricle in the Opisthobranchiata (whence their
name), while in the Prosobranchiata they are situated in front
of the ventricle.
The number of auricles corresponds to the number of branchiae. Thus
there is only one auricle in the great majority of Prosobranchiata
(which are accordingly classified as Monotocardia), and also
in the Opisthobranchiata, while the Pulmonata have a single auricle
corresponding to the pulmonary chamber. There are two auricles in
the Amphineura, in a small group of Gasteropoda, hence known as
Diotocardia, in all Pelecypoda, and in the Dibranchiate
Cephalopoda. In the Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda alone there are four
auricles corresponding to the four branchiae.
A single aorta occurs only in the Amphineura and in the Tetrabranchiate
Cephalopoda. In all the other groups there are two aortae, leading
out of the anterior and posterior ends of the ventricle in Pelecypoda
and Dibranchiate Cephalopoda, while a single aorta leads out of the
posterior end alone, and subsequently bifurcates, in most of the
Gasteropoda. One aorta, the cephalic, supplies the front part of the
body, the oesophagus, stomach, mantle, etc.; the other, the visceral
aorta, supplies the posterior part, the liver and sexual organs.
The general circulatory system in the Mollusca has not yet been
thoroughly investigated. As a general rule, the blood driven from the
ventricle through the aorta into the arteries, passes, on reaching
the alimentary canal and other adjacent organs, into a number of
irregular spaces called lacunae. These in their turn branch into
sinuses, or narrow tubes covered with muscular tissue, which
penetrate the body in every direction. In the Dibranchiate Cephalopoda
true capillaries are said to occur, which in some cases form a direct
communication between the arteries and veins. According to some
authorities[277] capillaries and veins exist in certain Pelecypoda in
connexion with the intestinal lacunae, but this again is regarded by
others as not established. A similar difference of opinion occurs with
regard to the precise function of the foot-pore which occurs in many
Mollusca, some holding that it serves as a means for the introduction
of water into the blood-vascular system, while others regard it as a
form of secretion gland, the original purpose of which has perhaps
become lost.
Blood.—As a rule, the blood of the Mollusca—i.e. not
the corpuscles but the liquor sanguinis—is colourless, or slightly
tinged with blue on exposure to the air. This is due to the presence
of a pigment termed haemocyanin, in which are found traces
of copper and iron, the former predominating. Haemoglobin,
the colouring matter of the blood in Vertebrates, is, according to
Lankester,[278] of very restricted occurrence. It is found—(1) in
special corpuscles in the blood of Solen legumen (and Arca
Noae); (2) in the general blood system of Planorbis; (3) in
the muscles of the pharynx and jaws of certain Gasteropoda, e.g.Limnaea, Paludina, Littorina, Chiton,
Aplysia. This distribution of haemoglobin is explained by
Lankester in reference to its chemical activity; whenever increased
facilities for oxidisation are required, then it may be present to
do the work. The Mollusca, being as a rule otiose, do not possess it
generally diffused in the blood, as do the Vertebrata. The actively
burrowing Solen possesses it, and perhaps its presence in
Planorbis is to be explained from its respiring the air of
stagnant marshes. Its occurrence in the pharyngeal muscles and jaws
of other genera may be due to the constant state of activity in which
these organs are kept.[279]
According to Tenison-Woods[280] a species of Arca
(trapezia Desh.) and two species of Solen, all
Australian, have red blood. It is suggested that in these cases the
habits of the animal (the Solen burrowing deeply in sand, the
Arca in mud) require some highly oxidising element, surrounded
as the creature is by ooze. In Arca pexata (N. America) the
blood is red, the animal being familiarly known as the ‘bloody
clam.’ Burrowing species, however, are not all distinguished by this
peculiarity. Tenison-Woods finds red fluids in the buccal mass of many
Gasteropoda, e.g. in species of Patella, Acmaea,
Littorina, Trochus, Turbo, giving the parts the
appearance of raw meat.
On the dorsal side of the typical molluscan body, between the visceral
sac and the shell, lies a duplicature of the integument, generally
known as the mantle. The depending sides of the mantle, which
are usually somewhat thickened, enclose between themselves and the
body mass a chamber of varying size and shape, called the mantle
cavity, which communicates freely with the external air or water,
and encloses and furnishes a protection for the organ or organs of
respiration. On its upper or dorsal surface the mantle is closely
applied to the shell throughout its whole extent, the cells with which
it is furnished secreting the materials from which the shell is formed
(see p. 255). The whole mantle is capable, to some degree, of secreting
shelly matter, but the most active agent in its production is the
mantle edge or margin.
In the Prosobranchiata the mantle cavity, for reasons which have
already been explained, is found on the left side of the animal, its
front portion being in many cases produced into a tubular siphon.
Within the mantle cavity are found, besides the branchia, the anus,
the apertures of the kidneys, and the osphradium. In the pulmonata the
mantle fold encloses a so-called lung-cavity. The front edge of the
mantle coalesces with the integument of the neck in such a way as to
enclose the cavity very completely, the only communication with the
outer air being by means of the contractile breathing or pulmonary
aperture on the right side. In the Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs the
mantle fold is inconsiderable, and is usually not of sufficient extent
to cover the branchia, while in the Nudibranchs, which have no true
branchiae, it disappears altogether.
In the Pelecypoda the mantle cavity is equally developed on each side,
enclosing the two sets of branchiae. The mantle may thus be regarded
as consisting of two equal portions, which form a sort of lining to
the two valves. The lower or ventral portion of the mantle edges may
be simple, or provided with ocelli (Pecten, Arca),
tentacles, cilia (Lima, Lepton), or doubled folds. The
two portions of the mantle touch one another along the whole line of
the edge of the two valves, and, although thus in contact, may remain
completely separate from one another, or else become permanently
united at one or more points. This fusion of the mantle edges
corresponds to important changes in the organisation of the animal as
a whole. The anal and branchial siphons are no more than prolongations
of the mantle edges on the posterior side into a tubular form. These
‘siphons’ exhibit the siphonal form more distinctly according as the
adjacent portions of the mantle become more definitely fused together.
Fig. 80.—Diagram illustrating the various
stages in the closing of the mantle in Pelecypoda: A, mantle
completely open; B, rudiments of siphons, mantle still
completely open; C, mantle closed at one point; D, mantle
closed at two points, with complete formation of siphonal apertures;
E, development of siphons, ventral closure more extended;
F, mantle closed at three points, with fourth orifice: f,
foot; s.a, s.b, anal and branchial siphons; 1, 2, 3,
first, second, and third points of closure of mantle. (After A. Lang.)
This progressive fusion of the mantle edges may be taken as indicating
definite stages in the development of the Pelecypoda. A perfectly
free mantle edge, joined at no point with the edge of the adjacent
mantle, occurs in Nucula, Arca, Anomia, and
Trigonia (see Fig. 80, A, B). Here there is nothing in the
nature of a siphon, either anal or branchial; in other words, no
contrivance exists to prevent the spent water which has passed over the
branchiae from becoming mixed with the fresh water which is to reach
them. When the mantle edges are fused at one point only, this is
invariably on the middle part of the posterior side, thus separating
off an anal opening which may become prolonged into a tube-like form.
At the same time the adjacent underlying portions of the mantle edges
draw together, without actually coalescing, to form an opening for the
incurrent stream of water, the rudiments of the ‘branchial siphon’
(Fig. 80, C). This is the case with most Mytilidae (see Fig. 75)
with Cardita, Astarte, and Pisidium. In the next
stage the branchial opening is separated off by the concrescence of
the mantle edges beneath it, and we have the mantle united in two
places, thus forming three openings, the ventral of which is the
opening for the protrusion of the foot (Fig. 80, D). This is the case
in Yoldia, Leda, the majority of the Eulamellibranchiata
(e.g.Lucina, Cyrena, Donax,
Psammobia, Tellina, Venus, Cardium,
Mactra), and all Septibranchiata. In Chama and
Tridacna the fused portions of the mantle become more extended,
and in Pholas, Xylophaga, Teredo, Pandora,
and Lyonsia this concrescence takes place over the greater
length of the whole mantle edge, so that the mantle may be regarded as
closed, with the exception of the three apertures for the foot and the
two siphons (Fig. 80, E).
In certain genera there occurs, besides these three apertures, a
fourth, in the line of junction between the pedal and branchial
orifices. It appears probable that this fourth orifice (which has
been regarded by some as an inlet for water when the siphons are
retracted), stands in relation to the byssal apparatus (Fig. 80,
F). In Lyonsia, for instance, a thick byssus protrudes
through the orifice, which is large and open. In Solen,
Lutraria, Glycimeris, Cochlodesma, Thracia,
Aspergillum, and a few more genera, which have no byssus, the
orifice is very small and narrow. It is possible that in these latter
cases, the byssal apparatus having become atrophied, the orifice has
been correspondingly reduced in size.[281]
Mantle Reflected over the Shell.—It is sometimes the case that
the mantle edges tend to double back over the external surface of
the shell, and to enclose it to a greater or less extent. When this
process is carried to an extreme, the edges of the reflected mantle
unite, and the shell becomes completely internal. We see an incipient
stage of this process in Cypraea and Marginella, where
the bright polish on the surface of the shell is due to the protection
afforded by the lobes of the mantle. A considerable portion of the
shell of Scutus is concealed in a similar way, while in
Cryptochiton, Lamellaria, and Aplysia the shell
is more or less completely enclosed. Among Pulmonata, it is possible
that in forms like Vitrina, Parmacella, Limax,
and Arion, we have successive stages in a process which starts
with a shell completely external, as in Helix, and ends, not
merely by enveloping the shell in the mantle, but by effecting its
disappearance altogether. In Vitrina and some allied genera we
have a type in which the mantle lobes are partly reflected over the
shell, which at the same time exhibits rather less of a spiral form
than in Helix. In the stage represented by Parmacella,
the mantle edges have coalesced over the whole of the shell, except
for a small aperture immediately over the spire; the nucleus alone of
the shell is spiral, the rest considerably flattened. In Limax
the shell has become completely internal, and is simply a flat and
very thin plate, the spiral form being entirely lost, and the nucleus
represented by a simple thickening at one end of the plate. In
Arion, the final stage, we find that the shell, being no longer
needed as a protection to the vital organs, has either become resolved
into a number of independent granules, or else has entirely disappeared.
Some indications of a similar series of changes occur in the
Pelecypoda. The mantle edge of Lepton is prolonged beyond the
area of the valves, terminating in some cases in a number of filaments.
In Galeomma and Scintilla the valves are partially
concealed by the reflected mantle lobes, and in a remarkable form
recently discovered by Dall[282] (Chlamydoconcha) the shell is
completely imbedded in the mantle, which is perforated at the anterior
end by an orifice for the mouth, and at the posterior end by a similar
orifice for the anus. In all these cases, except Lepton, it is
interesting to notice that the hinge teeth have completely disappeared,
the additional closing power gained by the external mantle rendering
the work done by a hinge unnecessary. It is quite possible, on the
analogy of the Gasteropoda mentioned above, and also, it may be added,
of the Cephalopoda and other groups, that we have here indicated the
eventual occurrence of a type of Pelecypoda altogether deprived of
valves, a greatly thickened mantle performing the part of a shell.[283]
The following works will be found useful for further study of this
portion of the subject:—
F. Bernard, Recherches sur les organes palléaux des
Gastéropodes prosobranches: Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. (7) ix. (1890),
pp. 89–404.
G. Cuvier, Le Régne animal (ed. V. Masson); Mollusca,
Text and Atlas.
C. Grobben, Beiträge zur Kenntniss des Baues von
Cuspidaria (Neaera) cuspidata Olivi, nebst Betrachtungen über
das System der Lamellibranchiaten: Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, x.
(1893), pp. 101–146.
E. Ray Lankester, Encyclopaedia Britannica, 9th ed., vol.
xvi. (1883), Art. ‘Mollusca.’
A. Ménégaux, Recherches sur la circulation des
Lamellibranches marins: Besançon, 1890.
K. Mitsukuri, On the structure and significance of some
aberrant forms of Lamellibranchiate gills: Q. Journ. Micr. Sc.,
N.S. xxi. (1881), pp. 595–608.
H. L. Osborn, On the gill in some forms of
Prosobranchiate Mollusca: Stud. Biol. Lab. Johns Hopk. Univ.
iii. (1884), pp. 37–48.
R. Holman Peck, The structure of the Lamellibranchiate
gill: Q. Journ. Micr. Sc., N.S. xvii. (1877), pp. 43–66.
P. Pelseneer, Contributions à l’étude des
lamellibranches: Arch. Biol. xi. (1891), pp. 147–312.
CHAPTER VII ORGANS OF SENSE: TOUCH, SIGHT, SMELL, HEARING—THE FOOT—THE NERVOUS SYSTEM — Organs of Sense : I. Touch — II. Sight — III. Smell — IV. Hearing — The Foot — Nervous System
Tactile organs, although occurring in some of the Mollusca, do not
appear to attain special or marked development, except in a few cases.
The whole surface of the skin, and particularly of the foot, is very
sensitive to the slightest impression. Nearly all Gasteropoda are
furnished with at least two cephalic tentacles, projecting like horns
from each side of the fore part of the head. At or near the base of
these are generally situated the eyes. In the Helicidae the eyes are
situated, not at the base, but at the apex of the tentacles, and in
that case—except in Vertigo—a second pair of shorter tentacles
appears beneath the longer pair. It frequently happens that several
senses are centred in a single organ; thus the upper tentacles of
snails not only carry the eyes and serve to a certain extent as tactile
organs, but they also carry the organs of smell.
The edges of the mantle, which are sometimes specialised into lobes,
appear to be keenly sensitive to touch in all Gasteropoda.
In Cypraea (Fig. 81) these lobes, or tentaculae, are a prominent
feature of the animal, and also in certain genera of the Trochidae
(Fig. 82). In most of the carnivorous land Pulmonata—e.g.Testacella, Rhytida, Ennea—there are developed,
under the lower pair of tentacles, and close to the mouth, large
labial palps or feelers. These are connected with the cerebral
ganglion by a very large nerve, and may therefore be supposed to be
of extreme sensitiveness. In some of the large carnivorous forms
(Glandina, Aerope, compare Fig. 21, p. 54) these
palpae are of great size, and curl upwards like an enormous pair of
moustaches. When a Glandina seizes its prey, the palpae (see
Fig. 83) appear to enfold it and draw it in towards the mouth.
Fig. 81.—Cypraea moneta L., showing
tentaculae at edge of mantle, which partly envelops the shell:
Si, siphon; M, M, mantle; F, foot;
T´, tentaculae at edge of mantle. (After Quoy and Gaimard.) ×
3/2.
Fig. 82.—Monodonta canalifera Lam., New
Ireland, showing mantle lobes. (After Quoy and Gaimard.)
Fig. 83.—Glandina seizing its prey,
with buccal papillae turned back. (Strebel.)
It is in the Opisthobranchiata that the organs of touch attain their
maximum development. Many of this group are shell-less or possess a
small internal shell, and accordingly, in the absence of this special
form of defence, a multiplied sense of touch is probably of great
service. Thus we find, besides the ordinary cephalic tentacles,
clusters or crowns of the same above the head of many Nudibranchiata,
with lobe-like prolongations of the integument, and tentacular
processes in the neighbourhood of, or surrounding the branchiae (see
Figs. 58 and Fig. 84, or even projecting from the whole upper surface of
the body (Fig. 5, C).
In the Pelecypoda, the chief organs of touch are the foot, which is
always remarkably sensitive, especially towards its point, the labial
palps on each side of the mouth, and the siphons. In certain cases
the mantle border is prolonged into a series of threads or filaments.
These are particularly noticeable in Pecten, Lepton,
and Lima (Fig. 85), the mantle lobes of the common L.
hians of our own coasts being very numerous, and of a bright orange
colour. In many genera—e.g.Unio, Mactra—this
sensibility to touch appears to be shared by the whole mantle border,
although it is not furnished with any special fringing. The ‘arms’
of the Cephalopoda appear to be keenly sensitive to touch, and this
is particularly the case with the front or tentacular pair of arms,
which seem to be employed in an especial degree for exploration and
investigation of strange objects.
Fig. 84.—Idalia Leachii A. and H.,
British seas; br, branchiae. (After Alder and Hancock.)
Taste.—The sense of taste is no doubt present, to a greater
or less extent, in all the head-bearing Mollusca. In many of these
a special nerve or nerves has been discovered in the pharynx,
connecting with the cerebral ganglion; this no doubt indicates the
seat of the faculty of taste. The Mollusca vary greatly in their
likings for different kinds of food. Some seem to prefer decaying and
highly odoriferous animal matter (Buccinum, Nassa),
others apparently confine themselves to fresh meat (Purpura,
Natica, Testacella), others again, although naturally
vegetarian, will not refuse flesh on occasion (Limax,
Helix).
Mr. W. A. Gain[284] has made some interesting experiments on the taste
of British land Mollusca, as evidenced by the acceptance or rejection
of various kinds of food. He kept twelve species of Arion and
Limax, and eight species of Helix in captivity for many
months, and tried them with no less than 197 different kinds of food,
cannibalism included. Some curious points came out in his table of
results. Amalia gagates appears to be surprisingly omnivorous,
for out of 197 kinds of food it ate all but 25; Arion ater came
next, eating all but 40. Limax arborum, on the other hand,
was dainty to a fault, eating only seven kinds of food, and actually
refusing Swedes, which every other species took with some avidity.
Certain food was rejected by all alike, e.g. London Pride, Dog
Rose, Beech and Chestnut leaves, Spruce Fir, Common Rush, Liverwort,
and Lichens; while all, or nearly all, ate greedily of Potatoes,
Turnips, Swedes, Lettuces, Leeks, Strawberries, Boletus edulis,
and common grasses. Few of our common weeds or hedgerow flowers were
altogether rejected. Arion and Limax were decidedly less
particular in their food than Helix, nearly all of them eating
earthworms and puff-balls, which no Helix would touch. Arion
ater and Limax maximus ate the slime off one another, and
portions of skin. Cyclostoma elegans and Hyalinia nitida
preferred moist dead leaves to anything else.
Position of Eyes.—In the majority of the head-bearing
Mollusca the eyes are two in number, and are placed on, or in the
immediate neighbourhood of the head. Sometimes they are carried on
projecting tentacles or ‘ommatophores,’ which are either simple (as in
Prosobranchiata) or capable of retraction like the fingers of a glove
(Helix, etc.). Sometimes, as in a large number of the marine
Gasteropoda, the eyes are at the outer base of the cephalic tentacles,
or are mounted on the tentacles themselves, but never at the tip
(compare Fig. 60, p. 153 and Fig. 98, p. 199). In other cases they are
placed somewhat farther back, at the sides of the neck. The Pulmonata
are usually subdivided into two great groups, Stylommatophora
and Basommatophora (Fig. 86), according as the eyes are
carried on the tip of the large tentacles (Helix, and all
non-operculate land shells), or placed at the inner side of their
base (Limnaea, Physa, etc.). In land and fresh-water
operculates, the eyes are situated at the outer base of the tentacles.
Fig. 86.—A, Limnaea peregra
Müll.; e, e, eyes; t, t, tentacles;
B, Helix nemoralis Müll.; e, e, eyes;
t, t, tentacles; p.o, pulmonary orifice.
In the Helicidae, careful observation will show that the eyes are not
placed exactly in the centre of the end of the tentacle, but on its
upper side, inclining slightly outwards. The eye is probably pushed on
one side, as it were, by the development of the neighbouring olfactory
bulb. The sense of smell being far more important to these animals than
the sense of sight, the former sense develops at the expense of the
latter.
Organisation of the Molluscan Eye.—The eye in Mollusca exhibits
almost every imaginable form, from the extremely simple to the
elaborately complex. It may be, as in certain bivalves, no more than
a pigmented spot on the mantle, or it may consist, as in some of the
Cephalopoda, of a cornea, a sclerotic, a choroid, an iris, a lens, an
aqueous and vitreous humour, a retina, and an optic nerve, or of some
of these parts only.
In most land and fresh-water Mollusca the eye may be regarded, roughly
speaking, as a ball connected by an exceedingly fine thread (the optic
nerve) with a nerve centre (the cerebral ganglion). In Paludina
this ball is elliptic, in Planorbis and Neritina it is
drawn out at the back into a conical or pear shape. In Helix
(Fig. 87) there is a structureless membrane, surrounding the whole
eye, a lens, and a retina, the latter consisting of a nervous layer, a
cellular layer, and a layer of rods containing pigment, this innermost
layer (that nearest the lens) being of the thickness of half the whole
retina.
Fig. 87.—Eye of Helix pomatia L.,
retracted within the tentacle; c, cornea; ep, epithelial
layer; l, lens; op.n, optic nerve; r, retina.
(After Simroth.)
Comparing the eyes of different Gasteropoda together, we find that
they represent stages in a general course of development. Thus in
Patella the eye is scarcely more than an invagination or
depression in the integument, which is lined with pigmented and
retinal cells. The next upward stage occurs in Trochus, where
the depression becomes deeper and bladder-shaped, and is filled with
a gelatinous or crystalline mass, but still is open at the top,
and therefore permits the eye to be bathed in water. Then, as in
Turbo, the bladder becomes closed by a thin epithelial layer,
which finally, as in some Murex, becomes much thicker, while the
‘eyeball’ encloses a lens (Fig. 88), which probably corresponds with
the ‘vitreous humour’ of other types.
Fig. 88.—Eyes of Gasteropoda, showing arrest
of development at successive stages: A, Patella;
B, Trochus; C, Turbo; D,
Murex; ep, epidermis; l, lens; op.n, optic
nerve; r, retina; v.h, vitreous humour. (After Hilger.)
In Nautilus the eye is of a very simple type. It consists of
a cup-shaped depression, with a small opening which is not quite
closed by the integument. The retina consists of cells which line the
interior of the depression, and which communicate directly with the
branches of the optic nerve, there being no iris or lens. This type of
eye, it will be observed, corresponds exactly with that which occurs
in Patella. It appears also to correspond to a stage in the
development of eyes in the Dibranchiata (e.g.Octopus,
Sepia, Loligo). Lankester has shown[285] that in
Loligo the eye first appears as a ridge, enclosing an oval area
in the integument. By degrees the walls of this area close in, and
eventually join, enclosing the retinal cells within the chamber in
which the lens is afterwards developed (Fig. 89). It thus appears that
in some cases the development of the eye is arrested at a point which
in other cases only forms a temporary stage towards a higher type of
organisation.
Fig. 89.—Three stages in the development
of the eye of Loligo; r, r, ridge, enclosing
p.o.c, primitive optic chamber; or, orifice between the
closing ridges; s.o.c, secondary optic chamber; ci,
ci, ciliary body; l, rudimentary lens; R, retina.
(After Lankester.)
Fig. 90.—Eye in A, Loligo;
B, Helix or Limax; C, Nautilus:
a.o.c, anterior optic chamber; c, cornea; int,
integument; ir, iris; l, lens; l´, external
portion of lens; op.n, optic nerve; op.g, optic ganglion;
p.o.c, posterior optic chamber; r, retina. (After
Grenacher.)
The developed eye in the dibranchiate Cephalopods consists of a
transparent cornea, which may or may not be closed over the front of
the lens. Behind the cornea is a narrow chamber (the anterior optic
chamber) which is continued for three parts round the whole circle
of the eye, and into which project the front portion of the lens and
the folds of the iris. Throughout its whole extent, the anterior optic
chamber is lined by the integument, the portion of which on the inner
side is the choroid. The lens is divided into an outer and inner
segment by a thin membrane, and is supported by the ciliary body which
forms a continuation of the retina. The main portion of the lens lies
within the posterior optic chamber, at the back and sides of which is
found the retina (Grenacher).
There can be no doubt that the Cephalopoda use their eyes to observe,
but there is nothing to show that any other Mollusca use their eyes
for this purpose, the sense of smell in their case largely taking the
place of visual observation. Madame Jeannette Power once saw[286] the
Octopus in her aquarium holding a fragment of rock in one of
its arms, and watching a Pinna which was opening its valves.
As soon as they were perfectly open, the Poulpe, with incredible
address and promptitude, placed the stone between the valves,
preventing the Pinna from closing again, upon which it set
about devouring its victim. The next day the Poulpe was seen, after
crushing some Tellina, to stretch himself down close by a
Triton nodiferus, and watch it attentively. After four hours the
Triton emerged from its shell, when the Octopus sprang
upon it, and surrounded it with its arms.
Powers of Vision in Land Mollusca.—The Helicidae are
undoubtedly very short-sighted. Seldom emerging from their retreats
except in twilight and darkness, they are naturally myopic, and see
better in a subdued than in a bright light. Experiment has shown
that a Helix can perceive an object better at 6 centimetres
distance in a weak light than at 4 or 5 millimetres in a strong
one. Cyclostoma elegans and Paludina vivipara are
comparatively long-sighted, perceiving objects at a distance of 20 to
30 centimetres.[287] The increased power of vision is due, in these
two cases, to increased elaboration in the construction of the eye,
Paludina possessing a large and almost spherical lens, to
which the vitreous humour closely adheres, while in Cyclostoma
the lens is remarkably hard, and the aqueous humour very abundant.
According to V. Willem,[288] the Pulmonata are very sensitive to the
slightest movement of the air or jarring of the surface on which they
crawl, but are so short-sighted as only to perceive a confused image of
a large object at about 1 cm., and to distinguish the form of objects
at not more than 1 or 2 mm. The senses of touch and smell are far more
active than that of sight. A bean-pod enclosed in a narrow glass case
and placed before a hungry snail was not noticed, but when taken out of
the case and placed 8 cm. behind the snail, the latter at once turned
towards it to devour it.
Some interesting experiments were conducted by the same author with the
view of ascertaining whether snails avoid or court the light. He placed
a number of species in different wooden boxes, which were divided into
a light and a dark compartment, having previously well soaked the boxes
in water to secure a humid atmosphere and surface, and so induce the
snails to move about. The result showed that nearly all species have
a marked predilection one way or the other, but not all in the same
way. Helix aspersa, Arion empiricorum, six species of
Limax, and three of Planorbis, are lovers of darkness,
while H. nemoralis, Succinea putris, and two species of
Limnaea are lovers of light. Physa fontinalis stands
alone in being quite indifferent.
M. Willem endeavoured further to discover whether any of the Mollusca
possessed ‘dermatoptic perception,’ or the faculty of perceiving
variation of light by means of the skin alone. He accordingly
repeated the above-mentioned experiments, having previously
extirpated the eyes in all cases. The result was remarkable. In a few
instances the experiment was not conclusive, but H. aspersa,
A. empiricorum, several species of Limax, and one
Limnaea shunned or sought the light just as they had done
when their eyes were present. A few marine Mollusca (Littorina
littorea, Trochus cinerarius, T. umbilicatus,
Patella vulgata) were also shown to be exceedingly sensitive to
the impact of a shadow, whether with or without their eyes.
Blind and Eyeless Mollusca.—In a large number of marine
Mollusca which habitually creep about half buried in wet sand
(Bullia, Sigaretus, Scaphander, Philine),
eyes are altogether absent. In some species of Natica and
Sigaretus, and in Doris, eyes are developed, but are
enclosed in a thick layer of skin, through which they can probably do
little more than faintly appreciate different degrees of light and
darkness. Chiton has cephalic eyes in the embryo, but loses
them in the adult stage. The two great Auricula, A. auris
Judae and A. auris Midae, which habitually creep about in
the liquid mud of mangrove swamps, have entirely lost their eyes.
Certain pelagic Mollusca seem to have a tendency, which is not easily
explained, to lose their eyes or the power of seeing with them. Thus
Ianthina has no eyes at all. Pteropoda as a rule have no eyes,
and the few that have (Creseis, Cavolinia) possess only
certain pigmented spots placed near to the nervous centres. In the
Heteropoda, however, and the Cephalopoda, many of which are pelagic,
the eyes are unusually large.
Fig. 91.—Sigaretus laevigatus Lam., a
species frequenting wet sand, and destitute of external eyes: F,
anterior portion of foot. (After Souleyet.)
Eyes in Deep-sea and Underground Mollusca.—Deep-sea Mollusca,
as a rule, possess no visual organs, or possess them only in a
rudimentary state, but this rule has its exceptions. Dr. Pelseneer
found[289] no trace of eyes in two species of Pleurotoma from
1850 and 1950 fath., none in a Fossarus from 1400 f., none in
a Puncturella from 1340 f. A remarkable form of Voluta
(Guivillea) from 1600 f. possessed eyes which could hardly be
functional, as they were destitute of pigment, and exhibited other
changes of structure. On the other hand, it is remarkable to notice
that in three different species of Trochus from 450 f., 565 f.,
and 1375 f., the eyes were pigmented and well developed.
In land Mollusca which live beneath the surface of the ground or in
absolute darkness, the eyes are generally more or less modified. Thus
in Testacella, which usually burrows deeply in the soil, but
occasionally emerges into the open air, the eyes are very small, but
distinct and pigmented. Our little Caecilianella acicula, which
is never seen above the surface, is altogether destitute of eyes. A
species of Zospeum, a Helix, and a Bithynella from
dark caves in Carniola have suffered a similar loss. On the other hand,
a small Hyalinia from a dark cave in Utah (probably a recent
addition to the cave fauna) has the eyes normally developed.
Eyes of Onchidium.—Many species of Onchidium, a naked
land pulmonate which creeps on rocks near high-water mark, are provided
with dorsal eyes of various degrees of organisation, and in numbers
varying up to nearly one hundred. The tropical Onchidium are
the prey of a fish (Periophthalmus) which skips along the
beach by the aid of its large ventral fins, and feeds principally
on insects and Onchidium. Karl Semper suggests[290] that the
eyes are of service to Onchidium as enabling it to apprehend
the shadow of the approaching Periophthalmus, and defend
itself by suddenly contracting certain glands on the skin and
expressing a liquid secretion which flies into the air like shot
and frightens the Periophthalmus away. This theory for it is
no more than theory—may or may not be true, but it is remarkable
that Onchidium with dorsal eyes have precisely the same
geographical distribution as Periophthalmus, and that where
no Periophthalmus exists, e.g. on our own S.W. coasts,
the Onchidium are entirely destitute of dorsal eyes. In those
species of Onchidium which have no dorsal eyes, the latter
are on the tips of the tentacles, as in Helix. The eyes are
developed on the head, and afterwards ascend with the growth of
the ommatophores, while in Helix the ommatophores are formed
first, and the eyes developed upon them.[291]
Dorsal Eyes in the Chitonidae.—The remarkable discoveries of
Moseley with regard to the dorsal eyes of Chiton were first
published in 1884.[292] He happened to notice, while examining a
specimen of Schizochiton incisus, a number of minute black dots
on the outer surface of the shell, which appeared to refract light as
if composed of glass or crystal. These ‘eyes,’ in all the species of
Chiton yet examined, are restricted to the outer surface of the
exposed area of the shell, never being on the laminae of insertion or
on the girdle. In certain sub-genera of Chiton the eyes are
scattered irregularly over the surface, in others they are arranged
symmetrically in rows diverging from the apex of each plate, but in
old specimens the eyes towards the apices are generally rubbed off by
erosion or abrasion. Moseley regarded the occurrence of scattered eyes
as indicating an original stage of development, when the eyes were
at first disposed irregularly all over the surface of the shell; the
gathering into regular rows showing a later stage.
Fig. 92.—Dorsal eyes of Chitonidae,
showing the various forms of arrangement in the first and fourth valves
of 1, 1a, Acanthopleura spinigera Sowb., E. Indies, × 2;
2, 2a, Tonicia suezensis Reeve, Suez, × 3; 3, 3a,
Acanthopleura granulata Gmel., W. Indies, × 2; 4, 4a,
Tonicia lineolata Fremb., Chili, × 2. From specimens in the
Museum of Zoology, Cambridge.
The eyes appear to be invariably more numerous on the anterior plate.
Thus in Corephium aculeatum there are about 12,000 in all, of
which more than 3000 are on the anterior plate. In Schizochiton
they are arranged in very symmetrical rows, six of which are situated
on the anterior, and only two, sometimes only one, on the central
plates. In Tonicia marmorata the eyes are sunk in little
cup-shaped depressions of the shell, possibly to escape abrasion.
As regards shape and size, in Ch. incisus they are circular,
and about 1/35 inch in diameter, this being the largest size known;
in Ch. spiniger and Ch. aculeatus they are oval,
measuring about 1/100 x 1/600 inch. There are no eyes in Chiton
proper, nor in Mopalia, Maugeria, Lorica, and
Ischnochiton.[293] None of our English species appear to possess
them.[294]
Eyes in Bivalve Mollusca.—Some, possibly most, of the
Pelecypoda possess, in the larval state, true paired eyes at the
oral end of the body. These become aborted as the animal develops,
since that part of the body becomes entirely screened from the light
by the growth of the shell. To compensate for their loss, numerous
ocelli, or pigmented spots sensitive to the action of light, are
in many cases developed on different parts of the mantle, functionally
corresponding to the ‘eyes’ of Chiton described above. As in
Chiton, too, we have here an interesting series of instances in
which true eyes have suffered total obliteration, through disuse, and,
as if to restore to the animal in some measure its lost sense, visual
organs of a low power have subsequently been developed and are now
observed in various stages of specialisation.
Concentration of Eyes in Special Parts of the Mantle.—Sharp has
shown[295] that in several species of Ostrea, Cardium,
Anomia, Lima, Avicula, Arca, and
Tellina pigmented cells, with a highly refractive cuticle,
are scattered over a considerable portion of the mantle. Experiment
has proved the powers of ‘vision,’ i.e. of sensitiveness
to different degrees of light, possessed by these organs. In
Dreissena polymorpha, Tapes decussatus, and two species
of Venus these cells are concentrated on that particular part
of the mantle which is not always covered by the shell, i.e.
the siphon, but since the siphon can be completely retracted within
the shell, there is no special provision for their protection. A
further step is shown in the case of Mya arenaria, where the
siphon is scarcely capable of complete retraction. Here, while some
of the pigment cells are scattered about over the surface of the
siphon, the majority are placed in grooves at the base of the siphonal
tentacles, forming an intensely black band round them. A higher stage
still is shown in Solen vagina, S. ensis, and Mactra
solidissima, where the cells are situated only in the siphonal
grooves, which are more or less specialised in numbers and complexity.
Arca Noae, according to Patten, is very sensitive to any
sudden change in the amount of light falling upon its mantle-edge. A
faint shadow cast upon it by the hand is sufficient to cause it to
close its valves quickly, but always one or two seconds afterwards,
the promptitude in all cases depending upon the depth of the shadow.
Sensitiveness in this direction was found to depend greatly upon
the vitality of the animals themselves, since it always became less
in those specimens which had been kept for long in confinement. A
shadow was not always necessary to make them close. An ordinary black
pencil, if approached within two or three inches with extreme caution,
produced the same result, while a glass rod brought within the same
distance, and even moved rapidly to and fro, appeared to cause no
alarm. Sensitiveness to change in intensity of light was experimentally
noticed by the same author in the case of Ostrea, Mactra,
Avicula (to a special extent), and Cardium. It is very
remarkable to find that increased elaboration in the structure of
the eyes does not necessarily carry with it increased sensitiveness,
i.e. higher visual powers. Avicula, which is only
provided with a few scattered ommatidia, which would entirely escape
the notice of any one who had not seen them better developed elsewhere,
was considerably more sensitive to light and shade than Arca,
with its eyes of conspicuous size and much more perfect organisation,
instantly contracting the mantle upon the impact of a shadow so faint
as to be invisible to the experimenter.[296]
Visual Faculties of Solen and Ostrea.—The visual power of
Solen may be exemplified by any one who is walking along almost
any of our sandy bays at extreme low-water mark. If the day be warm
and sunny, numbers of Solen will be seen raising themselves an
inch or two out of their holes; but if you wish to catch them you must
approach very cautiously, and on no account allow your shadow to fall
upon them, or they will pop down into their burrows in an instant, and
it is vain to attempt to dig them out. ‘How sensitive,’ remarks Mr. W.
Anderson Smith, with reference to oysters,[297] ‘the creatures are to
the light above them; the shadow [of the boat] as it passes overhead is
instantaneously noted, and, snap! the lips are firmly closed.’
Ocelli of Pecten.—In Pecten and Spondylus
the ocelli are remarkably large and prominent, shining like
precious stones, and are placed along the two edges of the mantle so
as to receive the light when the shell gapes (Fig. 93). In Pecten
opercularis, jacobaeus, and maximus their number
varies from 80 to 120. In Spondylus gaederopus, a very
inequivalve shell, 60 have been counted on the right or fixed valve,
and 90 on the left or upper valve. Each ocellus is connected, by means
of its optic nerve, with the large circumpalleal nerve, and so with the
branchial ganglion. They possess a cornea, lens, choroidea, and optic
nerve, and, according to Hickson,[298] bear a considerable resemblance
to the vertebrate type of eye. In spite of this, the power of vision
in these genera does not appear at all superior to that of other
Pelecypoda.
Fig. 93.—Pecten opercularis L., showing
the ocelli on the two edges of the mantle.
According to the elaborate investigations of Patten, the ‘eyes’
in Arca occur upon the middle or ‘ophthalmic’ fold of the
mantle-edge, which is thickened at the end to admit of their reception.
Along this is ranged a row of dark brown spots of various sizes, which
are larger at the anterior and posterior ends of the mantle-edge, but
smaller and more numerous towards the middle. These brown spots, or
‘eyes,’ are many of them compound, being made up of the fusion of a
number of ommatidia (from 10 to 80) into one large round eye, which
is generally elevated above the surface of the surrounding epithelium.
Sometimes these eyes themselves tend to fuse together. In one specimen
of Arca Noae, 133 of these faceted eyes were counted in one
mantle border, and 102 in the other.
There can be little doubt that the development of these functional
eyes, or sensitive spots, in bivalve Mollusca, is due to special needs.
They appear to be entirely absent in fresh-water bivalves (with the
exception of Dreissensia, which is obviously a marine genus
recently become fresh-water), while they are most abundant in genera
living between tide marks (Solen, Mya, Mactra),
and most highly specialised in a genus that is, for a bivalve, of
singularly active habits (Pecten). Now genera living in sand
between tide marks, as the three above-mentioned genera are in the
habit of doing, and also protruding their siphons, and occasionally
a considerable portion of their shells, out of their burrow, are
manifestly very much at the mercy of their watchful enemies the gulls,
and anything which would enable them to apprehend the approach of
their enemies would be greatly to their advantage. Here, perhaps, lies
the explanation of the greater elaboration of these pigmented spots
in littoral genera, as compared with those inhabiting deeper water.
Pecten, again, a genus distinguished by great activity, which
can ‘fly’ for considerable distances in the water by flapping its
valves together and expelling the water from the apertures at either
side of the hinge, may be greatly assisted by its ocelli in directing
its flight so as to escape its enemies.
The sense of smell—touch at a distance, as Moquin-Tandon has called
it—is probably the most important sense which the Mollusca possess,
and is unquestionably far more valuable to them than that of sight.
Any one who has ever enjoyed the fun of hauling up lobster pots
will recollect that part of the contents was generally a plentiful
sprinkling of Buccinum, Nassa, and Natica,
attracted by the smell of the stinking piece of fish with which the
trap was baited. According to Mr. J. S. Gibbons,[299]Bullia
rhodostoma congregates in hundreds on gigantic medusae which
are stranded on the sandy bays near the Cape of Good Hope. Dr. J.
G. Jeffreys says[300] that quantities of the common Neptunea
antiqua “are procured on the Cheshire coast by the fishermen
placing a dead dog on the sands at low-water mark during spring
tides. The bait is then completely covered with stones, which are
piled up like a cairn. On the next turn of the tide the heap of
stones is visited, and the whelks are found on the surface in great
numbers, having been apparently attracted by the smell of the bait,
but unable to get at it.” Mr. W. A. Lloyd kept specimens of Nassa
reticulata in a tank in the sand, at the bottom of which they
usually remained buried. If a piece of meat of any kind were drawn over
the sand, the Nassa would appear above the surface in a few
minutes. Half-picked beef or mutton bones, if placed in the tank, were
covered in a few minutes. In fact, no animal matter, whether living or
dead, could be introduced without the Nassa smelling it, and
coming up to see what they could get.[301]
Any one can experiment for themselves on the olfactory powers of our
common snails or slugs. Moquin-Tandon records[302] two interesting
cases, one communicated to him by letter, the other occurring to
himself. His correspondent, a M. Parenteau, was one day walking along a
dusty high-road, when he noticed, near the middle of the road, an empty
bean-pod and two Arions eating it. Attributing the meeting of feeders
and food to mere chance, he was walking on, when he noticed a second
bean-pod, and, about two yards away from it, a third Arion,
hurrying straight towards it. When the Arion had yet more
than a yard to traverse, M. Parenteau picked up the bean and put it
in his pocket. The Arion stopped, raised its head, and turned
in every direction, waving its tentacles, but without advancing. M.
Parenteau then carried the bean to the other side of the road, and
put it in a small hole behind a piece of stone. The Arion,
after a moment’s indecision, started off straight for the bean.
Again the position of the precious morsel was changed, and again the
Arion made for it, this time without being further tantalised.
M. Moquin-Tandon noticed, one rainy day in the botanical gardens at
Toulouse, two Limax maximus approaching a rotten apple from
different directions. He changed the position of the apple several
times, placing it at a sufficient distance, to be sure they could not
see it, but they always hit it off correctly, after raising their heads
and moving their long tentacles in every direction. It then occurred to
him to hold the apple in the air, some centimetres above the head of
the Limax. They perceived where it was, raised their heads and
lengthened their necks, endeavouring to find some solid body on which
to climb to their food.
Several of the land Mollusca have the power of exhaling a disagreeable
smell, Hyalinia alliaria smelling strongly of garlic, and
Stenogyra decollata of laudanum; but this need not be any
argument for the sense of smell in the creatures themselves.
Position of Olfactory Organs in Pulmonata.—Most authorities are
of opinion that the olfactory organs are situated in the tentacles.
Moquin-Tandon considered that in the Helicidae and Limacidae the sense
of smell is confined to the little knob or elevation at the end of
the longer tentacles, close to the eye. He found that when he cut off
these tentacles both in Limax and Arion, the creatures
were quite unable to discover the whereabouts even of strongly-scented
food. The same author believed that in the Basommatophora the sense
of smell was present in the whole of the tentacle, which is covered
with an exceedingly sensitive ciliated epithelium. Lacaze-Duthiers,
however, places the olfactory sense in this group at the outer side
of the base of the tentacles, near to the eyes. Some authorities[303]
deny that the Helicidae have the olfactory organ at the tip of the
tentacles, and locate it in a pedal gland near the mouth, which
contains conspicuous sensitive cells. A Helix whose tentacles
had been removed manifested its repulsion to the smell of spirits of
turpentine, while another Helix, which was unmutilated, did not
object to the turpentine being held between its tentacles. Altogether,
then, the exact position of the smell-organ in the Helicidae must be
considered as not yet thoroughly determined. Simroth holds that the
sense of smell is distributed over the whole soft integument, and is
especially concentrated in the feelers, and in the neighbourhood of the
respiratory orifice.[304]
In nearly all marine Mollusca yet examined, the organ of smell or
osphradium is in situation intimately connected with the
breathing organs, being generally placed near their base, with the
object, apparently, of testing the quality of the water before it
passes over the branchiae. It consists of a patch of the epithelium,
modified in a special manner, and connected by its own nerve with one
of the visceral ganglia.
An osphradium does not necessarily occur in all genera; for instance,
it has not been detected in Fissurella. It is most highly
specialised in the Conidae, and in the carnivorous Gasteropoda
generally. In Buccinum undatum, for instance, it is very large
indeed, and, from its plumed form, has sometimes been mistaken for
an accessory branchia (Fig. 95). In Haliotis it is paired,
one lying in close proximity to each of the two branchiae, but in
Turbo it is single, corresponding to the single branchia. In
Chiton there is an osphradium at the base of each separate gill
filament, making a total of twenty or more on each side. Its position
in Physa and in Cyclostoma will be seen by reference to
Figs. 103 and 104 (p. 205). In the Pelecypoda the osphradia are paired,
and lie adjacent to the posterior adductor muscle, close to the hinder
end of the axis of the branchiae. In the Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda
there are two osphradia, placed between the bases of the two pairs
of gills. In the Dibranchiates on the other hand, a groove above the
eyes has been regarded as the seat of the organ of smell. This groove
contains sensory and ciliated cells, and appears to be connected with a
special nerve centre of its own, which ultimately is derived from the
cerebral ganglion.
Fig. 95.—Buccinum undatum L., deprived
of its shell, showing the relative position of branchia (br) and
osphradium (os); m, mucous glands; s, siphon. The
portion of the mantle covering the osphradium has been removed.
Scarcely any instances of the exercise of the sense of smell on the
part of bivalve Mollusca have been recorded. Something of the sort,
however, seems to have been present in a case related by Mr. R. L.
King.[305] A skull of a fox had been placed in a small ditch in order
to soak, and after a few days, when taken out, was found to be covered
with Pisidium pusillum to the number of at least two hundred,
which had been probably attracted from the water in the immediate
neighbourhood by the smell of the decaying flesh.
Experiments made with a view to ascertain whether the Mollusca are
sensitive to noises have usually led to the conclusion that they
are deaf to very loud sounds. This is the more curious, because an
undoubted auditory apparatus has been discovered in a large number
of genera. In the case of an experiment, it is not easy to be sure
that the animal is not affected, at least in part, by the shock or
jar, rather than by the actual sound. In some experiments, however,
conducted at the Plymouth Marine Biological Laboratory, Mr. Bateson
found[306] that Anomia could be made to shut its shell by
smearing the glass of the tank with the finger in such a way as to
make a creaking sound. It was evident that the cause of alarm was not
the jarring of the solid framework of the tank, for the same result
occurred when the object on which the Anomia were fixed was
suspended in the water by a thread. It was found that the sound had to
be of a particular pitch to excite the attention of the mollusc.
As a rule the organ of hearing is nothing more than a small vesicle
or sac (the otocyst), filled with a fluid secretion, in which
are suspended one or usually more calcareous concretions known as
otoliths. By means of cilia, which connect with sense-cells,
these otoliths are given a peculiar movement or oscillation in the
medium in which they are suspended. The number of the otoliths varies
in different genera and species; there are several hundreds in
Arion and Limax, about a hundred in Helix pomatia,
nemoralis, hispida, arbustorum, rotundata,
Succinea putris, and Limnaea stagnalis; about fifty in
Planorbis contortus and Physa fontinalis, only one in
Cyclostoma elegans. The number increases with age. In young
specimens of Limn. stagnalis as few as ten, nine, and seven have
been noticed.[307]
The otocysts are always paired, and, in Gasteropoda, are placed close
to the pedal ganglia. The acoustic nerve, however, has been shown by
Lacaze-Duthiers to connect with the cerebral ganglia in certain cases.
The otocysts are never on the surface of the body and are rarely
connected with it by any passage or tube; it is probable therefore that
sound reaches them simply through the medium of the tissues.
In the Pelecypoda the otocyst is similarly situated near the
pedal ganglion, and is probably (though this has not yet been proved)
similarly connected with the cerebral. There is only a single otolith.
Pelseneer finds[308] in Nuculidae alone a free communication between
the otocyst and the exterior. Anodonta has been observed[309]
to withdraw its foot into the shell at the noise of an opening door, a
loud voice, or a shrill whistle, whether in a basin of water or lying
on a study table.
Fig. 96.—Illustrating the otocyst in A,
Anodonta, B, Cyclas; ot, otolith; a,
b, c, c´, cellular layers surrounding the chamber;
ci, cilia on interior walls of chamber: C, an otolith
crushed. (After Simroth.)
Delage extirpated the otocysts in certain Octopoda, and obtained some
unexpected results. He found that remarkable effects were produced upon
the animal’s powers of locomotion, so that it was unable to preserve
its proper balance in the water when in rapid motion, but its body
was forced to undergo a form of rotation more or less pronounced.
He concluded that the otocysts must possess, besides their auditory
functions, a power which stands in some relation to the proper
orientation of the body in locomotion, a power which is not wholly
supplied by sight and touch alone. The otocysts may thus regulate
locomotion by stimulating muscular acts which tend to keep the body in
the straight line during the process of movement.[310]
One of the most characteristic organs of the Mollusca is the foot,
which, under one form or another, occurs throughout the whole phylum.
The foot is a thickening, on the ventral side, of a portion of the
integument of the animal, modified to serve different forms of
motion. It attains its maximum relative area in the Chitonidae, many
Nudibranchs, and the slugs generally, in nearly all of which there is
no portion of the body which is not subtended by the foot. Here too it
presents the form of a regular disc or ellipse, which is more or less
produced. In many cases, however, the foot becomes modified in such a
way that we are enabled to recognise well-marked anterior and posterior
portions, which have received the name of propodium and
metapodium respectively, while the intervening central portion
is termed the mesopodium.
Fig. 97.—Sigaretus laevigatus Lam.,
showing excessive development of the propodium (pr) and
metapodium (met) in a mollusc living in sand (the shell, which
covers only the liver and adjacent parts, has been removed); l,
liver; s.ap, aperture of proboscis, here deflected from the
median line; t, t, tentacles. (After Quoy and Gaimard.)
The propodium is most strongly developed in genera which crawl about in
wet sand, e.g.Natica, Sigaretus, Oliva,
Harpa, Scaphander (Figs. 97 and 98, and compare Fig. 91).
In such cases it seems to serve as a sort of fender or snow-plough, to
push the sand away on both sides of the path the animal is traversing.
In some species of Sigaretus the propodium becomes as it were
banked up against the head and proboscis, which are thus unnaturally
elevated, or tend to disappear altogether. Bullia (Fig. 62),
which crawls about rapidly on wet sand, appears to attain its object by
a wide extension of the foot on all sides, and so slides over the sand
instead of ploughing through it; the little lappets at the end of the
‘tail’ probably serve as rudders.
In Melampus and Pedipes the propodium is marked off
by a groove across the ventral surface. When the animal is in
motion it first advances the propodium and then pulls the rest of
the foot after it with the looping gait of certain caterpillars. In
many Cyclostomatidae this groove, instead of being transverse, is
longitudinal, and the animal advances first the right and then the left
segment of the foot, which gives it a swaying motion from side to side.
Upon the metapodium lies the operculum, when it occurs. As a rule the
metapodium is not sharply marked off from the rest of the foot. In
Strombus (Fig. 99) it becomes erected into a sort of hump or
column, on the top of which the operculum is situated.
Fig. 98.—Oliva textilina Lam.,
showing how the front part of the foot (f) is developed into
a sort of fender, the propodium (pr); e, e,
eyes; m.ap, front appendage of mantle; m.ap´, hinder
appendage of mantle, folded into the suture when the animal is at rest;
si, siphon; t, t, tentacles. (After Quoy and
Gaimard.)
The epipodium is a prominent fold or border, which occurs upon
the upper edge of the foot in most Diotocardia. In Haliotis it
is of considerable breadth, and is covered by a number of lobes which
spring from a moss-like prolongation of the skin. From the epipodium
are developed the lateral tentaculae of Monodonta (Fig. 82, p.
178), and of other sub-genera of the Trochidae.[311]
In the Opisthobranchiata the lateral edges of the foot (the
parapodia) are frequently produced into broad folds or wing-like
extensions, which in many cases tend to fold over the shell, and, in
conjunction with the mantle, eventually imbed it altogether. By the
wavy motion of the parapodia the animal is enabled to progress through
the water. The paired natatory lobes of the Pteropoda are simply the
parapodia of the Tectibranchs modified for swimming purposes.
Fig. 99.—Strombus lentiginosus Lam.,
showing the modified form of the foot (f): e, e,
eyes on their pedicels; mp, metapodium; op, operculum;
p, penis; pr, proboscis; t, t, tentacles.
(After Quoy and Gaimard.)
It is in the Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and most of all, the Cephalopoda,
groups which have, for the most part, exchanged a crawling for
a swimming life, that the modifications of the foot are most
considerable. In Oxygyrus and Atlanta, for instance, the
propodium and metapodium are sharply distinguished from the mesopodium,
and no doubt have acquired, as a means of propulsion, the power of
separate movement, the animal swimming with these portions of the foot
uppermost. In Carinaria and Pterotrachea the metapodium
has probably become continuous with the long axis of the body, while
the so-called ‘foot’ with its sucker represents only the original
propodium. In the Cephalopoda the arms and funnel represent the
modified foot, the sides of which are prolonged into a number of very
long specialised tentaculae. In the adult Cephalopod some of the arms
have assumed a position in advance of the mouth, the latter being in
fact surrounded by a circle of arms. But in the Cephalopod embryo the
mouth opens as in the Gasteropoda, i.e. in advance of the arms,
and it is only gradually that it becomes encircled by them. Arms and
funnel alike are found to be innerved from the pedal ganglion.[312]
The pointed axe-shaped foot, which is characteristic of the majority of
Pelecypoda, is doubtless derived from a form more akin to the flattened
‘sole’ of the Gasteropoda. A foot with something of this disc-shaped
base actually occurs in some of the Nuculidae, the parapodia being
furnished with pleats which recall similar formations in other Orders
(Fig. 100). The principal modifications of the foot are due to its
employment as a burrowing organ. In genera which burrow but slightly
it is small and feebly developed, while in genera which habitually
excavate, it becomes the largest and strongest organ of the body. At
the same time it has a tendency to shift its position from the ventral
to the anterior margin, accompanied by a corresponding narrowing of
the shell, until it arrives at the position seen in Mollusca of the
shape of Mya, Pholas, and Solen. In sedentary
or attached genera, e.g.Pecten, Chama,
Ostrea, the foot tends to become aborted.
Fig. 100.—Yoldia limatula Say,
Greenland, showing the short plumed branchiae (br, br),
the gasteropodous foot (f), and the large labial palps
(l.p, l.p): A, as seen from the ventral margin;
B, from the left side, with the mantle turned back; a.m,
position of anterior adductor muscle; i, intestine; l,
liver; m, m, mantle.
The byssus gland, secreting a byssus of horny threads, is
characteristic of many Pelecypoda, and may be observed by any one
in the common mussel. It occurs in the larvae of many species which
do not possess a byssus in the adult stage. The pedal gland of many
Prosobranchiates, which secretes a tough and almost thread-like slime,
is possibly homologous with the byssus gland of bivalves.
The Mollusca possess a nervous system, which usually consists of a
number of nerve centres or ganglia, linked together by bands
(the commissures) and sending out thread-like nerves which
ramify into the various organs. The character of the nervous system
varies greatly in different groups, ranging as it does from a condition
of extreme complexity, in which the ganglia are numerous and the
commissures equally so, to that of considerable simplicity, in which
ganglia are almost entirely absent.
The most important ganglia are (1) the cerebral,[313] which are
always placed above or on either side of the mouth, and from which
proceed the nerves of the eyes and tentacles; (2) the pedal,
which in Gasteropoda are situated below the oesophagus, in Pelecypoda
at the base of the foot, and from which the nerves of the foot and
sometimes the acoustic nerve arise; (3) the pleural,[314] whose
position varies considerably, but is always below the oesophagus
and slightly above the pedal ganglia; these innervate the mantle,
branchiae, heart, and viscera generally.
Gasteropoda.—The simplest form of nerve system as thus
understood occurs in the Amphineura, and more particularly in the
Chitons. Here we find four longitudinal nerve-cords, parallel to one
another for nearly the whole length of the mollusc. The two exterior
cords probably represent the pleural, the two interior the pedal
nervous system. There being no head or tentacles, but simply a mouth
at the anterior end, the cerebral ganglia do not exist, but they are
represented by the curved ring formed by the massing together of the
two nerve-cords on each side. The only distinct ganglia are a pair of
buccal ganglia (which are developed on a pair of commissures which
pass forward from the cerebral mass and innervate the lips and buccal
region), and a much smaller group, the sublingual. The two pedal cords
are united by a number of transverse parallel connectives, which recall
similar modes of connexion in the Chaetopod worms and in Arthropoda.
This quadruple set of nerve-cords is characteristic of all the
Amphineura, but the absence of ganglia is most marked in the Chitons.
In Proneomenia and Neomenia there is a distinct cerebral
ganglion, formed by the massing of the two ganglia into one, while in
Proneomenia the lateral cords are joined to the pedal, as well
as the pedal to one another, by connectives. In Chaetoderma the
cerebral ganglia, though adjacent, are distinct, and both the pedal and
lateral cords connect directly with them, while there are no transverse
connectives.
The remaining three great divisions of Gasteropoda, namely, the
Prosobranchiata, Opisthobranchiata, and Pulmonata, may be regarded as
comprising two distinct types of nervous condition, according as the
loop formed by the two visceral nerve-cords is twisted over itself,
forming a figure of 8, or continues straight and uncrossed. In the
former case, we get the condition known as streptoneurous, in
the latter that as euthyneurous.[315] The Euthyneura
include the whole of the Opisthobranchiata[316] and Pulmonata, the
Streptoneura all the Prosobranchiata.
Fig. 101.—Nervous system of the Amphineura:
A, Proneomenia; B, Neomenia; C,
Chaetoderma; D, Chiton; c, cerebral
ganglia; l, l, lateral cords; pc, posterior
commissure; s, sublingual commissure or ring, with ganglia;
v, v, pedal cords. (Alter Hubrecht.)
The simplest form of nervous system in the euthyneurous Gasteropoda
occurs in the Opisthobranchiata. The cerebral, pleural, and pedal
ganglia tend to become concentrated in a ring-like form, united by
short commissures at the posterior end of the pharynx. The visceral
loop is in some cases long, and the two or three visceral ganglia are
then situated at its posterior extremity. The nervous system of the
Pulmonata is of a similar type, the visceral loop being often much
shorter, and tending to draw in towards the central group of ganglia.
The tentacular and optic nerves are, as usual, derived from the
cerebral ganglion, with which also the octocysts are probably connected
by rather long nerves. A pair of buccal ganglia innervate the buccal
mass, and are united by commissures with the right and left cerebral
ganglia. The osphradial nerve springs from one of the ganglia on the
visceral loop, the osphradium itself being situated (in Limnaea)
immediately above the pulmonary orifice and adjacent to the anus (Fig.
102). This massing of the ganglia is still better illustrated by the
accompanying figure of Physa (Fig. 103), in which the animal is
represented as if transparent, so that the ganglia and nerves are seen
through the tissues.
Fig. 102.—I. Nervous system of Limnaea
stagnalis L. The oesophagus has been cut and pulled forwards
through the nerve-collar, so as to expose the lower surface of the
buccal mass(dissected by F. B. Stead)
R, rectum, dotted in to show its position relative to the osphiadium.
II. Right side of the head of Limnaea stagnalis. The overhanging
flap of the mantle has been cut in the middle line, and the right half
twisted back, so as to expose the pulmonary orifice, etc. The points
AA on the mantle edge were continuous before the mantle
was cut; the line BA is part of the free edge of the mantle.
An, anus; F, female generative orifice; J, portion
of jaw; M, male generative orifice under right tentacle;
Os, osphradium; P.O, pulmonary orifice.
Of the streptoneurous Gasteropoda, the nervous system of
Fissurella and Haliotis shows distinct points of
similarity to that of the Amphineura. The pedal nerves are united
by transverse commissures throughout their entire length, while a
double commissure unites the cerebral ganglia to the mass from which
the pedal nerves proceed. In the great majority of the Streptoneura
the ganglia (except the visceral) are more concentrated and the
commissures are consequently much shorter. The accompanying figure of
Cyclostoma, in which the animal is represented as in that of
Physa just described, illustrates this grouping of the ganglia,
the twist of the visceral loop, and the position of the visceral
ganglia at its posterior end.
Fig. 103.—Nervous system of Physa acuta
Drap., showing the massing of the ganglia at the hinder end of the
pharynx: e, e, eyes; m, mouth; m.l,
m.l, mantle lappets; o.f, female generative orifice;
o.m, male generative orifice; os, osphradium. (After
Lacaze-Duthiers.)
Scaphopoda.—In the Scaphopoda the nervous system resembles that
of the Pelecypoda. The cerebral and pleural ganglia lie close together,
while the pedal ganglia are placed in the anterior part of the foot,
connected with the cerebral ganglia by long commissures; the visceral
loop is rather long, and the two visceral ganglia are adjacent to the
anus.
Pelecypoda.—The nervous system in the Pelecypoda is the
simplest type in which well-marked ganglionic centres occur.
The ganglia are few, symmetrically placed, and are usually at a
considerable distance apart. There are, as a rule, three distinct pairs
of ganglia, the cerebral (cerebro-pleural), pedal, and visceral. The
cerebral are formed by the fusion of the cerebral and pleural ganglia,
which, however, in some cases (Protobranchiata) continue distinct.[317]
They lie above or on each side of the mouth, united by a commissure
of varying length. Another pair of commissures unites them with the
pedal ganglia, which are placed at the base of the foot, and are
usually very close together, sometimes (as in Anodonta) becoming
partially fused. The length of these commissures depends upon the
distance between mouth and foot; thus they are very long in Mya
and Modiola, and very short in Pecten. In cases where
the foot is rudimentary or becomes aborted through disuse (e.g.Ostrea), the pedal ganglia may dwindle or disappear altogether.
The visceral ganglia are on the ventral side of the posterior adductor
muscle, beneath the rectum, and innervate the branchiae, osphradia, and
the whole of the visceral sac. A pair of cerebro-visceral commissures
traverses the base of the foot, surrounding it with a comparatively
short loop (compare Fig. 106, c.v.c´), while a long commissure,
which runs round the entire edge of the mantle, and supplies branching
nerves to the mantle border and siphons (Fig. 106, c.v.c), may
also connect the visceral and cerebral ganglia.
Fig. 105.—Nervous system of Pelecypoda:
A, Teredo; B, Anodonta; C,
Pecten; a, a, cerebral ganglia; b, pedal
ganglia; c, visceral ganglia. (After Gegenbaur.)
Cephalopoda.—In the Cephalopoda the concentration of ganglia
attains its maximum, and may perhaps be regarded as approaching the
point at which a definite brain may be said to exist. Another point
of distinction is the formation of special small ganglia upon the
nerve-cords in different parts of the body. In the Tetrabranchiata
(Nautilus) the cerebral and pedal ganglia form a broad ring
which surrounds the oesophagus, the former giving out the optic nerves,
with their special optic ganglion, and a pair each of buccal and
pharyngeal ganglia, the latter the nerves of the arms and funnel. The
visceral loop is still present in the form of a separate band, which
innervates the branchiae, osphradia, and viscera generally, forming
a special genital ganglion in connexion with the reproductive organs.
The principal ganglia of the Dibranchiata are still more concentrated,
even the visceral loop being possibly united with the rest in forming
an unbroken mass in which scarcely any trace of commissures can be
detected. The pedal ganglion becomes separated into two portions,
one of which innervates the arms, the other the funnel. Two peculiar
ganglia (the stellate ganglia) supply a number of branching nerves to
the mantle.
E. L. Bouvier, Système nerveux, morphologie générale et
classification des Gastéropodes prosobranches: Ann. Sc. Nat.
Zool. (7), iii. 1887, pp. 1–510.
J. Brock, Zur Neurologie der Prosobranchier: Zeit. wiss.
Zool. xlviii. 1889, pp. 67–83.
O. Bütschli, Bemerkungen über die wahrscheinliche
Herleitung der Asymmetrie der Gasteropoda, etc.: Morph. Jahrb.
xii. 1886, pp. 202–222.
B. Haller, Zur Kenntniss der Muriciden. I. Anatomie des
Nervensystems: Denksch. Math. Nat. Kl. Ak. Wien, xlv. 1882, pp.
87–106.
„ Untersuchungen über marine Rhipidoglossen. II. Textur des„
Centralnervensystems und seiner Hüllen: Morph. Jahrb. xi. 1885,
pp. 319–436.
H. Grenadier, Abhandlungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie
des Auges: Abh. Naturf. Gesell. Halle, xvi. 1884, pp. 207–256;
xvii. 1886, pp. 1–64.
A. P. Henchman, The Origin and Development of the Central
Nervous System in Limax maximus: Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv.
xx. 1890, pp. 169–208.
V. Hensen, Ueber das Auge einiger Cephalophoren: Zeit.
wiss. Zool. xv. 1865, pp. 157–242.
C. Hilger, Beiträge zur Kenntniss des Gasteropodenauges:
Morph. Jahrb. x. 1885, pp. 352–371.
Lacaze-Duthiers, Otocystes ou Capsules auditives des
Mollusques (Gastéropodes): Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén. i. 1872, pp.
97–166.
„ „ Du système nerveux des Mollusques gastéropodes pulmonés
aquatiques: ibid. pp. 437–500.
P. Pelseneer, Recherches sur le système nerveux des
Ptéropodes: Arch. Biol. vii. 1887, pp. 93–130.
„ Sur la valeur morphologique des bras et la composition du
système nerveux central des Cephalopodes: Arch. Biol. viii.
1888, pp. 723–756.
H. Simroth, Ueber die Sinneswerkzeuge unserer
einheimische Weichthiere: Zeit. wiss. Zool. xxvi. 1876, pp.
227–348.
J. W. Spengel, Die Geruchsorgane und das Nervensystem der
Mollusken: Zeit. wiss. Zool. xxxv. 1881, pp. 333–383.
CHAPTER VIII THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS, JAW, AND RADULA: EXCRETORY ORGANS — The Kidneys
The digestive tract, or, as it is often termed, the alimentary canal
or gut, is a very important feature of the Mollusca. It may be
regarded as consisting of the following parts: (1) a mouth
or oral aperture: (2) a throat or pharynx; (3)
an oesophagus, leading into (4) a stomach, (5) an
intestine and rectum, ending in (6) an anus.
The primitive positions of mouth and anus were presumably at the
anterior and posterior ends of the animal, as in the Amphineura and
symmetrical Mollusca generally. But the modifications of original
molluscan symmetry, which have already been referred to (p. 154,
compare pp. 245, 246), have resulted in the anus becoming, in the great
majority of Gasteropoda, twisted forward, and occupying a position on
some point in the right side in dextral, and in the left in sinistral
species.
The process of digestion, as the food passes from one end of the tract
to the other, is performed by the aid of the secretions of various
glands, which open into the alimentary canal at different points in its
course. The principal of these are the salivary glands, situated
on the pharynx and oesophagus, and the liver, biliary or
hepatic gland, connecting with the stomach. With these may be
considered the anal and ink-glands, which, in certain
genera, connect with the terminal portion of the rectum.
1. The mouth is generally, as in the common snail and
periwinkle, placed on the lower part of the head, and may be either a
mere aperture, circular or semicircular, in the head-mass, or, as is
more usual, may be carried on a blunt snout (compare Fig. 6, p. 10, and
Fig. 68, p. 159), which is capable of varying degrees of protrusion.
From the retractile snout has doubtless been derived the long
proboscis which is so prominent a feature of many genera (compare Figs.
1, B, and 99), and in some (e.g.Mitra, Dolium)
attains a length exceeding that of the whole body. As a rule, Mollusca
provided with a proboscis are carnivorous, while those whose mouth is
on the surface of the head are Vegetable feeders, but this rule is by
no means invariable. The mouth is thickened round the aperture into
‘lips,’ which are often extensile, and appear capable of closing upon
and grasping the food. In the Pelecypoda the mouth is furnished, on
each side, with a pair of special external lobes, the ‘labial palps,’
which appear to be of a highly sensitive nature, and whose object it is
to collect, and possibly to taste, the food before it passes into the
mouth.
2. The Pharynx, Jaws, and Radula.—Immediately behind the lips
the mouth opens into the muscular throat, pharynx, or buccal mass. The
pharynx of the Glossophora, i.e. of the Gasteropoda, Scaphopoda,
and Cephalopoda, is distinguished from that of the Pelecypoda,[318]
by the possession of two very characteristic organs for the rasping
or trituration of food before it reaches the oesophagus and stomach.
These are (a) the jaw or jaws, and (b)
the radula,[319]odontophore, or lingual ribbon.
The jaws bite the food, the radula tears it up small before it passes
into the stomach to undergo digestion. The jaws are not set with
teeth like our own; roughly speaking, the best idea of the relations
of the molluscan jaw and radula may be obtained by imagining our own
teeth removed from our jaws and set in parallel rows along a greatly
prolonged tongue.[320]
In nearly all land Pulmonata the jaw is single, and is placed behind
the upper lip. If a common Helix aspersa be observed crawling
up the inside of a glass jar, or feeding on some succulent leaf, the
position and action of the jaw can be readily discerned. It shows
very black when the creature opens its mouth, and under its operation
the edge of a lettuce leaf shows a regular series of little curved
indentations, in shape not unlike the semicircular bites inflicted
by a schoolboy upon his bread and butter. The jaw of Helix
(Fig. 107, B) is arched in shape, and is strengthened by a number of
projecting vertical ribs. That of Limax (A) is straighter, and
is slightly striated, without vertical ribs. In Bulimulus (C)
the arch of the jaw is very conspicuous, and the upper edges are always
denticulated; in Orthalicus there is a central triangular plate
with a number of overlapping plates on either side; in Succinea
(E) there is a large square accessory plate above the jaw proper. The
form of the jaw is peculiar not only to the genus but to the species
as well. Thus the jaw of H. aspersa is specifically distinct
from that of H. pomatia, and that of H. nemoralis
is distinct from both. Wiegmann has observed[321] that in young
Arion, Limax, and Helix, the jaw consists of two
pieces, which coalesce by fusion in the adult, thus indicating a stage
of development in advance of the double jaw which is found in most of
the non-pulmonate Mollusca. In all fresh-water Pulmonata there are two
small accessory side plates besides the jaw proper (Fig. 107, F).
Nearly all the non-carnivorous Prosobranchiata, land, fresh-water,
and marine alike, are provided with two large lateral jaws. Many of
these are sculptured with the most elaborate patterns, and appear to
be furnished with raised teeth, like a file. In the Nudibranchiata the
jaws are of great size and beauty of ornamentation (Fig. 109).
Fig. 108.—Jaws of A, Triton
australis Lam., Sydney; B, Ampullaria fasciata Reeve,
Demerara; C, Calliostoma punctulatum Mart., New Zealand;
D, Cyclophorus atramentarius Sowb., Sanghir; all × 15.
The carnivorous genera, whether marine (e.g.Conus,
Murex, Buccinum, Nassa) or land (e.g.Testacella, Glandina, Streptaxis, Ennea),
are entirely destitute of jaws, the reason probably being that in all
these cases the teeth of the radula are sufficiently powerful to do
the work of tearing up the food without the aid of a masticatory organ
as well. Jaws are also wanting in the Heteropoda, and in many of the
Nudibranchiata and Tectibranchiata.
In the Cephalopoda the jaws, or ‘beaks,’ as they are called, are most
formidable weapons of attack. In shape they closely resemble the beaks
of a parrot, but the hook on the dorsal side of the mouth does not,
as in birds, close over the lower hook, but fits under it. Powerful
muscles govern these mandibles, which must operate with immense effect
upon their prey (Fig. 110).
Fig. 110.—Jaws of Sepia: A,
in situ within the buccal mass, several of the arms having been
cut away; B, removed from the mouth and slightly enlarged.
Fig. 111.—Patella vulgata L., showing
the normal position of the radula, which is doubled back in a bow;
the shell has been removed, and the whole visceral mass is turned
forward, exposing the dorsal surface of the muscular foot: gr,
longitudinal groove on this surface; i, i, intestine;
l, liver; m, m, mantle edge; mu, muscles
(cut through) fastening the visceral mass to the upper sides of the
foot; ov, ovary; r, radula; u.f, upper or dorsal
surface of the foot.
The Radula.[322]—When the food has passed beyond the operation
of the jaw, it comes within the province of the radula, the front
part of which perhaps co-operates to a certain extent with the jaw in
performing the biting process. The function of the radula as a whole
is to tear or scratch, not to bite; the food passes over it and is
carded small, the effect being very much the same as if, instead of
dragging a harrow over the surface of a field, we were to turn the
harrow points upwards, and then drag the field over the harrow.
The radula itself is a band or ribbon of varying length and breadth,
formed of chitin, generally almost transparent, sometimes beautifully
coloured, especially at the front end, with red or yellow.[323] It lies
enveloped in a kind of membrane, in the floor of the mouth and throat,
being quite flat in the forward part, but usually curving up so as to
line the sides of the throat farther back, and in some cases eventually
forming almost a tube. The upper surface, i.e. the surface over
which the food passes, is covered with teeth of the most varied shape,
size, number, and disposition, which are almost invariably arranged in
symmetrical rows. These teeth are attached to the cartilage on which
they work by muscles which serve to erect or depress them; probably
also the radula as a whole can be given a forward or backward motion,
so as to rasp or card the substances which pass over it.
The teeth on the front part of the radula are often much worn (Fig.
112), and probably fall away by degrees, their place being taken by
others successively pushed up from behind. At the extreme hinder end of
the radula the teeth are in a nascent condition, and there are often
as many as a dozen or more scarcely developed rows. Here, too, lie the
cells from which the teeth are originally formed.
The length and breadth of the radula vary greatly in different genera.
In Littorina it is very narrow, and several times the length
of the whole animal. It is kept coiled away like a watch-spring at
the back of the throat, only a small proportion of the whole being in
use. I have counted as many as 480 rows in the common Littorina
littorea. In Patella it is often longer than the shell
itself, and if the radula of a large specimen be freshly extracted and
drawn across the hand, the action of the hooks can be plainly felt.
In Aerope, the Turbinidae generally, and Haliotis it is
very large. In Turritella, Aporrhais, Cylichna,
Struthiolaria, and the Cephalopoda it is small in proportion to
the size of the animal. In the Pulmonata generally it is very broad,
the length not exceeding, as a rule, thrice the breadth; in most other
groups the breadth is inconsiderable, as compared to the length.
The Radula is wanting in two families of Prosobranchiata, the Eulimidae
and Pyramidellidae, which are consequently grouped together as the
section Gymnoglossa. It is probable that in these cases the radula
has aborted through disuse, the animals having taken to a food
which does not require trituration. Thus several genera contained
in both these families are known to live parasitically upon various
animals—Holothurians, Echinoderms, etc.—nourishing themselves on
the juices of their host. In some cases, the development of a special
suctorial proboscis compensates for the loss of radula (see pp. 76–77).
In Harpa there is no radula in the adult, though it is present
in the young form. No explanation of this fact has yet been given.
It is also absent in the Coralliophilidae, a family closely akin to
Purpura, but invariably parasitic on corals, and probably
nourished by their exudations. There is no radula in Entoconcha,
an obscure form parasitic on the blood-vessels of Synapta, or in
Neomenia, a genus of very low organisation, or in the Tethyidae,
or sea-hares, or in one or two other genera of Nudibranchiata.
Fig. 112.—Example of a front portion of a
radula (Cantharus ringens Reeve, Panama), much worn by use. × 70.
The number of teeth in the radula varies greatly. When the teeth are
very large, they are usually few in number, when small, they are
very numerous. In the carnivorous forms, as a rule, the teeth are
comparatively few and powerful, while in the phytophagous genera they
are many and small. Large hooked and sickle-shaped teeth, sometimes
furnished with barbs like an arrow-head, and poison-glands, are
characteristic of genera which feed on flesh; vegetable feeders, on
the contrary, have the teeth rounded, and blunter at the apex, or, if
long and narrow, so slender as to be of comparatively little effect.
Genera which are normally vegetarian, but which will, upon occasion,
eat flesh, e.g.Limax and Hyalinia, exhibit a form
of teeth intermediate between these two extremes (see Fig. 140, A).
In Chaetoderma there is but one tooth. In Aeolis coronata
there are about 17, in A. papillosa and Elysia viridis
about 19, in Glaucus atlanticus about 21, in Fiona
nobilis about 28. In the common whelk (Buccinum undatum)
there are from 220 to 250, in the common periwinkle about 3500. As
many as 8343 have been counted in Limnaea stagnalis, about
15,000 in Helix aspersa (that is, about 400,000 to the square
inch), about 30,000 in Limax maximus, and as many as 40,000 in
Helix Ghiesbreghti, a large species from Mexico; they are very
numerous also in Nanina, Vitrina, Gadinia, and
Actaeon. But Umbrella stands far and away the first, as
far as number of teeth is concerned. In both U. mediterranea and
U. indica they entirely baffle calculation, possibly 750,000 may
be somewhere near the truth.
The teeth on the radula are almost invariably disposed in a kind of
pattern, exactly like the longitudinal rows of colour in a piece of
ribbon, down the centre of which runs a narrow stripe, and every band
of colour on one side is repeated in the same relative position on
the other side. The middle tooth of each row—the rows being counted
across the radula, not longitudinally—is called the central or
rachidian tooth; the teeth next adjacent on each side are known
as the laterals, while the outermost are styled uncini or
marginals. As a rule, the distinction between the laterals and
marginals is fairly well indicated, but in the Helicidae and some of
the Nudibranchiata it is not easy to perceive, and in these cases there
is a very gradual passage from one set to the other.
The central tooth is nearly always present. It is wanting in certain
groups of Opisthobranchiata, some of the carnivorous Pulmonata, and
in the Conidae and Terebridae, which have lost the laterals as well.
Voluta has lost both laterals and marginals in most of the
species, and the same is the case with Harpa. In Aeolis,
Elysia, and some other Nudibranchiata the radula consists of
a single central row. Other peculiarities will be described below in
their proper order.
The extreme importance of a study of the radula depends upon the
fact, that in each species, and a fortiori in each genus and
family, the radula is characteristic. In closely allied species the
differences exhibited are naturally but slight, but in well-marked
species the differences are considerable. The radula, therefore,
serves as a test for the distinction of genera and species. For
instance, in the four known recent genera of the family Strombidae,
viz.Strombus, Pteroceras, Rostellaria, and
Terebellum, the radula is of the same general type throughout,
but with distinct modifications for each genus; and the same is true,
though to a lesser extent, for all the species hitherto examined
in each of the genera. These facts are true for all known genera,
differences of the radula corresponding to and emphasising those other
differences which have caused genera to be constituted. The radula
therefore forms a basis of classification, and it is found
especially useful in this respect in dealing with the largest class of
all, the Gasteropoda, and particularly with the chief section of this
order, the Prosobranchiata. Thus we have—
(a) Toxoglossa.—Only three families, Terebridae,
Conidae, and Cancellariidae, belong to this section. There is no
central tooth, and no laterals, the radula consisting simply of large
marginals on each side. In Conus these are of great size, with a
blunt base which contains a poison-gland (see p. 66), the contents of
which are carried to the point by a duct. The point is always singly
and sometimes doubly barbed (Fig. 116). When extracted, the teeth
resemble a small sheaf of arrows (Figs. 113, 115). A remarkable form of
radula, belonging to Spirotropis (a sub-genus of Drillia,
one of the Conidae), enables us to explain the true history of the
radula in the Toxoglossa. Here there are five teeth in a row, a central
tooth, and one lateral and one marginal on each side, the marginals
being very similar in shape to the characteristic shafts of the Conidae
(Fig. 114). It is evident, then, that the great mass of the Toxoglossa
have lost both their central and lateral teeth, and that those which
remain are true uncini or marginals. Spirotropis appears to be
the solitary survival of a group retaining the primitive form of radula.
Fig. 113.—Radula of Bela turricula
Mont. × 70.
Fig. 114.—Portion of radula of Spirotropis
carinata Phil., Norway. × 70.
Fig. 115.—Eight teeth from the radula of
Terebra caerulescens Lam. × 60.
The arrangement of teeth in all these sections is expressed by a
formula applicable to each transverse row of the series. The central
tooth, if present, is represented by 1, and the laterals and marginals,
according to their number, on each side of the central figure. Thus
the typical formula of the Toxoglossa is 1.0.0.0.1, the middle 0
standing for the central tooth which is absent, and the 0 on each
side of it for the absent laterals; the 1 on each extreme represents
the one uncinus in each row. Thus the formula for Spirotropis,
which has also one lateral on each side and a rachidian or central
tooth, is 1.1.1.1.1. Often the formula is given thus:
where 30 and 42 stand for the average
number of rows of teeth in Conus and Spirotropis
respectively; the same is sometimes expressed thus: 1.0.0.0.1 × 30;
1.1.1.1.1 × 42.
Fig. 116.—A tooth from the radula of Conus
imperialis L., S. Pacific, × 50, showing barb and poison duct.
Fig. 117.—Portion of the radula of
Melongena vespertilio Lam., Ceylon. × 30.
Fig. 118.—Portion of the radula of Eburna
japonica Sowb., China. × 30.
Fig. 119.—Portion of the radula of Murex
regius Lam., Panama. × 60.
(b) The Rachiglossa comprise the 12 families Olividae,
Harpidae, Marginellidae, Volutidae, Mitridae, Fasciolariidae,
Turbinellidae, Buccinidae, Nassidae, Columbellidae, Muricidae, and
Coralliophilidae. Certainly most and probably all of these families are
or have been carnivorous, the Coralliophilidae being a degraded group
which have become parasitic on corals, and have lost their teeth in
consequence. The characteristics of the group are the possession of a
central tooth with from one cusp (Boreofusus) to about fourteen
(Bullia), and a single lateral more or less cuspidate, the outer
cusp of all being generally much the largest. Thus in Melongena
respertilio (Fig. 117) the central tooth is tricuspid, the central
cusp being the smallest, while the laterals are bicuspid; in Eburna
japonica (Fig. 118) the central tooth is 5-cusped, the two outer
cusps being much the smallest. The teeth, on the whole, are sharp and
hooked, with a broad base and formidable cutting edge. In the Olividae,
Turricula, Buccinopsis, and the Muricidae the laterals
are unicuspid and somewhat degraded (Fig. 119). In Mitra and the
Fasciolariidae they are very broad and finely equally toothed like a
comb (Figs. 120, 121). The whole group is destitute of marginals.
Fig. 120.—Portion of the radula of
Imbricaria marmorata Swains. × 80.
Fig. 121.—Three rows of teeth from the radula
of Fasciolaria trapezium Lam. × 40.
Fig. 122.—Six teeth from the radula of
Cymbium diadema Lam., Torres Strait. × 25.
Fig. 123.—Examples of degraded forms of
radula: A, Cantharus pagodus Reeve, Panama (nascent end),
× 40; A´, same radula, central and front portion; B,
Columbella varia Sowb., Panama, × 50.
Fig. 124.—Three rows of the radula of
Sistrum spectrum Reeve, Tonga, × 80. The laterals to the right
are not drawn in.
Several remarkable peculiarities occur. Harpa loses the radula
altogether in the adult. In the young it has lost only the laterals,
and consists of nothing but the central tooth. Marginella
has no laterals; the central tooth is small and comb-shaped, with
blunt cusps. In Voluta the laterals are generally lost, but
in Volutomitra and one species of Voluta[325] they
are retained. The central tooth usually has three strong cusps,
and is very thick and coloured a deep red or orange (Fig. 122); in
the sub-genus Amoria it is unicuspid, in shape rather like a
spear-head with broadened wings; in Volutolyria it is of a
different type, with numerous unequal denticulations, something like
the laterals of Mitra or Fasciolaria. Of the Mitridae,
Cylindromitra has lost the laterals. Among the Buccinidae,
Buccinopsis possesses a curiously degraded radula, the central
tooth having no cusps, but being reduced to a thin basal plate, while
the laterals are also weakened. This degradation from the type is a
remarkable feature among radulae, and appears to be characteristic,
sometimes of a whole family, e.g. the Columbellidae (Fig. 123,
B), sometimes of a genus, sometimes again of a single species. Thus
in Cantharus (a sub-genus of Buccinum) the radula is
typical in the great majority of species, but in C. pagodus
Reeve, a large and well-grown species, it is most remarkably degraded,
both in the central and lateral teeth (Fig. 123, A). This circumstance
is the more singular since C. pagodus lives at Panama side by
side with C. ringeus and C. insignis, both of which have
perfectly typical radulae. It is probable that the nature of the food
has something to do with the phenomenon. Thus Sistrum spectrum
Reeve was found to possess a very aberrant radula, not of the common
muricoid type, but with very long reed-like laterals. This singularity
was a standing puzzle to the present writer, until he was fortunate
enough to discover that S. spectrum, unlike all other species of
Sistrum, lives exclusively on a branching coral.
The dental formula for the Rachiglossa is thus 1.1.1, except in
those cases where the laterals are absent, when it is 0.1.0.
Fig. 125.—Portion of the radula of Cassis
sulcosa Born., × 40. The marginals to the right are not fully
drawn.
(c) The Taenioglossa comprise 46 families in all, of
which the most important are Tritonidae, Cassididae, Cypraeidae,
Strombidae, Cerithiidae, Turritellidae, Melaniidae, Littorinidae,
Rissoidae, Paludinidae, Ampullariidae, Cyclophoridae, Cyclostomatidae,
and Naticidae. The radula is characterised by a central tooth of very
variable form, the prevailing type being multicuspid, the central cusp
the largest, on a rather broad base; a single lateral, which is often
a broad plate, more or less cusped, and two uncini, rather narrow,
with single hooks, or slightly cusped. The accompanying figures of
Cassis, Vermetus, and Cypraea, and those of
Littorina and Cyclophorus given on pp. 20, 21, are good
examples of typical taenioglossate radulae.
Fig. 126.—Four rows of teeth from the radula
of Vermetus grandis Gray, Andamans. × 40.
In Homalogyra the radula is much degraded, the central tooth is
large and triangular on a broad base, the lateral is represented only
by a thin oblong plate, and the uncini are absent. In some species of
Jeffreysia the uncini are said to be absent, while present in
others. Lamellaria has lost both its uncini, but the radula of
the allied Velutina is quite typical. A peculiar feature in this
group is the tendency of the marginals to increase in number. A stage
in this direction is perhaps seen in Ovula, Pedicularia,
and the Cyclostomatidae. Here the outermost of the two marginals
is by far the larger and broader, and is strongly pectinated on its
upper edge; in the Cyclostomatidae the pectinations are rather
superficial; in Ovula (where both marginals are pectinated) they
are decidedly deeper; in Pedicularia they are deeper still, and
make long slits in the tooth, tending to subdivide it altogether. In
Turritella the number of marginals is said to vary from none
(in T. acicula) to three (T. triplicata), but the fact
wants confirmation. Solarium is an aberrant form, possessing
simply a number of long uncini, which recall those of Conus
or Pleurotoma, and is therefore hard to classify; the allied
Torinia has a radula which appears allied to Ovula
or Pedicularia. In Triforis the teeth are identical
throughout, very small, about 27 in a row, tricuspid on a square base,
cusps short.
The normal formula of the Taenioglossa is 2.1.1.1.2; in
Lamellaria, 1.1.1; in Triforis, 13.1.13, or thereabouts.
Fig. 127.—Two rows of the radula of Cypraea
tigris L. × 30.
Fig. 128.—Portion of the radula of Ianthina
communis Lam. × 40.
(d) Ptenoglossa.—This section consists of two families
only, which certainly appear remarkably dissimilar in general habits
and appearance, viz., the Ianthinidae and Scalariidae. In all
probability their approximation is only provisional. The radula, which
in Ianthina is very large, and in Scalaria very small,
possesses an indefinite number of long hooked teeth, of which the
outermost are the largest. The central tooth, if present (it does not
occur in Ianthina), is the smallest in the series, and thus
recalls the arrangement in some of the carnivorous Pulmonata (p.
232). In Ianthina the radula is formed of two large divisions,
with a gap between them down the middle.
The formula is ∞.1.∞ or ∞.O.∞ according as the central tooth in
Scalaria is or is not reckoned to exist.
(e) Gymnoglossa.—In the absence of both jaw and
radula it is not easy to classify the two families (Eulimidae and
Pyramidellidae) which are grouped under this section. Fischer regards
them as modified Ptenoglossa; one would think it more natural to
approximate them to the Taenioglossa.
Fig. 129.—Portion of the radula of
Margarita umbilicalis Brod., Labrador. × 75 and 300.
(f) Rhipidoglossa.—This section consists of seventeen
families, the most important being the Helicinidae, Neritidae,
Turbinidae, Trochidae, Haliotidae, Pleurotomariidae, and Fissurellidae.
The radula is characterised by—
(1) The extraordinary development of the uncini, of which there are so
many that they are always reckoned as indefinitely numerous. They are
long, narrow, hooked, and often cusped at the top, and crowded together
like the ribs of a fan, those at the extreme edge not being set
straight in the row, but curving away backwards as they become smaller;
in Solariella alone, where there are from five to ten, can they
be counted.
Fig. 130.—Portion of the radula of Nerita
albicilla L., Andaman Is., with central tooth highly magnified:
c, c, the capituliform tooth. × 40.
(2) The varying number of the laterals. The average number of these is
five on each side; in some cases (Livona) there are as many as
nine, in some (Neritopsis) only three. The lateral next to the
uncini (which is specially large in the Neritidae, and is then known as
the capituliform tooth) is regarded by some authorities as the
first uncinus, by others as the sole representative of the laterals,
the teeth on the inner side of it being reckoned as multiplied central
teeth. According to this latter view, Livona will have as many
as seventeen central teeth. Taking five as the average number of
‘laterals,’ we shall have the following different ways of constituting
the rhipidoglossate formula, the first being that to which preference
is given, viz.:—
(1) ∞.5.1.5.∞, i.e. one central, five laterals, including
the ‘last lateral’ tooth.
(2) (∞.1).4.1.4.(1.∞), regarding the ‘last lateral’ as first
uncinus, but specialising it by a number.
(3) ∞.1.(4.1.4).1.∞, regarding the ‘last lateral’ as the only
lateral.
In the Neritidae and the derived fresh-water genera (Neritina,
Navicella) the first lateral, as well as the capituliform
tooth, is very large, and in shape rather like the blade bone of
a shoulder of mutton; the intervening laterals are very small. In
Neritopsis (a degraded form) the central tooth and first lateral
are entirely wanting. In the neritiform land-shells (Helicina,
Proserpina) the first lateral is no larger than the others,
while the capituliform tooth is enormous. Hydrocena is a very
aberrant and apparently degraded form; the laterals between the first
and the capituliform tooth are all wanting. In Haliotis,
Scissurella, and Pleurotomaria the five laterals are of
fairly equal size; in Fissurella we again meet with a large
capituliform tooth, with very small laterals.
(g) The Docoglossa are in direct contrast with the
Rhipidoglossa in possessing few and strong teeth, instead of many
and weak. There are only three families, Acmaeidae, Patellidae, and
Lepetidae. In some of the Acmaeidae there are not more than two
teeth in a row, while in no species are there more than twelve. The
radula is, however, very long; there are as many as 180 rows in
Patella vulgata. The teeth are thick, generally of a very deep
red horn colour, rather opaque. The cartilage in which they are set
is remarkably thick, and in some species whose teeth are very few a
considerable portion of this cartilage is left quite bare.
Fig. 131.—Portion of the radula of Patella
cretacea Reeve, seen in half profile. × 40.
Although the teeth are so few, the arrangement is by no means simple.
The special feature of the group is the multiplication of identical
centrals. Of these there are two in Acmaea, and four, as a
rule, in Patella. Thus in these two genera there is seldom an
absolutely central tooth. Either laterals or marginals are
liable to be lost, but there are never more than two of either in
Acmaea, and never more than two laterals and three marginals
in Patella. Thus the formula varies from 0.0.(1 + 0 + 1).0.0
in Pectinodonta, 2.2.(1 + 0 + 1).2.2 in Collisellina
(both Acmaeidae), to 3.2.(1 + 0 + 1).2.3 in Patinella, and
3.1.(2 + 0 + 2).1.3 in Patella proper. In the Lepetidae there
is an absolutely central tooth, which appears to be made up of the
coalescence of several teeth, no laterals, and about two marginals;
formula, 2.0.1.0.2.
Fig. 132.—Two rows of the radula of
Pterotrachea mutica Les., Naples. × 60.
The radula of the Heteropoda is quite characteristic, and shows
no sign of affinity with any other Prosobranchiate. The central tooth
is large, broad, tricuspid, and denticulated on a broad base; the
single lateral is strong, often bicuspid; the two marginals simple,
long, falciform; formula, 2.1.1.1.2 (Fig. 132).
Fig. 133.—A, Portion of the radula of
Chiton (Acanthopleura) spiniger] Sowb., Andamans,
× 30; B, portion of the radula of Dentalium entalis L.,
Clyde, × 50.
Amphineura.—(a) Polyplacophora.—The radula
of the Chitonidae is quite unique. It resembles that of the
Docoglossa in being very long, and composed of thick and dark
horn-coloured teeth. The number of teeth, however, is considerably
greater, amounting almost invariably to seventeen in each row. There
are three rather small central teeth, the two outer of these being
similar; next comes a very large lateral (the major lateral),
usually tricuspid, which is followed by two much smaller laterals,
which are scarcely more than accessory plates; then a very large and
arched marginal (the major uncinus), at the outer side of which
are three accessory plates. Some consider there is only one central
tooth, and count the two small teeth on each side of it as laterals.
Thus the formula is either (3 + 1).(2 + 1).3.(1 + 2).(1 + 3) or (3 +
1).(2 + 1 + 1).1.(1 + 1 + 2).(1 + 3).
(b) Aplacophora.—Of this rather obscure order,
Chaetoderma has a single strong central tooth, Neomenia
has no radula, Proneomenia and Lepidomenia have about
twenty falciform teeth, much larger at one end of the radula than the
other; formula, 0.1.0.
Opisthobranchiata.—The radula of the Opisthobranchiata is
exceedingly variable in shape, size, and number and character of teeth.
Not only do allied families differ greatly from one another, but allied
genera often possess radulae widely distinct in plan. Thus, among
the Polyceridae, Goniodoris has no central tooth, one large
lateral and one marginal (form. 1.1.0.1.1); Doridunculus the
same, with five marginals (form. 5.1.0.1.5); Lamellidoris one
each of median, laterals, and marginals (1.1.1.1.1); Idalia,
Ancula, and Thecacera the same as Goniodoris;
Crimora several each of laterals and marginals. Even species of
the same genus may differ; thus the formula for Aeolis papillosa
is 0.1.0, but for Ae. Landsbergi 1.1.1; for Philine
aperta 1.0.1, but for Philine pruinosa 6.0.6.
Fig. 134.—Two teeth from the radula of
Aeolis papillosa L. × 55.
It must not be forgotten, however, that a simple repetition of the same
tooth, whether lateral or marginal, does not necessarily constitute
an important characteristic, nor does the presence or absence of a
central tooth. In most of the cases mentioned above, the difference in
the number of laterals and marginals is due to the multiplication of
identical forms, while the central tooth, when present, is often a mere
plate or narrow block without cusps, whose presence or absence makes
little difference to the character of the radula as a whole.
There appear to be three well-marked types of radula among the
Opisthobranchiata.
(a) Radula with a single strong central tooth, rows few.
This form is characteristic of the Aeolididae, Fionidae, Glaucidae,
Dotoidae, Hermaeidae, Elysiidae (Fig. 135), and Limapontiidae. In
the Aeolididae it is sometimes accompanied by a single lateral.
The same type occurs in Oxynoe, and in Lobiger (=
Lophocercus).
(b) Radula with the first lateral very strongly developed.
This type may take the form of (1) a single lateral, no central or
marginals, e.g.Onchidoris, Scaphander (Fig. 137,
A), Philine (certain species), Ringicula, or (2) first
lateral strongly developed, and repeated in succeeding laterals (2–6)
on a smaller scale, e.g.Philine (certain species). A
few marginals are sometimes added, e.g. in Polycera,
Lamellidoris (where there is a degraded central tooth, Fig. 137,
B), Idalia, and Ancula.
Fig. 135.—Radula of Elysia viridis
Mont. × 40. Type (a).
Fig. 136.—Portion of the radula of Gadinia
peruviana Sowb., Chili. × 250. Type (c).
(c) Radula with an indefinite number of marginals, laterals
(if present) merging into marginals, central tooth present or
absent, inconspicuous, teeth all very small. This type of radula,
among the Nudibranchiata, is characteristic of certain sub-genera of
Doris (e.g.Chromodoris, Aphelodoris,
Casella, Centrodoris), of Hypobranchiaea and
Pleurophyllidia; among the Tectibranchiata, of Actaeon,
many of the Bullidae, Aplustrum, the Aplysiidae,
Pleurobranchus, Umbrella and Gadinia (Figs. 136
and 137, C).
In the Pteropoda there are two types of radula. The Gymnosomata,
which are in the main carnivorous, possess a radula with a varying
number (4–12) of sickle-shaped marginals, central tooth present or
absent. In the Thecosomata, which feed on a vegetable diet, there are
never more than three teeth, a central and a marginal on each side;
teeth more or less cusped on a square base.
Pulmonata.—The radula of the Testacellidae, or carnivorous
land Mollusca, is large, and consists of strong sickle-shaped teeth
with very sharp points, arranged in rows with or without a central
tooth, in such a way that the largest teeth are often on the outside,
and the smallest on the inside of the row (as in Rhytida, Fig.
139). The number and size of the teeth vary. In Testacella and
Glandina, they are numerous, consisting of from 30 to 70 in a
row, with about 50 rows, the size throughout being fairly uniform. In
Aerope they are exceedingly large, and only eight in a row,
the outermost marginal being probably the largest single tooth in the
whole of the Mollusca. The central tooth is always obscure, being, when
present, simply a weaker form of the weakest lateral; in genera with
only a few teeth in a row it is generally absent altogether.
Fig. 137.—Portions of the radula of
Opisthobranchiata, illustrating types (b) and (c);
A, Scaphander lignarius L.; A´, one of the
teeth seen from the other side, × 40; B, Lamellidoris
bilamellata L., Torbay, × 60; C, Hydatina physis L.,
E. Indies, × 75.
The first family of jaw-bearing snails, the Selenitidae, is distinctly
intermediate. The possession of a jaw relates it to the main body of
Helicidae, but the jaw is not strong, while the teeth are still, with
the exception of the central, thoroughly Testacellidan. The central
tooth is quite rudimentary, but it is something more than a mere
weak reproduction of the marginals. There are no true laterals. The
Limacidae show a further stage in the transition. Here the central
tooth has a definite shape of its own, tricuspid on a broad base,
which is more or less repeated in the first laterals; these, as they
approach the marginals, gradually change in form, until the outer
marginals are again thoroughly Testacellidan.[326] This is the general
form of radula, varied more or less in different genera, which occurs
in Nanina, Helicarion, Limax, Parmacella,
and all the sub-genera of Zonites. It is certain that some,
and probable that all of these genera will, on occasion, eat flesh,
although their usual food appears to be vegetable. The jaw is more
powerful than in the Selenitidae, but never so large or so strongly
ribbed as in Helix proper.
Fig. 138.—Portion of the radula of Glandina
truncata Gmel. × 40.
Fig. 139.—Portion of the radula of Rhytida
Kraussii Pfr., S. Africa. × 25.
When we reach the Helicidae, we arrive at a type of radula
in which the aculeate form of tooth—so characteristic of the
Agnatha—disappears even in the marginals, and is replaced by teeth
with a more or less quadrate base; the laterals, which are always
present, are intermediate in form between the central and the
marginals, and insensibly pass into the latter. In size and number
of cusps the first few laterals resemble the central tooth; in the
extreme marginals the cusps often become irregular or evanescent. As
a rule, the teeth are set squarely in the rows, with the exception of
the extreme marginals, which tend to slope away on either side. In
some Helicidae there is a slight approximation to the Zonitidae in the
elongation of the first marginals.
The above is the type of radula occurring in the great family
Helicidae, which includes not only Helix proper, with
several thousand species, but also Arion, Bulimus,
Ariolimax, and other genera. The jaw is almost always strongly
transversely ribbed.
In the Orthalicidae (Fig. 140, C) the teeth of the radula,
instead of being in straight rows, slope back at an angle of about
45 degrees from the central tooth. The central and laterals are very
similar, with an obtuse cusp on rather a long stem; the marginals
become bicuspid.
In the Bulimulidae, which include the important genera
Placostylus, Amphidromus, Partula,
Amphibulimus, and all the groups of South American
Bulimulus, the jaw is very characteristic, being thin, arched,
and denticulated at the edges, as if formed of numerous narrow folds
overlapping one another. The radula is like that of the Helicidae, but
the inner cusp of the laterals is usually lengthened and incurved. In
Partula the separation between laterals and marginals is very
strongly marked.
The remaining families of Pulmonata must be more briefly described. In
the Cylindrellidae there are three distinct types of radula:
(a) Central tooth a narrow plate, laterals all very curiously
incurved with a blunt cusp, no marginals (Fig. 140, D); (b)
radula long and narrow, central tooth as in (a), two laterals,
and about eight small marginals; (c) much more helicidan
in type, central and laterals obtusely unicuspid, marginals quite
helicidan. Type (c) is restricted to Central America, types
(a) and (b) are West Indian.
Pupidae: Radula long and narrow; teeth of the helicidan
type, centrals and laterals tricuspid on a quadrate base, marginals
very small, cusps irregular and evanescent. This type includes
Anostoma, Odontostomus, Buliminus, Vertigo,
Strophia, Holospira, Clausilia, and Balea.
Stenogyridae, including Achatina, Stenogyra, and
all its sub-genera: Central tooth small and narrow, laterals much
larger, tricuspid, central cusp long, marginals similar, but smaller.
Achatinellidae: Two types occur; (a) teeth in
very oblique rows, central, laterals, and marginals all of the
same type, base narrow, head rather broad, with numerous small
denticles (Achatinella proper, with Auriculella and
Tornatellina, Fig. 140, E); (b) central tooth small and
narrow, laterals bicuspid, marginals as in Helix (Amastra
and Carelia).
Fig. 140.—Portions of the radula of A,
Hyalinia nitidula Drap., Yorkshire, with central tooth, first
lateral, and a marginal very highly magnified; B, Helix
pomatia L., Kent, showing central tooth, laterals, and one extreme
marginal, the two former also highly magnified; C, Orthalicus
undatus Brug., Trinidad, with three laterals highly magnified;
D, Cylindrella rosea Pfr., Jamaica, central tooth and
laterals, the same very highly magnified; E, Achatinella
vulpina Fér., Oahu, central tooth (c) and laterals, the same
highly magnified.
Succineidae: Central and laterals helicidan, bi- or tricuspid on
a quadrate plate, marginals denticulate on a narrow base; jaw with an
accessory oblong plate.
Janellidae: Central tooth very small, laterals and marginals
like Achatinellidae (a).
Vaginulidae: Central, laterals, and marginals unicuspid
throughout, on same plan.
Onchidiidae: Rows oblique at the centre, straight near the
edges; central strong, tricuspid; laterals and marginals very long,
falciform, arched, unicuspid.
Auriculidae: Teeth very small; central narrow, tricuspid on
rather a broad base; laterals and marginals obscurely tricuspid on a
base like Succinea.
Limnaeidae: Jaw composed of one upper and two lateral pieces;
central and lateral teeth resembling those of Helicidae; marginals
much pectinated and serriform (Fig. 141, A). In Ancylus proper
the teeth are of a very different type, base narrow, head rather
blunt, with no sharp cusps, teeth similar throughout, except that the
marginals become somewhat pectinated (Fig. 141, B); another type more
resembles Limnaea.
Fig. 141.—Portions of the radula of A,
Limnaea stagnalis L., with the central tooth and two first
laterals, and two of the marginals, very highly, magnified; B,
Ancylus fluviatilis Müll., with two of the marginals very highly
magnified; C, Physa fontinalis L., with central tooth and
two of the marginals very highly magnified.
Physidae: Jaw simple, but with a fibrous growth at its upper
edge, which may represent an accessory plate; radula with very oblique
rows, central tooth denticulate, laterals and marginals serriform,
comb-like, with a wing-like appendage at the superior outer edge (Fig.
141, C).
Chilinidae: Central tooth small, cusped on an excavated
triangular base, marginals five-cusped, with a projection as in
Physa, laterals comb-like, serrations not deep.
Amphibolidae: Central tooth five-cusped on a broad base, central
cusp very large; two laterals only, the first very small, thorn-like,
the second like the central tooth, but three-cusped; laterals simple,
sabre-shaped.
Scaphopoda.—In the single family (Dentaliidae) the
radula is large, and quite unlike that of any other group. The central
tooth is a simple broad plate; the single lateral is strong, arched,
and slightly cusped; the marginal a very large quadrangular plate,
quite simple; formula, 1.1.1.1.1 (Fig. 133, B).
Cephalopoda.—The radula of the Cephalopoda presents no special
feature of interest. Perhaps the most remarkable fact about it is its
singular uniformity of structure throughout a large number of genera.
It is always very small, as compared with the size of the animal, most
of the work being done by the powerful jaws, while the digestive powers
of the stomach are very considerable.
The general type of structure is a central tooth, a very few laterals,
and an occasional marginal or two; teeth of very uniform size and shape
throughout. In the Dibranchiata, marginals are entirely absent, their
place being always taken, in the Octopoda, by an accessory plate of
varying shape and size. This plate is generally absent in the Decapoda.
The central tooth is, in the Octopoda, very strong and characteristic;
in Eledone and Octopus it is five-cusped, central cusp
strong; in Argonauta unicuspid, in Tremoctopus tricuspid.
The laterals are always three in number, the innermost lateral having
a tendency to assume the form of the central. In Sepia the
two inner laterals are exact reproductions of the central tooth; in
Eledone, Sepiola, Loligo, and Sepia, the
third lateral is falciform and much the largest.
Fig. 142.—Portion of the radula of Octopus
tetracirrhus D. Ch., Naples, × 20.
In Nautilus, the only living representative of the
Tetrabranchiata, there are two sickle-shaped marginals on each side,
each of which has a small accessory plate at the base. The two laterals
and the central tooth are small, very similar to one another, unicuspid
on a square base.
Fig. 143.—Alimentary canal of Helix
aspersa L.: a, anus; b.d, b.d´, right and left
biliary ducts; b.m, buccal mass; c, crop; h.g,
hermaphrodite gland; i, intestine; i.o, opening of same
from stomach (pyloric orifice); l, l´, right and left
lobes of liver; m, mouth; oe, oesophagus; r,
rectum; s.d, salivary duct; s.g, salivary gland;
st, stomach; t, left tentacle. (After Howes and Marshall,
slightly modified.)
Salivary glands are found in most Glossophora. They occur in
one or two pairs on each side of the pharynx and oesophagus, the duct
usually leading forwards and opening into the anterior part of the
pharynx (see Figs. 143, 144). They are exceptionally large in the
carnivorous Gasteropoda. In certain genera, e.g.Murex,
Dolium, Cassis, Pleurobranchus, the secretions of
these glands are found to contain a considerable proportion (sometimes
as much as 4·25 per cent) of free sulphuric acid. This fact was first
noticed by Troschel, who, while handling a Dolium galea at
Messina, saw the creature spit a jet of saliva upon a marble slab,
which immediately produced a brisk effervescence. A number of the
genera thus provided bore through the shells of other Mollusca and of
Echinoderms, to prey upon their soft tissues, and it is possible that
the acid assists in the piercing of the shell by converting the hard
carbonate of lime into sulphate of lime, which can easily be removed by
the action of the radula.[327] In the majority of the Cephalopoda there
are two pairs of salivary glands, one lying on each side of the mouth,
the other on the middle of the oesophagus.
Fig. 144.—Alimentary canal, etc., of Sepia
officinalis L.: a, anus; b.d, one of the biliary
ducts; b.m, buccal mass; c, coecum; i, ink-sac;
i.d, duct of same; j, jaws; l.l, lobes of the
liver; oe, oesophagus; p, pancreatic coeca; r,
rectum; s.g, salivary glands; st, stomach. (From a
specimen in the British Museum.)
Fig. 145.—Gizzard of Scaphander
lignarius L.: A, showing position with regard to oesophagus
(oe) and intestine (i), the latter being full of
comminuted fragments of food; p, left plate; p´, right
plate; p.ac, accessory plate; B, the plates as seen from
the front, with the enveloping membranes removed, lettering as in
A. Natural size.
Fig. 146.—Section of the stomach of
Melongena, showing the gastric plates (g.p, g.p,)
for the trituration of food; b.d, biliary duct; g.g,
genital gland; i, intestine; l, liver; oe,
oesophagus; st, stomach. (After Vanstone.)
3. The Oesophagus.—That part of the alimentary canal which
lies between the pharynx and the stomach (in Pelecypoda between the
mouth and stomach) is known as the oesophagus. Its exact limits are
not easy to define, since in many cases the tube widens so gradually,
while the muscular structure of its walls changes so slowly that it
is difficult to say where oesophagus ends and stomach begins. As a
rule, the oesophagus is fairly simple in structure, and consists of a
straight and narrow tube. In the Pulmonata and Opisthobranchiata it
often widens out into a ‘crop,’ which appears to serve the purpose of
retaining a quantity of masticated food before it passes on to the
stomach. In Octopus and Patella the crop takes the form
of a lobular coecum. In the carnivorous Mollusca the oesophagus becomes
complicated by the existence of a varying number of glands, by the
action of which digestion appears to begin in some cases before the
food reaches the stomach proper.
4. The Stomach.—At the posterior end of the oesophagus lies
the muscular pouch known as the stomach, in which the digestion of the
food is principally performed. This organ may be, as in Limax,
no more than a dilatation of the alimentary canal, or it may, as is
usually the case, take the form of a well-marked bag or pocket. The two
orifices of the stomach are not always situated at opposite ends; when
the stomach itself is a simple enlargement of the wall of one side of
the alimentary canal, the cardiac or entering orifice often becomes
approximated to the orifice of exit (pyloric orifice).
The walls of the stomach itself are usually thickened and strengthened
by constrictor muscles. In some Nudibranchs (Scyllaea,
Bornella) they are lined on the inside with chitinous teeth.
In Cyclostoma, and some Bithynia, Strombus,
and Trochus there is a free chitinous stylet within the
stomach.[328] In Melongena (Fig. 146) the posterior end of
the oesophagus is provided with a number of hard plate-like ridges,
while the stomach is lined with a double row of cuticular knobs, which
are movable on their bases of attachment, and serve the purpose of
triturating food.[329]Aplysia has several hard plates, set
with knobs and spines, and similar organs occur in the Pteropoda. But
the most formidable organ for the crushing of food is possessed by the
Bullidae, and particularly by Scaphander (Fig. 145). Here there
is a strong gizzard, consisting of several plates connected by powerful
cartilages, which crush the shells, which are swallowed whole.
Into the stomach, or into the adjacent portions of the digestive
tract, open the ducts which connect with the so-called liver.
The functions of this important organ have not yet been thoroughly
worked out. The liver is a lobe-shaped gland of a brown-gray or light
red colour, which in the spirally-shelled families usually occupies
the greater part of the spire. In the Cephalopoda, the two ducts
of the liver are covered by appendages which are usually known as
the pancreatic coeca; the biliary duct, instead of leading directly
into the stomach, passes into a very large coecum (see Fig. 144) or
expansion of the same, which serves as a reservoir for the biliary
secretions. At the point of connexion between the coecum and stomach
is found a valve, which opens for the issue of the biliary products
into the stomach, but closes against the entry of food into the
coecum. In most Gasteropoda the liver consists of two distinct lobes,
between which are embedded the stomach and part of the intestine. In
many Nudibranchiata the liver becomes ‘diffused’ or broken up into a
number of small diverticula or glands connecting with the stomach and
intestine. The so-called cerata or dorsal lobes in the Aeolididae are
in effect an external liver, the removal of which to the outside of the
body gives the creature additional stomach-room.
The Hyaline Stylet.—In the great majority of bivalves the
intestine is provided with a blind sac, or coecum of varying length.
Within this is usually lodged a long cylindrical body known as the
hyaline or crystalline stylet. In a well-developed
Mytilus edulis it is over an inch in length, and in Mya
arenaria between two and three inches. The bladder-like skin of the
stylet, as well as its gelatinoid substance, are perfectly transparent.
In the Unionidae there is no blind sac, and the stylet, when present,
is in the intestine itself. It is said to be present or absent
indifferently in certain species.
The actual function performed by the hyaline stylet is at present a
matter of conjecture. Haseloff’s experiments on Mytilus edulis
tend to confirm the suggestion of Möbius, that the structure represents
a reserve of food material, not specially secreted, but a chemical
modification of surplus food. He found that under natural conditions
it was constantly present, but that specimens which were starved lost
it in a few days, the more complete the starvation the more thorough
being the loss; it reappeared when they were fed again. Schulze, on
the other hand, believes that it serves, in combination with mucus
secreted by the stomach, to protect the intestine against laceration
by sharp particles introduced with the food. W. Clark found that in
Pholas the stylet is connected with a light yellow corneous
plate, and imagined therefore that it acts as a sort of spring to work
the plate in order to comminute the food, the two together performing
somewhat the function of a gizzard.[330]
5. and 6. The Intestine, Rectum, and Anus.—The intestine,
the wider anal end of which is called the rectum, almost invariably
makes a bend forward on leaving the stomach. This is the case in the
Cephalopoda, Scaphopoda, and the great majority of Gasteropoda. The
exceptions are the bilaterally symmetrical Amphineura, in which the
anus is terminal, and many Opisthobranchiata, in which it is sometimes
lateral (Fig. 68, p. 159), sometimes dorsal (Fig. 67). The intestine
is usually short in carnivorous genera, but long and more or less
convoluted in those which are phytophagous. In all cases where a
branchial or pulmonary cavity exists, the anus is situated within it,
and thus varies its position according to the position of the breathing
organ. Thus in Helix it is far forward on the right side,
in Testacella, Vaginula, and Onchidium almost
terminal, in Patella at the back of the neck, slightly to the
right side (Fig. 64, p. 157).
In the rhipidoglossate section of the Diotocardia (Trochus,
Haliotis, etc.) the rectum passes through the ventricle of the
heart, a fact which, taken in conjunction with others, is evidence of
their relationship to the Pelecypoda.
Fig. 147.—Ink-sac of Sepia, showing
its relation to the rectum: a, anus; d, duct of sac;
i.g, ink-gland; i.r, portion of the sac which serves as
a reservoir for the ink; o, orifice of ink-gland; r,
rectum; sp, double set of sphincter muscles controlling upper
end of duct. (Modified from Girod.)
In nearly all Pelecypoda the intestine is very long and convoluted,
being sometimes doubled forward over the mouth. Towards its terminal
part it traverses the ventricle of the heart, except in Ostrea,
Anomia, Teredo, and a few more. The anus is always at
the posterior end of the animal, adjacent to and slightly above the
adductor muscle.
Anal glands, which open into the rectum close to the anus, are present
in some Prosobranchiata, e.g.Murex, Purpura.
In the Cephalopoda the anal gland becomes of considerable size and
importance, and is generally known as the ink-sac (Fig. 147); it
occurs in all known living genera, except Nautilus. The ink-sac
consists of a large bag generally divided into two portions, in one
of which the colouring matter is secreted, while the other acts as a
reservoir for its storage. A long tube connects the bag with the end of
the rectum, the mouth of the tube being controlled, in Sepia, by
a double set of sphincter muscles.
The kidneys, nephridia,[331] renal or excretory organs, consist
typically of two symmetrical glands, placed on the dorsal side of
the body in close connexion with the pericardium. Each kidney opens
on the one hand into the mantle cavity, close to the anus (see Fig.
64, p. 157), and on the other, into the pericardium. The venous blood
returning from the body passes through the vascular walls of the
kidneys, which are largely formed of cells containing uric acid. The
blood thus parts with its impurities before it reaches the breathing
organs.
The kidneys are paired in all cases where the branchiae are paired,
and where the heart has two auricles, i.e. in the Amphineura,
the Diotocardia (with the exception of the Neritidae), the Pelecypoda,
and all Cephalopoda except Nautilus, which has four branchiae,
four auricles, and four kidneys. In other Gasteropoda only one
kidney survives, corresponding to the left kidney of Zygobranchiate
Gasteropods.
Besides their use as excretory organs the kidneys, in certain groups of
the Mollusca, stand in very close relation to the genital glands. In
some of the Amphineura the generative products, instead of possessing
a separate external orifice of their own, pass from the genital gland
into the pericardium and so out through the kidneys (see Fig. 61 C, D,
p. 154). In the Diotocardia it is the right kidney alone which serves,
besides its excretory functions, as a duct for the emission of the
generative products, the left kidney being at the same time greatly
reduced in size. Thus in Patella the left nephridium is small,
the right being much larger; both function as excretory organs, but
the right serves as a mode of conveyance for the seminal products as
well. In certain Pelecypoda (e.g.Yoldia, Avicula,
Modiola, Pecten, Spondylus) the genital glands
communicate directly, and with a similar object, with the renal pouch
on the same side of the body, but in the majority of cases the orifices
are distinct.
The following memoirs will be found useful for further study of this
portion of the subject:—
D. Barfurth, Ueber den Bau und die Thätigkeit der
Gasteropodenleber: Arch. Mikr. Anat. xxii. (1883), pp. 473–524.
Th. Behme, Beiträge zur Anatomie und
Entwickelungsgeschichte des Harnapparates der Lungenschnecken:
Arch. Naturges. iv. (1889), pp. 1–28.
R. Bergh, Semper’s Reisen im Archipelago der Philippinen;
Nudibranchiata: Theil ii. Band ii. (1870–78), Band iii.
(1880–1892).
W. G. Binney, Terrestrial Air-breathing Mollusks of the
United States: Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. iv. (1878), 450 pp.
„ On the Jaw and Lingual Membrane of North American Terrestrial
Pulmonata: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. (1875), pp. 140–243.
J. T. Cunningham, The renal organs (Nephridia) of
Patella: Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xxiii. (1883), pp. 369–375.
„ „ Note on the structure and relations of the kidney in
Aplysia: Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neap. iv. (1883), pp. 420–428.
R. von Erlanger, On the paired Nephridia of Prosobranchs,
etc.: Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xxxiii. (1892), pp. 587–623.
H. Fischer, Recherches sur la Morphologie du Foie des
Gastéropodes: Bull. Scient. France Belg. xxiv. (1892), pp.
260–346.
C. Grobben, Morphologische Studien über den Harn- und
Geschlechtsapparat, sowie die Leibeshöhle, der Cephalopoden:
Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, v. (1884), pp. 179–252.
„ Die Pericardialdrüse der Gasteropoden: ibid. ix. (1890), pp.
35–56.
B. Haller, Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Niere der
Prosobranchier: Morph. Jahrb. xi. (1885), pp. 1–53.
A. Hancock, On the structure and homologies of the renal
organ in the Nudibranchiate Mollusca: Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiv.
(1864), pp. 511–530.
A. Köhler, Microchemische Untersuchung der
Schneckenzungen: Zeits. Gesamm. Naturw. viii. (1856), pp.
106–112.
Ad. Oswald, Der Rüsselapparat der Prosobranchier: Jena.
Zeits. Naturw. N.F. xxi. (1893), pp. 114–162.
R. Perrier, Recherches sur l’anatomie et l’histologie du
rein des Gastéropodes prosobranches: Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool. (7),
viii. (1889), pp. 61–315.
C. Semper, Reisen im Archipelago der Philippinen; Land
Pulmonata: Theil ii. Band iii. (1870–77).
C. Troschel, Das Gebiss der Schnecken: Berlin, 1856–1892.
W. G. Vigelius, Ueber das Excretionssystem der
Cephalopoden: Niederl. Arch. Zool. v. (1880), pp. 115–184.
CHAPTER IX THE SHELL, ITS FORM, COMPOSITION AND GROWTH—DESIGNATION OF ITS VARIOUS PARTS
The popular names of ‘shells,’ ‘shell-fish,’ and the like, as commonly
applied to the Mollusca, the intrinsic beauty and grace of the
shells themselves, resulting in the passion for their collection,
their durability and ease of preservation, as compared with the
non-testaceous portion,—all these considerations tend to unduly exalt
the value of the shell as part of the organism as a whole, and to
obscure the truth that the shell is by no means the most important of
the organs.
At the same time it must not be forgotten that the old systems of
classification, which were based almost entirely on indications drawn
from the shell alone, have been strangely little disturbed by the new
principles of arrangement, which depend mainly on structural points in
the animal. This fact only tends to emphasise the truth that the shell
and animal are in the closest possible connexion, and that the shell
is a living part of the organism, and is equally sensitive to external
influences.
A striking instance of the comparative valuelessness of the shell alone
as a primary basis of classification is furnished by the large number
of cases in which a limpet-shaped shell is assumed by genera
widely removed from one another in cardinal points of organisation.
This form of shell occurs in the common limpet (Patellidae), in
Ancylus (Limnaeidae), Hemitoma (Fissurellidae),
Cocculina (close to Trochidae), Umbrella and
Siphonaria (Opisthobranchiata), while in many other cases the
limpet form is nearly approached.
Roughly speaking, about three-quarters of the known Mollusca, recent
and fossil, possess a univalve, and about one-fifth a bivalve shell.
In Pholas, and in some species of Thracia, there is a
small accessory hinge plate; in the Polyplacophora, or Chitons, the
shell consists of eight plates (see Fig. 2, p. 8), usually overlapping.
A certain proportion of the Mollusca have no shell at all. In many of
these cases the shell has been present in the larva, but is lost in the
adult.
The shell may be
(1) External, as in the great majority of both univalves and
bivalves.
(2) Partly external, partly internal; e.g.Homalonyx, Hemphillia, some of the Naticidae,
Scutum, Acera, Aplustrum (Figs. 148 and 149).
Fig. 148.—Aplustrum aplustre L.
Mauritius, showing the partly internal shell (S); F,
foot; LL, cephalic lappets; TT, double set of tentacles.
(After Quoy and Gaimard.)
Fig. 149.—Sigaretus laevigatus Lam.,
showing shell partially immersed in the foot; F, anterior
prolongation of the foot. (After Souleyet.)
(4) Absent; e.g. all Nudibranchiata and
Aplacophora, many Cephalopoda, a few land Mollusca,
e.g. all Onchidiidae, Philomycus, and
Vaginula.
The Univalve Shell.—In univalve Mollusca the normal form of
the shell is an elongated cone twisted into a spiral form round an
axis, the spiral ascending to the left. Probably the original form
of the shell was a simple cone, which covered the vital parts like
a tent. As these parts tended to increase in size, their position
on the dorsal side of the animal caused them gradually to fall over,
drawing the shell with them. The result of these two forces combined,
the increasing size of the visceral hump, and its tendency to pull
the shell over with it, probably resulted in the conversion of the
conical into the spiral shell, which gradually came to envelop the
whole animal. Where the visceral hump, instead of increasing in
size, became flattened, the conical shape of the shell may have been
modified into a simple elliptical plate (e.g.Limax), the
nucleus representing the apex of the cone. In extreme cases even this
plate dwindles to a few calcareous granules, or disappears altogether
(Arion, Vaginula).
Varieties of the Spiral.—Almost every conceivable modification
of the spiral occurs, from the type represented by Gena,
Haliotis, Sigaretus, and Lamellaria, in which
the spire is practically confined to the few apical whorls, with the
body-whorl inordinately large in proportion, to a multispiral form like
Terebra, with about twenty whorls, very gradually increasing in
size.
Fig. 150.—Examples of shells with A,
a flattened spire (Polygyratia); B, a globose spire
(Natica); C, a greatly produced spire (Terebra).
As a rule, the spire is more or less obliquely coiled round the axis,
each whorl being partially covered, and therefore hidden by, its
immediate successor, while the size of the whorls, and therefore the
diameter of the spire as a whole, increases somewhat rapidly. The
effect of this is to produce the elevated spire, the shell of six to
ten whorls, and the wide aperture, of the normal type of mollusc, the
whelk, snail, periwinkle, etc.
Sometimes, however, the coil of the whorls, instead of being
oblique, tends to become horizontal to the axis, and thus we have
another series of gradations of form, from the excessively produced
spire of Terebra to the flattened disc of Planorbis,
Polygyratia, Euomphalus, and Ammonites. The shell
of many species of Conus practically belongs to the latter type,
each whorl folding so closely over its predecessor that the spiral
nature of the shell is not perceived until it is looked at at right
angles to the spire.
Fig. 151.—Examples of shells with disconnected
whorls; A, Cyathopoma cornu Mf., Philippines; B,
Cylindrella hystrix Wright, Cuba. (Both × 4.)
Fig. 152.—Example of a shell whose apical
whorls alone are coiled, and the remainder produced in a regular curve.
(Cyclosurus Mariei Morel., Mayotte.)
In some cases the regularly spiral form is kept, but the whorls
are completely disconnected; e.g. some Scalaria,
Spirula; among fossil Cephalopoda, Gyroceras,
Crioceras, and Ancyloceras; and, among recent land
Mollusca, Cylindrella hystrix and Cyathopoma cornu
(Fig. 151). Sometimes only the last whorl becomes disconnected
from the others, as in Rhiostoma (see Fig. 180, p. 266),
Teinostoma, and in the fossil Ophidioceras and
Macroscaphites. Sometimes, again, not more than one or two
whorls at the apex are spirally coiled, and the rest of the shell
is simply produced or coiled in an exceedingly irregular manner,
e.g.Cyclosurus, Lituites, Orygoceras,
Siliquaria (Fig. 153), Vermetus. In Coecum
(Fig. 170, p. 260) the spiral part is entirely lost, and the shell
becomes simply a cylinder. In a few cases the last whorl is coiled
irregularly backwards, and is brought up to the apex, so that the
animal in crawling must carry the shell with the spire downwards, as
in Anostoma (Fig. 154), Opisthostoma (Fig. 208, p. 309),
Strophostoma, and Hypselostoma (Fig. 202 A, p. 302).
Fig. 153.—Siliquaria anguina Lam.,
showing scalariform coil of upper whorls and irregular extension of the lower.
Fig. 154.—Anostoma globulosum Lam.,
Brazil. (After P. Fischer.)
Fig. 155.—Various forms of the internal plate
in Capulidae: A, Calyptraea (Mitrularia)
equestris Lam., E. Indies; B, Crucibulum
scutellatum Gray, Panama; C, Ergaea plana Ad., and
Reeve, Japan; D, Galerus chinensis L., Britain; E,
Crepipatella dilatata Lam., Callao; F, Trochita
maculata Quoy, N. Zealand; G, Crepidula fornicata
Lam., N. America.
Some genera of the Capulidae, in which the shell is of a
broadly conical form or with scarcely any spire, develop an internal
plate or process which serves the purpose of keeping the animal
within the shell, and does the work of a strong attachment muscle. In
Mitrularia this process takes the form of a raised horse-shoe;
in Crucibulum it is cup-shaped, with the edge free all round; in
Galerus, Ergaea, Crepipatella, and Trochita
we get a series of changes, in which the edge of the cup adheres to
the interior of the shell, and then gradually flattens into a plate.
In Crepidula proper this plate becomes a regular partition,
covering a considerable portion of the interior (Fig. 155 G).
Hipponyx secretes a thin calcareous plate on the ventral surface
of the foot, which intervenes like an operculum between the animal and
the substance to which it adheres.
Sinistral, or Left-handed Shells.—The vast majority of univalve
spiral shells are normally dextral, i.e. when held spire
uppermost, with the aperture towards the observer, the aperture is to
the right of the axis of the spire. If we imagine such a shell to be a
spiral staircase, as we ascended it we should always have the axis of
the spire to our left.
Sinistral or ‘reversed’ forms are not altogether uncommon, and may be
grouped under four classes:—
(1) Cases in which the genus is normally sinistral; (2) cases
in which the genus is normally dextral, but certain
species are normally sinistral; (3) cases in which the
shell is indifferently dextral or sinistral; (4) cases in which
both genus and species are normally dextral, and a
sinistral form is an abnormal monstrosity.
Fig. 156.—Fulgur perversum L., Florida. ½.
Fig. 157.—Illustration of the gradation
of forms in Ampullaria between a dextral (A) and an
ultra-dextral species (F).
In all cases of sinistral monstrosity, and all in which a sinistral
and dextral form are interchangeable (sections 3 and 4 above), the
position of the apertures of the internal organs appears to be
relatively affected, i.e. the body is sinistral, as well as
the shell. This has been proved to be the case in all specimens
hitherto examined, and may therefore be assumed for the rest. The same
uniformity, however, does not hold good in all cases for genera and
species normally sinistral (sections 1 and 2). As a rule, the anal and
genital apertures are, in these instances also, to the left, but not
always. In Spirialis, Limacina, Meladomus, and
Lanistes the shell is sinistral, but the animal is dextral. This
apparent anomaly has been most ingeniously explained by Simroth, Von
Ihering, and Pelseneer. The shell, in all these cases, is not really
sinistral, but ultra-dextral. Imagine the whorls of a dextral
species capable of being flattened, as in a Planorbis, and
continue the process, still pushing, as it were, the spire downwards
until it occupies the place of the original umbilicus, becoming turned
completely ‘inside out,’ and we have the whole explanation of these
puzzling forms. The animal remains dextral, the shell has become
sinistral. A convincing proof of the truth of this is furnished by the
operculum. It is well known that the twist of the operculum varies
with that of the shell; when the shell is dextral, the operculum is
sinistral, with its nucleus near the columella, and vice versâ.
In these ultra-dextral shells, however, where it is simply the method
of the enrolment of the spire that comes in question, and not the
formation of the whorls themselves, the operculum remains sinistral on
the apparently sinistral shell.
The reverse case to this, when the shell is dextral but the orifices
sinistral, is instanced by the two fresh-water genera Pompholyx
(from N. America), and Choanomphalus (L. Baikal). A similar
transition in the enrolment of the whorls may be confidently assumed to
have taken place, and the shells are styled ultra-sinistral.
Yet another variation remains, in which the embryonic form is
sinistral, but the adult shell dextral, the former remaining across
the nucleus of the spire. This is the case with Odostomia,
Eulimella, Turbonilla, and Mathilda, all belonging
to the Prosobranchiata, with Actaeon, Tornatina, and
Actaeonina among the Opisthobranchs, and Melampus alone
among Pulmonates.
Monstrosities of the Shell.—Abnormal growths of the shell
constantly occur, some of them being scarcely noticeable, except by a
practised eye, others of a more serious nature, involving an entire
change in the normal aspect of the creature. Scalariform
monstrosities are occasionally met with, especially in Helix
and Planorbis, when the whorls become unnaturally elevated,
and sometimes quite disjoined from one another; carinated
monstrosities develop a keel on a whorl usually smooth;
acuminated monstrosities have the spire produced to an extreme
length (Fig. 158); sinistral monstrosities (see above) have the
spire reversed: dwarfs and giants, as in our own race, are occasionally
noticed among a crowd of individuals.
More serious forms of monstrosity are those which occur in individual
cases. Mr. S. P. Woodward once observed[332] a specimen of an adult
Helix aspersa with a second, half-grown individual fixed to its
spire, and partly embedded in the suture of the body whorl. The younger
snail had died during its first hibernation, as was shown by the
epiphragm remaining in the aperture, and its neighbour, not being able
to get free of the incubus, partially enveloped it in the course of its
growth. In the British Museum two Littorina littorea have become
entangled in a somewhat similar way (Fig. 160 B), possibly as a result
of embryonic fusion. Double apertures are not uncommon[333] in the more
produced land-shells, such as Cylindrella and Clausilia
(Fig. 160 A). In the Pickering collection was a Helix hortensis
which had crawled into a nutshell when young, and, growing too large
to escape, had to carry about this decidedly extra shell to the end of
its days. A monstrosity of the cornucopia form, in which the whorls are
uncoiled almost throughout, is of exceedingly rare occurrence (Fig.
161).
Fig. 158.—Monstrosities of Neptunea
antiqua L., and Buccinum undatum L., with a greatly produced
spire (from specimens in the Brit. Mus.).
Fig. 159.—Monstrosities of Littorina rudis Mat,
The Fleet, Weymouth. (After Sykes.)
Some decades ago ingenious Frenchmen amused themselves by creating
artificial monstrosities. H. aspersa was taken from its shell,
by carefully breaking it away, and then introduced into another
shell of similar size (H. nemoralis, vermiculata, or
pisana). At the end of several days attachment to the columella
took place, and then growth began, the new shell becoming soldered
to the old, and the spiral part of the animal being protected by a
thin calcareous envelope. A growth of from one to two whorls took
place under these conditions. The individuals so treated were always
sordid and lethargic, but they bred, and naturally produced a normal
aspersa offspring.[334] In the British Museum there is a
specimen of one of these artificial unions of a Helix with the
shell of a Limnaea stagnalis.
Fig. 160.—Monstrosities with two apertures:
A, Cylindrella agnesiana C. B. Ad., Jamaica; B,
Littorina littorea (from specimens in the British Museum).
Fig. 161.—Cornucopia-shaped monstrosity of
Helix aspersa, from Ilfracombe. (British Museum.)
Composition of the Shell.—The shell is mainly composed of pure
carbonate of lime, with a very slight proportion of phosphate of lime,
and an organic base allied to chitin, known as conchiolin. The
proportion of carbonate of lime is known to vary from about 99 p.c.
in Strombus to about 89 p.c. in Turritella. Nearly 1
p.c. of phosphate of lime has been obtained from the shell of Helix
nemoralis, and nearly 2 p.c. from that of Ostrea virginica.
The conchiolin forms a sort of membranous framework for the shell; it
soon disappears in dead specimens, leaving the shell much more brittle
than it was when alive. Carbonate of magnesia has also been detected,
to the extent of ·12 p.c. in Telescopium and ·48 p.c. in
Neptunea antiqua. A trace of silica has also occasionally been
found.
When the shell exhibits a crystalline formation, the carbonate of
lime may take the form either of calcite or aragonite.
The calcite crystals are rhombohedral, optically uniaxal, and cleave
easily, while the aragonite cleave badly, belong to the rhombic system,
and are harder and denser, and optically biaxal. Both classes of
crystal may occur in the same shell.
Two main views have been held with regard to the formation and
structure of the shell—(1) that of Bowerbank and Carpenter, that the
shell is an organic formation, growing by interstitial deposit, in the
same manner as the teeth and bones of the higher animals; (2) that
of Réaumur, Eisig, and most modern writers, that the shell is of the
nature of an excretion, deposited like a cuticle on the outside of the
skin, being formed simply of a number of calcareous particles held
together by a kind of ‘animal glue.’ Leydig’s view is that the shell
of the Monotocardia is a secretion of the epithelium, but that in the
Pulmonata it originates within the skin itself, and afterwards becomes
free.[335]
According to Carpenter, when a fragment of any recent shell is
decalcified by being placed in dilute acid, a definite animal basis
remains, often so fine as to be no more than a membranous film, but
sometimes consisting of an aggregation of ‘cells’ with perfectly
definite forms. He accordingly divides all shell structure into
cellular and membranous, according to the characteristics
of the animal basis. Cellular structure is comparatively rare; it
occurs most notably in Pinna, where the shell is composed of
a vast multitude of tolerably regular hexagonal prisms (Fig. 162 B).
Membranous structure comprises all forms of shell which do not present
a cellular tissue. Carpenter held that the membrane itself was at one
time a constituent part of the mantle of the mollusc, the carbonate of
lime being secreted in minute ‘cells’ on its surface, and afterwards
spreading over the subjacent membrane through the bursting of the cells.
The iridescence of nacreous shells is due to a peculiar
lineation of their surface, which can be readily detected by a lens.
According to Brewster, the iridescence is due to the alternation
of layers of granular carbonate of lime and of a very thin organic
membrane, the layers very slightly undulating. Carpenter, on the
other hand, holds that it depends upon the disposition of a single
membranous layer in folds or plaits, which lie more or less obliquely
to the general surface, so that their edges show as lines. The nacreous
type of shell occurs largely among those Mollusca which, from other
details in their organisation, are known to represent very ancient
forms (e.g.Nucula, Avicula, Trigonia,
Nautilus). It is also the least permanent, and thus in some
strata we find that only casts of the nacreous shells remain, while
those of different constitution are preserved entire.
Porcellanous shells (of which the great majority of Gasteropoda
are instances) usually consist of three layers, each of which is
composed of a number of adjacent plates, like cards on edge. The
inclination of the plates in the different layers varies, but that of
the plates in the inner and outer layer is frequently the same, thus if
the plates are transverse in the middle stratum, they are longitudinal
in the inner and outer strata, and, if longitudinal in the middle, they
are transverse in the other two. Not uncommonly (Fig. 163 B) other
layers occur. In bivalves the disposition and nature of the layers is
much more varied.
Fig. 162.—A, Section of shell of
Unio: a, periostracal layer; b, prismatic layer;
c, nacreous layer. B, Horizontal section of shell of
Pinna, showing the hexagonal prisms.
In Unio the periostracal or uppermost layer is very thin;
beneath this is a prismatic layer of no great depth, while the whole
remainder of the shell is nacreous (Fig. 162 A). Many bivalves show
traces of tubular structure, while in the Veneridae the formation and
character of the layers approaches closely to that of the Gasteropoda.
Further details may be gathered from Carpenter’s researches.[336]
Formation of Shell.[337]—The mantle margin is the
principal agent in the deposition of shell. It is true that if
the shell be fractured at any point, the hole will be repaired,
thus showing that every part of the mantle is furnished with
shell-depositing cells, but such new deposits are devoid of colour and
of periostracum, and no observation seems to have been made with regard
to the layers of which they are composed. As a rule the mantle, except
at its margin, only serves to thicken the innermost layer of shell.
It is probable that the carbonate of lime, of which the shell is mainly
composed, is separated from the blood by the epithelial cells of the
mantle margin, and takes the crystalline or granular form as it hardens
on exposure after deposition. The three layers of a porcellanous shell
are deposited successively, and the extreme edge of the mouth, when
shell is forming, will contain only one layer, the outermost; a little
further in, two layers appear, and further still, three. The pigment
cells which colour the surface are situated at the front edge of the
mantle margin.
Fig. 163.—Sections of shells. A,
Conus: a, outer layer; b, middle prismatic layer,
with obliquely intersecting laminae above and below; c, inner
layer. B, Oliva: a, outer layer; b, layer
of crossed and curved laminae; c, prismatic layer, succeeded by
layer of laminae at right angles to one another; d, inner layer.
C, Cypraea: a, outer layer; b, middle
layer; c, inner layer.
Shelly matter is deposited, and probably secreted, not only by the
mantle, but also in some genera by the foot. This is certainly the case
in Cymbium, Oliva, Ancillaria, Cassis,
Distortio, and others, in several of which the foot is so large
that the shell appears to be quite immersed in it.[338]
The deposition of shell is not continuous. Rest periods occur, during
which the function is dormant; these periods are marked off on the
edge of the shell, and are known as lines of growth. In some
cases (Murex, Triton, Ranella), the rest period
is marked by a decisive thickening of the lip, which persists on the
surface of the shell as what is called a varix (see p. 263).
The various details of sculpture on the exterior surface of the shell,
the striae, ribs, nodules, imbrications, spines, and other forms
of ornamentation are all the product of similar and corresponding
irregularities in the mantle margin, and have all been originally
situated at the edge of the lip. Spines, e.g. those of
Murex and Pteroceras, are first formed as a hollow thorn,
cleft down its lower side, and are afterwards filled in with solid
matter as the mantle edge withdraws. What purpose is served by the
extreme elaboration of these spiny processes in some cases, can hardly
be considered as satisfactorily ascertained. Possibly they are a form
of sculptural development which is, in the main, protective, and
secures to its owners immunity from the attacks of predatory fishes.
‘Attached’ genera (e.g. Chama, Spondylus) when living
on smooth surfaces have a flat shell, but when affixed to coral
and other uneven surfaces they become very irregular in shape. The
sculpture of the base on which they rest is often reproduced in these
‘attached’ shells, not only on the lower, but also on the upper valve,
the growing edge of which rests on the uneven surface of the base.
Oysters attached to the branches of the mangrove frequently display a
central convex rib, modelled on the shape of the branch, from which
the plaits of sculpture radiate, while specimens fixed to the smooth
trunk have no such rib. Crepidula, a genus which is in the habit
of attaching itself to other shells, varies in sculpture according to
that of its host. Sometimes the fact may be detected that a specimen
has lived on a ribbed shell when young, and on a smooth one when
old, or vice versâ. A new genus was actually founded by Brown
for a Capulus which had acquired ribs through adhesion to a
Pecten. A specimen of Hinnites giganteus in the British
Museum must at one period of its growth have adhered to a surface on
which was a Serpula, the impression of which is plainly reproduced on
the upper valve of the Hinnites.[339]
Fig. 166.—A specimen of Anomia
ephippium L., Weymouth, taken upon Pecten maximus,
the sculpture of which is reproduced on the upper valve of the
Anomia, and even on a young Anomia attached to the larger
specimen.
Growth of the Shell.—Nothing very definite is known with
regard to the rate of growth of the shell in marine Mollusca. Under
favourable conditions, however, certain species are known to increase
very rapidly, especially if the food supply be abundant, and if there
is no inconvenient crowding of individuals. Petit de la Saussaye
mentions[340] the case of a ship which sailed from Marseilles for the
west coast of Africa, after being fitted with an entirely new bottom.
On arriving at its destination, the vessel spent 68 days in the Gambia
River, and took 86 days on its homeward voyage. On being cleaned
immediately on its return to Marseilles, an Avicula 78 mm. and
an Ostrea 95 mm. long (both being species peculiar to W. Africa)
were taken from its keel. These specimens had therefore attained this
growth in at most 154 days, for at the period of their first attachment
they are known to be exceedingly minute. P. Fischer relates[341] that
in 1862 a buoy, newly cleaned and painted, was placed in the basin at
Arcachon. In less than a year after, it was found to be covered with
thousands of very large Mytilus edulis, 100 mm. × 48 mm., the
ordinary size on the adjoining banks being only about 50 to 60 × 30 mm.
Some observations have already been recorded (p. 40) on the growth
of Helix aspersa. In the summer of 1858, which was very dry,
especially in the south of France, the young Helices born that year
were still very small in August. About the end of that month abundant
rain came on, and in four or five days young H. variabilis,
H. pisana, and H. aspersa, eating without cessation, as
if to make up for lost time, grew more than a centimetre of shell. The
lip of a young H. arbustorum has been observed to have grown,
at the end of the first week in the season’s growth, 3 mm., at the end
of the second week, 6·25 mm., the third, 11·5 mm., and the fourth 12·5
mm., with a finished lip.[342]
Careful observation has shown that in the growth of the shell of
Helix aspersa the periostracum is first produced; it is covered
with hyaline globules, 10–12 mm. in diameter, which persist even in the
oldest shells. Calcareous matter is deposited on the internal face of
the new periostracum, at some distance from the margin. It is secreted
by a white zone or band of cells bounding the entire breadth of the
mantle as applied to the peristome. Immediately behind the white zone
are a series of pigment cells which not only give the shell its colour
but complete the calcification of the shelly matter laid down by the
white zone. When the animal has attained its full growth and the lip
is finished off, the white band and the periostracum cells completely
disappear, and only such cells persist as contribute to the internal
thickening of the shell. Shell growth, in this species, is very rapid.
If a portion of the pulmonary sac is laid bare, by removing a fragment
of shell, at the end of 1½ or 2 hours there may be detected a delicate
organic membrane covering the hole, and strewn with crystals of
carbonate of lime. This thickens with great rapidity, and soon fills
up the hole with solid matter. For two consecutive months an animal,
deprived of food, has been known to reproduce this membrane daily after
its removal every morning.[343] Prof. Schiedt has found that oysters,
if deprived of the right valve and exposed to the light, not only
develop brown pigment over the whole exposed surface of mantle and
branchiae, but actually succeed in part in reproducing the valve and
hinge.[344]
Deposit of Additional Layers of Shell.—Mollusca possess the
power of thickening the interior of the shell, by the deposit of
successive layers. This is frequently done in self-defence against
the attacks of boring Mollusca, sponges, and worms. Cases may often
be noticed of Ostrea, Spondylus, and other sedentary
molluscs, which, unable to escape the gradual assaults of their foes,
have provided against them by the deposit of fresh shelly matter.
A somewhat similar plan is adopted to provide against intrusion by
way of the aperture. Pearls are, in many cases, the result of shell
deposition upon the eggs or even the body of some intrusive parasite
(Distoma, Filaria, etc.), and are, in some countries,
artificially produced by the introduction of fragments of sand,
metal, etc., into living Unio and Anodonta. Little joss
images are made in India and China, the nacre on which is produced by
thrusting them inside living Unionidae.
A specimen of Helix rosacea, in the British Museum, into whose
shell a piece of grass somehow became introduced, has partitioned it
off by the formation of a sort of shelly tunnel extending throughout
its entire length (Fig. 167).
Fig. 167.—A specimen of Helix rosacea
Müll., Cape of Good Hope, into which a piece of grass has by some means
become introduced. The animal has protected itself by covering the
grass with a shelly layer. (From a specimen in the British Museum.)
Absorption of Internal Portions.—Certain genera have the
remarkable property of absorbing, when they become adult, the internal
portions of the whorls and the greater part of the columellar axis.
The effect of this is to make the shell, when the process is complete,
no longer a spiral but a more or less produced cone, and it is found
that in such cases the viscera of the spire lose their spiral form,
and take the shape of the cavity in which they lie. Amongst the genera
in which this singular process takes place are Nerita,[345]Olivella, and Cypraea amongst marine forms, and nearly
the whole of the Auriculidae[346] (Fig. 168). Conus reduces
the internal subdivisions of the spire to extreme thinness. It is
noticeable that these genera are all of considerable thickness of
shell, and it is perhaps the result of the whole energy of the animal
being directed to the formation of its external protection that the
internal walls of the spire become atrophied and eventually disappear.
Fig. 168.—Auricula Judae Lam.,
showing the disappearance of the partitions of the whorls, which are
represented by dotted lines. (After Fischer.)
Fig. 169.—A, Decollated (adult) form,
and B, perfect (young) form of Cylindrella nobilior Ad.,
Jamaica; the dotted line shows where decollation takes place.
Fig. 170.—Development of Coecum:
A, showing the gradual formation of septa; a, apex;
ap, aperture; ss, first septum; s´s´, second
septum. (After de Folin.) B, Adult form of C. eburneum
Ad., Panama. × 8.
Decollation.—In certain genera, when the shell becomes adult,
the animal ceases to occupy the upper whorls, which accordingly die
and drop off, the orifice at the top having meanwhile been closed by a
shelly deposit. Such shells are termed decollated. In some land
genera decollation is the rule, e.g. in Cylindrella (Fig.
169), Eucalodium, and Rumina, as well as in many species
of the brackish water genera, Truncatella, Cerithidea,
and Quoyia. Stenogyra (Rumina) decollata,
a common shell in the south of Europe, has been noticed to bang its
upper whorls violently against some hard substance, as if to get rid of
them.
Fig. 171.—Four stages in the growth of
Fissurella, showing how the spire gradually disappears and the
marginal slit becomes an apical hole, A, B, C,
highly magnified, D, natural size. (After Boutan.)
Fig. 172.—Three stages in the growth of
Cypraea exanthema L. (From specimens taken at Panama.)
Special Points in the Growth of Certain Genera.—In the young
of Coecum the apex is at first spiral, but as growth proceeds
and the long tube begins to form, a septum is produced at the base of
the apex, which soon drops off. Soon afterwards, a second septum forms
a little farther down, and a second piece drops off, leaving the shell
in the normal cylindrical form of the adult (Fig. 170). The development
of Fissurella is of extreme interest. In an early stage it
possesses a spiral shell, with a slit on the margin of the outer lip
of the last whorl. As growth advances, shelly matter is deposited on
both margins, which results in the slit becoming a hole and the spire
a mere callosity, until at last they appear to coalesce in the apex of
the adult shell (Fig. 171). The singular formations of Magilus
and Rhizochilus have already been described (pp. 75, 76).
Cypraea, in the young stage, is a thin spiral shell with a
conspicuous apex. As growth proceeds, the surface of the whorls, which
are nearly enveloped by two large lobes of the mantle, becomes overlaid
with new layers of shelly matter, until eventually the spire becomes
embedded, and ultimately disappears from view (Fig. 172).
Patella, when young, has a nautiloid shell (see Fig. 45, p.
134), but it is a remarkable fact that we are entirely ignorant, in
this commonest of molluscs, of the transition stages which convert
the nautiloid into the familiar conical shell. The young shell of
Pteroceras is deceptively unlike the adult, and is entirely
devoid of the finger-like processes which are so characteristic of the
genus (chap. xiv.).
Among the bivalve Mollusca, Anomia in a young stage is not
to be distinguished from Ostrea. Soon a small sinus appears on the
ventral margin, which gradually deepens and, as the shell grows round
it, forms a hole for the byssus, eventually becoming fixed beneath the
umbones (see Fig. 173). In Teredo the two valves of the shell
proper, which is very small, become lodged in a long calcareous tube
or cylinder, which is generally open at both ends (see chap. xvi.). In
Aspergillum a somewhat similar cylinder is developed, but the
valves are soldered to the tube, and form a part of it, the tube itself
being furnished, at the anterior end, with a disc, which is perforated
with holes like the rose of a watering-pot. In Clavagella the
left valve alone becomes soldered to the tube, while the right valve is
free within it (see chap. xvi.). Fistulana encloses the whole of
its shell in a long tapering tube, which is not at any point adherent
to the shell.
Fig. 173.—Development of the byssus or the
plug-hole in Anomia. (After Morse.)
Terms employed to denote various Parts of the Univalve
Shell.—The apex is the extreme top of the spire, and
generally consists of the embryonic shell, which may often be
recognised by its entire want of sculpture. When the embryonic shell
happens to be large, the apex is often mammillated, e.g. in
Fusus, Neptunea, and some Turbinella; in the
Pyramidellidae it is sinistral.
The suture is the line of junction between any two successive
whorls. It may be deep, and even channelled, or very shallow, as in
Fig. 150 B (p. 246).
The spire is the whole series of whorls except the last or
body whorl. A whorl is a single revolution of the
spiral cone round the axis. The spire may be subulate (as
in Terebra, Fig. 150 C), turreted (Scalaria),
depressed (Polygyratia, Fig. 150 A), conical
(Trochus), globose (Ampullaria, Natica,
Fig. 150 B), with almost all conceivable gradations between these
types. The number of whorls is best counted by placing the shell mouth
downwards, and reckoning one for every suture that occurs
between the extreme anterior point of the shell and the apex.
Fig. 174.—Illustrating the technical terms
applied to the various parts of a univalve shell.
The mouth or aperture may be (a) entire, as
in Helix, Natica, Ampullaria, when its
peristome or margin is not interrupted by any notch or canal,
or (b) prolonged at its anterior and sometimes also at its
posterior end into a canal. The anterior canal serves
as a protection to the siphon,[347] the posterior canal is
mainly anal in function, and corresponds, in part, to the hole of
Fissurella, the slit in Pleurotoma and Emarginula,
and the row of holes in Haliotis. The mouth presents every
variety of shape, from the perfect circle in Cyclostoma and
Trochus, to the narrow and prolonged slit in Conus and
Oliva.
Fig. 175.—Anal slit in Pleurotoma.
The right margin of the mouth (the left, in sinistral shells) is
termed the outer lip or labrum, the left margin the
inner lip, labium, or columella lip.[348] In
young shells the outer lip is usually thin and unfinished, while in
the adult it is generally thickened into a rib, or furnished with more
or less prominent teeth, or given an inward or outward curve. In some
genera, especially the Strombidae, the outer lip of the adult develops
long finger-like processes, which sometimes attain an extraordinary
size (chap. xiv.). As growth proceeds, these marginal teeth and ribs
are either dissolved and disappear, or are permanently incorporated,
in the shape of varices, with the framework of the shell. Some
shells, e.g.Natica, Turritella, Actaeon,
have a permanently unfinished outer lip, even in the adult stage. The
columella lip varies in shape with the mouth as a whole; thus it may
be straight, as in Conus, or excavated, as in Sigaretus,
Struthiolaria, and Bulla. Frequently it is continued
by part of the body whorl, as in Ficula, Dolium, and
Fasciolaria.
Fig. 176.—Solarium perspectivum Lam.,
from the under side.
Fig. 177.—Section of Turbinella pyrum
L., showing the plicae on the columella and the growth of successive
whorls.
The folds or plaits on the columella, which are often characteristic
of the genus or even family (e.g. Fasciolariidae, Mitridae,
Turbinellidae) are not merely external, but continue down the whole
spire (see Fig. 177, which also shows how successive fresh growths have
thickened the columella).
The whorls may be wound in a spiral, which is either hollow, as in
Solarium, or quite compact, as in Oliva, Terebra,
Cypraea, with every possible intermediate grade. This concavity,
which varies in depth and width, is known as the umbilicus,
and shells are accordingly spoken of as deeply (e.g.
most Trochidae and Naticidae), narrowly (e.g.Lacuna, Littorina), or widely (e.g.Solarium) umbilicated. When the spiral is quite
flat, as in Planorbis and some Helix, the umbilicus
vanishes entirely. Shells in which the whorls are so compactly
coiled on an ascending spiral that there is no umbilicus, are termed
imperforate.
Fig. 178.—The slit in A,
Hemitoma, B, Emarginula, C,
Macroschisma, D, Craniopsis, E,
Puncturella, F, Fissurella.
The Slit.—Many shells are furnished with a slit in the last
whorl, which opens, in most cases, on the outer lip, and is sometimes
of considerable depth, at others a mere notch. In the patelliform
shells it is always in front of the apex. The function of the slit
appears to be mainly anal, the excretory products being thus allowed
to escape by a passage of their own, without soiling the clean water
taken in by the branchiae. The posterior canal of some Gasteropoda
probably performs a similar function. In the adult Fissurella
the slit becomes an apical hole (see Fig. 178 F), in the allied genera
it is either immediately in front of the spire (Puncturella),
or half-way between the spire and the anterior margin (Rimula),
or on the margin and well marked (Emarginula), or a mere
indentation of the margin (Hemitoma). In Pleurotomaria
it is exceptionally long, and is well marked in Bellerophon,
Schismope, Scissurella, Murchisonia, and
Pleurotoma (where it is sutural). In Haliotis and
Polytremaria it is replaced by a series of holes, which are
closed up as the animal grows past them. Some of these holes (at least
in Haliotis) certainly serve the purpose of admitting water to
the branchiae, while others are anal. In Trochotoma there are
only two holes, united by a narrow fissure.
The Tubed Land Operculates.—A group of the Cyclophoridae,
which is restricted to Further India and the great Malay Islands, has
developed a remarkable sutural tube on the exterior of the last
whorl, near the aperture, A similar tube, but more obscure, exists
in Alycaeus. Several stages in the development of this tube
may be noticed, beginning with the elevation of part of the peristome
into a simple irregular shelly plate, which is continued, first into a
short, and then into a long tube, which becomes soldered to the shell;
finally, the tube becomes free, and the anterior part of the last whorl
is disconnected from the spire (Fig. 180 A-D).
Fig. 179.—The slit in A,
Bellerophon, B, Pleurotomaria, C,
Schismope, D, Polytremaria, E,
Haliotis (not drawn to scale).
Fig. 180.—Development of the tube in the
tube operculates: A, Pterocycus rupestris Bens.;
B, Opisthoporus birostris Pfr.; C, Spiraculum
travancoricum Bedd.; D, Rhiostoma Housei Pfr.
It is singular that the tube does not appear to be of any use to
the animal, since its internal extremity, in the complete form, is
closed, and does not communicate with the interior of the whorl. It
may be presumed, however, that in origin the tube served as a means of
conveying air to the animal when the operculum was closed. The holes in
the peristome of Pupina, Cataulus, and Anostoma
(Fig. 154) may be compared.
Fig. 181.—Eburna spirata Lam., E.
Indies. F, foot; OP, operculum; P, penis;
S, siphon; T, tentacles, with eyes at their base. (After
Souleyet.)
The Operculum.—The operculum is a cuticular development of a
group of cells situated on the dorsal side of the foot, exactly over
the terminal point of the fibres of the columellar muscle. It is so
situated that in crawling it is generally carried free of the shell,
sometimes at the extreme upper end of the foot, more usually somewhat
nearer to the shell (Fig. 181). In Pterocyclus it is pushed back
into the umbilicus when the animal is in motion.
The operculum is present in nearly all land, fresh-water, and marine
Prosobranchiata, absent in all Opisthobranchiata in the adult state,
except Actaeon, and in all Pulmonata, except Amphibola.
It has been lost in the following marine Prosobranchiata: many
Cancellariidae and Conidae, Oliva (though present in
Olivella and Ancilla), Harpidae, Marginellidae,
Voluta proper (though present in V. musica), nearly all
Mitridae, Cypraeidae, Doliidae, Ianthinidae; and, of land genera,
in Proserpinidae. It is evident, therefore, that its presence or
absence is of limited value in classification. In some species of
Ampullaria and Natica it is horny, in others shelly. Dall
found that in a number of specimens of Volutharpa ampullacea, 15
p.c. had opercula, 10 p.c. traces of the operculigenous area, but no
operculum, the rest no trace of either. Monstrosities of Buccinum
undatum sometimes occur, which have two, or in rare case three
opercula.
As a rule, the operculum exactly fits the mouth of the shell. But
in cases where the mouth is very large (e.g.Conus,
Strombus, Concholepas, some Bullia), it only
covers a very small portion and is quite inadequate as a protection
(Fig. 62, p. 155). Again, when the shell has assumed a more or less
limpet-shaped form, and habitually adheres to flat surfaces without
much occasion for locomotion, the operculum becomes degraded and is
probably on the way to being lost altogether. This is the case with
Navicella (a modified Nerita, see Fig. 13, p. 17),
Concholepas (a modified Purpura), Sigaretus (a
modified Natica). Probably the more completely patelliform
shells of Crepidula, Haliotis, Fissurella, and
Patella have reached the stage at which the operculum has been
lost entirely. In Navicella, besides becoming degraded, the
operculum has actually become partly internal, and apparently serves
the purpose of separating the viscera from the upper part of the foot,
something like the shelly plate in Crepidula. This explains why
the operculum in this genus is polished on both sides.[349]
Some authors have imagined that the operculum is homologous (a)
to the second valve in Pelecypoda, (b) to the byssus. It
differs, however, morphologically from the former in the essential
point of not being produced by the mantle, and from the latter in not
being produced by a special gland.
As regards shape and formation, the operculum has usually a more
or less well-marked nucleus which may be central (e.g.Livona), sub-central (Ampullaria), lateral
(Purpura), or terminal (Pyrula). As a rule, both the
inner and outer surfaces are fairly flat, but in Torinia,
Cyathopoma, and Pterocyclus the outer surface is
elevated and conically spiral, in some Turbo (e.g.Sarmaticus) it is covered with raised tubercles resembling
coral, while in others (e.g.Callopoma) it is scored
with a deep trench. Aulopoma, a land genus peculiar to Ceylon,
has a paucispiral operculum with hollow whorls, deceptively like
a Planorbis; it fits over the aperture instead of into it.
In Livona and most Trochidae the operculum is cartilaginous
and multispiral. In Strombus it is narrow, curved, and
often serrated like a leaf on one of the edges; in Conus it
is narrowly oblong and rather featureless; in Littorina,
paucispiral and always cartilaginous. In many cases (e.g.Paludina) there is no true spiral form, but the striae are
concentric to a nearly central nucleus, and thus give the appearance
of a spiral. The evolution of the operculum in Navicella from
Nerita has already been illustrated (p. 10). Neritopsis
has a very remarkable operculum, the striated appendage of which locks
behind the columella of the shell, like the tooth in the opercula of
the Neritidae.
Terms employed to denote various parts of the Bivalve
Shell.—The umbo, or beak, is the apex of the
hollow cone, of which each valve may be regarded as consisting.
This apex is usually more or less twisted: it is markedly spiral in
Isocardia, Diceras, some Chama, and especially
Requienia, while in Pecten, Lepton, and others
the spiral is altogether absent. As a rule the umbones point
forward, i.e. towards the anterior end of the shell. In
Donax, Nucula, and Trigonia, however, they point
backward. The umbones are generally more or less approximated, but in
Arca they are widely separated.
An equilateral shell is one in which the umbones are more
or less central with regard to its anterior and posterior portion,
while in an inequilateral shell the umbones are much nearer
one end than the other. On the other hand, equivalve and
inequivalve are terms used to express the relation of the two
valves to one another as a whole. Thus nearly all bivalve shells are
more or less inequilateral, but a comparatively small proportion are
inequivalve.
The dorsal margin is adjacent to, the ventral margin
opposite to, the umbones. The anterior and posterior
margins are respectively the front and hinder edges of the shell.
The muscles which serve to close the valves leave impressions
on the inner surface of each valve. These, when both muscles are
present, are known as the anterior and posterior adductor
impressions. The impression produced by the muscular edge of the
mantle, which curves downwards and backwards from the anterior adductor
impression, is known as the pallial line. In shells with only
one muscle it is represented by an irregular row of small marks, or
disappears altogether (Ostrea). The pallial sinus is
produced by the muscles which retract the siphons, and is most marked
in those genera in which the muscles are powerful and the siphons large
(e.g.Tellina, Mya). It is entirely absent in
genera possessing no retractile siphons.
Fig. 184.—Left valve of Venus gnidia
L.: A, anterior, B, posterior, C, dorsal,
D, ventral margin, AB, length, CD, breadth of
shell.
Right and Left Valve.—The simplest way of distinguishing the
valves as right and left is to hold the shell in such a way that the
siphons point towards the observer, and the mouth away from him; in
this position the valve to the right is called the right valve,
and the valve to the left the left valve. If, however, the
animal is not present, it may be remembered that the ligament is nearly
always behind the beaks, and that the beaks, as a rule, point
forward, thus the right and left valves can generally be named
by observation of the beaks and ligament. When the ligament is median
to the valves (e.g.Ostrea, Pecten), and the beaks
are not curved, the valves may be recognised by noting the fact that
the impression of the adductor muscle (in these cases always single)
is nearer to the posterior than to the anterior side. In a similar
way the pallial impression, which only forms a sinus on the posterior
side, furnishes a guide to the valves of Donax, in which the
beaks point backward, and of Tellina, in which the beaks are
frequently central.
In the fixed inequivalves (e.g.Chama) it is sometimes
the right, sometimes the left valve which is undermost, but the fixed
valve, whether right or left, is always deep, and the free valve flat.
Ostrea and Anomia are always fixed by the left
valve.
The lunule is a well-marked area in front of and close
to the umbones, usually more or less heart-shaped, and limited by a
ridge. Generally it is shallow, but sometimes, as in Dosinia,
Opis, and some Cardium, deeply impressed. A corresponding
area behind the umbones, enclosing the ligament, is called the
escutcheon (Fig. 186), but it seldom occurs.
The ligament is a more or less elastic band, which unites
the two valves along a line adjacent to the umbones. As a rule, the
greater part of the ligament is external to the shell, but it may be
entirely internal. It is placed, normally, behind the umbones,
but in a few cases, when the hinge line is very long (Arca,
Pectunculus), it extends in front of them as well. The edges
of the valves, when the ligament is mainly external, are more or less
excavated for its reception. When internal it is generally contained
in a groove or spoon-shaped pit, known as the fossette (compare
Fig. 187).
Fig. 186.—Venus subrostrata Lam.:
es, escutcheon; li, ligament; lu, lunule;
u, u, umbones.
The ligament consists of two distinct parts, which may occur together
or separately, the external, or ligament proper, and the
internal, or cartilage. Only the external portion can be seen
when the valves are closed. As a rule, the two portions are intimately
connected with one another, the ligament folding over the cartilage,
but in some cases, e.g.Mya, Mactra, where the
cartilage is lodged within the hinge, they are completely disconnected
(Fig. 187).
In Pecten the external ligament is very thin, and runs along
the dorsal margin, while the internal ligament is large, solid, and
situated in a shallow pit. In Perna, where the hinge is
toothless, the ligament is folded into a number of transverse ridges,
which fit into corresponding grooves in the shell.
The ligament proper is inelastic and insoluble in caustic
potash. The cartilage is very elastic, composed of parallel fibres,
slightly iridescent, and soluble in caustic potash.
The operation of the ligament—using the word as including the whole
ligamental process—is in opposition to that of the adductor muscles.
When the latter close the valves, they compress the ligament, an action
which its elasticity resists: thus its operation tends in part towards
keeping the valves open. But when ligament and cartilage are both fully
developed, they work in opposition to one another, the ligament, by its
resistance to compression, preventing any straining of the adductor
muscles when the valves are open, and the cartilage, for the same
reason, preventing the ventral margins of the shell from closing too
rapidly upon one another when the valves are being shut.
Fig. 187.—Hinge of A, right valve,
and B, left valve of Mulinia edulis King; ca,
cardinals; l.a, anterior laterals; l.p, posterior
laterals; f, fossette; c, cartilage; l, ligament.
The Hinge.—The valves of Pelecypoda are generally
articulated, below the umbones, by a hinge which is furnished,
in the majority of cases, with interlocking teeth, small pits or
depressions in each valve corresponding to the teeth in the other. The
teeth are distinguished as cardinal, or those immediately below
the umbo, and lateral, or those to either side of the cardinals,
the latter being also distinguished as anterior and posterior
laterals, according as they are before or behind the umbo (Fig.
184). In shells which are tolerably equilateral there is no difficulty
in distinguishing between cardinal and lateral teeth. But when they
are very inequilateral, the whole hinge may share in the inequality of
growth, and an anterior lateral may be thrown backward and simulate a
cardinal, or a cardinal may be thrown backward and simulate a posterior
lateral (e.g.Cardita, Unio, Fig. 188). In many
Chama the cardinals are pushed up into the umbo and become a
mere ridge, while the strong anterior lateral becomes nearly central
and simulates a cardinal.
Fig. 188.—Hinges of A, Cardita
semiorbiculata Brug., and B, Unio rectus Lam.,
showing how, in inequilateral shells, the lateral teeth tend to shift
their position. a.m, anterior adductor, p.m, posterior
adductor muscle; c, c, cardinal teeth; p.l,
posterior lateral teeth; l, ligament.
Some bivalves, e.g.Anodonta, Ostrea,
Pedum, many Mytilus, have no hinge teeth at all, in
others the laterals are wanting (Psammobia, Diplodonta).
In the Arcadae the hinge consists of a number of very similar
denticles, which are often serrated like the teeth of a comb (Fig. 189).
Fig. 189.—The hinge in Arcadae:
A, Nacula Loringi Ang. × 4/3; B, Arca
granosa L.; u.a, umbonal area.
Fig. 190.—A, Tridacna scapha
Lam.; B, Cardium enode Sowb., showing the interlocking of
the ventral margins.
Hinge-teeth are probably, in origin, derived from the crenulations or
ribbings of the surface of the shell, the upper ends of which impinge
upon the dorsal margin and mark it in a way which is quite recognisable
when the shell is thin. Similar crenulations, resulting in interlocking
of the valves, are not uncommon upon the ventral margin in certain
genera (Fig. 190). The mechanical effect of these continued riblets,
when fitted together on the opposing valves, would be to prevent the
valves sliding upon one another while closing, or after being closed.
Thus there would be a probability of their surviving, even after the
ribbing had disappeared from the surface of the shell, the increased
strength given by the hinge compensating for, and making it possible to
do without, the extra strength supplied by the ribs. It is therefore
possible that the teeth of the Nuculidae and Arcadae, which have no
distinction between cardinals and laterals, represent a very ancient
type, from which have been evolved the various forms of hinge in
which cardinals and laterals are distinguished. Even in some forms of
Arcadae (comp. Pectunculus) we get a hint how the transverse
teeth of the typical Arca may have become transformed into the
longitudinal tooth of the normal lateral.[350]
The developed hinge-teeth, then, ensure the opening of the valves in
one direction; they also secure their accurate closure upon one another
in exactly the same plane. Exposed shells and gaping siphons matter
little to animals which are protected by their burrowing propensities,
but to those which live in material which can be easily penetrated
by their foes, it must be of advantage to be able to buckle their
armour absolutely tight. The edentulous hinge of Anodonta
is a degeneration from a dentate type, which retains its teeth (in
Unio, etc.) when subject to the jar of rapid streams, but tends
to lose them in the stiller waters of canals, lakes, and ponds.
Other processes in the bivalve shell.—In Anatina each
umbo is fissured and strengthened on the inside by a kind of umbonal
plate which carries the ligament. Some forms of Liligna develop
a strong internal umbonal rib, which serves as a buttress to strengthen
the shell. In Pholas, the so-called falciform process serves as
a point of attachment for the muscles of the foot and viscera. There
is no ligament or hinge-teeth, the place of the latter being taken by
the anterior adductor muscle, which is attached to the hinge-plate, the
latter being reflected back into the shell.
In Septifer the anterior adductor muscle is carried on a sort
of shelf or myophore, and in Cucullaea the posterior
adductor is partly raised on a similar and very prominent formation.
Length and breadth of bivalve shells is variously measured. Most
authorities measure length, or ‘antero-posterior diameter,’ by a
straight line drawn from the extreme anterior to the extreme posterior
margin, and breadth by a similar line, drawn from the umbones
to a point, not very clearly marked, on the opposite ventral margin
(see Figs. 184 and 185). Others, less correctly, reverse these terms.
Thickness is measured by the extreme distance of the opposite
faces of the closed valves. As a rule, the length exceeds, and often
greatly exceeds, the thickness, but in a few cases—e.g. the
Cardissa section of Cardium—this is reversed.
The periostracum.—Nearly all shells are covered, at some period
of their growth, by a periostracum,[351] or surface skin, which
serves the purpose of protecting the shell against the destructive
effects of the chemical action set up by water or air. It also, in some
cases (see p. 258), acts as a kind of base upon which the shell is
deposited. In old shells it is commonly worn away, especially at those
parts which are likely to become abraded.
The form and composition of the periostracum varies greatly. Sometimes
(e.g.Oliva) it is a mere transparent film, at others
(Zonites) it is transparent, but stout and solid. It is corneous
in Solenomya, covered with fine hairs in many Helicidae,
in Conus, Velutina, and Cantharus it is thick,
fibrous, and persistent; in Trichotropis and some Triton
it is furnished with long bristles on a thick ground (Fig. 191). In
fresh-water shells it is usually rather thick, in order to protect the
shell from the erosive powers of certain kinds of water. In some cases
(Mya, Anatina) the periostracum is continued over the
siphons, so as to form a protection throughout their whole length.
Fig. 191.—Triton olearium L.,
Mediterranean, an example of a shell with a stout and hairy
periostracum. × ½.
Erosion.—The fresh-water Mollusca generally, and marine
mollusca in a few rare cases (Purpura, Littorina)
are subject to erosion, or decay in the shell substance. In
univalves erosion usually sets in near the apex (Fig. 192), where the
life of the shell may be regarded as weakest, and in bivalves near the
umbones. It is commonest in old shells, and rarely occurs in the very
young. So long as the periostracum is present to protect the shell,
erosion cannot set in, but when once it has been removed the shell is
liable to the chemical changes set up in its substance by water. There
is abundant evidence to show that erosion is caused by pollution of
water. Out of many instances one must suffice. In a certain stream near
Boston, U.S., numbers of Mollusca occurred, the shells of which were
very perfect and free from disease. Some little way down stream an
alkaline manufactory drained its refuse into the water. At and below
this point for some distance every shell was more or less eroded, most
of them seriously. Farther down, when the alkali refuse became diluted
away, the shells retained their normal condition.[352]
Fig. 192.—Example of an eroded fresh-water
shell (Melania confusa Dohrn, Ceylon).
A small percentage of lime in the water appears to produce erosion. The
result of some experiments by G. W. Shrubsole, in the investigation of
this point, may be tabulated as follows:[353]—
Water from
Lime present
per gall.
Result
River Dee, near Chester
3·00 grs.
acted strongly
on shells
Wrexham
4·00 grs.
„ „
„
River Dee, near Llanderyel
0·53 grs.
„ „
„
Trent Canal
8·33 grs.
no action
„
CHAPTER X GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA—THE PALAEARCTIC, ORIENTAL, AND AUSTRALASIAN REGIONS — A. The Palaearctic Region — B. The Oriental or Palaeotropical Region — C. The Australasian Region
The Mollusca afford specially valuable evidence on problems of
geographical distribution. This fact is largely due to their extreme
susceptibility to any change in the conditions of life. Genera which
are accustomed to live in a certain temperature and on certain food,
cannot sustain life if the temperature falls or rises beyond certain
limits, or if the required food be not forthcoming. There is therefore
a marked contrast between the Mollusca of the tropics and of the
temperate zones, while different regions in the same latitude, whether
within or without the tropics, often show great diversity in their
fauna. Every region is thus characterised by its Mollusca. The
Mollusca, for instance, of Australia or of South Africa characterise
those countries quite as much as do the kangaroo and the emu, the
hartebeest and the ostrich; there is nothing like them anywhere else in
the world. In the Greater Antilles the Mollusca stand out beyond all
other forms of life as characteristic of the islands as a whole, and of
each separate island in particular.
The geographical distribution of the land and fresh-water Mollusca must
be considered quite apart from that of the marine Mollusca. The sea
offers no such serious barriers to the spread of the latter as the land
does to the spread of the former. If we were to journey to the Azores,
and turn our attention to the land-snails, we should find them almost
wholly peculiar, while amongst the sea-shells we should recognise many
as occurring also on our southern coasts, and few that were different
from those of the Mediterranean. The marine Mollusca of the Sandwich
Islands, in spite of the enormous intervening distance, are not very
different from those of Natal, but the land Mollusca of the two
countries are as widely different as is possible to imagine.
Land Mollusca are, as has been remarked, fettered to the soil.
Quadrupeds, birds, fishes, and reptiles are provided with organs of
motion which enable them to overpass barriers of various kinds. Even
plants, although themselves incapable of motion, may be conveyed in
every direction by means of seeds, which are either wafted by the wind
or adhere to the skin of animals. But the Mollusca have no such regular
means of transport, and are, in a large number of instances, limited to
districts of a certain character of soil, or producing certain kinds of
vegetation.
The localisation, both of genera and species, occurs all over the
world. The genus Achatinella, which is peculiar to the Sandwich
Islands, is found there in a profusion of species. It lives in the
mountain valleys which radiate from the central ridge of each island,
and each valley is characterised by its own peculiar set of species.
The great carnivorous Glandina is restricted to Central
America and the adjacent parts of the two continents, with one or
two species in Southern Europe. Bulimus proper is restricted
to South America; Achatina to Africa south of the Sahara;
Tornatellina to the Pacific Islands; Cochlostyla to the
Philippines; Cylindrella and Bulimulus are peculiar to
the New World; Buliminus, Nanina, Scarabus, and
Cassidula to the Old.
Extreme cases of this restriction of habitat sometimes occur. Thus
Limnaea involuta is found only in a single small mountain tarn
in Ireland; Clausilia scalaris along a narrow strip of limestone
in Malta; Strophia nana is confined to a few square rods on
an island that is itself a mere dot in the Caribbean Sea; the genus
Camptonyx occurs only in the neighbourhood of Mt. Girnar, in
Gujerat; and Lantzia in moss on the top of a mountain in Bourbon.
Attempts to colonise snails in strange localities have usually resulted
in failure, especially when the attempt has involved serious changes of
environment. The common Cochlicella acuta of our coasts resists
all endeavours to establish it beyond a certain distance from the
sea. Snails brought from the Riviera and placed under almost similar
conditions of climate on our own southern coasts have lived for a
while, but have very rarely taken permanent root. Mr. H. W. Kew[354]
has collected a good many of these attempts to acclimatise species,
the general success of which seems to depend almost entirely on a
restoration of the old conditions of life.
At the same time there are certain species which exhibit a curiously
opposite tendency, and which seem capable of flourishing in almost any
part of the world, and under the most varied surroundings. Our own
common garden snail (Helix aspersa) is a striking instance of
this adaptability to new conditions. It has been established, by art
or by accident, in Nova Scotia, Maine, South Carolina, New Orleans,
California, Mexico city, Cuba, Hayti, Cayenne, Brazil, Valparaiso,
Cape Town, the Azores, St. Helena, Mauritius, Loyalty Islands, and
Australia. The great Achatina fulica of East Africa has been
established first in Mauritius, and from thence has been carried to the
Seychelles and Calcutta. Helix lactea, a common Mediterranean
species, has been carried to Teneriffe and Montevideo; Helix
similaris, whose fatherland is Eastern Asia, has been transported
to Mauritius, Bourbon, West Africa, West Indies, Brazil, and Australia;
Ennea bicolor (Eastern Asia) to India, Bourbon, Mauritius, West
Indies; Stenogyra decollata (Mediterranean basin) to South
Carolina; S. Goodallii (West Indies) to British pineries;
Helix Hortensis to New Jersey. Seven common English species
(Limax gagates, Hyalinia cellaria, H. alliaria,
Helix aspersa, H. pulchella, Pupa umbilicata)
have become naturalised in St. Helena,[355] and as many as nineteen in
Australia.[356]
Cases of artificial transport of this kind are readily detected; they
follow the lines of trade. The snails themselves or their ova have
been accidentally enclosed with plants or mould, or have adhered
to packing-cases, or to hay and grass used in packing. Thus they
constitute no disturbance to the general rule of the persistent
localisation of species and genera, and there is little fear that the
evidence which the geographical distribution of the Mollusca brings to
bear upon the general problems of distribution will be confused by any
intermixture of fauna naturally distinct.
Land Mollusca: Barriers to Dispersal.—The chief natural
barriers to dispersal are extremes of temperature, the sea, mountain
ranges, and deserts. Rivers, however large, seem of little effect
in checking dispersal. There is no appreciable difference between
the land Mollusca north and south of the Ganges, or north and south
of the Amazon. Living snails, or their ova, are no doubt transported
from one bank to another on floating débris of various kinds. The
barrier offered by the sea is obvious, and at first sight appears
insurmountable; but the facts with regard to oceanic groups of islands
like the Azores and Canaries (see p. 297) show that even a stretch
of salt water many hundred miles in breadth may be ineffectual in
preventing the dispersal of Mollusca.
Mountain ranges, provided they are too high to be scaled, and too
long to be turned in flank, offer a far more effective barrier than
the sea. Every thousand feet upward means a fall of so many degrees
in the mean temperature, and a change, more or less marked, in the
character of the vegetation. There is generally, too, a considerable
difference in the nature of the climate on the two sides of a great
mountain range, one side being often arid and cold, the other rainy and
warm. The combined effect of these influences is, as a rule, decisive
against the dispersal of Mollusca. Thus the Helices of California are
almost entirely peculiar; one or two intruders from states farther east
have succeeded in threading their way through the deep valleys into
the Pacific provinces, but not a single genuine Californian species
has been able to scale the heights of the Cascade Mountains. The land
Mollusca of India are numbered by hundreds; not one penetrates north
of the Himalayas. According to Mr. Nevill,[357] the change from the
Indo-Malayan to the so-called European molluscan fauna at the northern
watershed of the Kashmir valley is most abrupt and distinct; in two
days’ march northward, every species is different. Ranges of inferior
altitude, such as the Pyrenees, the Carpathians, or the Alleghanies,
may be turned in flank as well as scaled, and we find no such marked
contrast between the Mollusca on their opposite sides.
The most effective barrier of all, however, is a desert. Its scorching
heat, combined with the absence of water and of vegetable life, check
dispersal as nothing else can. The distribution of the Mollusca of the
Palaearctic Region is an excellent instance of this. Their southern
limit is the great desert which stretches, with scarcely a break,
from the west coast of Africa to the extreme east coast of Asia. The
Mediterranean offers no effectual barrier; shells of southern Europe
are found in profusion in Morocco, Tunis, and Egypt, while all through
Siberia to the extreme of Kamschatka the same types, and even the same
species, of Mollusca occur.
A detailed examination of the means, other than voluntary, by which
Mollusca are transported from one place to another hardly comes within
the scope of this work. Ocean currents, rivers, floods, cyclonic
storms of wind, birds, and even beetles and frogs, play a part, more
or less considerable, in carrying living Mollusca or their ova, either
separately or in connexion with floating débris of every kind, to a
distance from their native home. Accidental locomotion, of one or
other of these kinds, combined with the well-known tenacity of life
in many species (p. 37), may have contributed to enlarge the area of
distribution in many cases, especially in the tropics, where the forces
of nature are more vigorous than in our latitudes. The ease with which
species are accidentally spread by man increases the probability of
such cases occurring without the intervention of human agency, and
numbers of instances may be collected of their actual occurrence.[358]
A point, however, which more concerns us here is to remark on the
exceedingly wide distribution of the prevailing forms of fresh-water
Mollusca. It might have been expected that the area of distribution in
the fresh-water forms would be greatly restricted, since they cannot
migrate across the land from one piece of water to another, and since
the barriers between pond and pond, lake and lake, and one river system
and another are, as far as they are concerned, all but insuperable. We
might have expected, therefore, as Darwin and Wallace have remarked, to
find a great multiplicity of species confined to very restricted areas,
since the possibility of communication with the parent stock appears,
in any given case, to be so exceedingly remote.
As is well known, the exact reverse occurs. The range, not merely of
genera, but even of individual species, is astonishingly wide. This is
especially the case with regard to the Pulmonata and Pelecypoda. The
genera Limnaea, Planorbis, Physa, Ancylus,
Unio, and Cyclas are world-wide. Out of about ten genera
of fresh-water Mollusca in New Zealand, one of the most isolated
districts known, only one is peculiar. In South Africa and the Antilles
no genus is peculiar. In the latter case, this fact is remarkable, when
we consider that the same sub-region has at least ten peculiar genera
of operculate land Mollusca alone.
To give a few instances of the distribution of particular species:—
Limnaea stagnalis L. occurs in the whole of Europe, and
northern Asia to Amoorland, Turkestan, Afghanistan, North Persia, and
Kashmir; Greenland, North America from the Atlantic to the Pacific,
and from North Canada and British Columbia as far south as Texas. The
distribution of L. peregra Müll., L. truncatula Müll.,
and L. palustris Müll, is almost equally wide.
Planorbis albus occurs in the whole of Europe, and northern
Asia to Amoorland, Kamschatka, and Japan; Turkestan, the Altai-Baikal
district, Alaska and Greenland, North Canada, and the whole of eastern
North America.
The distribution of Anodonta anatina L., Cyclas cornea
L., and Pisidium pusillum Gmel. is almost equally wide.
It is evident that the accidental means of transport mentioned above
are insufficient to account for the facts as we find them; we are
therefore compelled to seek for further explanation. Anything in the
nature of a current furnishes a ready means of transport for Mollusca
which have obtained a footing in the upper waters of a river, and there
is no difficulty in imagining the gradual spread of species, through
the agency of floods or otherwise, over a whole river system, when
once established at any point upon it. The feeble clinging power of
newly-hatched Limnaea has often been noticed as contributing
to the chances of their range of distribution becoming extended.
Fresh-water Mollusca, too, or their ova, are exceedingly likely, from
their extreme abundance, to be transported by water-birds, which fly
without alighting from one piece of water to another. Again, the
isolation of one river system from another is, in many instances, by
no means well marked or permanent, and a very slight alteration of
level will frequently have the effect of diverting the supplies of one
watershed into another. When we know what enormous oscillations in
level have taken place over practically the whole surface of the globe,
we can recognise the probability that the whole river system of the
earth has been mixed up and reconstructed again and again, with a very
thorough blending of adjacent fauna.
It is possible that the very uniform conditions under which fresh-water
Mollusca live may have something to do with the uniformity of their
distribution and the comparative sameness in their development. There
can scarcely be any question that the environments of fresh-water
species are in themselves less varied and less liable to fluctuation
than those of species whose home is the land. Water is very like
water, all the world over; it may be running or motionless, warm or
cold, clear or muddy, but the general tendency is for it to be free
from extremes of any kind. Even if the surface water of a lake or
river freezes, or becomes unusually hot, there is generally plenty of
water at a lower stratum which maintains a less extreme temperature,
and to which creatures can retire on the first symptoms of a change.
From this two results will follow. Not only will the inhabitants of a
piece of water not be inclined to vary much from the type, since their
whole surroundings, food, etc., continue very much the same, but,
if transported by any accident or cataclysm elsewhere, they will be
exceedingly likely to arrive at a place which closely resembles their
former home in all essentials. Thus the tendency for new types to be
formed would be constantly checked, or rather would very seldom arise.
Mr. Belt, while recognising the importance of changes of level as
affecting the distribution of fresh-water species, appears to regard
the operations of such changes from a rather different point of view
to that described above. “I think it probable,” he writes,[359] “that
the variation of fresh-water species of animals and plants has been
constantly checked by the want of continuity of lakes and rivers in
time and space. In the great oscillation of the surface of the earth,
of which geologists find so many proofs, every fresh-water area has
again and again been destroyed.... Thus species of restricted range
were always exposed to destruction, because their habitat was temporary
and their retreat impossible, and only families of wide distribution
could be preserved.”
The terrestrial surface of the globe has been divided, as indicating
the facts of geographical distribution, into six regions—the
Palaearctic, Oriental, Australasian, Ethiopian, Nearctic, and
Neotropical. To these is sometimes added a seventh, the Neantarctic,
consisting of Chili and Patagonia (and certain islands of the south
Atlantic); but since the Mollusca of Chili unmistakably form a part
of the Neotropical fauna, it seems hardly worth while to recognise a
separate region for those of the extreme south of South America, which
have no peculiar characteristics.
In certain points the exact limits of these regions, as indicated by
the Mollusca, will probably not correspond to those which are marked
out by other zoological classes. Wallace’s line, for instance, does not
exist, as far as the Mollusca are concerned.
These regions may be further subdivided into sub-regions, thus:—
Regions
Sub-regions
Palaearctic
Septentrional
Mediterranean
Central Asiatic
Oriental
Indo-Malay
Chinese
Australasian
Papuan
Australian
Polynesian
Ethiopian
Central African
South African
Malagasy
Nearctic
American
Californian
Neotropical
Antillean
Central American
Colombian
Brazilian
Chilian
The southern boundary of this region is the northern limit of the
African Sahara, the Mediterranean forming no break whatever in its
continuity. In Asia this boundary is less well marked, but roughly
corresponds to the southernmost of the vast ranges of mountains
which border the great tablelands of central Asia. Across Africa the
line of desert is well defined; but in the north-east, as the desert
approaches more nearly to the sea, the African extent of the region
is correspondingly narrowed until it becomes little more than a strip
of coast land, scarcely widening even in Lower Egypt. On the Morocco
coast, Palaearctic land forms penetrate as far south as Cape Nun.[360]
At its eastern extremity the line becomes less well defined, but
probably proceeds along the snowy mountains west of Setchouan, the
Pe-ling and Tan-sia-shan ranges, so as to include all the high ground
of Thibet and of the upper waters of the Hoang-ho, and ultimately
reaches its eastern limit at some point on the shores of the Sea of
Japan.
The region thus includes all Europe, Africa north of the Sahara, with
the Atlantic islands (the Azores, Canaries, etc.), North Arabia,
Asiatic Turkey, the greater part of Persia, Afghanistan, Thibet, all
Asiatic Russia, and a very large portion of the Chinese empire.
The principal characteristics of the region as a whole are:—
(1) The rich development of Helix, Arion, Limax,
Buliminus, and Clausilia.
(2) The comparative absence of land operculates (see map,
frontispiece).
(3) The uniform character of the fresh-water fauna.
It is in the southern portion of the region that Helix (in
the sub-genera Macularia, Iberus, Pomatia,
and Xerophila) and Buliminus (Zebrina,
Chondrula, Ena) attain their maximum. In the north,
Fruticicola is the characteristic group; in the mountainous
districts of the south-east, Campylaea, with Clausilia.
The Arionidae have their headquarters in the damp and warm regions
of western Europe, but are rare in the south. They only approach the
Mediterranean coast in Algeria, near Gibraltar, and in the region
between the base of the Pyrenees and the Maritime Alps, and are very
poor in species throughout Italy and Sardinia. They are absent from
almost the whole of northern Africa, the Mediterranean islands (except
Sardinia), the whole Balkan district, the Crimea, Caucasus, and western
Asia.[361]
The uniformity of the fresh-water fauna is disturbed only in
the extreme south. A few species of Melanopsis, with
Neritina, occur in southern Spain and Austria, Galicia, and
southern Russia, while a Melania or two (absent from Spain)
penetrate the south-eastern parts of Europe as far as Germany.
Cyrena begins to replace Cyclas in southern Russia and
the Caucasus.
The Palaearctic region falls into three sub-regions:—
(1) The Northern or Septentrional Sub-region, i.e.
the district north of the line formed by the Pyrenees,[362] Alps,
Carpathians, and which, passing to the northward of the Aralo-Caspian
district, follows the great central mountain range of Asia until it
reaches the Sea of Japan, perhaps somewhere in the neighbourhood of
Vladivostok.
(2) The Mediterranean Sub-region, i.e. the countries
bordering on the Mediterranean, the Black and Caspian Seas, with the
Atlantic Islands.
(3) The Central Asiatic Sub-region, i.e. Turkestan,
Afghanistan, Thibet, and probably the districts of Mongolia and
Manchuria.[363]
(1) The Septentrional Sub-region has been divided by some
writers into two provinces, the European and the Siberian. There seems,
on the whole, but little occasion to separate off northern Asia, the
characteristic of which is, as will be seen below, rather the gradual
disappearance, as we proceed eastward, of European species and genera,
than the development of any new and peculiar groups. The remarkable
fauna of Lake Baikal stands apart, not only from European, but also
from the Siberian types occurring in its immediate neighbourhood.
On the whole, the Septentrional Sub-region is poor in species
except those which inhabit fresh water. This fact is probably due
to the extreme vicissitudes of temperature which prevail, and it is
interesting to notice that the number of land Mollusca appears to touch
its lowest point in districts where the annual range of temperature is
greatest. On the other hand, in the western portions of the region,
where the climate is moist and temperature more equable, the Mollusca
are considerably more abundant and varied.
The line which separates the Septentrional from the Mediterranean
Sub-region must of necessity be very roughly drawn, and stragglers
from the south will be found to make their way northward, and vice
versâ, under favouring circumstances of temperature and geological
formation. Jordan has noticed[364] that species which in southern
countries are not confined to any particular quality of soil are in
more northern latitudes found only on limestone, which absorbs more
heat than other formations. Conversely, the higher elevations of the
Alps, Pyrenees, and even Carpathians are like islands in a sea, and
support a thoroughly northern fauna, quite strange to that of the
plains below. Thus Helix harpa Say, a completely boreal shell,
which is at home in Canada, Sweden, Lapland, and the Amoor district,
is found on the Riffel Alp, at a height of 6000 feet.[365]Vertigo
arctica Wall., a species abundant in Lapland, North Siberia,
Iceland, and Greenland, occurs on the high Alps of the Tyrol.
Circumpolar Species.—A certain number of species are common
to the extreme north both of the Palaearctic and Nearctic regions,
and are, in fact, circumpolar. The number of these species, however,
is so small, not exceeding about 40 species (= 16 genera), that it
seems hardly worth while creating a special sub-region for their
reception, particularly as no genus is peculiar. At the same time the
fact is instructive as illustrating the close connexion of the northern
districts of the two regions, a connexion which was no doubt more
intimate in recent geological times than it is now.
The circumpolar genera are as follows. The list decisively sets forth
the superior hardiness of the fresh-water as compared with the land
genera:—
Valvata
1 sp.
Bithynia
1 „
Vitrina
1 „
Hyalinia
4 „
Helix
2 „
Patula
2 „
Pupa
3 „
Cionella
1 „
Succinea
1 „
Limnaea
7 „
Planorbis
5 „
Aplecta
1 „
Physa
1 „
Anodonta
1 „
Unio
1 „
Pisidium
1 „
Great Britain.—There are in all about 130 species—83 land, 46
fresh-water; Limnaea involuta (mountain tarn near Killarney)
appears to be the only peculiar species. There are 11 Hyalinia,
5 Arion, and 25 Helix, the latter belonging principally
to the sub-genera Xerophila, Tachea, Trichia,
and Fruticicola. Three Testacella are probably not
indigenous, but are now so well established as to reckon in the total.
Of the four Clausilia two reach Ireland and one Scotland; two
do not occur north of the Forth. There are only two land operculates,
one of which (Cyclostoma elegans) occurs in Ireland but
not in Scotland, while the other (Acicula lineata) reaches
the southern counties of Scotland. Several species, e.g.Helix pomatia, H. obvoluta, H. revelata, H.
cartusiana, H. pisana, Buliminus montanus, are
restricted to the more southern or western counties; Geomalacus
maculosus is confined to a district in south-western Ireland.
The Pleistocene beds of East Anglia contain a number of species now
extinct in these islands, whose occurrence appears to indicate a
warmer climate than the present. Such are Helix ruderata,
H. fruticum, H. incarnata, Clausilia pumila,
Unio littoralis, Hydrobia marginata, and Corbicula
fluminalis.
Scandinavian Peninsula.—From Norway 121 species in all are
recorded, and 148 from Sweden. The milder climate of Norway allows many
species to reach a considerably higher latitude than in Sweden, thus in
Sweden Limax maximus only reaches 62°, but in Norway 66° 50´.
Similarly Arion hortensis and Balea perversa only reach
63° and 61° respectively in Sweden, but in Norway are found as far
north as 69° and 67° 50´. Clausilia is represented by 9 species
in southern Norway; one of these is found north of the Arctic circle.
There are 4 Pupa, 9 Vertigo, and 11 Hyalinia,
but Helix dwindles to 14, 9 of which occur north of the Arctic
circle. No land operculates are found; Cyclostoma elegans,
however, occurs in Jutland and Zealand, which practically form a part
of this district.
Iceland.—Eleven species, all Scandinavian, occur. These are
Arion 2, Limax 1, Helix 2 (arbustorum L.
and hortensis Müll., the latter being found only on the warmer
southern coast), Limnaea 1, Planorbis 1, Pisidium
4.
France.—The northern, central, and eastern districts belong to
this sub-region, while the southern and western, in which an entirely
new element occurs and many northern forms disappear, belong to the
Mediterranean. Thus, for instance, Helix pomatia L., H.
incarnata Müll., H. fruticum Müll., H. cantiana
Mont., H. strigella Drap., H. rufescens Penn., H.
plebeia Drap., are not found in southern France. No detailed
enumeration of species is at present possible, the efforts of a
large number of the leading French authorities being directed to
indiscriminate species-making rather than to the careful comparison of
allied forms. Perhaps the principal difference between the Mollusca of
northern France and those of our own islands is the occurrence of two
species of Pomatias. In the more elevated districts of eastern
France (the Vosges, Jura, western Alps), a certain number of species
occur which are confined to the high grounds of south central Europe.
Among these are Helix holoserica Stud., H. personata
Lam., H. bidens Chem., H. depilata Drap., H.
cobresiana Alt., H. alpina Faure.
The Pleistocene deposits of the valley of the Somme tell the same
tale as those of eastern England, containing as they do species
and even genera whose northern range is now much more limited.
The Eocene fossils from the Paris beds show most remarkable
relationships to genera now existing in the West Indies and Central
America. Others again indicate affinities with India. Thus we find
Ceres, Megalomastoma, and Tudora by the side of
Leptopoma, Faunus, and Paludomus.
Germany.—The Mollusca of the plains of northern Germany
are few and not striking, and exhibit little difference from those
of our own islands. In the mountainous districts of the south and
south-east, a number of new forms occur, amongst which are 3 species
of Daudebardia, a remarkable carnivorous form, with the
general appearance of a Vitrina; 24 of Clausilia, many
Pupa, several Buliminus, 3 of the Campylaea group
of Helix, stragglers from the Italo-Dalmatian fauna, and 1 of
Zonites proper. Our familiar Helix aspersa is entirely
absent from Germany. There are only 4 land operculates—Pomatias
2, Acicula 1, Cyclostoma 1, all of which occur
exclusively in the south. Bithynella and Vitrella, two
minute forms of fresh-water operculates akin to Hydrobia, occur
throughout the district.
Fig. 193.—A, Daudebardia
brevipes Fér.: sh, shell; p.o, pulmonary orifice.
(After Pfeiffer.) B, shell of D. rufa Pfr., S. Germany.
Northern Russia and Siberia.—This vast tract extends from
eastern Germany to the Amoor district. It is exceedingly poor in
Mollusca, and is chiefly characterised by the gradual disappearance,
as we proceed eastward, of European species. There are a few
characteristic Siberian Mollusca, closely allied to European forms,
and in the extreme east a new element is introduced in the appearance
of types which indicate Chinese affinities. The whole district may
be regarded as bounded to the south by a line drawn from Lemberg to
Moscow, and thence to Perm; passing south of the Ural mountains,
it includes the whole basins of the rivers Obi, Yenesei, and Lena,
coinciding with the vast mountain ranges which terminate to the north
the table-land of central Asia, at the eastern extremity of which it
dips sharply southwards, so as to include the Amoor basin and Corea.
All the larger Helices are wanting, and no land operculates occur.
Helix arbustorum L., H. nemoralis Müll., H.
lapicida L., H. aculeata Müll., and Hyalinia nitidula
Drap., do not appear to occur east of the Baltic; Arion fuscus
Müll., Helix strigella Drap., Buliminus obscurus Müll.,
Clausilia laminata Mont., C. bidentata Bttg., C.
plicatula Drap., Viviparus fasciatus Müll., and Neritina
fluviatilis L., do not pass the Urals.
In the Obi district (West Siberia) a further batch of European species
find their easterly limit. Among these are Helix hispida
L., Bithynia tentaculata L., Vivipara vivipara L.,
Pisidium amnicum Müll., and Unio tumidus Retz. A few
distinctly Siberian species now appear, e.g.Ancylus
sibiricus Gerst., Valvata sibirica Midd., and Vitrina
rugulosa Koch.
The following are among the European species which reach eastern
Siberia: Hyalinia nitida Müll., Succinea oblonga Drap.,
Planorbis vortex L., spirorbis L., marginatus
Drap., rotundatus Poir., fontanus Light., Valvata
piscinalis Müll., Bithynia ventricosa Leach, and Anodonta
variabilis Drap. Here first occur such characteristic species
as Physa sibirica West., P. aenigma West., Helix
pauper Gld., H. Stuxbergi West., H. Nordenskiöldi
West., Planorbis borealis Lov., Valvata aliena West.,
Cyclas nitida Cless., and C. levinodis West. In the
Amoor district a decided Chinese element makes its appearance in a few
hardy forms which have penetrated northward, e.g.Philomycus
bilineatus Bens., and a few each of the Fruticicola
(Chinese) and Acusta groups of Helix. Out of 53 species,
however, enumerated from this district, as many as 33, belonging to 18
genera, occur also in Great Britain.
Lake Baikal.—The Mollusca of Lake Baikal exhibit distinct
characteristics of their own, which seem to indicate the long-continued
existence of the lake in its present condition. Several entirely
peculiar genera occur, which are specialised forms of Hydrobia,
e.g.Baikalia, Liobaikalia, Gerstfeldtia,
Dybowskia, and Maackia; Benedictia alone extends
to the basin of the Amoor. Choanomphalus, another peculiar and
ultra-dextral (p. 250) genus belonging to the Limnaeidae, appears to be
related to the West American Carinifex.
(2) The Mediterranean Sub-region is divided into four provinces:
(a) The Mediterranean province proper; (b) the Pontic;
(c) the Caucasian; and (d) the Atlantidean province.
(a) The Mediterranean province proper is best considered
by further subdividing it, with Fischer and others, into separate
districts, each of which has certain peculiar characteristics.
(i) The Hispano-Algerian district includes the greater part
of the Iberian peninsula, the Balearic Islands, and northern Africa
from Morocco to Tunis. The extreme western parts of these districts,
including West Morocco, Portugal, Asturias, and south-west France,
under the influence of the moist climate caused by the Atlantic, show
some peculiar features which, in the view of some, are sufficient to
justify their separation from the rest of the Hispano-Algerian portion.
Among these is a marked development of the slugs, Testacella,
Arion, and Geomalacus, the latter of which occurs even in
south-western Ireland.
Fig. 194.—A, Parmacella
Valenciensii W. and B. × ⅔. (After Moquin-Tandon.) A´, shell
of the same, natural size.
Spain.—The principal features are the development of
the Macularia, Iberus, and Gonostoma
groups of Helix, and the occurrence of the remarkable
slug Parmacella, which is found in many other parts of
the sub-region, and extends eastward as far as Afghanistan.
Clausilia has but few species, mostly in the north. There are
four species of land operculates, one of which is referred to a genus
(Tudora) now living only in the West Indies, but which occurs in
the Eocene fossils of the Paris basin. In the south there are several
species of Melanopsis and Neritina.
The States of Northern Africa have a thoroughly Mediterranean
fauna, whose facies on the whole shows rather more affinity to Spain
than to Sicily. The Helices of Morocco and Algeria belong to the same
groups as those of southern Spain. Many are of a dead white colour, the
better to resist the scorching effect of the sun. Ferussacia is
abundant, Geomalacus and Parmacella are represented by
a single species each, and there is one Clausilia. According to
Kobelt,[366] the original land connexion between southern Spain and
Morocco must have been much more extensive than is usually assumed,
and probably reached at least to the meridian of Oran and Cartagena.
The Mollusca of Oran and Cartagena are, according to him, much more
closely related than those of Oran and Tangier, or those of Cartagena
and Gibraltar, but at Cartagena some species, which are characteristic
of the Mediterranean coasts from Syria westward, disappear, are
absent from the rest of Spain and from Morocco, but reappear on the
south-western coasts of France. These species may possibly have
pushed along that arm of the sea which, when the Straits of Gibraltar
were closed as far as the latitude of Oran and Cartagena, united in
comparatively recent times the Bay of Biscay with the Gulf of Lions.
The following genera, which do not occur in Spain, have probably
spread into northern Africa as far as Algeria, via Sicily
and Tunis, namely, Glandina (1 sp.), Daudebardia (1
sp.), Pomatias (2 sp.). Tunis shows strong traces of Sicilian
influence, and Kobelt found a colony of snails, of Sicilian affinities,
as far west as Tetuan.
The Sahara.—The Algerian Sahara contains, in many places, a
sub-fossil Molluscan fauna which appears to show that the district has,
in quite recent times, undergone a gradual desiccation. The species are
mainly fresh-water, including Melania, Melanopsis, and
Corbicula, with here and there valves of Cardium edule,
and indicate, on the whole, an affinity with recent Egyptian, rather
than North African species. It is probable that a vast series of
étangs, or brackish-water lakes, once stretched along this
region, and were ultimately connected with the sea somewhere between
Tunis and Egypt.
Fig. 195.—Characteristic shells of S. France:
A, Helix (Macularia) niciensis Fér.;
B, Leucochroa candidissima Drap.
(ii) Southern France.—The southern portion of France bordering
on the Mediterranean contains many species, especially of Helix,
which do not occur in the centre and north. Amongst these are—
Leucochroa candidissima Drap.
Hyalinia olivetorum Gmel.
Zonites algirus L.
Helix rangiana Desh.
„ serpentina Fér.
„ niciensis Fér.
„ splendida Drap.
„ vermiculata Müll.
„ melanostoma Drap.
„ aperta Born.
„ ciliata Ven.
„ explanata Müll.
„ apicina Lam.
„ cespitum Drap.
„ Terverii Mich.
„ pyramidata Drap.
„ trochoides Poir.
Ferussacia folliculus Gron.
Rumina decollata L.
Pupa megacheilos C. and J.
Several species of fresh-water Hydrobia (Bithynella)
occur. The district, on the whole, unites certain characteristics
derived from northern Italy with those of eastern Spain.
(iii) The Italo-Dalmatian district includes Italy and the
neighbouring islands (Corsica, Sardinia, Sicily, Malta), and the
regions at the head and north-eastern shores of the Adriatic
(Carinthia, Carniola, Croatia, and Dalmatia), the line which separates
these latter districts from the fauna of southern Austria, Bosnia, and
Servia being very difficult to define.
Fig. 196.—Helix (Pomatia)
aperta L., S. France, showing epiphragm.
Italy, with the neighbouring islands, has a rich molluscan
fauna. In the sub-Alpine districts of northern Italy the prominent
Helix groups are Campylaea, Pomatia, and
Anchistoma, which in the south are generally replaced by
Iberus, which here attains its maximum development. Large
Hyalinia are abundant in the north, and Pomatias and
Clausilia are frequent all along the Apennines. Sicily
has about 250 species, half of which are peculiar. Helices of the
Iberus type abound, but Campylaea is reduced to two
species. Many peculiar forms of Clausilia occur, especially
a latticed type of great beauty. Ferussacia and Pupa
are well represented, and there are one each of Glandina and
Daudebardia.
Dalmatia and the adjacent districts are chiefly remarkable
for the rich development of Clausilia, which here attains
its maximum (nearly 100 species). The Campylaea section
of Helix is represented by its handsomest forms, many of
which are studded with short hairs. Here too is the headquarters
of Zonites proper, which stretches westward as far as
Provence, and eastward to Asia Minor; and also of the single
European Glandina, which has a similar eastward range, but
spreads westward through Italy and Sicily to Algeria, not occurring
in southern France. The land operculates are chiefly represented
by Pomatias, and among the fresh-water operculates are a
Melania and a Lithoglyphus, the latter having probably
spread from the basin of the Danube.
(iv) The Egypto-Syrian district extends along the south-eastern
shores of the Mediterranean from Tripoli to North Syria, and eastward
to the Euphrates valley. Lower Egypt alone belongs to this portion,
the fauna of Upper Egypt being of an entirely tropical character, and
belonging to the Ethiopian Region.
Lower Egypt.—The Mollusca of Lower Egypt stand in the
unique position of belonging, half to the Palaearctic, and half
to the Ethiopian Region. The land Mollusca are of a distinctly
Mediterranean type, while the fresh-water, directly connected as
they are by the great highway of the Nile with regions much farther
south, contain a large admixture of thoroughly tropical genera
(Ampullaria, Lanistes, Melania, Cleopatra,
Corbicula, Cyrena, Iridina, Spatha,
Mutela). The Helices, which are not numerous, are
rather a mixture of circum-Mediterranean species than of a specially
distinctive character. H. desertorum, however, belonging to
the group Eremophila, is characteristic. There is a single
Parmacella, but the physical features of the country are
unfavourable to the occurrence of such genera as Clausilia,
Pupa, Hyalinia, and the land operculates.
Syria.—The Mollusca, especially in the more mountainous
regions of the north, are much more varied and numerous than
those of Egypt. Clausilia is again fairly plentiful, and
the Helicidae are represented by some striking forms of the
sections Levantina, Pomatia, and Nummulina.
Leucochroa has several curious types with a constricted
aperture, and the Agnatha are represented by Libania, a peculiar
form of Daudebardia. A prominent feature is the occurrence of a
number of large white Buliminus of the Petraeus section
(Fig. 200). Land operculates appear to be absent, but Melanopsis
and Neritina are abundant. The Dead Sea contains no Mollusca,
but Lake Tiberias has a rich fauna, including the above-mentioned
genera, with a Corbicula and several Unio.
Upper Mesopotamia appears to possess a mixture of Syrian and
Caucasian forms, including a Parmacella. Lower Mesopotamia
has an exceedingly poor land fauna, but is comparatively rich in
fresh-water species, the growing eastern character of which is shown by
the occurrence of several Corbicula and Pseudodon, and of
a Neritina of a distinctly Indian type.
(b) The Pontic province extends from Western Austria
to the Sea of Azof, and includes Austria, Hungary, Roumania, the
Balkan peninsula (so far as it does not form part of the Mediterranean
sub-region), the islands of the Greek Archipelago, southern Russia and
the Crimea, and Asia Minor. It thus practically corresponds to the
whole Danube basin, together with the lands bordering on the Black Sea,
except at the extreme east, which belongs to the Caucasian sub-region.
Fischer separates off Greece, Asia Minor (except the northern
coast-line), and the intervening islands, with Crete and Cyprus,
as constituting a portion (Hellado-Anatolic) of the Mediterranean
sub-region proper. These districts, however, appear to possess scarcely
sufficient individuality to warrant their separate consideration.
A prominent characteristic of the Pontic Mollusca is the great
abundance of Clausilia and Buliminus. In the islands
east and west of Greece Clausilia forms a large proportion of
the fauna, each island, however small, possessing its own peculiar
forms. The Helices belong principally to the groups Campylaea
(which is very abundant in Austro-Hungary), Pomatia (Greece and
Asia Minor), and Anchistoma. Macularia is comparatively
scarce, but is represented in Greece by one very large form
(Codringtonii Gray). Zonites proper has its metropolis
in this sub-region, and the Danube basin contains one or two species
of Melania and Lithoglyphus. Buliminus is
abundant throughout the sub-region, in the sub-genera Zebrina,
Napaeus, Mastus, and Chondrula. Several striking
forms of Zebrina (Ena) are peculiar to the Crimea.
(c) The Caucasian Province.—The limits of this province
can hardly be exactly defined at present. It appears, however, to
include the whole line of the Caucasus range, Armenia, and North Persia.
The land Mollusca are abundant and interesting. Among the carnivorous
genera are four species of Daudebardia, a Glandina,
and three peculiar forms of naked slug, Pseudomilax,
Trigonochlamys, and Selenochlamys. There is a single
Parmacella, the same species as the Mesopotamian, and a good
many forms of Limax. Vitrina and Hyalinia
are well represented, and the predominant groups of Helix
are Euloto, Cartusiana, Xerophila, and
Fruticocampylaea, the last being peculiar. Clausilia and
Pupa are rich in species, together with Buliminus of the
Chondrula type. One Clausilia of the Phaedusa
section, together with a Macrochlamys (Transcaspian only),
a Corbicula, and a Cyclotus, show marked traces of
Asiatic affinity. There is one species each of Acicula and
Cyclostoma, and one of Pomatias.
The Caspian Sea, like Lakes Baikal and Tanganyika, is distinguished
by the possession of several remarkable and peculiar genera. The sea
itself, the waters of which are brackish, is 80 feet below the level
of the Black Sea, and is no doubt a relict of what formed, in earlier
times, a very much larger expanse of water. Marine deposits containing
fauna now characteristic of the Caspian, have been found as far north
as the Samara bend of the Volga. It is probable, therefore, that
in Post-pliocene times an arm of the Aralo-Caspian Sea penetrated
northward up the present basin of the Volga to at least 54° N. The
Kazan depression of the Volga (55° N.) also contains characteristic
Caspian fossils.[367] According to Brusina,[368]
the Caspian fauna, as
a whole, is closely related to the Tertiary fauna of southern Europe.
Twenty-six species of univalve Mollusca, the majority being modified
forms of Hydrobia, have been described from the Caspian, namely,
Micromelania (6), Caspia (7), Clessinia (3),
Nematurella (3), Lithoglyphus (1), Planorbis (1),
Zagrabica (1), Hydrobia (2), Neritina (2). The
bivalves are mostly modified forms of Cardium (Didacna,
Adacna, Monodacna), which also occur in estuaries along
the north of the Black Sea. A form of Cardium edule itself
occurs, and numberless varieties of the same species are found in a
semi-fossil condition in the dry or half dry lake-beds, which are so
abundant throughout the Aral district.
(d) The Atlantidean province consists of the four groups
of islands, the Madeiran group, the Canaries, the Azores, and the Cape
Verdes.
The Madeiran group contains between 140 and 150 species of
Mollusca which may be regarded as indigenous, the great majority
of which are peculiar. Only 11 species are common to Madeira and
to the Azores, and about the same number, in spite of their much
greater proximity, to Madeira and the Canaries. No less than 74
species, or almost exactly one-half, belong to Helix, and 9
to Patula. A considerable number of the Helices are not only
specifically but generically peculiar, the genera bearing close
relationship to those occurring in the Mediterranean region. As a rule
they are small in size, but often of singular beauty of ornamentation.
Various forms of Pupa are exceedingly abundant (28 sp.), as is
also Ferussacia (12 sp.). There are also 3 Clausilia
(which genus occurs on this group alone), and 3 Vitrina (a genus
which occurs on all the groups). The land operculates are represented
solely by 4 Craspedopoma, which is common to all the groups
except the Cape Verdes.
Fig. 201.—Characteristic land Mollusca
from the Madeira group: A, Helix (Irus)
laciniosa Lowe, Madeira; B, Helix
(Hystricella) turricula Lowe, Porto Santo; C,
Helix (Iberus) Wollastoni Lowe, Porto Santo;
D, Helix (Coronaria) delphinuloides Lowe,
Madeira.
The Canaries have about 160 species, only about a dozen of which
are not peculiar. As many as 75 of these belong to Helix (the
sub-genera being very much the same as in the Madeiran group), and 11
to Patula. There is 1 species of Parmacella (which occurs
in this group alone), and 6 of Vitrina, of considerable size.
A remarkable slug (Plectrophorus) was described from Teneriffe
by Férussac many years ago, but it has never been rediscovered,
and is probably mythical, or wrongly assigned. Buliminus
(Napaeus) has as many as 28 species, all but one being peculiar,
and Ferussacia 7. Cyclostoma has two indigenous species,
which, with one Hydrocena and one Craspedopoma, make up
the operculate land fauna.
The Azores are comparatively poor in Mollusca, having only 52
species, nearly two-thirds of which are peculiar. Helix has
15 species, Patula 4, and Pupa 8. Ferussacia,
so abundant in Madeira and the Canaries, is entirely absent, its
place being taken by Napaeus (7 sp.), which is curiously
absent from Madeira, but richly represented in the Canaries. There
are 7 Vitrina, while the land operculates consist of one
each of Craspedopoma and Hydrocena. A singular slug
(Plutonia), with an ancyliform internal shell, is said to occur.
The group was long believed to possess no fresh-water Mollusca, but two
species (one each of Pisidium and Physa) have recently
been discovered.
The Cape Verdes, owing to the extreme dryness of their climate,
are poor in land Mollusca. There are 11 Helix, nearly all of
which belong to the group Leptaxis, which is common to Madeira
and the Canaries. Ferussacia is absent, Buliminus is
represented by a single species, and there are no land operculates.
Ethiopian influence, however, as might be expected from the situation
of the group, is seen in the occurrence of an Ennea, a
Melania, and an Isidora.
It will be noticed how little countenance the molluscan fauna of these
island groups gives to any theory of an Atlantis, any theory which
regards the islands as the remains of a western continent now sunk
beneath the ocean. Had ‘Atlantis’ ever existed, we should have expected
to find a considerable proportion of the Mollusca common to all the
groups, and perhaps to Europe as well, and there would apparently be
no reason why a genus which occurred in one group should not occur in
all. As a fact, we find the species extremely localised throughout,
and genera occur and fail to occur in a particular group without any
obvious reason. All the evidence tends to show that the islands are
purely oceanic, and have been colonised from the western coasts of
the Mediterranean, i.e. from the direction of the prevailing
currents and winds.
(3) Central-Asiatic Sub-region.—The countries included in
this vast sub-region are Turkestan, Songaria, Afghanistan, including
the Pamirs, Western Thibet, and probably Mongolia. Kashmir belongs to
the Indian fauna. At present the whole district is very imperfectly
known; indeed, it is only at a few points that anything like a thorough
investigation of the fauna has been made. It is therefore almost
premature to pronounce any decided opinion upon the Mollusca, but all
the evidence at present to hand tends to show that they belong to the
Palaearctic and not to the Oriental system. This is especially the case
with regard to the fresh-water Mollusca, many of which are specifically
identical with those occurring in our own islands. A slight admixture
of such widely distributed types as Corbicula and Melania
occurs, but it is not sufficient to disturb the general European
facies of the whole. It is possible that eventually the whole district
may be regarded as a sub-region combining certain characteristics of
the eastern portions of the Mediterranean basin with an extension of
the septentrional element, due to higher elevation and more rigorous
climate. The principal features in the land Mollusca appear to be
the occurrence of a number of Buliminus of the Napaeus
group, a few Parmacella (Afghanistan being the limit of the
genus eastward), Clausilia, Pupa, Limax, and
Helix, with several stray species of Macrochlamys.
This region includes all Asia to the south of the boundary of the
Palaearctic region, that is to say, India, with Ceylon, Burmah, Siam,
and the whole of the Malay Peninsula, China proper, with Hainan and
Formosa, and Japan south of Yesso. It also includes the Andamans and
Nicobars, and the whole of Malaysia, with the Philippines, as far
eastward as, and including Celebes with the Xulla Is., and the string
of islands south of the Banda Sea up to the Ké Is. The Moluccas,
in their two groups, are intermediate between the Oriental and
Australasian regions.
In this vast extent of land two distinct centres of influence are
prominent—the Indian and the Chinese. Each is of marked individuality,
but they differ in this essential point, that while the Chinese element
is decidedly restricted in area, being, in fact, more or less confined
to China itself and the adjacent islands, the Indian element, on the
other hand, extends far beyond continental Asia, and embraces all the
Malay islands to their farthest eastward extent, until it becomes
overpowered by the Papuan and Australian fauna. Upper Burmah, with
Siam, forms a sort of meeting-point of the two elements, which here
intermingle in such a way that no very definite line of demarcation can
be drawn between them.
Thus we have—
Oriental Region
1. Indo-Malay Sub-Region
(a) Indian Province
(b) Siamese Province
(c) Malay Province
(d) Philippine Province
2. Chinese Sub-Region
(a) Chinese Province
(b) Japanese Province
The Indo-Malay fauna spreads eastward from its metropolis, but has
practically no westward extension, or only such as may be traced on the
eastern coasts of Africa and the off-lying islands. There appears to
exist no other case in the world where the metropolis of a fauna is so
plainly indicated, or where it lies, not near the centre, but at one of
the ends of the whole area of distribution.
Comparing the two sub-regions, the Chinese is distinguished by the
great predominance of Helix, while in the Indo-Malay sub-region
Nanina and the related genera are in the ascendancy. In India
itself there are only 6 genera of true Helicidae, poorly represented
in point of numbers; in China there are at least three times this
amount, most of them abundant in species. The Indo-Malay sub-region,
on the other hand, is the metropolis of the Naninidae, which abound
both in genera and species. In the Chinese sub-region Clausilia
attains a development almost rivalling that of S.E. Europe, while in
India there are scarcely a dozen species. A marked feature of the
Indo-Malay sub-region is the singular group of tubed land operculates
(Opisthoporus, Pterocyclus, etc.). In China the group
is only represented by stragglers of Indian derivation, while the
land operculate fauna, as a whole, is distinctly inferior to the
Indian. Another characteristic group of the Indo-Malay region is
Amphidromus, with its gaudily painted and often sinistral shell;
the genus is entirely absent from China proper and Japan, where its
place is taken by various small forms of the Buliminus group.
Fresh-water Mollusca, especially the bivalves and operculates, are far
more abundant in the Chinese sub-region than in the Indo-Malay.
(1) The Indo-Malay Sub-region.—(a) The Indian
Province proper includes the peninsula of Hindostan, together with
Assam and Upper and Lower Burmah. To the east and extreme north-east,
the boundaries of the province are ill-defined, and the fauna gradually
assimilates with the Siamese on the one hand and the Chinese on the
other. Roughly speaking, the line of demarcation follows the mountain
ranges which separate Burmese from Chinese territory, but the debatable
ground is of wide extent, and Yunnan, the first Chinese province over
the border, has many species common with Upper Burmah.
The gigantic ranges of mountains which bound the sub-region to the
north-west and north limit the extension of the Indian fauna in those
directions in a most decisive manner. There is no quarter of the world,
even in W. America, where a mountain chain has equal effect in barring
back a fauna. In the north of Kashmir, where the great forests end,
there is a most complete change of environment as the traveller gains
the summit of the watershed; but Kashmir itself distinctly belongs to
the Indian and not the Palaearctic system. The great desert to the
south of the Punjab is equally effective as a barrier towards the west.
The Mollusca of India proper include a very large number of interesting
and remarkable genera. India is the metropolis of the great family
of the Naninidae, or snails with a caudal mucus-pore, which are here
represented by no less than 14 genera and over 200 species. The genera
Macrochlamys, Sitala, Kaliella, Ariophanta,
Girasia, Austenia, and Durgella are at their
maximum. Helix is scarcely represented, containing only about 30
inconspicuous species (leaving Ceylon out of account). Buliminus
is abundant, especially in the north. The Stenogyridae are represented
by Glessula, which is exceedingly abundant in India, but has
only a few straggling representatives in the rest of the Oriental
region. Among the Pupidae is the remarkable form Boysia,
with its twisted upturned mouth, while Lithotis is a peculiar
form allied to Succinea, to which group also probably belongs
Camptonyx, a limpet-like form with a very small spire, peculiar
to the Kattiawar peninsula. Camptoceras, an extraordinarily
elongated sinistral shell, with a loosely coiled spire, is peculiar to
the N.W. Provinces.
Among the fresh-water pulmonates is an Ampullarina, a
genus only known elsewhere from the Fiji Is. and E. Australia.
Cremnoconchus is a form of Littorina, peculiar to
the W. Ghâts, which has habituated itself to a terrestrial life on
moist rocks many miles from the sea. The fresh-water operculates
include the peculiar forms Mainwaringia, from the mouth of the
Ganges (intermediate between Melania and Paludomus),
Stomatodon, Larina, Fossarulus, Tricula,
and others. The bivalves are neither numerous nor remarkable;
Velorita, a genus of the Cyrenidae, is peculiar.
Fig. 202.—Characteristic Indian Mollusca:
A, Hypselostoma tubiferum Blanf.; B,
Camptoceras terebra Bens.; C, Camptonyx Theobaldi
Bens.
Fig. 203.—Streptaxis Perroteti Pfr.,
Nilghiri Hills: A, adult; A´, young form.
The land operculate fauna of India is singularly rich and varied.
About 25 genera, and at least 190 species, occur. Here we find the
metropolis of Cyclophorus among the larger forms, and of
Diplommatina and Alycaeus among the smaller. A large
proportion of the operculate genera are quite peculiar to the extreme
south of India and Ceylon. The appearance of a few species of the
European genus Pomatias is very remarkable.
The carnivorous genera are poorly represented. A few Ennea
occur, while Streptaxis is practically confined to the extreme
south and north-east.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of India proper
Streptaxis
9
Ennea
8
Helicarion
15
Girasia
14
Austenia
11
Ibycus
1
Africarion
2
Durgella
4
Ariophanta
15
Xesta
8
Macrochlamys
78
Microcystis
7
Sitala
20
Kaliella
35
Hemiplecta
15
Sesara
3
Trochomorpha
5
Trochomorphoides
1
Parmacella (?)
1
Tebennophorus
1
Anadenus
4
Plectopylis
11
Plectotropis
3
Trachia
12
Thysanota
1
Camaena
1
Amphidromus
2
Boysia
1
Petraeus
14
Cerastus
6
Rachis
5
Cylindrus
1
Pupa
15
Hapalus
4
Clausilia
10
Subulina
2
Opeas
6
Glessula
49
Geostilbia
3
Succinea
11
Lithotis
2
Vaginula
1
Camptonyx
1
Coelostele
1
Carychium
3
Ancylus
1
Limnaea
7
Camptoceras
3
Planorbis
10
Ampullarina
1
Melania
17
Mainwaringia
1
Paludomus
10
Stomatodon
1
Larina
1
Cremnoconchus
3
Fairbankia
2
Tricula
1
Bithynia
9
Fossarulus
1
Stenothyra
3
Vivipara
4
Valvata
1
Ampullaria
4
Assiminea
9
Acmella
2
Pomatias
4
Diplommatina
63
Pupina
1
Streptaulus
1
Coptochilus
3
Alycaeus
49
Lagochilus
1
Cyclophorus
12
Scalaina
1
Micraulax
2
Jerdonia
10
Spiraculum
4
Otopoma
1
Cyclotopsis
2
Georissa
1
Modiola
1
Scaphula
1
Unio
40
Solenaia
1
Cyrena
13
Sphaerium
1
Pisidium
5
Velorita
2
Tanysiphon
1
Novaculina
1
Nausitora
1
The Cingalese district, which almost approaches the character
of a distinct province, presents several remarkable points of
dissimilarity from the rest of India. It consists of the island of
Ceylon, and of a portion of S. India whose exact limits have yet to be
defined. It appears, however, that the Western or Malabar coast, with
the hills parallel to it, is more akin to Ceylon than the Eastern or
Coromandel coast. The Travancore, Malabar, and S. Canara districts,
with the Palnai, Anamalai, and Nilghiri Hills, are markedly Cingalese,
while there seems to be no distinct evidence of similar relationship on
the part of the Madras or even the Cuddalore district.
Among the principal features of the Cingalese district is
the occurrence of three peculiar genera of Helix, one
(Acavus) large and finely coloured, another (Corilla)
smaller, with a singularly toothed aperture. While the Corilla
group shows relations with Plectopylis and other Burmese and
Siamese sub-genera Acavus (Fig. 204) is totally distinct from
any other Indian form, and shows signs of close relationship, in the
great size of the embryonic shell, to the Helices of Madagascar (p.
335). In Ceylon the group is entirely isolated, and its occurrence,
besides decisively separating that island from India, Burmah, and
Siam, forms a most interesting problem in the history of distribution.
Eurystoma, with a single species (E. vittata Müll.), is
also peculiar.
As usual when Helix gains ascendancy, the Naninidae
retrogress. Durgella, Austenia, and Girasia
are absent altogether, while Macrochlamys, Sitala,
Kaliella, etc., are present in greatly diminished numbers.
The sub-genus Beddomea is peculiar, a form directly related
to Amphidromus (Siam and Malacca). The fresh-water operculate
Philopotamis is peculiar, but for one species found in Sumatra;
while Tanalia is quite peculiar. But the forms which, next to
the Helices, most emphasise the separation of the Cingalese
district are the land operculates. There are eleven genera or
sub-genera of land operculates which do not occur in the rest of India
proper. Two (Aulopoma and Cataulus) are quite peculiar,
while the other nine are represented in Burmah, Siam, and the Malay
islands, but not in India. On the other hand, Diplommatina and
Alycaeus, so profusely abundant in India, have not yet been
discovered in Ceylon. Among the slugs, Tennentia is a peculiar
genus, whose nearest relation occurs in the Seychelles.
Genera and Subgenera occurring in the Cingalese District, but not in
N. and Central India
Streptaxis
Tennentia
Acavus
Eurystoma
Corilla
Beddomea
Philopotamis
Tanalia
Theobaldius
Leptopomoides
Craspedotropis
Pterocyclus
Aulopoma
Ditropis
Cyathopoma
Mychopoma
Cataulus
Nicida
Opisthostoma
The district consisting of Upper Burmah, Pegu,
Tenasserim, and Aracan, while essentially a part of the
Indian province, contains several Siamese genera which are not found in
India proper, as well as several which are at present peculiar. Amongst
the former category are, of Helicidae, a single representative each
of the genera Camaena (Siamese and Chinese) and Aegista
(Chinese). Influence of the same kind is seen in the increased
numbers of Plectopylis (14 sp.) and Plectotropis (5
sp.), of Clausilia (10 sp.) and Amphidromus (5 sp.),
and of the large tubed operculates (11 sp. in all). Sesara
and Sophina among the Naninidae are strange to India, while
Hyalimax is common only to the Andamans, Nicobars, and Mascarene
Is. Hypselostoma (Fig. 202, A) is a most remarkable genus of
the Pupidae, reminding one of Anostoma of the New World. It is
peculiar to the peninsula, but for one species in the Philippines.
Among the Pupinidae, we have the peculiar Raphaulus and
Hybocystis (Fig. 205), a very remarkable form, of which another
species occurs at Perak. Two Helicina mark the most westward
extension of the genus on the mainland. In the extreme north of Upper
Burmah, Indian and Chinese forms intermingle.
Fig. 205.—Hybocystis gravida Bens.
Young and adult.
The Burmese district, together with the Indian and Siamese provinces,
is pre-eminently the home of a group of Mollusca, originally of marine
origin, which have permanently habituated themselves to a brackish
or fresh-water existence. They belong to widely different families,
and even Orders. Besides Cremnoconchus mentioned above, we
have, among the bivalves, Novaculina, a Solen living
in fresh water in the Ganges, Irawadi, and Tenasserim estuaries;
Scaphula, an Arca, one species of which occurs in
the Ganges hundreds of miles above the tide-way (see Fig. 9, p.
14); and Martesia, a Pholas from the Irawadi Delta.
Clea (which also occurs in Java and Sumatra) is probably
an estuarine Cominella; a Tectura has earned the
name fluminalis from its exclusive residence in the Irawadi
R.; Iravadia is probably a Rissoina of similar
habits, occurring from Ceylon round to Hong-Kong; Brotia
is a Cerithium from an affluent of the River Salwin, and
Canidia is a Nassa, occurring in the embouchures of
rivers from India to Borneo. Nowhere else in the world is there such
a collection—not exhausted by this list—of marine forms caught in
process of habituation to a fresh-water or even a land existence.
The Andaman and Nicobar Islands possess no peculiar
features in their land Mollusca. They are closely related to the
adjacent coasts of Lower Burmah. Amphidromus (2 sp.) occurs in
the Andamans alone, and Clausilia (2 sp.) in the Nicobars alone,
while Hyalimax occurs in both groups. A remarkable Helix
(codonodes Fér.) from the Nicobars appears to find its nearest
relations in the isolated group from Busuanga and Mindoro (p. 315).
Land operculates are abundant, in the Nicobars actually outnumbering
the pulmonates (28 to 22). Helicina and Omphalotropis,
genera characteristic of small islands, are found on both groups.
(b) The Siamese Province includes the area occupied by
the districts known as Siam, Laos, Cambodia, Cochin China, Annam, and
Tonquin. Along the whole of its northern frontier, the zoological is
no more than a political boundary, while on the east the mountain
ranges which part Siam from Pegu and Tenasserim are not of sufficient
height to offer any effective barrier to distribution. The province is
accordingly qualified to a considerable extent by Indian and Chinese
elements.
Streptaxis is, but for three Ennea, the sole
representative of the carnivorous genera, and attains its maximum
in the Old World. Partly owing to Chinese influence, the Helicidae,
with 11 genera and 46 species, begin to regain their position as
compared with the Naninidae (12 genera, 54 species). Of the Helicidae,
Acusta and Hadra appear now for the first time, and,
with Plectotropis, Stegodera, and Clausilia,
form a marked Chinese element. Amphidromus, with 33 species,
is the most characteristic land pulmonate. Several genera, whose
nucleus of distribution lies among the islands farther east, appear
to have penetrated as far as these coasts. Such are Chloritis,
Camaena, and Obbina among the Helicidae,
Trochomorpha, and, of the operculates, Helicina.
Fig. 206.—Cyclophorus siamensis Sowb.,
Siam.
Land operculates are very richly developed. In all, there are 17 genera
and 104 species known. The tubed operculates attain their maximum, and
Cyclophorus is even more abundant than in India. Fresh-water
bivalves abound. Dipsas and Pseudodon are common to
China, and Unio and Anodonta are profusely represented.
A curious resemblance to S. America appears in this group, a single
Mycetopus occurring, the only species not Brazilian, while
Arconaia appears very closely to approach the Hyria
of the same locality. Several genera of the Hydrobia type
(Pachydrobia, Jullienia, Chlorostracia) are
peculiar.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Siamese Province
Streptaxis
20
Ennea
3
Helicarion
7
Microcystis
3
Sesara (?)
1
Medyla
1
Xesta
4
Macrochlamys
6
Kaliella
5
Hyalinia (?)
1
Hemiplecta
14
Rhysota
2
Trochomorpha
6
Trochomorphoides
3
Plectopylis
5
Stegodera
2
Plectotropis
12
Trachia
3
Fruticicola
2
Acusta
2
Chloritis
8
Dorcasia
1
Camaena
5
Hadra
5
Obbina
1
Amphidromus
33
Bocourtia
2
Buliminus
4
Hypselostoma
2
Tonkinia
1
Clausilia
15
Opeas
7
Spiraxis (?)
2
Subulina
1
Succinea
4
Vaginula
7
Limnaea
7
Planorbis
6
Canidia
13
Melania
39
Faunus
1
Bithynia
9
Wattebledia
1
Stenothyra
4
Hydrobia
1
Pachydrobia
9
Jullienia
6
Lacunopsis
6
Chlorostracia
4
Vivipara
39
Valvata
1
Ampullaria
15
Assiminea
7
Procyclotus
6
Dasytherium
2
Opisthoporus
5
Rhiostoma
7
Myxostoma
1
Pterocyclus
7
Cyclophorus
28
Leptopoma
10
Lagochilus
6
Pupina
8
Hybocystis
3
Alycaeus
6
Cataulus (?)
1
Diplommatina
2
Helicina
4
Georissa
2
Modiola (f. w.)
2
Dreissensia
3
Anodonta
17
Mycetopus
1
Pseudodon
18
Dipsas
4
Unio
64
Arconaia
1
Cyrena
6
Batissa
1
Corbicula
35
(c) The Malay Province includes the peninsula of Malacca
south of Tenasserim, and the series of islands beginning with Sumatra
and stretching eastward up to the Ké Is., besides Borneo and Celebes.
The Philippines form a separate province.
The Malay province is singularly poor in representative forms, whether
we regard it as a whole or consider the islands separately. Not a
single genus, with the exception of Rhodina (Malacca), appears
to be peculiar. The contrast with the West Indies is in this respect
very striking. Java, for instance, which is well explored, and almost
exactly eleven times the size of Jamaica, has about 100 species of land
Mollusca, while Jamaica has about 460.
This want of individuality in the land Mollusca of the Malay islands is
accounted for by a consideration of the sea depths which separate them
from the Asiatic mainland. The accompanying map, the red line on which
is intended to show what would be the result of an elevation of the sea
bottom for no greater amount than 100 fathoms, exhibits clearly the
fact that these islands are practically a part of Asia, a large stretch
of very shallow sea extending between Siam and the greater part of the
north-west coast of Borneo.
In all probability the three great islands of Sumatra, Java, and
Borneo were united with the mainland of Asia, and with one another, at
a period, geologically speaking, comparatively recent. This follows
from the general uniformity of their land Mollusca, both as regards
one another and as regards the mainland. Nor do the smaller members
of the island series—Bali, Lombok, Sumbawa, Flores, Timor, and Timor
Laut—show any marked individuality in the possession of peculiar
genera. Wallace’s line is absolutely non-existent, so far as the land
Mollusca are concerned. The really noticeable break in distribution
comes with the Aru Is., for while the Tenimber group (Timor Laut, etc.)
are decidedly Malay, and the Ké Is., in the poverty of our information,
uncertain, the Aru Is. are as Papuan as New Guinea itself. The profound
depths of the Banda Sea to the north, and the Timor Sea to the south,
appear to have kept the islands from Flores to Timor Laut free from the
intrusion of any Moluccan or any considerable Australian element. The
Moluccas, as has been already remarked, besides possessing considerable
peculiarities of their own, unite a mixture of the Malay and Papuan
elements, and serve as a sort of debatable ground for the meeting of
the two.
Fig. 207.—Ariophanta Rumphii v. d. B., Java.
The Malay peninsula is practically another island of somewhat the same
shape and general trend as Sumatra, and about one-half the size. Its
general relations—and the remark applies to the great Sunda Islands as
well—appear to be rather more with Burmah, Tenasserim, and even the
Cingalese district, than with Siam. Points of connexion between Ceylon
and Sumatra, and Ceylon and Borneo, have already (p. 304) been brought
out.
Map to illustrate the
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
of the Land Mollusca of the
EAST INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO
The red line marks the 100 fathom line
London: Macmillan & Co.
London Stanford’s Geogl. Estabt.
It seems not impossible, from the point of view of the land Mollusca
only, that the Sunda Islands may at one time have stretched much
farther into the Bay of Bengal, prolonged, perhaps, into what are now
the Andaman and Nicobar groups, while Ceylon and the western side of
the Deccan, united into one continuous piece of land, and possibly
separated from N. India by a wide stretch of sea, extended farther
eastward in a long island, or series of islands.
Java, from its Mollusca, does not appear to hold the comparatively
isolated position which its mammals and birds seem to indicate. Borneo,
on the other hand, is more Siamese than Java or Sumatra in respect
of a group whose metropolis is Siam, namely, the tubed operculates;
for while that section is represented by 3 species in Sumatra and
only 2 in Java, in Borneo it has as many as 19, Rhiostoma
not occurring in the two former islands at all. Alycaeus,
Lagochilus, Pupina, and Cyclophorus are found
throughout, but Hybocystis (Malacca, 1 sp.) does not quit the
mainland. Borneo is remarkably rich in land operculates, especially
noticeable being the occurrence (11 sp.) of Opisthostoma (Fig.
208), a most extraordinary form of land shell (Ceylon, Siam), of
Diplommatina (17 sp.), and Raphaulus. The occurrence of a
single Papuina (Moluccas eastward) is very remarkable.
Fig. 208.—A, Opisthostoma Cookei
E. A. Smith, Borneo; B, Opisthostoma grandispinosum
G.-A., Borneo. Both × 8.
Amphidromus is a genus characteristic of the great Sunda
Islands, attaining its maximum in Java (12 sp.). The Indian
Glessula still has one species each in Sumatra, Java, and
Borneo. One species of Streptaxis[369] occurs in Malacca, but
Ennea (3 sp.) reaches as far east as Borneo and the Philippines.
Parmarion, Helicarion, Ariophanta, and other
groups of the Naninidae are well represented. Hemiplecta and
Xesta are abundant and large, while the Rhysota of Borneo
contain some huge sinistral forms. Rhodina is a remarkable
form from Malacca, whose exact generic position is not yet settled.
Clausilia has a few species on all the islands, the last
occurring on Ternate, and a single Papuina (Moluccas and N.
Guinea) occurs in Borneo.
The Island of Celebes marks the beginning of a distinct decrease
in the Indo-Malay element. The Naninidae lose ground, in proportion to
the Helicidae, Macrochlamys, for instance, being represented by
only one species, and Hemiplecta by four. Other characteristic
genera of the Indian region dwindle, such as Amphidromus,
Clausilia, the tubed operculates, and Cyclophorus,
while Sitala, Kaliella, Glessula, and
Plectotropis disappear altogether. Comparing the total numbers
of Naninidae and Helicidae from Sumatra to New Guinea, we obtain this
interesting result:—
Sumatra
Java
Borneo
Celebes
Moluccas
N. Guinea
Nanina (all genera)
26
32
51
22
36
40
Helix (all genera)
7
11
13
14
55
91
It will be noticed that the proportion of Naninidae to Helicidae,
which has been nearly 4 to 1 in Sumatra, falls to 3 to 1 in Java, and
rises again to 4 to 1 in Borneo (showing the essentially continental
character of the island); in Celebes it further falls to 3 to 2, while
in the Moluccas the scale turns and Helix has the advantage by
about 8 to 5, and in N. Guinea by more than 2 to 1.
Fig. 209.—Amphidromus perversus L., Java.
There is the same absence of marked features of individuality in
Celebes as in the islands dealt with above. Not a single genus is
peculiar. The nature of the sea bottom between Borneo and Celebes,
with its indications of a somewhat broad bridge over an otherwise deep
channel of separation, would seem to account for and suggest the true
explanation of the facts as they stand. At the same time, there are
indications of a certain amount of contrast between N. and S. Celebes.
The Indian element, which constitutes the preponderating majority of
the fauna, is common to north and south alike. But the north part
of the island, in which Obba and Obbina occur, shows
decided relationship with the Philippines, while the occurrence of
three Chloritis and one Planispira tend to approximate S.
Celebes rather with the Moluccas.
The islands eastward of Java, from Bali to Timor Laut and
the Tenimber Is., present no trace of individual peculiarities;
they simply carry on the Indo-Malay fauna as though along a great
peninsula. Even Timor, surrounded as it is on all sides by sea of
profound depth, shows no sign of possessing even one peculiar genus.
Amphidromus, perhaps the most characteristic of all Indo-Malay
genera, occurs throughout, diminishing in numbers as we go eastward
(Bali, Lombok, and Sumbawa 4 sp., Timor 2 sp., Timor Laut 1 sp.), while
Plectotropis reaches no farther than Flores and Timor. The tubed
operculates are altogether wanting. In Timor Laut we have Moluccan
influence appearing in 3 Chloritis, and there is one (supposed)
Corasia. Two Helices of a marked Australian type
(Rhagada) occur, one in Flores, the other on Dama I., south-west
of Timor. The configuration of the sea bottom (see map) would lead us
to believe that the north-west coast of Australia once stretched a good
deal nearer to these islands.
The Moluccas, taken as a whole, constitute a transition
region between the Indo-Malay and the Papuan faunas, uniting, to a
very considerable extent, the features of both. They fall into two
well-defined groups. The northern, or Ternate group, consists of Gilolo
(Halmahera), Batchian, and the outlying islands as far south as and
including Obi major. The southern, or Amboyna group, consists of Buru,
Ceram, Amboyna, and the chain of islands to the south-east of Ceram, as
far as, and including the Ké Is.
The Ternate group shows decidedly closer relations with New Guinea than
the Amboyna group. Thus, among the Helices, the markedly Papuan
genus Papuina is represented by 7 species in the Ternate group,
but by 1 in the Amboyna group. Again, the Cristigibba section of
Planispira, which is a Papuan form, has 4 representatives in the
northern group, but only 1 in the southern. Certain points of connexion
with Celebes come out in the southern group which are wanting in the
northern; thus of Chloritis there are 8 species in Amboyna, 0 in
Ternate, 3 in Celebes.
In the Moluccas the Helicidae, for the first time as we move eastward
from India, gain the ascendancy over the Naninidae, the numbers being,
Helix 55, Nanina 36. If we take the groups separately,
we find that in the Amboyna group the proportion is 22 to 23, while in
the Ternate group it is 33 to 13, an additional proof that the Amboyna
group is far less Papuan than the Ternate. Of Planispira, the
most characteristic sub-genus of Helix, there are 12 species in
the Ternate group, and 5 in the Amboyna. The section Phania,
which contains 4 species of the finest Helices known, is
quite peculiar to the Ternate group. One species of Obbina, a
sub-genus markedly Philippine, occurs in each group. Several of the
Indo-Malay land operculates (e.g.Ditropis) reach their
limit here, and here too we have the last Clausilia (strangely
absent from the Amboyna group). Amphidromus is not reported on
sufficient authority to warrant its insertion in the list.
Land Mollusca of the Moluccas. (T = Ternate, A = Amboyna[370]
group)
Helicarion
1 A
Euplecta
1 A
Xesta
6 A, 4 T
Macrochlamys
1 A
Lamprocystis
4 A, 2 T
Macrocycloides
4 A
Sitala
1 A
Kaliella
3 A, 1 T
Trochomorpha
3 A, 3 T
Endodonta
1 A
Patula
1 A
Plectotropis
1 T
Eulota
1 A
Chloritis
8 A
Planispira
5 A, 12 T
Cristigibba
1 A, 4 T
Obbina
1 A, 1 T
Phania
4 T
Albersia
3 T
Camaena
1 T
Papuina
1 A, 7 T
Pupa
3 A
Vertigo
2 A
Clausilia
1 T
Opeas
4 A, 4 T
Subulina
1 A
Tornatellina
1 A
Vaginula
1 A
Melania
18 A, 4 T
Faunus
1 A
Vivipara
1 A
Acmella
1 A
Diplommatina
4 A, 2 T
Registoma
1 T
Pupinella
1 A
Callia
2 A
Leptopoma
4 A, 5 T
Lagochilus
1 A, 1 T
Ditropis
3 A
Cyclotus
4 A, 6 T
Omphalotropis
3 A
Georissa
1 T
Helicina
6 A, 3 T
(d) The Philippine Province.—In the extraordinarily
rich development of their Mollusca, the Philippines form a remarkable
contrast with the poverty of the adjacent Malay islands. No less
than 727 species of land Mollusca alone are known from the group,
amongst which are included some of the finest and handsomest forms
yet discovered. The main features of the fauna are Indo-Malay, with
the addition of a certain Australasian element, and a remarkable
development of individual characteristics.
The principal indigenous feature is the profuse abundance of the genus
Cochlostyla, a group of large and elegant land shells, partly
helicoid, partly bulimoid in shape, many of the species of which are
covered with a curious hydrophanous epidermis. They are in the main of
arboreal habits, living in the tops of the enormous forests which cover
the greater part of the islands. As many as 247 species, belonging to
15 sub-genera, have been described.
The distribution of the sub-genera of Cochlostyla on the
different islands of the Philippine group affords important evidence
on the geological relation of the islands to one another. Thus we
find Orthostylus and Hypselostyla occurring in the
central islands and S. Luzon, but not in Mindanao or Mindoro; we find
Chrysalis peculiar to Mindoro, Prochilus to Mindoro and
the Cuyos, Ptychostyla to Luban, all these being sub-genera of
very marked characteristics. Six out of the fifteen sub-genera are
entirely absent from Mindanao, although occurring on the islands in
the immediate vicinity. The little group Tablas-Romblon-Sibuyan are
entirely deficient in certain sub-genera which occur on the islands
surrounding them on all sides.[371]
Other forms peculiar to the Philippines are Diaphora, a
section of Ennea with a curiously produced mouth, and several
sub-genera of the Naninidae (Vitriniconus, Vitrinoidea,
Hemitrichia). The great Rhysota here find their
metropolis. Another very marked group of Helix is Obbina,
19 of the 25 known species being peculiar.
The Helicidae proper of the Philippines are still held in check,
as in the greater part of the Indian region, by the Naninidae. The
single Trachia and Plectotropis, and the 2 species
each of Plectopylis and Satsuma, indicate affinities
with Indo-China. Further important Indian relationships are seen in
the great Nanina and Cyclophorus, which here attain
almost Indian dimensions; in Kaliella (8 sp.), Sitala
(2), Clausilia (1). Among the operculates we still have 1
Alycaeus and 1 Coptochilus. Singularly enough, several
Indian genera which occur here are not found in the intervening
islands of Borneo, Sumatra, or Java, e.g.Streptaxis,
Hypselostoma, Ditropis, Acmella, and
Cyathopoma. The curiously tubed Malay operculates,
Opisthoporus, etc., fail to reach the Philippines proper,
although occurring in Borneo and N. Celebes; one of them reaches
Palawan. The strikingly Malay genus Amphidromus reaches
Palawan, but no farther (1 sp.), while 2 species reach Mindanao, and
one of these penetrates as far as Bohol and S. Leyte. Amongst the
slugs, Mariaella occurs again only in the Seychelles, and
Tennentia only in Ceylon.
Fig. 212.—Helix (Obbina)
rota Brod., Philippines.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Philippines
Streptaxis
1
Ennea
10
Mariaella
3
Tennentia
1
Helicarion
21
Vitrinopsis
5
Vitrinoidea
1
Rhysota
17
Trochonanina
2
Euplecta
28
Hemiplecta
11
Hemitrichia
15
Xesta
2
Macrochlamys
5
Microcystis
3
Lamprocystis
17
Bensonia
4
Vitriniconus
16
Sitala
2
Kaliella
8
Trochomorpha
21
Endodonta
1
Plectopylis
3
Plectotropis
1
Aulacospira
3
Pupisoma
1
Satsuma
2
Dorcasia
2
Chloritis
7
Obbina
19
Papuina
1
Phoenicobius
7
Cochlostyla
247
Amphidromus
2
Hapalus (?)
4
Hypselostoma
1
Pupa
4
Clausilia
1
Subulina
3
Prosopeas
2
Opeas
4
Geostilbia
1
Tornalellina
1
Succinea
3
Vaginula
2
Ancylus
1
Limnaea
3
Planorbis
3
Physa
2
Melania
50
Pirena
2
Bithynia
1
Vivipara
7
Ampullaria
5
Acmella
2
Diplommatina
41
Arinia
6
Pupina
5
Registoma
7
Hargreavesia
1
Callia
2
Pupinella
3
Helicomorpha
4
Coptochilus
1
Alycaeus
1
Leptopoma
42
Lagochilus
11
Cyclophorus
31
Ditropis
7
Cyathopoma
5
Cyclotus
19
Omphalotropis
3
Helicina
18
Georissa
3
Anodonta
1
Cyrena
3
Corbicula
7
Islands adjacent to the Philippines.—The Philippines are
connected with Borneo by two distinct ridges or banks of elevation,
which enclose between them the Soo-loo or Mindoro Sea. There can
be little doubt that these ridges represent the ancient highway of
transit, by which Indo-Malay species passed into the Philippines. The
depth of the sea on either side is profound, ranging from an average of
about 1000 fathoms west of Palawan to 2550 off the south-west coast of
Mindanao.
It appears that the fauna of the Soo-loo ridge is definitely Philippine
up to and including Bongao, Sibutu, and Bilatan, the last islands
at the Bornean end of the ridge. On these are found two species of
Cochlostyla and an Obbina.
The Palawan ridge may also be described as more or less Philippine
throughout. One species of Cochlostyla occurs on Balabac,
just north of Borneo, and two on Palawan, but these are perhaps
counterbalanced by the definitely Indo-Malay Amphidromus and
Opisthoporus (1 sp. each). At the northern end of the ridge, on
Busuanga and Calamian, the Philippine element predominates.
Representatives of two remarkable groups of Helix
(Camaena and Phoenicobius) occur along the Palawan ridge
and in Mindoro. The Phoenicobius find their nearest allies
in the curious small group known as Obba, from N. Celebes,
the Camaena possibly in a type of Helix (Hadra)
occurring in New Guinea and N.E. Australia. The only other Helix
from the whole of the E. Indies which bears any resemblance to the
Phoenicobius group is H. codonodes Pfr., which is
peculiar to the Nicobars. A few forms assigned to Camaena also
occur in Further India and Siam. It would appear possible, therefore,
that these two isolated groups are a sort of survival of a fauna which
perhaps had once a much more extended range.
(2) The Chinese Sub-region.—The Chinese Sub-region
includes the whole of China from its southern frontier up to and
including the basin of the Blue or Yang-tse River, together with the
coast district, including Corea, perhaps as far north as Vladivostok,
and the outlying islands of Hainan, Formosa, the Loo-Choo and Bonin
groups, and Japan to the north of Niphon. It may be divided into two
provinces, the Chinese and the Japanese.
(a) The fauna of the Chinese province proper bears,
in many respects, strong marks of relationship to that of India and
Siam. Thus Streptaxis, Helicarion, Macrochlamys,
Kaliella, Sitala, Ariophanta, Rhysota,
Hemiplecta, Diplommatina, Opisthoporus,
Pterocyclus, Lagochilus, and Alycaeus all
occur, especially in Southern China. The two points in which the
sub-region bears special marks of individuality are Helix
and Clausilia. The sub-genera of Helix which have
their metropolis in China are Satsuma, Cathaica,
Aegista, Acusta, Euhadra, Plectotropis,
and Plectopylis. Sinistral forms (compare Fig. 213) are
rather prevalent. In several cases—e.g.Trichia,
Gonostoma, Fruticicola—there is a reappearance of
forms which appear to belong to well-known European sub-genera.
Clausilia here attains a kind of second centre of distribution,
and is represented by its finest forms, which belong to several
peculiar sub-genera. The carnivorous Mollusca are not abundant, and
are represented by Rathouisia (a peculiar genus of naked
slug), Ennea, and Streptaxis. In the western provinces
Buliminus is abundant in several sub-genera, one of which
appears to be the European Napaeus.
There is little which is striking in the operculates, which are most
abundant in the south, and appear to be mainly derived from Indian
and Siamese sources. The occurrence of Helicina (3 sp.),
Omphalotropis (1), Leptopoma (2), and Realia
(2), is evidence of some influence from the far East. Heudeia
is a very remarkable and quite peculiar form of Helicina with
internal plicae, perhaps akin to the Central American Ceres.
Fresh-water genera are exceedingly abundant, especially Melania,
Unio, and Anodonta. The occurrence of Mycetopus (a
South-American genus) is remarkable. There are several peculiar forms
of fresh-water operculates, whose exact position is hardly yet assured.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Chinese Province
Rathouisia
1
Streptaxis
7
Ennea
12
Parmarion
2
Helicarion
15
Euplecta
3
Macrochlamys
19
Microcystina
2
Microcystis
7
Kaliella
16
Sitala
8
Ariophanta
1
Rhysota
5
Hemiplecta
1
Trochomorpha
2
Limax
1
Philomycus
1
Patula
2
Gonostoma
4
Metodontia
2
Vallonia
1
Plectotropis
9
Fruticicola
11
Satsuma
14
Trichia
10
Cathaica
22
Aegista
10
Armandia
3
Acusta
15
Obbina
1
Camaena
5
Euhadra
14
Plectopylis
19
Stegodera
6
Chloritis
1
Hel. Inc. sed.
39
Buliminus
21
Buliminopsis
3
Buliminidius
3
Napaeus
14
Rachis (?)
4
Pupa
10
Clausilia
102
Opeas
12
Euspiraxis
1
Subulina
5
Stenogyra (?)
12
Succinea
8
Vaginula
7
Limnaea
2
Planorbis
6
Melania
44
Paludomus
3
Bithynia
12
Lithoglyphus
3
Melantho (?)
1
Pachydrobia
1
Prososthenia
2
Stenothyra
2
Hydrobia
2
Mecongia
1
Oncomelania
9
Margaracya
1
Rivularia
4
Delavaya
1
Fenouillia
1
Vivipara
34
Diplommatina
20
Pupina
6
Alycaeus
23
Leptopoma
2
Lagochilus
10
Cyclophorus
18
Coelopoma
1
Pterocyclus
3
Opisthoporus
4
Cyclotus
10
Scabrina
4
Ptychopoma
12
Omphalotropis
1
Realia
2
Pseudopomatias
1
Helicina
3
Georissa
4
Heudeia
1
Cyclas
1
Corbicula
50
Unio
53
Monocondylaea
1
Anodonta
55
Mycetopus
12
Pseudodon
1
Dipsas
4
The island of Hainan, in the extreme south of the sub-region,
has 40 species of Mollusca, 22 of which are peculiar, but there is no
peculiar genus.
The Mollusca of Formosa, although in many cases specifically
distinct, show close generic relationship with those of China. The
characteristic Chinese groups of Helix and Clausilia
occur, and there is still a considerable Indian element in several
species of Streptaxis, Macrochlamys, Kaliella,
and Alycaeus. The occurrence of two Amphidromus, a genus
which, though Siamese, is not found in China or Hainan, is remarkable.
The peninsula of Corea must undoubtedly be included in the
Chinese sub-region. It is true that the land operculates scarcely
occur, but there are still a number of Clausilia, and several
of the characteristic Chinese groups of Helix are reproduced.
In some points Corea appears to show more affinity to Japan than to
China, four of the Helices being specifically identical with
those of Japan, but the peninsula is at present too little explored for
any generalisations to be made as to its fauna in this respect.
(b) Japanese Province.—Kobelt distinguishes four
groups of Mollusca inhabiting Japan (a) circumpolar species,
actually occurring in Europe, Siberia, or N. America, or represented by
nearly allied species (these of course do not belong to the Japanese
province as such); (b) Indo-tropical species; (c) species
which are Chinese or akin to Chinese; (d) peculiar species, a
mixture of two forms, southern and northern, the latter being chiefly
Hyalinia, Patula, and Fruticicola. Out of a total
of 193 Japanese species, at least 164 are peculiar.
The Japanese Helices belong to sub-genera common to China
(Plectotropis 8, Euhadra 21, Acusta 23?); but
the Naninidae scarcely occur at all. The principal feature of the
fauna is the development of Clausilia, which presents some
extraordinarily fine forms. One slug (Philomycus) is identical
with an Indian species. The operculates, which consist mainly of
a few species each of Diplommatina, Cyclophorus,
Pupinella, Pupina, Helicina, and Georissa,
belong almost exclusively to the southern islands Kiu-siu, Sikoku, and
southern Niphon. The three species usually reckoned as Japonia
are probably forms of Lagochilus.
This region includes all the islands of the Pacific east of the
Moluccas, and falls into three sub-regions—the Papuan, the Australian,
and the Polynesian.
1. The Papuan Sub-region may be divided into—(a) the
Papuan Province proper, which includes New Guinea, with the Aru
Is. and Waigiou, the Admiralty Is., New Ireland, New Britain, and the
d’Entrecasteaux and Louisiade Groups; (b) the Queensland
Province, or the strip of N.E. Australia from C. York to the
Clarence R. (about 29° S. lat.); (c) the Melanesian
Province, which includes the New Hebrides, New Caledonia, with the
Loyalty Is. and the Viti Is. The Solomons form a transition district
between the Papuan and Melanesian provinces, abounding on the one hand
in characteristic Papuan Helices, while on the other they form
the north-western limit of Placostylus, the group especially
characteristic of the Melanesian province.
(a) The Papuan Province.—The molluscan fauna of
New Guinea is the richest and by far the most original of all
the Australasian region. We find ourselves, almost in a moment,
in a district full of new and peculiar forms. New Guinea may be
regarded as the metropolis of the rich Helicidan fauna, which is
also characteristic of the Moluccas to the west, of N. and N.E.
Australia to the south and south-east, and of the Solomons and other
groups to the north-east. Here abound species of Papuina and
Insularia (the latter being quite peculiar), among which are
found, if not the largest, certainly the most finished forms of all
existing Helices. Chloritis (13 sp.), Planispira
(5), and Cristigibba (9) are common with the Moluccas, while
a tropical Australian element is shown in Pedinogyra (1) and
Hadra (4). Very remarkable, too, is the occurrence of one
species of Obbina and Rhysota, genera which culminate in
the Philippines and here find their most eastward extension; while a
single Corasia serves to form a link between the Corasia
of the Philippines and those of the Solomon Is., if the latter are true
Corasia.
We naturally find considerable traces of a Polynesian element, which
appears to be principally characteristic of the eastern part of
the island. Most noteworthy in this respect is the occurrence of
Partula (3), Tornatellina (1), Charopa (1),
Thalassia (3). As compared with the true Pulmonata, the
operculates are feebly represented, and the great majority are of a
markedly Polynesian type. Not a single Cyclophorus occurs;
Lagochilus, Alycaeus, and all the tubed operculates,
so marked a feature of the Indo-Malay fauna, are conspicuous by
their absence, and the prevailing genera are Cyclotus,
Helicina, and a number of sections of Pupina.
Leptopoma, as in the Philippines, is strongly represented.
Not that an Indo-Malay element is altogether absent. We still have
Xesta (5), Hemiplecta (8), and even Sitala (2),
but the great predominance of Helix seems to have barred the
progress, for the greater part, of the Indian Naninidae.
The slugs appear to be represented by a solitary Vaginula.
A single Perrieria is a very marked feature of union with
Queensland, where the only other existing species (P. australis)
occurs. The solitary Rhytida, so far the only representative of
the carnivorous group of snails, emphasises this union still further.
Little is known of the fresh-water fauna. Melania (28 sp.) is
predominant, but on the whole the relations are Australian rather
than Indo-Malay. Ampullaria is wanting, while a decisive point
of similarity is the occurrence of Isidora (3 sp.), a genus
entirely strange to the Oriental region, but markedly characteristic of
the Australasian.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of New Guinea
Rhytida
1
Helicarion
2
Rhysota
1
Hemiplecta
11
Xesta
2
Microcystis
3
Microcystina
2
Sitala
2
Oxytes (?)
2
Conulus
1
Trochomorpha
8
Nanina (?)
3
Charopa
1
Thalassia
3
Ochthephila(?)
1
Chloritis
13
Planispira
5
Cristigibba
9
Insularia
17
Obbina
1
Albersia
3
Hadra
4
Pedinogyra
1
Papuina
35
Corasia (?)
1
Bulimus (?)
1
Calycia
4
Partula
3
Pupa
1
Stenogyra
1
Tornatellina
1
Perrieria
1
Succinea
1
Vaginula
1
Limnaea
2
Isidora
3
Melania
28
Faunus
1
Vivipara
4
Diplommatina
1
Pupina
4
Pupinella
3
Omphalotropis
2
Bellardiella
2
Leptopoma
16
Cyclotus
5
Cyclotropis
5
Helicina
15
Unio
4
Cyrena
3
Corbicula
1
Batissa
8
Waigiou is practically a part of New Guinea. Twelve genera
and twenty species of Mollusca are known, eight of the latter being
peculiar. The occurrence of Papuina, Insularia, and
Calycia sufficiently attest its Papuan relationship. Two species
each of Albersia, Chloritis, and Planispira
occur.[372]
The Aru Is. are, as we should expect from their position, and
particularly from the configuration of the adjacent sea bottom (see
map), markedly Papuan. At the same time they show unmistakable signs
of long-continued separation from the parent island, for of their 36
land Mollusca 15, and of their 20 fresh-water Mollusca 9 are peculiar.
The Papuan element consists in the presence of Papuina,
Albersia, and Cristigibba. Moluccan influence is not
absent, for the three Helicina, the Albersia, and one
Cyclotus are all Moluccan species. The fresh-water fauna appears
to be a mixture of varied elements. The single Segmentina is
common to India, the Glaucomya to Malacca and the Philippines,
while the single Batissa is also found in New Zealand.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Aru Islands
Xesta
4
Microcystis
1
Hyalinia(?)
1
Trochomorpha
1
Patula
1
Eulota
1
Chloritis
5
Cristigibba
2
Albersia
1
Papuina
4
Pupa
2
Stenogyra
2
Planorbis
1
Segmentina
1
Melania
14
Leptopoma
3
Moussonia
1
Realia
1
Cyclotus
3
Helicina
3
Cyrena
2
Glaucomya
1
Batissa
1
The Louisiades, the d’Entrecasteaux, and Trobriand
Is., and Woodlark I., are closely related to New Guinea,
containing no peculiar genera. Each group, however, contains a
considerable proportion of peculiar species, an indication that their
separation from New Guinea dates from a very distant period. From the
Louisiades are known 34 species in all, 22 of which are peculiar.
The fauna of the Admiralty Is., of New Hanover, and
New Ireland is markedly Papuan, without any especial feature
of distinction. The Admiralty Is. contain 15 sp. Papuina, 7
Chloritis, 1 Planispira, and 1 Corasia. A single
Janella shows relationship with the New Hebrides and with
New Zealand. In New Ireland Planispira (which is specially
characteristic of W. New Guinea and the Moluccas) has disappeared, but
there are 7 Papuina and 6 Chloritis. The essentially
Polynesian Partula is present in both groups.
The prominent feature of the Mollusca of the Solomon Is. is the
extraordinary development of Papuina, which here culminates
in a profusion of species and singularity of form. The genus is
arboreal, crawling on the branches and attaching itself to the leaves
of trees and underwood. Of the 140 land Pulmonata known from
the group, no less than 50, or 36 per cent, are Papuina. Ten
species of Corasia occur, but whether the shells so identified
are generically identical with those of the Philippines, is not
satisfactorily determined. Trochomorpha, with 22 species,
here attains its maximum. Chloritis begins to fail, but still
has 3 species. Indo-Malay influence still appears, though feebly,
in Hemiplecta (3), Xesta (1), and possibly even
Macrochlamys (1). The Rhytida, the 3 Hadra, and
possibly the Paryphanta represent the Australian element. The
growing numbers of Partula (13), the small and inconspicuous
land operculates (only 22 in all, with Helicina very prominent),
and the almost complete absence of fresh-water bivalves, show signs
of strong Polynesian affinities. An especial link with the New
Hebrides, New Caledonia, and the Viti Is. is the occurrence of
Placostylus (16 sp.). It is very remarkable that this genus
should occur in the Solomon Is. and not in New Ireland. The occurrence
of Streptaxis, if authentic, is very noteworthy, the nearest
species being from the Philippines.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Solomon Islands
Streptaxis (?)
1
Rhytida
1
Paryphanta (?)
1
Helicarion
2
Xesta
1
Macrochlamys
1
Hemiplecta
3
Microcystis
2
Trochomorpha
22
Nanina (?)
2
Patula
1
Thalassia
2
Chloritis
3
Philina
2
Hadra
3
Papuina
50
Merope
1
Corasia (?)
10
Placostylus
16
Partula
13
Succinea
1
Melania
18
Diplommatina
2
Pupina
4
Leptopoma
4
Omphalotropis
2
Cyclotus
1
Cyclotropis
2
Helicina
7
Unio
1
(b) The Queensland Province.—The strip of coast-line
from Cape York to the Clarence R. stands apart from the rest of
Australia, and is closely connected with New Guinea. There can be
little doubt that it has been colonised from the latter country, since
an elevation of even 10 fathoms would create (see map) a wide bridge
between the two. Many of the genera are quite strange to the rest of
Australia. Land operculates are abundant, and of a Papuan type. Several
of the characteristic Papuan genera of Helix (Papuina,
Chloritis, Planispira) occur, while Hadra attains
its maximum. Panda, Pedinogyra, and Thersites
are three remarkable groups in a rich Helix fauna.
Parmacochlea is a peculiar form akin to Helicarion.
The carnivorous Mollusca are represented by Rhytida,
Diplomphalus (New Caledonia), and Elaea. One species of
Janella, a slug peculiar to this region, occurs. The predominant
fresh-water genus is Bulinus (Isidora). Ampullaria
and Anodonta are entirely absent from Australia and New Zealand.
Fig. 214.—Characteristic Australian
Helices: A, H. (Hadra) pomum Pfr.;
B, H. (Thersites) richmondiana Pfr. × ⅔.
Map D. To face page 322.
MAP
to illustrate the relations
OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF
NEW GUINEA WITH THOSE
OF NORTH AUSTRALIA.
The red line marks the 100 fathom line
London: Macmillan & Co.
Land Mollusca of the Queensland Province
Diplomphalus
1
Rhytida
10
Elaea
1
Parmacochlea
1
Helicarion
7
Nanina
3
Hyalinia
10
Thalassia
4
Charopa
5
Patula (?)
4
Macrocyclis (?)
1
Helicella
10
Planispira
8
Hadra
51
Chloritis
5
Pedinogyra
1
Thersites
1
Papuina
6
Panda
2
Helix (inc. sed.)
6
Bulimus (?)
1
Stenogyra
1
Tornatellina
4
Pupa
3
Vertigo
4
Perrieria
1
Succinea
3
Vaginula
1
Janella
1
Georissa
1
Pupina
16
Hedleya
1
Callia
1
Diplommatina
3
Ditropis
2
Dermatocera
1
Helicina
8
(c) The Melanesian Province includes those islands on
which the remarkable group Placostylus occurs, the metropolis of
whose distribution is New Caledonia. These islands are very possibly
the remains of what was once a much wider extent of land. A single
species of Placostylus occurs both on Lord Howe’s I. and in
the North I. of New Zealand, but this fact, while highly interesting
as indicating a possible former extension of land in a south-easterly
direction, is hardly sufficient to bring these islands within the
province as now limited. The Solomon Is., although containing
Placostylus as far to the west as Faro I., form, as has been
already stated, a transitional district to the Papuan province.
New Caledonia.—The chief features of the Mollusca are
the remarkable development of the helicoid carnivorous genera
Rhytida (30 sp.) and Diplomphalus (13 sp.), and of
Placostylus (45 sp.). There is a stray Papuina, and
a peculiar form Pseudopartula, but Helix has almost
entirely disappeared. Polynesian influence is represented by
Microcystis (3 sp.), the so-called Patula (13 sp., many
of which are probably Charopa), Tornatellina (2 sp.),
and Helicina (20 sp.). Partula does not reach so far
south, but there are two species of Janella. The recurrence of
Melanopsis (19 sp.), absent from the whole Oriental region, is
curious, and forms another link with New Zealand. The curious sinistral
Limnaea (Isidora), common with Australia and New Zealand,
is abundant.
Fig. 215.—Placostylus caledonicus Pet.,
New Caledonia, × ⅔.
The New Hebrides link New Caledonia and the Solomons by their
possession of the typical heavy Placostylus (5 sp.) of the
former, and the lighter and more elegant Charis (2 sp.) of the
latter. There are 4 Papuina, and Partula is abundant (18
sp.), but there is no evidence at present that the carnivorous genera
or the Melanopsis and Isidora of New Caledonia occur.
The Fiji Is., by the possession of 14 Placostylus of the
Charis section, which is entirely absent from the adjacent Tonga
group, form the eastern limit of the province. There appears to be only
a single Partula, but the Polynesian element, especially as seen
in Navicella (8 sp.), Neritina (20 sp.), Helicina
(11 sp.), and Omphalotropis (11 sp.), is very strong. The
Microcystis (9 sp.) and Trochomorpha (14 sp.) are also of
a Polynesian type.
(2) The Australian Sub-region includes the whole of Australia
(with the exception of the Queensland province) and Tasmania, with New
Zealand and the off-lying islands. The fauna, from the prevalence of
desert, is scanty, especially in genera. Land operculates are almost
entirely wanting. Limax is not indigenous, though several
species have become naturalised. The bulk of the fresh-water species
belong to Isidora, and it is doubtful whether Physa
occurs at all. Unio has a few species, and also Vivipara,
but neither Anodonta nor Ampullaria occur. There are a
few Melania and Neritina.
Tropical South Australia.—The Mollusca are scanty, and occur
chiefly in the neighbourhood of the rivers, the soil being arid, with
no shelter either of trees or rocks. Fresh-water species predominate,
and the rich land fauna of Queensland is totally wanting. There
are no land operculates, 6 Hadra, 1 Bulimus (?), 1
Stenogyra.
West Australia.—Owing to the deserts which bound it, the
Mollusca are very isolated, only one species being common with N.,
S., and E. Australia. The chief characteristics are Liparus, a
form intermediate between Helix and Bulimus, and, among
the Helices, the group Rhagada. There are no slugs, no
carnivorous snails, and only three land operculates.
Land Mollusca of West Australia
Lamprocystis
1
Hyalinia
1
Patula
7
Chloritis
2
Gonostoma
2
Trachia
3
Xerophila
1
Rhagada
8
Hadra
5
Liparus
10
Pupa
4
Succinea
3
Cyclophorus
2
Helicina
1
In Eastern and Southern Australia (New South Wales,
Victoria, and South Australia) the tropical element, so abundant
in Queensland, almost entirely disappears, the last operculate (a
Helicina) only reaching Port Macquarie, though several species
of Helicarion occur in the extreme south. Hadra is
still abundant in New South Wales (18 sp.) and S. Australia (10
sp.), but becomes scarce in Victoria (2 sp.); New South Wales has
also one Panda and two Thersites. Cystopelta is
common with Tasmania, and one of the Janellidae (Aneitea) with
Queensland. The carnivorous snails are represented by Rhytida.
Caryodes, a bulimoid group perhaps akin to Liparus, is
common with Tasmania only.
Tasmania.—About 80 species of land Mollusca are known, not
more than 10 being common with Australia. No land operculates occur;
Endodonta and Charopa are rare, and Hadra
has entirely disappeared, but Pupa and Succinea
occur. Carnivorous genera are represented by Paryphanta,
Rhytida, and Rhenea. Anoglypta is a peculiar
section of Helix, while Caryodes, Cystopelta, and
Helicarion are common with Australia. Among the fresh-water
Mollusca are a Gundlachia (see p. 345), and some forms of
Amnicola or Hydrobia, one of which (Potamopyrgus)
is common only with New Zealand.[373]
The Neozealanian Province.—The Mollusca of New Zealand, with
the Kermadec, Chatham, and Auckland Is., are remarkably isolated. Such
genera as Nanina, Partula, Pupa, Stenogyra,
Succinea, Vaginula, Truncatella, Helicina,
and Navicella, which might have been expected to occur, are
entirely absent. The bulk of the land Mollusca are small and obscure
forms, perhaps remains of a very early type, and appear to belong to
the Zonitidae, neither Patula nor Helix occurring at
all. The carnivorous forms are represented by Schizoglossa,
a peculiar genus akin to Daudebardia, by Paryphanta,
an extraordinary group of large shells with a thick leathery
epidermis, and by Rhytida and Rhenea. In spite of its
extreme isolation, the general relations of the fauna are partly
with New Caledonia, partly with E. Australia. The occurrence of
Placostylus has already been mentioned (p. 323), and three
species of Janella, a genus which also occurs in Queensland
and New Caledonia, indicate the same affinity. Otoconcha
is peculiar. The fresh-water Mollusca, besides the Isidora
characteristic of the sub-region, are partly related to New Caledonia
through the occurrence of Melanopsis, partly to Tasmania
through Potamopyrgus, while the peculiar Latia is
possibly akin to Gundlachia (Tasmania). The land operculates
number only 5 genera and 14 species in all, excluding a doubtful
Diplommatina.[374]
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of the Neozealanian Province
Schizoglossa
1
Paryphanta
5
Rhytida
6
Rhenea
2
Helicarion
1
Otoconcha
1
Microcystis
1
Trochonanina
1
Phacussa
3
Thalassohelix
5
Gerontia
2
Allodiscus
10
Pyrrha
1
Therasia
7
Phenacohelix
3
Suteria
1
Flammulina
13
Laoma
23
Endodonta
10
Charopa
28
Placostylus
1
Carthaea
1
Tornatellina
1
Janella
3
Latia
2
Ancylus
2
Limnaea
5
Amphipeplea
2
Planorbis
1
Isidora
7
Melanopsis
2
Potamopyrgus
4
Paxillus
1
Lagochilus
7
Omphalotropis
1
Realia
4
Hydrocena
1
Unio
9
Sphaerium
1
Pisidium
2
Lord Howe’s I. is remarkable as containing a Placostylus,
which thus links the island with this province. The remainder of
the fauna is Polynesian, with the exception of a species (common to
the Fijis) of Parmella, a slug akin to Helicarion,
Parmacochlea, and Cystopelta.
(3) The Polynesian Sub-region includes all the island groups of
the central and southern Pacific (except those classified in the Papuan
and Australian sub-regions), from the Pelews and Carolines in the west
to the Marquesas and Paumotus in the east, and from the Tonga group in
the south to the Sandwich Is. in the north. It may be subdivided into
(a) the Polynesian province proper, and (b) the Hawaiian
province, which includes the Sandwich Is. only.
Fig. 216.—Characteristic Polynesian Mollusca:
A, Achatinella vulpina Fér., Sandwich Is.; B,
Partula planilabrum Pease, Society Is.
(a) The general features of the Polynesian province are
very similar throughout, although the Mollusca of each island group
are in the main peculiar. The species are mostly small and obscure.
Helix scarcely occurs, its place being taken by small Zonitidae
(Microcystis, Charopa, Trochomorpha, etc.), and
by groups of so-called Patula (Endodonta, Pitys,
etc.), the exact position of which is not yet settled. Libera,
remarkable for its method of ovipositing (p. 128), is peculiar to
the Society and Hervey Is.; Partula is almost universal,
attaining its maximum (40 sp.) in the Society Is.; Tornatellina,
Pupa, and Vertigo occur throughout.
The land operculates consist chiefly of Omphalotropis,
Pupina, Realia, and Helicina. Diplommatina
and Palaina are abundant on the Pelews, and a Moussonia
occurs in the Samoa Is. Ostodes, a small form of
Cyclophorus, is found in some of the southern groups.
The fresh-water operculates are Melania, Neritina
(including Clithon, a sub-genus furnished with spines),
and Navicella; there are no Unionidae, while fresh-water
Pulmonata are very scarce.
(b) The land Mollusca of the Hawaiian province
are distinguished by the possession of four entirely peculiar
genera—Achatinella, Leptachatina, Carelia, and
Auriculella. More than 300 of the two former genera have been
described, every mountain valley of some of the islands having its own
peculiar species. The destruction of the indigenous herbage by goats
is rapidly extinguishing many forms. Partula, and the small
land operculates, so characteristic of the other groups, are, with the
exception of Helicina, entirely wanting. The occurrence of one
of the Merope group of Helix (Solomon Is.) is remarkable,
and there is a rich development of Succinea. “Patula,”
Microcystis, Tornatellina, and the other small
Polynesian land Pulmonata are well represented. The presence of
Isidora, absent from the central Pacific groups, is remarkable,
and Erinna is a peculiar genus belonging to the Limnaeidae.
CHAPTER XI GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF LAND MOLLUSCA ( continued )—THE ETHIOPIAN, NEARCTIC, AND NEOTROPICAL REGIONS — D. The Ethiopian Region — E. The Nearctic Region — F. The Neotropical Region
The Ethiopian region includes the whole of Africa south of the Great
Desert, and Southern Arabia, together with the outlying islands,
excepting those of the Atlantidean province (p. 297).
Regarded as a whole, the Ethiopian is poorest in land Mollusca of all
the tropical regions. And yet its characteristics are very remarkable.
The entire Achatina group is peculiar, and takes, especially
in W. Africa, some curious forms (Columna, Perideris,
Pseudachatina). Carnivorous Mollusca (Ennea,
Gibbus, etc.) are highly developed, especially in the south and
east, the largest known helicoid form (Aerope) being from Natal.
In the possession of these types of the Agnatha, Africa is more closely
related to the Australasian than to the Oriental region. The true
Cyclostoma are entirely peculiar to the region, but are absent
from West Africa.
Fresh-water Mollusca are abundant and characteristic, especially in
and near the Great Lakes. Lanistes, Cleopatra, and
Meladomus, among the operculates, together with Mutela
and Aetheria (Unionidae), Galatea and Fischeria
(Cyrenidae), are peculiar.
In its negative, as well as its positive features, the Ethiopian region
is markedly isolated. Helicidae and Naninidae are equally deficient,
the former, indeed, attaining some numerical predominance in the
extreme south, but the species are nearly all insignificant in size and
colouring. It is only in Madagascar that Helix asserts itself.
Arion, Limax, Hyalinia, Clausilia, and a
number of other genera abundant along the Mediterranean, are either
altogether absent, or are very scantily represented. Land operculates,
so characteristic of other tropical countries, are almost entirely
wanting. If we disregard the Malagasy sub-region, there are scarcely
forty species of land operculates on the whole African continent.
The Ethiopian region may be divided into three sub-regions: (1) the
Central African; (2) the South African; (3) the Malagasy.
(1) The Central African Sub-region is bounded on the north by
the Great Desert, on the east and west by the ocean, and on the south
by a line roughly drawn between the mouth of the Orange River and
Delagoa Bay; it also includes S. Arabia. No natural features exist
which tend to break up this vast district into areas of independent
zoological development. The absence of long and lofty mountain ranges,
the enormous size of the great river basins, and the general uniformity
of climate, equalise the conditions of life throughout. It will be
convenient to break the sub-region up into provinces, but in most cases
no precise line of demarcation can be laid down.
(a) The Senegambian Province may be regarded as extending
from the mouth of the Senegal River to Cape Palmas. Only 8 genera
of land Mollusca are known, including 4 Limicolaria and 3
Thapsia, with 1 small Cyclophorus. Fresh-water genera are
abundant, and include most of the characteristic Ethiopian forms.
(b) The West African Province extends from Cape Palmas
to the mouth of the Congo, and is rich in Mollusca. The great
Achatina, largest of land snails, whose shell sometimes
attains a length of 6½ in., Limicolaria, Perideris,
and Pseudachatina are the characteristic forms. The
Agnatha are represented by Ennea, Streptaxis, and
Streptostele. Rachis and Pachnodus, sub-genera
of Buliminus, occur also on the east coast. A special feature
is the development of several peculiar slug-like genera, e.g.Oopelta, perhaps a form of Arion; Estria,
a slug with an external shell, akin to Parmacella; and
Aspidelus, a form intermediate between Helicarion
and Limax. Claviger, a handsome group akin to
Cerithium, is peculiar to the estuaries of West African rivers.
About sixteen species are known from the Cameroons District,
but no peculiar genera occur. The French Congo District has
not yet been well explored. Tomostele, a genus allied to
Streptostele, is peculiar, and Pseudachatina attains its
maximum.
Fig. 217.—Columna flammea Müll.,
Princes I.
St. Thomas and Princes Is., in the Gulf of Guinea, are well
known. Princes I. has 22 species, 14 peculiar, and 2 common to St.
Thomas only, one of the latter being the great sinistral Achatina
bicarinata Chem. The remarkable genus Columna (Fig. 217) is
peculiar, and Streptostele (4 sp.) attains its maximum. Peculiar
to St. Thomas are Pyrgina, a turreted form of Stenogyra;
Thyrophorella, a sinistral form of Zonites; and
Atopocochlis, a large bulimoid shell, whose true relationships
are not yet known. Homorus, a group of Achatina with
an elongated spire, occurring also in the Angola District and on the
east coast, has 4 species. No fresh-water species have as yet been
discovered in either of the islands.
The Angola and Benguela District, extending from the Congo to
the Cunene R., probably belongs to the West African Sub-region, but
until its fauna is better known it is advisable to consider it apart.
Achatina continues abundant, but the other characteristic
West African forms (Pseudachatina, Streptostele,
Perideris) diminish or are absent altogether. No Helix
and only 1 Cyclophorus occur.
Ovampo, Damara, and Great Namaqualand, lying
between the Cumene and Orange rivers, seem to form a transition
district between the West and South African faunas. Helix
reappears, while the characteristic West African genera are almost
entirely wanting.
(c) The East African Province extends from about Delagoa
Bay to the Abyssinian shores of the Red Sea. In general out-line the
province consists of a flat marshy district, extending inland for
many miles from the sea; this is succeeded by rising ground, which
eventually becomes a high table-land, often desolate and arid, whose
line of slope lies parallel to the trend of the coast. The Mollusca are
little known, and have only been studied in isolated districts, usually
from the discoveries of exploring expeditions.
The Mozambique District, from Delagoa Bay to Cape Delgado,
includes no genus which does not occur on the west coast,
except Cyclostoma (2 sp.). Trochonanina (4 sp.),
Urocyclus, a characteristic African slug (2 sp.), Rachis
(6 sp.), Pachnodus (2 sp.), and Achatina (5 sp.), are the
principal groups.
Fig. 218.—Urocyclus comorensis Fisch.,
Comoro Is.: G, Generative orifice; M, mucous gland;
O, orifice leading to internal shell; P, pulmonary
orifice; T, tentacles. (After Fischer.)
The Zanzibar District, from Cape Delgado to the Somali country,
has the same general features. Meladomus, a large sinistral
Ampullaria, is characteristic, while Cyclostoma (5
sp.) becomes more abundant. Helix is still absent, but the
carnivorous forms (Streptaxis 2 sp., Ennea 7 sp.) are
rather numerous.
The Somali District is characterised by operculate groups
of the Otopoma type (Georgia, Rochebrunia,
Revoilia) whose generic value is rather doubtful.
Petraeus, in an Arabian type, supplants Rachis
and Pachnodus. Achatina is nearly wanting, but
Limicolaria has 9 species. A few Helix, said to be of the
Pisana group, occur.
The District between the Great Lakes and the coast region
is fairly well known through recent explorations, especially those
associated with Emin Pasha. Streptaxis (6 sp.) and Ennea
(24 sp.) are numerous, Helix is wanting, and the Naninidae are
represented by Trochonanina (7 sp.), and other forms at present
grouped under Nanina or Hyalinia. On the high ground
Buliminus, Cerastus, and Hapalus replace, to
some extent, the Achatina and Limicolaria of the marshy
plains. Land operculates (Cyclophorus 1, Cyclostoma 8)
are more numerous; among fresh-water genera we have Lanistes
(5 sp.), Cleopatra (3 sp.), Meladomus (1 sp.), and
Leroya, a sinistral form with the facies of a Littorina.
The characteristic African bivalves (Mutela, Spatha,
etc.) are few in number.
(d) Province of the Great Lakes.—The Mollusca of the
four great lakes of Eastern Central Africa—Lakes Albert Nyanza
(Luta Nzige, 2720 ft.), Victoria Nyanza (Oukéréwé, 3700 ft.), Nyassa
(1520 ft.), and Tanganyika (2800 ft.)—are well known, and supply
an interesting problem in distribution. Those of the three first
mentioned lakes differ in no way from the rest of tropical Africa, but
the Mollusca of Tanganyika include, in addition to the ordinary African
element, a number of peculiar operculate genera, belonging principally
to the Melaniidae and Hydrobiidae. Several of these possess a solidity
of form and compactness of structure which is unusual in fresh-water
genera, and has led to the belief, among some authorities, that they
are the direct descendants of marine species, and that Tanganyika
represents an ancient marine area. This view appears untenable. The
Victoria Nyanza and Nyassa are part of the same system as Tanganyika,
and it is not easy to see how, if Tanganyika were once an arm of the
sea, they were not equally so, especially as they are several hundred
miles nearer the Indian Ocean as at present defined. Nor, as will be
seen from the figures given above, is there anything in the altitudes
which would make us expect anything exceptional in Tanganyika. The
similar case of L. Baikal must be compared (p. 290), where again a
number of specialised forms of Hydrobia occur.
Of the genera concerned, Paramelania and Nassopsis are
forms of Melaniidae; Tiphobia (Fig. 219), which is allied
to Paludomus, is a compact shell with angulated spinose
whorls; Lacunopsis, Ponsonbya, Limnotrochus,
and Tanganyicia are probably forms of Lithoglyphus,
some, as their names denote, being of decidedly marine facies;
Syrnolopsis and Turbonilla (?) look like Pyramidellidae,
Horea and Reymondia like Rissoina;
Bourguignatia appears to belong to Vivipara, with which
has now been merged the genus Neothauma. Recently discovered
forms from the adjacent L. Mweru are evidently of kindred origin.
(e) The Afro-Arabian Province includes Abyssinia, with
S. Arabia, the African shores of the Gulf of Aden, and Socotra.
The province contains a singular mixture of types. The high ground
of Abyssinia stands like a lofty European island in the midst of a
tropical plain, with Palaearctic genera flourishing like hardy northern
plants on a mountain in low latitudes. Helix, Vitrina,
and Pupa abound, with a few Clausilia and even a
Limax. On the lower levels occur Limicolaria (3 sp.),
Subulina (7 sp.), Helicarion, and Homorus, but
land operculates are entirely wanting. Characteristic of the province
as a whole are various forms of Buliminus, which in Socotra
are represented by two peculiar sub-genera, Achatinelloides
and Passamaiella. In S. Arabia the mixture of types produces
curious results: the Helix, Clausilia, and Vitrina
being Palaearctic, the Limicolaria and all the operculates
Ethiopian, while the single Trochomorpha is Indian. Indian
influence, indeed, comes out unmistakably throughout the province.
Thus in Socotra there are two Cyclotopsis, in Abyssinia two
Africarion (closely related to the Indian Girasia), two
Microcystis, and a Glessula, and in the Scioa district
there is a Sitala. The fresh-water Mollusca of Socotra are
Indian forms.
Fig. 219.—Tiphobia Horei E. A. Smith,
L. Tanganyika.
Fig. 220.—Mollusca characteristic of L.
Tanganyika: A, Nassopsis nassa Woodw.; B,
Spekia zonata Woodw.; C, Syrnolopsis lacustris E.
A. Smith.
Fig. 221.—Achatina zebra Lam., S.
Africa. × ½.
(2) The South African Sub-region.—The principal characteristic
of the Mollusca of S. Africa is the occurrence of numerous small
species of Helicidae, belonging chiefly to the groups Pella,
Phasis, Dorcasia, and Sculptaria, all of which
are practically peculiar. Carnivorous genera are also prominent,
Ennea here attaining its maximum. Rhytida (to which
several species still regarded as Pella belong) is common only
to the S. Pacific and Australasia, and forms, with Isidora
among the fresh-water pulmonates, a remarkable link of connexion.
Aerope, the largest of all helicoid carnivorous genera, and
Chlamydephorus, a carnivorous slug with an internal shell, are
peculiar. Achatina is still abundant, but Limicolaria
is wanting. Livinhacea, a form with a continuous peristome,
perhaps akin to Bulimus; Apera, a form of slug; and
Coeliaxis, a genus perhaps akin to the Papuan and Queensland
Perrieria, are all peculiar. The land operculates, which are not
numerous, are of the East African type.
Land Mollusca of the S. African Sub-region
Chlamydephorus
1
Ennea
31
Aerope
5
Rhytida
3
Helicarion
3
Trochonanina
1
Trochozonites
1
Limax
1
Apera
1
Vitrina
7
Nanina
6
Conulus
2
Patula
2
Pella
44
Dorcasia
8
Phasis
1
Sculptaria
2
Helix (inc. sed.)
4
Rachis
1
Pachnodus
3
Buliminus (?)
4
Pupa
20
Vertigo
2
Achatina
18
Livinhacea
1
Stenogyra
4
Coeliaxis
1
Succinea
3
Vaginula
2
Cyclophorus
1
Cyclostoma
7
Cyclotus (?)
1
Blanfordia
1
St. Helena.—The Molluscan fauna of St. Helena is perhaps the
most puzzling, as regards its geographical affinities, of any in the
world. It consists of 29 peculiar species of land Mollusca (fresh-water
species being unknown), 19 of which are recently extinct, partly
owing to the destruction of the forest, but are found in considerable
abundance in a state of good preservation.[375] The genera are—
Hyalinia
1
Patula
4 (3 extinct)
Endodonta
10 (7 extinct)
Bulimulus
7 (5 extinct)
Pachyotus
1 (extinct)
Tomigerus (?)
1 (extinct)
Pupa
2 (extinct)
Succinea
3
The 5 genera which concentrate our attention are Patula,
Endodonta, Pachyotus (Fig. 222), Tomigerus,
and Bulimulus, all of which appear utterly strange to an
oceanic island in the middle of the S. Atlantic. Patula and
Endodonta are essentially Polynesian forms, occurring abundantly
on all the island groups in the Central Pacific. Pachyotus,
Tomigerus (assuming its correct identification), and
Bulimulus are all S. American forms, the two former being
especially characteristic of Brazil. How this mixture of genera now
confined to regions so widely distant, not only from St. Helena
itself, but from one another, became associated here, is a problem
obviously not easy of solution. The fauna is probably a remnant
of a very ancient type, possibly at one time much more widely
distributed. Endodonta (an essentially insular form, like
Omphalotropis) actually occurs on Fernando Noronha, off the
Brazil coast, and we shall see how an Indian and even a Polynesian
element is present off the eastern coasts of Africa.
Ascension I.—One indigenous species, a so-called Limax,
is all that has ever been discovered.
(3) The Malagasy Sub-region includes Madagascar with its
attendant satellites Bourbon, Mauritius, and Rodriguez, and the
Seychelles and Comoro groups. No land Mollusca are known from the
Amirantes, the Chagos, or from Aldabra. The special characteristics
of the sub-region are the great development of the carnivorous
land Mollusca (Ennea, Gibbus), the occurrence of a
considerable number of true Helicidae of great size and beauty, and the
prominence of the genus Cyclostoma.
(a) The Madagascan Province.—The land Mollusca of
Madagascar, although as yet imperfectly known, possess a striking
individuality. Two of the chief characteristics of the Ethiopian
region are the paucity of its land operculate and of its Helix
fauna; Madagascar is especially distinguished by the rich development
of both these groups. For size, colouring, and beauty of shape, the
Helicidae of the two sub-genera Ampelita and Helicophanta
rival, if they do not surpass, any in the world. They are quite
peculiar to this sub-region, not a trace of them occurring on the
Mascarenes, Seychelles, or even on the Comoros. Helicophanta
is distinguished by the enormous size of its embryonic shell, which
persists in the adult (Fig. 223), and in this respect the group appears
to be related to Acavus (Ceylon, Fig. 204) and Panda
(N.E. Australia). As is usual when Helix is well developed,
Nanina (about 12 sp.) is proportionately scanty.
The African Bulimini (Pachnodus and Rachis)
are represented by two species, but Achatina, so abundant
on the mainland, is scarce. Two other groups of Buliminus,
Leucotaenia and Clavator, are peculiar. The presence of
a single Kaliella, specifically identical with a common Indian
form, is very remarkable.
Cyclostoma proper, of which Madagascar is the metropolis, is
richly developed (54 sp.). Many of the species are of great size and of
striking beauty of ornamentation. Unlike its Helicidae, this genus is
not restricted to Madagascar; several species occur on the mainland,
6 on the Comoros, one on the Seychelles, and 16 in Mauritius. The
sub-genera Acroptychia and Hainesia are peculiar.
Fig. 222.—Pachyotus auris vulpina
Desh., St. Helena (sub-fossil).
The fresh-water Mollusca of Madagascar contain further traces of
Indian relationship. Thus we find two species of Paludomus, a
genus whose metropolis is Ceylon, India, and Further India, and which
is barely represented on the Seychelles and in the Somali district.
Melanatria, which is peculiar to Madagascar, has its nearest
affinities in the Cingalese and East Indian faunas. Several of the
Melania and the two Bithynia are of a type entirely
wanting in Africa, but common in the Indo-Malay sub-region. Not
a single one of the characteristic African fresh-water bivalves
(Mutela, Spatha, Aetheria, Galatea, etc.)
has been found in Madagascar. On the other hand, certain African
Gasteropoda, such as Cleopatra and Isidora, occur,
indicating, in common with the land Mollusca, that an ultimate land
connexion with Africa must have taken place, but at an immeasurably
remote period.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca of Madagascar
Ennea
9
Urocyclus
2
Helicarion (?)
1
Macrocyclis (?)
1
Kaliella
1
Nanina (inc. sed.)
9
Ampelita
35
Helicophanta
17
Pachnodus
2
Rachis
2
Leucotaenia
2
Clavator
2
Achatina
3
Opeas
2
Subulina
3
Vaginula
4
Limnea
2
Planorbis
3
Isidora
3
Melania
7
Melanatria
4
Paludomus
2
Vivipara
1
Bithynia
2
Cleopatra
2
Ampullaria
6
Cyclophorus
2
Cyclotus (?)
1
Cyclostoma
54
Otopoma
5
Lithidion
1
Acroptychia
3
Hainesia
3
Unio
1
Corbicula
2
Sphaerium
1
Pisidium
1
The Comoro Islands.—This isolated group possesses about 100
species, almost all of which are peculiar. The principal feature is the
rich development of Ennea (30 sp.). On the whole the group shows
more relationship to Madagascar than to the mainland. Thus we have
six species of true Cyclostoma, and only one Achatina,
while among the fresh-water genera is Septaria, which is
characteristic of the whole Malagasy Sub-region, but is absent from the
mainland. The Helicidae are all of insignificant size. Peculiar to the
group is the remarkable genus Cyclosurus (Fig. 152, p. 247).
(b) The Mascarene Province (Mauritius, Bourbon,
Rodriguez, and the Seychelles).—The percentage of peculiar species,
which is very high, can only be paralleled in the case of some of the
West Indian islands, and sufficiently attests the extreme isolation of
the group from Madagascar. We have—
Total sp.
Land sp.
Fresh-water
sp.
Peculiar
Peculiar to
group
Mauritius
113
104
9
78
102 (90 p.c.)
Bourbon
45
40
5
19
38 (84 p.c.)
Rodriguez
23
19
4
15
21 (95 p.c.)
Seychelles
34
27
7
24
30 (90 p.c.)
The Mollusca of the group exhibit three distinct elements, the
Indigenous, the Madagascan, and the Indian and Australasian.
The genus Pachystyla (Naninidae) is quite peculiar, forming
the main portion of the land snails proper. It attains its maximum in
Mauritius (17 sp.), with 5 sp. in Bourbon and one sub-fossil sp. in
Rodriguez, while in the Seychelles it is absent. But the principal
feature of the Mascarene group is the extraordinary development of
the carnivorous genus Gibbus, which has 27 sp. in Mauritius,
8 in Bourbon, 4 in Rodriguez; in the Seychelles, it is replaced
by Edentulina and Streptostele. The principal link
with Madagascar is found in a part of the operculate land fauna.
Cyclostoma is present (with Otopoma) in several fine
living forms, and the number of sub-fossil species is a clear
indication that this group was, not long ago, much more abundant, for
of the 16 Cyclostoma known from Mauritius 10 are sub-fossil. The
operculates form a decided feature of the land fauna; thus in Mauritius
there are 32 species, or more than 28 per cent of the whole.
Fig. 225.—Characteristic Mauritian land
shells: A, Gibbus palanga Fér.; A´, young of same;
B, Gibbus lyonetianus Pall.
Indian and Australasian affinities are unmistakably present. Thus
Omphalotropis, a genus characteristic of small islands,
is profusely represented, but it does not occur in Madagascar or
Africa. Two Helicina (Mauritius and Seychelles) and a single
Leptopoma (possibly a Leptopomoides) are also of
eastern relationship. Cyclotopsis, Cyathopoma, and
Geostilbia are markedly Indian genera. Microcystis,
Patula, and Tornatellina are Polynesian.
Hyalimax—and this is a very striking fact—occurs nowhere else
but in the Andamans and Nicobars, and on the Aracan coast. The nearest
relation to the Seychelles Mariaella appears to be the Cingalese
Tennentia. Not a single representative of these eleven genera
has been found even in Madagascar.
The fresh-water Mollusca (omitting the Neritidae) are: Mauritius 9
species, Bourbon 5, Rodriguez 4, Seychelles 6, with only 15 species
in all. The one Planorbis and the Vivipara, the
Paludomus and two of the Melania are of Indian types.
The Lantzia (peculiar to Bourbon) is probably allied to the
Indian Camptonyx. Owing to the paucity of permanent streams,
no fresh-water bivalves occur. Among the Neritidae is a single
Septaria, a genus which, though occurring in Madagascar, is
entirely strange to Africa, and is abundant in the Oriental and
Australasian regions.
It would seem probable that when the closer connexion which at one
time undoubtedly existed between India and Eastern Africa began to be
less continuous,[376] the Mascarene group was first severed from what
ultimately became Madagascar, while the Seychelles, and perhaps the
Comoros, still continued united to it. The Comoros, which lack the
great Helices, separated off from Madagascar first, while the
Seychelles continued in more or less direct union with that island
sufficiently long to receive the progenitors of Stylodonta (a
peculiar group of Helix), but became disunited at an exceedingly
remote period.
The southern boundary of this region may be regarded as roughly
corresponding to that of the United States, i.e. Lower
California and Mexico are excluded. The southern portion of Florida
belongs to the Antillean sub-region.
The principal characteristic of the Nearctic Region is the remarkable
poverty of its land Mollusca. No district in the world of equal
extent is so poor in genera, while those which occur are generally of
small size, with scarcely anything remarkable either in colouring or
form. The elongated land shells (Clausilia, Buliminus),
so characteristic of Europe, are entirely wanting, but a few
Bulimulus, of Neotropical origin, penetrate Texas, and from the
same sources come a few species of Glandina (as far north as S.
Carolina), Holospira (Texas), and Helicina.
The region falls into two well-marked sub-regions, the N. American
and the Californian, with the Rocky Mountain district as a sort of
debatable ground between them. The Californian sub-region consists of
the narrow strip of country between the Sierra Nevada, the Cascade
Mountains and the coast-line, from San Diego to Alaska; the N. American
sub-region consists of the remainder of the region.
(1) The N. American Sub-region.—The Carnivorous genera are
represented solely by the few Glandina mentioned above,
and by the indigenous genus Selenites, a form midway
between Testacella and Limax, whose metropolis
is on the Pacific slope, but which spreads eastward into the
Antilles. Among the Limacidae, Limax is common to both
sub-regions, but Tebennophorus (4 sp., 3 of which belong
to the genus Pallifera), a genus found also in China and
Siam, and Vitrinozonites do not occur in the Californian.
Hyalinia (Zonites) is fairly abundant, especially
in the groups Mesomphix and Gastrodonta (peculiar
to this sub-region), and Hyalinia proper. Patula is
well represented. The Helicidae belong principally to the groups
Mesodon, Stenotrema, Triodopsis, Polygyra,
and Strobila, only 6 of which, out of a total of 84, reach
the Pacific slope. Land operculates are conspicuous for their almost
complete absence (see map, frontispiece).
Fig. 226.—Characteristic North American
Mollusca. A, Helix (Mesodon) palliata Say,
Ohio. B, Helix (Polygyra) cereolus Mühlf.,
Texas. C, Patula alternata Say, Tennessee.
The poverty of the land fauna is atoned for by the extraordinary
abundance and variety of the fresh-water genera. A family of
operculates, the Pleuroceridae, with 10 genera and about 450 species,
is quite peculiar, a few stragglers only reaching Central America
and the Antilles. The nucleus of their distribution is the Upper
Tennessee River with its branches, and the Coosa River. They appear to
dislike the neighbourhood of the sea, and are never found numerously
within 100 miles of it. They adhere to stones in rapid water, and
differ from the Melaniidae of the Old World and of S. America in
the absence of a fringe to the mantle and in being oviparous. They
do not occur north of the St. Lawrence River, or north of U.S.
territory in the west, or in New England. Three-quarters of all
the known species inhabit the rough square formed by the Tennessee
River, the Mississippi, the Chattahoochee River, and the Gulf of
Mexico. The Mississippi is a formidable barrier to their extension,
and a whole section (Trypanostoma, with the four genera
Io, Pleurocera, Angitrema, and Lithasia)
does not occur west of that river. The Viviparidae are also very
largely developed, the genera Melantho, Lioplax, and
Tulotoma being peculiar. The Pulmonata are also abundant, while
the richness of the Unionidae may be gathered from the fact that
Wetherby states[377] that in 1874 no less than 832 species in all had
been described.
The entire Mississippi basin is inhabited by a common assemblage of
Unionidae, and a considerable number of the species are distributed
over the whole of this area, Texas, and parts of E. Mexico. Some
species have spread out of this area into Michigan, Canada, the Red
River, and Hudson’s Bay district, and even into streams in New York
which drain into the Atlantic. An entirely different set of forms
occupy the great majority of the rivers falling into the Atlantic, the
Appalachian Mountains acting as an effective barrier between the two
groups of species, which appear to mingle below the southern end of the
range. In many cases Unionidae seem to have no difficulty in migrating
from river to river, if the distance is not extreme; they probably are
carried across overflowed districts in time of flood.[378]
Fig. 227.—Helix (Arionta)
fidelis Gray, Oregon.
(2) The Californian Sub-region is markedly distinct from the
rest of N. America. The characteristic sombre Helices of the Eastern
States are almost entirely wanting, and are replaced by Arionta
(20 sp.), a larger and more varied group, which may have some affinity
to Chinese forms. Glyptostoma (1 sp.) is also peculiar.
Selenites here has its metropolis, and Pristiolma is a
remarkable group of small Hyalinia (Zonites), but the
larger forms of the Eastern States are wanting. Several remarkable
and quite peculiar forms of slug occur, namely, Ariolimax
(whose nearest relation is Arion), Prophysaon,
Hemphillia, and Binneya. There are no land operculates.
Not more than 15 to 20 species of the Pleuroceridae (sect.
Goniobasis) occur west of the Rocky Mountains, and only a
single Unio, 5 Anodonta, and 1 Margaritana,
which is common to New England. Pompholyx is a very remarkable
ultra-dextral form of Limnaea, apparently akin to the
Choanomphalus of L. Baikal. Bithynia, absent from the
Eastern States, is represented by two species. The general indications
are in favour of the Californian fauna having migrated from an Old
World source after the upheaval of the Sierras; the American fauna,
on the other hand, is purely indigenous, with no recent Old World
influence at all.
Land Mollusca of the Nearctic Region
Glandina
4
Selenites
6
Limax
4
Vitrina
4
Vitrinozonites
1
Mesomphix
15
Hyalinia
22
Conulus
1
Gastrodonta
9
Pristiloma
2
Tebennophorus
4
Ariolimax
6
Prophysaon
2
Hemphillia
1
Binneya
1
Patula
18
Punctum
2
Arionta
20
Praticola
2
Glyptostoma
1
Mesodon
27
Stenotrema
11
Triodopsis
21
Polygyra
23
Polygyrella
2
Gonostoma
1
Vallonia
1
Strobila
2
Pupa
18
Vertigo
8
Holospira
2
Cionella
1
Bulimulus
6
Macroceramus
1
Succinea
21
Vaginulus
1
Helicina
2
The land Mollusca of the Neotropical Region stand in complete contrast
to those of the Nearctic. Instead of being scanty, they are exceedingly
abundant; instead of being small and obscure, they are among the
largest in size, most brilliant in colour, and most singular in shape
that are known to exist. At the same time they are, as a whole,
isolated in type, and exhibit but little relation with the Mollusca of
any other region.
The most marked feature is the predominance of the peculiar genera
Bulimus and Bulimulus, the centre of whose development
appears to lie in Peru, Ecuador, and Bolivia, but which diminish,
both in numbers and variety of form, in the eastern portion of the
region. In the forests of Central America, Venezuela, and Ecuador,
and, to a lesser degree, in those of Peru and Brazil, occurs the
genus Orthalicus, whose tree-climbing habits recall the
Cochlostyla of the Philippines. These three groups of
bulimoid forms constitute, as far as the mainland is concerned, the
preponderating mass of the land Mollusca. Helix proper is most
strongly developed in the Greater Antilles, which possess several
peculiar groups of great beauty. In Central America Helix
is comparatively scarce, but in the northern portions of the
continent several fine genera (Labyrinthus, Isomeria,
Solaropsis) occur, which disappear altogether towards the south.
Carnivorous land Mollusca are, so far as Central America is concerned,
more highly developed than in any other quarter of the world,
particularly in the genera Glandina and Streptostyla.
These genera also penetrate the northern portions of the continent,
Glandina reaching as far as Ecuador, and Streptostyla as
far as Peru. The Greater Antilles have also characteristic forms of
these genera. Streptaxis is tolerably abundant all over tropical
South America, and is the one pulmonate genus which shows any affinity
with the African fauna.
The slugs are exceedingly scarce. Vaginula occurs throughout,
and is the only genus in any sense characteristic.
Clausilia, in the sub-genus Nenia, occurs along the
Andean chain from the extreme north (but not in Central America)
as far south as Bolivia. It has in all probability made its way
into S. America in exceedingly remote ages from its headquarters
in Eastern Asia. No species survives in N. America, and a single
straggler is found in Porto Rico. The genera Macroceramus,
Cylindrella, and Strophia, are characteristic West
Indian forms, which are only slightly represented on the mainland.
Homalonyx, a curious form akin to Succinea, is peculiar
to the region.
Land operculates attain a most extraordinary development in the Greater
Antilles, and constitute, in some cases, nearly one-half of the whole
Molluscan fauna. Several groups of the Cyclostomatidae find their
headquarters here, and some spread no farther. On the mainland this
prominence does not continue. West Indian influence is felt in Central
America and on the northern coast district, and some Antillean genera
make their way as far as Ecuador. The whole group entirely disappears
in Chili and Argentina, becoming scarce even in Brazil.
Among the fresh-water operculates, Ampullaria is abundant, and
widely distributed. Vivipara, so characteristic of N. America,
is entirely absent. Chilina, a remarkable fresh-water pulmonate,
akin to Limnaea, is peculiar to Chili, Patagonia, and Southern
Brazil, but is not found in the tropical portion of the continent.
Of the fresh-water Pelecypoda Mycetopus, Hyria,
Castalia, Leila, and Mülleria are peculiar forms,
akin to the Unionidae.
(1) The Antillean Sub-region surpasses all other districts in
the world in respect of (1) extraordinary abundance of species, (2)
sharp definition of limits as a whole, (3) extreme localisation of the
fauna of the separate islands. The sub-region includes the whole of
the half-circle of islands from the Bahamas to Grenada, together with
the extreme southern end of the peninsula of Florida, which was once,
no doubt, a number of small islands like the Bahamas. Trinidad, and
probably Tobago, although containing an Antillean element, belong to
the mainland of S. America, from which they are only separated by very
shallow water.
The sub-region appears to fall into four provinces:—
(a) Cuba, the Bahamas, and S. Florida; (b) Jamaica;
(c) San Domingo (Haiti), Porto Rico, and the Virgin Is., with
the Anguilla and St. Bartholomew group; (d) the islands from
Guadeloupe to Grenada. The first three provinces contain the mass of
the characteristic Antillean fauna, the primary feature being the
extraordinary development of the land operculates, which here reaches
a point unsurpassed in any other quarter of the globe. The relative
numbers are as follows:—
Cuba
Jamaica
San Domingo
Porto Rico
Inoperculate
362
221
152
75
Operculate
252
242
100
23
It appears, then, that the proportion of operculate to inoperculate
species, while very high in Cuba (about 41 per cent of the whole),
reaches its maximum in Jamaica (where the operculates are actually in
a majority), begins to decline in San Domingo (about 40 per cent), and
continues to do so in Porto Rico, where they are not more than 24 per
cent of the whole. These operculates almost all belong to the families
Cyclostomatidae and Helicinidae, only two genera (Aperostoma
and Megalomastoma) belonging to the Cyclophorus group.
Comparatively few genera are absolutely peculiar to the islands, one or
two species of most of them occurring in Central or S. America, but of
the several hundreds of operculate species which occur on the islands,
not two score are common to the mainland.
Map to illustrate the
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
of the Land Mollusca of the
WEST INDIES.
The red line marks the 100 fathom line.
London: Macmillan and Cọ.
London: Stanford’s Geogḷ Estabṭ.
The next special feature of the sub-region is a remarkable development
of peculiar sub-genera of Helix. In this respect the Antilles
present a striking contrast to both Central and S. America, where the
prime feature of the land Pulmonata is the profusion of Bulimus
and Bulimulus, and Helix is relatively obscured. No less
than 14 sub-genera of Helix, some of which contain species
of almost unique beauty and size, are quite peculiar to the Greater
Antilles, and some are peculiar to individual islands.
Here, too, is the metropolis of Cylindrella (of which there are
130 species in Cuba alone), a genus which just reaches S. America, and
has a few species along the eastern sea-board of the Gulf of Mexico.
Macroceramus and Strophia are quite peculiar; the former,
a genus allied to Cylindrella, which attains its maximum in Cuba
and San Domingo, is scarcely represented in Jamaica, and disappears
south of Anguilla; the latter, a singular form, resembling a large
Pupa in shape, which also attains its maximum in Cuba, is
entirely wanting in Jamaica, and has its last representative in S.
Croix. One species irregularly occurs at Curaçao.
The carnivorous group of land Mollusca are represented by several
peculiar forms of Glandina, which attain their maximum in
Jamaica and Cuba, but entirely disappear in the Lesser Antilles.
A certain number of the characteristic N. American genera are found
in the Antillean Sub-region, indicating a former connexion, more or
less intimate, between the W. Indies and the mainland. The genera are
all of small size. The characteristic N. American Hyalinia
are represented in Cuba, San Domingo, and Porto Rico; among the
Helicidae, Polygyra reaches Cuba, but no farther, and
Strobila Jamaica. The fresh-water Pulmonata are of a N. American
type, as far as the Greater Antilles are concerned, but the occurrence
of Gundlachia (Tasmania and Trinidad only) in Cuba is an
unexplained problem at present. Unionidae significantly occur only at
the two ends of the chain of islands, not reaching farther than Cuba
(Unio 3 sp.) at one end, and Trinidad (which is S. American) at
the other.
A small amount of S. American influence is perceptible throughout
the Antilles, chiefly in the occurrence of a few species of
Bulimulus and Simpulopsis. The S. American element may
have strayed into the sub-region by three distinct routes: (1) by way
of Trinidad, Tobago, and the islands northward; (2) by a north-easterly
extension of Honduras towards Jamaica, forming a series of islands of
which the Rosalind and Pedro banks are perhaps the remains; (3) by
a similar approximation of the peninsula of Yucatan and the western
extremity of Cuba. Central America is essentially S. American in its
fauna, and the characteristic genera of Antillean operculates which
occur on its eastern coasts are sufficient evidence of the previous
existence of a land connexion more or less intimate (see map).
(a) Cuba is by far the richest of the Antilles in land
Mollusca, but it must be remembered that it is also much better
explored than San Domingo, the only island likely to rival it in point
of numbers. It contains in all 658 species, of which 620 are land and
38 fresh-water, the land operculates alone amounting to 252.
Carnivorous genera form but a small proportion of the whole. There
are 18 Glandina (which belong to the sections Varicella
and Boltenia) and 4 Streptostyla, the occurrence of
this latter genus being peculiar to Cuba and Haiti (1 sp.) among the
Antilles, and associating them closely with the mainland of Central
America, where Streptostyla is abundant. These two genera alone
represent the Agnatha throughout the sub-region.
There are no less than 84 species of Helix, belonging to 12
sub-genera. Only one of these (Polymita) is quite peculiar
to Cuba, but of 7 known species of Jeanerettia and 8 of
Coryda, 6 and 7 respectively are Cuban. Thelidomus has
15 species (Jamaica 3, Porto Rico 3); Polydontes has 3, the
only other being from Porto Rico; Hemitrochus has 12 (Jamaica
1, Bahamas 6); Cysticopsis 9 (Jamaica 6); Eurycampta 4
(Bahamas 1).
The Cylindrellidae find their maximum development in Cuba. As many as
34 Macroceramus occur (two-thirds of the known species), and 130
Cylindrella, some of the latter being most remarkable in form
(see Fig. 151, B, p. 247).
The land operculates belong principally to the families Cyclostomatidae
and Helicinidae. Of the former, Cuba is the metropolis of
Ctenopoma and Chondropoma, the former of which includes
30 Cuban species, as compared with 1 from San Domingo and 2 from
Jamaica. Megalomastoma (Cyclophoridae) is also Haitian and
Porto Rican, but not Jamaican. Blaesospira, Xenopoma,
and Diplopoma are peculiar. The Helicinidae consist mainly of
Helicina proper (58 sp.), which here attains by far its finest
development in point of size and beauty, and of Eutrochatella
(21 sp.), which is peculiar to the three great islands (Jamaica 6 sp.,
San Domingo 6 sp.).
The Bahamas, consisting in all of more than 700 islands, are
very imperfectly known, but appear to be related partly to Cuba,
partly to San Domingo, from each of which they are separated by a
narrow channel of very deep water. They are certainly not rich in the
characteristic groups of the Greater Antilles. The principal forms of
Helix are Plagioptycha (6 sp.), common with San Domingo,
and Hemitrochus (6 sp.), common with Cuba. Strophia is
exceedingly abundant, but Cylindrella, Macroceramus,
and Glandina have but few species. There are a few species of
Ctenopoma, Chondropoma, and Cistula, while a
single Schasicheila (absent from the rest of the sub-region)
forms a link with Mexico.
Fig. 229.—Characteristic Cuban Helices.
A, Polydontes imperator Montf. B, Caracolus
rostrata Pfr. C, Polymita muscarum Lea.
Southern Florida, with one or two species each of
Hemitrochus, Cylindrella, Macroceramus,
Strophia, Ctenopoma, and Chondropoma, belongs to
this province.
(b) Jamaica.—The land Mollusca of Jamaica are, in
point of numbers and variety, quite unequalled in the world. There
are in all as many as 56 genera and more than 440 species, the latter
being nearly all peculiar. The principal features are the Glandinae,
the Helicidae, and the land operculates. The Glandinae belong
principally to the sub-genera Varicella, Melia, and
Volutaxis, Streptostyla being absent, although occurring
in Cuba and San Domingo. There are 10 genera of Helix, of which
Pleurodonta is quite peculiar, while Sagda (13 sp.) is
common only with S.W. San Domingo (2 sp.), and Leptoloma (8
sp.) only with Cuba (1 sp.). The single Strobila seems to be a
straggler from a N. American source. Macroceramus has only 2
species as against 34 in Cuba, and of Cylindrella, in which Cuba
(130 sp.) is so rich, only 36 species occur. The genus Leia,
however (14 sp.), is all but peculiar, occurring elsewhere only in the
neighbouring angle of San Domingo, which is so closely allied with
Jamaica. The complete absence of Strophia is remarkable.
Fig. 230.—Characteristic Jamaican and
Haitian Mollusca: A, Sagdae pistylium Müll., Jamaica;
B, Chondropoma salleanum Pfr., San Domingo; C,
Eutrochatella Tankervillei Gray, Jamaica; D,
Cylindrella agnesiana C. B. Ad., Jamaica.
The land operculates form the bulk of the land fauna, there being
actually 242 species, as against 221 of land Pulmonata, a proportion
never again approached in any part of the world. As many as 80 of these
belong to the curious little genus Stoastoma, which is all but
peculiar to the island, one species having been found in San Domingo,
and one in Porto Rico. Geomelania and Chittya, two
singular inland forms akin to Truncatella, are quite peculiar.
Alcadia reaches its maximum of 14 species, as against 4 species
in San Domingo and 9 species in Cuba, and Lucidella is common to
San Domingo only; but, if Stoastoma be omitted, the Helicinidae
generally are not represented by so many or by so striking forms as in
Cuba, which has 90 species, as against Jamaica 44, and San Domingo 35.
(c) San Domingo, although not characterised by the
extraordinary richness of Cuba and Jamaica, possesses many specially
remarkable forms of land Mollusca, to which a thorough exploration,
when circumstances permit, will no doubt make important additions. From
its geographical position, impinging as it does on all the islands
of the Greater Antilles, it would be expected that the fauna of San
Domingo would not exhibit equal signs of isolation, but would appear
to be influenced by them severally. This is exactly what occurs, and
San Domingo is consequently, although very rich in peculiar species,
not equally so in peculiar genera. The south-west district shows
distinct relations with Jamaica, the Jamaican genera Leia,
Stoastoma, Lucidella, and the Thaumasia section
of Cylindrella occurring here only. The north and north-west
districts are related to Cuba, while the central district, consisting
of the long band of mountainous country which traverses the island,
contains the more characteristic Haitian forms.
The Helicidae are the most noteworthy of the San Domingo land
Mollusca. The group Eurycratera, which contains some of the
finest existing land snails, is quite peculiar, while Parthena,
Cepolis, Plagioptycha, and Caracolus here reach
their maximum. The Cylindrellidae are very abundant, but no section is
peculiar. Land operculates do not bear quite the same proportion to the
Pulmonata as in Cuba and Jamaica, but they are well represented (100 to
152); Rolleia is the only peculiar genus.
The relations of San Domingo to the neighbouring islands are
considerably obscured by the fact that they are well known, while
San Domingo is comparatively little explored. To this may perhaps be
due the curious fact that there are actually more species common to
Cuba and Porto Rico (26) than to Porto Rico and San Domingo. Cuba
shares with San Domingo its small-sized Caracolus and also
Liguus, but the great Eurycratera, Parthena,
and Plagioptycha are wholly wanting in Cuba. The land
operculates are partly related to Cuba, partly to Jamaica, thus
Choanopoma, Ctenopoma, Cistula, Tudora, and
many others, are represented on all these islands, while the Jamaican
Stoastoma occurs on San Domingo and Porto Rico, but not on Cuba,
and Lucidella is common to San Domingo and Jamaica alone. An
especial link between Jamaica and San Domingo is the occurrence in the
south-west district of the latter island of Sagda (2 sp.). The
relative numbers of the genera Strophia, Macroceramus,
and Helicina, as given below (p. 351), are of interest in this
connexion.
Porto Rico, with Vièque, is practically a fragment of San
Domingo. The points of close relationship are the occurrence of
Caracolus, Cepolis, and Parthena among the
Helicidae, and of Simpulopsis, Pseudobalea, and
Stoastoma. Cylindrella and Macroceramus are
but poorly represented, but Strophia still occurs. The land
operculates (see the Table) show equal signs of removal from the
headquarters of development. Megalomastoma, however, has some
striking forms. The appearance of a single Clausilia, whose
nearest relations are in the northern Andes, is very remarkable.
Gaeotis, which is allied to Peltella (Ecuador only), is
peculiar.
Fig. 231.—Examples of West Indian Helices:
A, Helix (Parthena) angulata Fér.,
Porto Rico; B, Helix (Thelidomus) lima
Fér., Vièque; C, Helix (Dentellaria) nux
denticulata Chem., Martinique.
Land Mollusca of the Greater Antilles
Cuba.
Jamaica.
S. Domingo.
Porto Rico.
Glandina
18
24
15
8
Streptostyla
4
...
2
...
Volutaxis
...
11 (?)
1
...
Selenites
1
...
...
...
Hyalinia
4
11
5
6
Patula
5
1
...
...
Sagda
...
13
2
...
Microphysa
7
18
8
3
Cysticopsis
9
6
...
...
Hygromia (?)
...
...
3
...
Leptaxis (?)
...
...
1
...
Polygyra
2
...
...
...
Jeanerettia
6
...
...
1
Euclasta
...
...
...
4
Plagioptycha
...
...
14
2
Strobila
...
1
...
...
Dialeuca
...
1
...
...
Leptoloma
1
8
...
...
Eurycampta
4
...
...
...
Coryda
7
...
...
...
Thelidomus
15
3
...
3
Eurycratera
...
...
7
...
Parthena
...
...
2
2
Cepolis
...
...
3
1
Caracolus
8
...
6
2
Polydontes
3
...
...
1
Hemitrochus
12
1
...
...
Polymita
5
...
...
...
Pleurodonta
...
34
...
...
Inc. sed.
5
...
...
...
Simpulopsis
...
...
1
1
Bulimulus
3
3
6
7
Orthalicus
1
1
...
...
Liguus
3
...
1
...
Gaeotis
...
...
...
3
Pineria
2
...
...
1
Macroceramus
34
2
14
3
Leia
...
14
2
...
Cylindrella
130
36
35
3
Pseudobalea
2
...
1
1
Stenogyra
6
7
(?)
...
Opeas
8
(?)
4
6
Subulima
6
14
2
2
Glandinella
1
...
...
...
Spiraxis
2
(?)
2
1
Melaniella
7
...
...
...
Geostilbia
1
...
1
...
Cionella
2
...
...
...
Leptinaria
...
1
...
3
Obeliscus
...
...
1
2
Pupa
2
7
3
2
Vertigo
4
...
...
...
Strophia
19
...
3
2
Clausilia
...
...
...
1
Succinea
11
2
5
3
Vaginula
2
2
2
1
Megalomastoma
13
...
1
3
Neocyclotus
1
33(?)
...
...
Licina
1
...
3
...
Jamaicia
...
2
...
...
Crocidopoma
...
1
3
...
Rolleia
...
...
1
...
Choanopoma
25
12
19
3
Ctenopoma
30
2
1
...
Cistula
15
3
3
3
Chondropoma
57
(?)
19
4
Tudora
7
17
5
...
Adamsiella
1
12
...
...
Blaesospira
1
...
...
...
Xenopoma
1
...
...
...
Cistula
15
3
3
...
Colobostylus
4
13
5
...
Diplopoma
1
...
...
...
Geomelania
...
21
...
...
Chittya
...
1
...
...
Blandiella
...
...
1
...
Stoastoma
...
80
1
1
Eutrochatella
21
6
6
...
Lucidella
...
4
1
...
Alcadia
9
14
4
...
Helicina
58
16
24
9
Proserpina
2
4
...
...
The Virgin Is., with St. Croix, Anguilla, and the St. Bartholomew group
(all of which are non-volcanic islands), are related to Porto Rico,
while Guadeloupe and all the islands to the south, up to Grenada (all
of which are volcanic), show marked traces of S. American influence.
St. Kitt’s, Antigua, and Montserrat may be regarded as intermediate
between the two groups. St. Thomas, St. John, and Tortola have each
one Plagioptycha and one Thelidomus, while St. Croix
has two sub-fossil Caracolus which are now living in Porto
Rico, together with one Plagioptycha and one Thelidomus
(sub-fossil). The gradual disappearance of some of the characteristic
greater Antillean forms, and the appearance of S. American forms in the
Lesser Antilles, is shown by the following table:—
S
P
S
S
G
M
t
o
t
S
t
u
a
S
.
r
.
t
A
.
a
D
r
t
B
T
t
S
.
T
n
A
d
o
t
.
a
V
G
r
o
T
t
o
g
K
n
e
m
i
r
i
r
i
h
.
C
r
u
i
t
l
i
n
L
b
n
e
n
R
o
r
t
i
t
i
o
n
i
u
a
c
n
i
i
m
J
o
o
l
t
g
u
i
q
c
d
e
a
d
c
a
a
i
l
l
’
u
p
c
u
i
o
n
d
a
o
s
n
x
a
a
s
a
e
a
e
a
s
t
a
d
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Bulimulus
7
4
2
4
1
2
2
3
8
9
5
3
3
6
2
4
Cylindrella
3
2
1
1
1
.
.
.
.
1
1
1
1
.
.
1
Macroceramus
3
1
1
.
2
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Cyclostomatidae, etc.
23
4
1
5
1
1
1
.
4
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
Dentellaria
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
1
8
5
11
2
2
.
1
1
Cyclophorus
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
2
.
.
.
.
.
Amphibulimus
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2
3
1
.
.
.
.
.
Homalonyx
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
(d) In Guadeloupe we find Cyclophorus,
Amphibulimus, Homalonyx, and Pellicula, which are
characteristic of S. America, and nearly all recur in Dominica and
Martinique. These islands are the metropolis of Dentellaria, a
group of Helix, evidently related to some of the forms developed
in the Greater Antilles. Stragglers occur as far north as St. Kitt’s
and Antigua, and there are several on the mainland as far south as
Cayenne. Traces of the great Bulimus, so characteristic of
South America, occur as far north as S. Lucia, where also is found a
Parthena (San Domingo and Porto Rico). Trinidad is markedly S.
American; 55 species in all are known, of which 22 are peculiar, 28
are common to S. America (8 of these reach no farther north along the
islands), and only 5 are common to the Antilles, but not to S. America.
The occurrence of Gundlachia in Trinidad has already been
mentioned.
The Bermudas show no very marked relationship either to
the N. American or to the West Indian fauna. In common with the
former they possess a Polygyra, with the latter (introduced
species being excluded) one species each of Hyalosagda,
Subulina, Vaginula, and Helicina, so that, on
the whole, they may be called West Indian. The only peculiar group
is Poecilozonites, a rather large and depressed shell of the
Hyalinia type.
(2) The Central American Sub-region may be regarded as
extending from the political boundary of Mexico in the north to the
isthmus of Panama in the south. It thus impinges on three important
districts—the N. American, West Indian, and S. American; and it
appears, as we should perhaps expect, that the two latter of these
regions have considerably more influence upon its fauna than the
former. Of the N. American Helicidae, Polygyra is abundant in
Mexico only, and two species of Strobila reach N. Guatemala,
while the Californian Arionta occurs in Mexico. S. American
Helicidae, in the sub-genera Solaropsis and Labyrinthus,
occur no farther north than Costa Rica. Not a single representative
of any of the characteristic West Indian Helicidae occurs.
Bulimulus and Otostomus, which form so large a proportion
of the Mollusca of Venezuela, Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru, together
with Orthalicus, are abundant all over the region. Again,
Cylindrella, Macroceramus, and some of the characteristic
Antillean operculates, are represented, their occurrence being in
most cases limited to the eastern coast-line and eastern slope of the
central range.
Besides these external elements, the region is rich in indigenous
genera. Central America is remarkable for an immense number of large
carnivorous Mollusca possessing shells. There are 49 species of
Glandina, the bulk of which occur in eastern and southern
Mexico; 36 of Streptostyla (S.E. Mexico and Guatemala, only 1
species reaching Venezuela and another Peru); 5 of Salasiella,
2 of Petenia, and 1 of Strebelia; the last three genera
being peculiar. Streptaxis, fairly common in S. America,
does not occur. Velifera and Cryptostracon, two
remarkable slug-like forms, each with a single species, are peculiar
to Costa Rica. Among the especial peculiarities of the region are
the giant forms belonging to the Cylindrellidae, which are known as
Holospira, Eucalodium, and Coelocentrum (Fig.
232). They are almost entirely peculiar to Mexico, only 7 out of a
total of 33 reaching south of that district, and only 1 not occurring
in it at all.
Fig. 232.—Examples of characteristic Mexican
Mollusca: A, Coelocentrum turris Pfr.; B,
Streptostyla Delattrei Pfr.
The land operculates are but scanty. Tomocyclus and
Amphicyclotus are peculiar, and Schasicheila, a form of
Helicina, occurs elsewhere only in the Bahamas. Ceres
(see Fig. 18, C, p. 21) and Proserpinella, two remarkable forms
of non-operculate Helicinidae (compare the Chinese Heudeia),
are quite peculiar. Pachychilus, one of the characteristic
fresh-water genera, belongs to the S. American (Melaniidae) type, not
to the N. American (Pleuroceridae). Among the fresh-water Pulmonata,
the Aplecta are remarkable for their great size and beauty.
In the accompanying table “Mexico” is to be taken as including the
region from the United States border up to and including the isthmus of
Tehuantepec, and “Central America” as the whole region south of that
point.
Land Mollusca of Central America
Mexico only.
Central
America
only.
Common to
both.
Strebelia
1
...
...
Glandina
33
13
3
Salasiella
4
...
1
Streptostyla
18
12
6
Petenia
...
1
1
Limax
...
1
...
Velifera
...
1
...
Omphalina
10
1
1
Hyalinia
2
5
3
Guppya
...
8
3
Pseudohyalina
2
...
2
Tebennophorus
1
...
...
Cryptostracon
...
1
...
Xanthonyx
4
...
...
Patula
3
...
4
Acanthinula
1
2
2
Vallonia
...
1
...
Trichodiscus
2
2
3
Praticolella
1
...
1
Arionta
3
...
...
Lysinoe
1
1
1
Oxychona
2
5
...
Solaropsis
...
2
...
Polygyra
14
1
2
Strobila
1
1
...
Labyrinthus
...
5
...
Otostomus
23
20
7
Bulimulus
6
5
2
Berendtia
1
...
...
Orthalicus
6
3
3
Pupa
1
1
1
Vertigo
1
...
...
Holospira
12
...
...
Coelocentrum
6
1
1
Eucalodium
15
...
5
Cylindrella
6
4
...
Macroceramus
2
1
...
Simpulopsis
2
1
...
Caecilianella
1
...
...
Opeas
1
2
3
Spiraxis
8
2
1
Leptinaria
...
2
...
Subulina
2
3
4
Succinea
11
3
1
Vaginula
1
...
...
Aperostoma
...
4
1
Amphicyclotus
2
1
2
Cystopoma
2
...
...
Tomocyclus
...
1
2
Choanopoma
2
2
...
Chondropoma
2
11
...
Helicina
13
10
6
Schasicheila
2
...
1
Ceres
2
...
...
Proserpinella
1
...
...
(3) The Colombian Sub-region includes Colombia, New Grenada,
Venezuela, Guiana, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia. It has been usual to
separate off the two latter countries as forming a distinct “Peruvian”
sub-region; but there is, as will be seen, absolutely no line to be
drawn between the Mollusca of Peru and those of Ecuador; nor would
one, on geographical considerations, expect to be able to draw such
a line. A better method of subdivision, so far as the species of the
whole eastern portion of the region are concerned, would be to group
the Mollusca according to the altitude at which they occur, were it
not that the evidence on this point is at present but fragmentary. We
know, however, that all along the line of the Andes certain species,
more particularly of Bulimulus, occupy their own zones of
elevation, some ascending as high as 10,000 feet above the sea, and
never occurring on the plains.
In the northern portions of this sub-region, Central American and West
Indian influence is felt to a certain extent. Thus there are eight
Glandina and one Streptostyla in Venezuela and Colombia
together with one or two species of Cistula, Chondropoma,
Proserpina, and Cylindrella, while a single
Strophia (decidedly a straggler) occurs at Curaçao. In Demerara
and Cayenne there are three or four species of Dentellaria.
In Ecuador, however, Glandina diminishes to three species,
and in Peru disappears altogether, although one Streptostyla
occurs. Similarly the West Indian operculates are reduced to one
Chondropoma (Ecuador) and disappear entirely in Peru.
The Helicidae are most abundant in the north and west, and are
represented by several very striking sub-genera, some of which possess
remarkably toothed apertures, and perhaps betray an ancestry common
to some of the West Indian genera. Of these, Labyrinthus has
12 species in Venezuela and Colombia, 5 in Ecuador, and 3 in Peru and
Bolivia; Isomeria 12 in Venezuela and Colombia, 20 in Ecuador,
and 2 in Peru and Bolivia; Salaropsis is represented in these
countries by 6, 3, and 7 species, and Systrophia by 4, 5, and 8
species respectively.
Clausilia—in the group Nenia—appears in some numbers
along the Andes chain, the only other representative in the New World
being the solitary species occurring at Porto Rico. There have been
described, from Venezuela and Colombia 10 species, from Ecuador 5, and
from Peru and Bolivia 12.
Another marked feature of the region is the occurrence of
the Orthalicidae, in the two genera Orthalicus and
Porphyrobaphe. The latter of these magnificent forms is
peculiar, while the former reaches Mexico, the West Indies, and Brazil.
Ecuador, which contains 23 species, seems the metropolis of the group.
Bulimus and Bulimulus, the former genus being peculiar
to S. America and the adjacent islands, are largely represented,
the former in the three groups Borus, Dryptus, and
Orphnus. These attain their maximum in Peru, with 25 species,
but Venezuela and Colombia have as many as 17. Bulimulus has
been subdivided into a number of groups, e.g.Drymaeus,
Mesembrinus, Thaumastus, Mormus, Scutalus,
with many others,—the exact scientific limits of which are not easily
discernible. It must suffice here to state that Peru seems to be the
headquarters of the group with about 190 species (which probably may
well be reduced), Ecuador having about 70, and Venezuela and Colombia
between 80 and 90.
Fig. 234.—Rhodea gigantea Mouss., New
Grenada.
Two very remarkable forms belonging to the Pupidae, Anostoma
(Fig. 154, p. 248) and Tomigerus, occur in Venezuela, the
metropolis. Rhodea, another very peculiar shell (Fig. 234),
whose exact family position is uncertain, is peculiar to New
Grenada. The land operculates are few in number, and in Bolivia
almost disappear. They belong principally to Neocyclotus (of
which 11 species occur in Venezuela and Colombia) and Helicina
(10 species in the same district), besides the stragglers already
mentioned from West Indian sources, and a few Cyclophorus.
Bourcieria is a form of Helicina peculiar to Ecuador.
Ampullaria, with Ceratodes, a peculiar planorbiform
sub-genus, and Hemisinus, form the bulk of the fresh-water
operculates.
The Galapagos.—Thirty-four species of land Mollusca, all
peculiar, are known from these islands; 25 of these are forms of
Bulimulus. There are no Helicidae, one each of Hyalinia,
Leptinaria, and Helicina, and two Pupa. The
Bulimulus are mostly of the group Nesiotis, and
in their brown colour bear some outward resemblance to the dark
Achatinella of the Sandwich Is., living as they do mostly under
scoriae on the ground, and not on trees. In type, however, they appear
to be derived from Chili and Peru, rather than from the parts of S.
America immediately contiguous. Another section (Pleuropyrgus
2 sp.) closely resembles a marine Chemnitzia. The islands are
all volcanic, and are probably not the result of subsidence; thus
the existing species are not to be regarded as the relics of a more
widespread fauna, but as a new set of inhabitants.
(4) The Brazilian Sub-region.—This immense district is very
little known, except in the south, and it is consequently impossible
to give any satisfactory account of its Mollusca. It is possible
that eventually it will be found that it falls into provinces which
correspond more or less to (a) the Amazon basin; (b)
the mountainous district in the east, drained by the Tocantins and
the San Francisco; (c) the Parana basin in the south central
district; and (d) the Argentine or Pampas district in the
extreme south. But at present the data are insufficient to establish
any such subdivisions, whose existence, if proved, would have an
important bearing on the problem of the coalescence of S. America into
its present form.[379]
The Agnatha are represented by Streptaxis alone (17 sp.).
Helix is rare, but includes the peculiar Polygyratia
(Fig. 150 A, p. 246), while Labyrinthus (2 sp.),
Solaropsis (5 sp.), and Systrophia are common with the
Colombian Sub-region, and Oxychona (4 sp.) with the Central
American. Bulimus has in all 36 species, the sub-genera
Pachyotus (Fig. 233) and Strophochilus being peculiar.
Bulimulus, though not so abundant as in Peru and Ecuador, has
about 60 species, of which Navicula (Fig. 235) is the most
remarkable group. Megaspira is peculiar. Orthalicus has
only 4 species, while Tomigerus (4 sp.) and Anostoma
(3 sp.) are common with Venezuela. Land operculates are scarce, and
appear to include only Neocyclotus, Cyclophorus, and
Helicina.
In Argentina, which may probably rank as a separate province, the
tropical forms greatly decrease, Streptaxis being reduced to
2 species, and Bulimus and Bulimulus together to 40,
while Orthalicus, the great Helices, and the land operculates
disappear altogether. Odontostomus (Fig. 236), a genus of the
Pupidae, is abundant in the northern part of the province. Two or three
species of Chilina occur.
Fig. 236.—Odontostomus pantagruelinus
Moric., S. Brazil. × ½.
(5) The Chilian Sub-region.—The greater part of Chili, from
its arid and rainless climate, is unfavourable to the existence of
land Mollusca. Bulimus (Borus) still has 3 or 4 species,
and Bulimulus (Plectostylus 11, Scutalus 9,
Peronaeus 7) is fairly abundant, but the profusion of the
tropics is wanting. There are no carnivorous genera, and only two land
operculates. A remarkable form of Helix (Macrocyclis,
Fig. 237) is quite peculiar, but the majority of the species belong
to two rather obscure groups, Stepsanoda and Amphidoxa.
Chilina, a singularly solid form of Limnaea (of which
8 sp., with a sub-genus Pseudochilina, occur in Chili), is
peculiar to Chili, S. Brazil, and Patagonia. From the two islands
of Juan Fernandez and Masafuera, are known several
Helix, of Chilian affinity, several curious Succinea,
a Homalonyx, Leptinaria, and Nothus, and three
species of Tornatellina, with the almost universal Limax
gagates.
The question of the existence at some remote period of a Neantarctic
continent, which formed a communication between the three great
southern peninsulas of the world, is one on which the Mollusca may
offer evidence. Von Ihering holds that an essential difference can be
observed between certain of the Unionidae which inhabit S. America,
Africa, and Australia with New Zealand, and those which inhabit
Europe, Asia, and N. America, but the point can hardly be regarded
as definitely established at present. Something perhaps may be made
of the distribution of Bulimus and Bulimulus. It seems
difficult to explain the occurrence of sub-fossil Bulimus on
St. Helena except on some such lines as have been recently adduced
to account for the presence of struthious birds in the Mascarenes,
and possibly the form Livinhacea may be a trace of the same
element in S. Africa. Again, the Liparus of S. and W. Australia,
with the Caryodes of Tasmania, and the Leucotaenia
and Clavator of Madagascar (which all may be related to
Bulimus), together with the Placostylus of New Caledonia
and the adjacent islands, reaching even to New Zealand, and perhaps
even the Amphidromus of Malaysia (which are more akin to
Bulimulus), may be thought to exhibit, in some remote degree,
traces of a common ancestry.
The land operculates give no help, and, of the carnivorous genera,
Rhytida is a marked link between Africa and Australia, while
Streptaxis is equally so between S. America and Africa. As
regards fresh-water Gasteropoda, Ampullaria is common to
S. America and Africa, while Isidora is common to Africa,
Australia, and New Zealand, but is altogether absent from S. America.
Gundlachia occurs in Florida, Trinidad, and Tasmania, but has
not been detected in Africa. It must be concluded, therefore, that the
present state of the evidence which the Mollusca can afford, while
exhibiting certain curious points of relationship between the three
regions in question, is insufficient to warrant any decided conclusion.
Fig. 237.—Macrocyclis laxata Fér., Chili.
CHAPTER XII DISTRIBUTION OF MARINE MOLLUSCA—DEEP-SEA MOLLUSCA AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS — A. The Atlantic Region — B. The Indo-Pacific Region — C. The Australian Region — D. The American Region
Marine Mollusca may be divided roughly into Pelagic and non-Pelagic
genera. To the former division belong all Pteropoda and Heteropoda,
and a large number of Cephalopoda, together with a very few
specialised forms of Gasteropoda (Ianthina, Litiopa,
Phyllirrhoe, etc.). Pelagic Mollusca appear, as a rule, to live
at varying depths below the surface during the day, and to rise to the
top only at night. The majority inhabit warm or tropical seas, though
some are exceedingly abundant in the Arctic regions; Clione and
Limacina have been noticed as far north as 72°.[380]
The vertical range of Pelagic Mollusca has received attention from
Dr. Murray of the Challenger, Professor Agassiz of the
Blake and Albatross, and others. Agassiz appears to have
established the fact that the surface fauna of the sea is limited to a
comparatively narrow belt of depth, and that there is no intermediate
belt of animal life between creatures which live on or near the bottom
and the surface fauna. Pelagic forms sink to avoid disturbances of
various kinds, to depths not much exceeding 150 to 200 fathoms, except
in closed seas like the Gulf of California and the Mediterranean, where
the bathymetrical range appears to be much greater.[381]
Non-Pelagic Mollusca are, from one point of view, conveniently
classified according to the different zones of depth at
which they occur. Thus we are enabled to distinguish Mollusca of
(a) the littoral, (b) the laminarian,
(c) the nullipore, or coralline, and (d)
the abyssal zones. It must be borne in mind, however, that
these zones cannot be exactly defined, and that while the littoral
zone may be understood to imply the area between tide-marks, and the
abyssal zone a depth of 500 fathoms and upwards, the limits between the
laminarian and the coralline, and between the coralline and abyssal
zones can only be fixed approximately.
The difficulty of assigning special genera or species to special ‘zones
of depth’ is increased by two important facts in the phenomena of
distribution. In the first place, it is found that species which occur
in shallow water in northern seas often extend to very deep water in
much lower latitudes. This interesting fact, which shows the importance
of temperature in determining distribution, was first established by
the dredgings of the Lightning and Porcupine off the
western coasts of Europe. In the second place, a certain number of
species seem equally at home in shallow and in abyssal waters, in cases
where a great difference of latitude does not occur to equalise the
temperature. Thus the Challenger found Venus mesodesma
living on the beach (New Zealand) and at 1000 fath. (Tristan da Cunha);
Lima multicostata in ‘shallow water’ (Tonga and Port Jackson)
and at 1075 fath. (Bermuda); Scalaria acus from 49 to 1254
fath. (N. Atlantic); and S. hellenica from 40 to 1260 fath.
(Canaries). The Lightning and Porcupine found, or record
as found,[382]Anomia ephippium at 0 to 1450 fath., Pecten
groenlandicus at 5 to 1785 fath., Lima subauriculata at
10 to 1785 fath., Modiolaria discors at 0 to 1785 fath.,
Crenella decussata at 0 to 1750 fath., Dacrydium vitreum
at 30 to 2750 fath., Arca glacialis at 25 to 1620 fath.,
Astarte compressa at 3 to 2000 fath., and Scrobicularia
longicallus at 20 to 2435 fath. Puncturella noachina has
been found at 20 to 1095 fath., Natica groenlandica at 2 to 1290
fath., Rissoa tenuisculpta at 25 to 1095 fath. In many of these
cases we are assured that no appreciable difference can be detected
between specimens from the two extremes of depth.
In spite, however, of these remarkable vagaries on the part of
certain species, we are enabled roughly to distinguish a large
number of genera as ‘shallow-water’ and ‘deep-water’ respectively,
while a still larger number occupy an intermediate position. Among
shallow-water genera may be named Patella, Littorina,
Nassa, Purpura, Strombus, Haliotis,
Mytilus, Cardium, Solen; while among deep-water
genera are Pleurotoma, Scissurella, Seguenzia,
Dentalium, Cadulus, Limopsis, Nucula,
Leda, Lima, and Axinus.
Theories on the geographical distribution of marine Mollusca have been
revolutionised by the discoveries of recent exploring expeditions.
The principal have been those of Torell (Swedish) (1859–61) on the
coasts of Greenland and Spitzbergen; of the Lightning and
Porcupine (British) in 1868–70, in the N.E. Atlantic, off the
Scotch, Irish, French, and Portuguese coasts, and in the Mediterranean;
of the Challenger (British), under Sir C. Wyville Thomson, in
1873–76, in which all the great ocean basins were dredged or sounded;
of the Blake (American), under Alexander Agassiz, in 1877–80,
in the West Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Seas; of the
Travailleur (French) in 1880–83, off the west coasts of France,
Portugal, and Morocco, Madeira, the Canaries, and the Golfe du Lion;
of the Talisman (French) in 1882, off the west coast of Africa
from Tangier to Senegal, the Atlantic Islands, and the Sargasso Sea; of
the Albatross (American) in 1891, off the west coast of tropical
America; of several other vessels belonging to the U.S. Fish Commission
and Coast Survey, off east American shores; and of the Prince of Monaco
in the Hirondelle and Princesse Alice at the present
time, in the N. Atlantic and Mediterranean.
The general result of these explorations has been to show that the
marine fauna of very deep water is much the same all the world over,
and that identical species occur at points as far removed as possible
from one another. The ocean floor, in fact, with its uniform similarity
of temperature, food, station, and general conditions of life, contains
no effectual barrier to the almost indefinite spread of species.[383]
To give a few instances. The Challenger dredged Silenia
Sarsii in 1950 fath., 1100 miles south-west of Australia, and
also in 2650 fath. off the mouth of the Rio de la Plata; Semele
profundorum in 1125 fath. near the Canaries, and in 2900 fath. mid
N. Pacific; Verticordia deshayesiana in 155 fath. near Cape
York, and in 350 fath. off Pernambuco; Arca pteroessa in 2050
fath. mid N. Pacific, in 1000–1675 fath. west of the Azores, and in
390 fath. off the West Indies; Arca corpulenta in 1400 fath.
off N.E. Australia, in 2425 fath. mid-Pacific, and in 1375 fath. near
Juan Fernandez; Lima goliath in 775 fath. off S. Japan, and in
245 fath. off S. Patagonia; Pleurotoma engonia in 700 fath.
north-east of New Zealand, and in 345 fath. off Inoshima. A surprising
range was occasionally found even in shallow-water species; thus
Petricola lapicida was discovered by the same expedition in the
West Indies and N. Australia, Cardita calyculata off Teneriffe
and in Bass Strait, Arca imbricata off Cape York and in the West
Indies, Modiolaria cuneata at Port Jackson and Cape of Good
Hope, Lima squamosa at Teneriffe and the Philippines. In these
latter cases it is not improbable that the species lives in deep water
as well, from which it has not yet been dredged.
It follows from these considerations that any attempt to classify
marine Mollusca under Regions and Provinces can only apply to Mollusca
which occur at moderate depths. The most important factor in the
environment, as determining distribution, is the temperature of
the water, which is probably to be regarded as affecting not so
much the adult Mollusca as their ova; for the adult might possibly
support life under conditions in which the ova would perish. It appears
that a sudden change of temperature is the most effective barrier to
distribution,[384] and may bring the range of a species to an almost
instantaneous stop, while a very gradual change will allow it to extend
its range very widely.
It has been usual to classify marine Mollusca from moderate depths
under the following regions and sub-regions:—
Regions
Sub-regions
A.Atlantic
and Circumpolar
1. Arctic.
2. Boreal.
3. Celtic.
4. Lusitanian.
5. West African.
6. South African.
B.Indo-Pacific
1. Indo-Pacific.
2. Japanese.
C.Australian
1. Australian.
2. Neozealanian.
D.American
1. Aleutian.
2. Californian.
3. Panamic.
4. Peruvian.
5. Magellanic.
6. Argentinian.
7. Caribbean.
8. Transatlantic.
includes the whole to the eastern shores of the Atlantic, from the
extreme north of the Cape of Good Hope, together with the circumpolar
seas, which may be regarded as roughly bounded by the Aleutian Islands
and the coast of Newfoundland.
(1) The Arctic Sub-region includes the circumpolar seas, and
is bounded in the N. Pacific by a line drawn between Cape Avinoff in
Alaska, and Cape Lopatka in Kamchatka, so as to exclude the Aleutian
Islands. On the western shores of the Atlantic the cold Labrador
current brings it as far south as the coast of Newfoundland, but on
the eastern shores the influence of the Gulf Stream has the contrary
effect, so that the North Cape may be taken as its southern limit.
The principal genera (many species of which are common to the
whole sub-region) are Volutomitra, Buccinum,
Buccinopsis, Neptunea, Trophon, Bela,
Admete, Velutina, Trichotropis, Lacuna,
Margarita, Philine, Pecten, Leda,
Yoldia, Astarte, and Mya. The shells are generally
unicoloured, and of a dead white or rather sombre tint.
(2) The Boreal Sub-region may be subdivided into two provinces,
the European and the American. The former includes the entire
coast-line of Norway, the Färoe Islands, and Iceland (except perhaps
the northern coast), and possibly the Shetland Islands; the latter the
American coasts from the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Cape Cod (lat. 42°).
Thus the Boreal American province does not extend nearly so far south
as the Boreal European, the reason being that on the American coasts
the cold Labrador current, which hugs the land, bars back the advance
of southern genera, but allows Boreal genera to spread southwards,
while on the European side the warmer conditions produced by the Gulf
Stream keep the Boreal species back, and allow more southern forms to
spread northwards.
Many of the Boreal species occur on both sides of the Atlantic, and
thus support the theory of a more continuous fringe of continental land
once existing along the north of the Atlantic. Among the prominent
genera, besides several of those mentioned under the Arctic Sub-region,
are Purpura, Chenopus, Littorina, Gibbula,
Natica, Patella, Tectura, Chiton,
Doris, Aeolis, Tellina, Thracia.
(3) The Celtic Sub-region includes the British Islands
(excepting perhaps the Shetland Islands), the coasts of the North Sea
and the Baltic, with N. France to Cape Ushant. The absence of any cold
or warm current exerting direct influence upon the coast-line of this
sub-region causes a very gradual change in the conditions of life
as we move either southward or northward. The fauna of the British
seas contains a decided mixture of northern and southern forms. The
following are among the common Boreal species which attain their
southward range on our coasts: Tectura testudinalis Müll. (to
Dublin Bay and Scarborough), Trichotropis borealis Brod. (to
the Dogger Bank), Margarita helicina Fabr. (to Yorkshire and
Dublin Bay), M. groenlandica Chem. (western Scotland), Natica
montacuti Forb. (to Cornwall), Trophon truncatus Str. (to
Tenby), Chiton marmoreus Fabr. (to Dublin Bay and Scarborough).
Buccinum undatum and Littorina littorea become very
scarce on our extreme south-western coasts. Among Lusitanian species
which reach our coasts are Gibbula magus L. (to Orkney and
Shetland Islands), Phasianella pullus L. (to Caithness),
Galerus chinensis L. (to Milford Haven), Galeomma Turtoni
Turt. (to Weymouth), Cardium aculeatum L. (to Isle of Man),
Solen vagina L. (to north Ireland).
It appears from the Mollusca of our Crag formations that at the
time of their deposition the temperature of our seas must have been
considerably warmer than it is now. Thus in the Crag we find many
species and even genera (e.g.Mitra, Fossarus,
Triton, Vermetus, Ringicula, Chama) which
now occur no farther north than the southern coasts of the Channel,
the west of France, and the Mediterranean.
The Baltic, a sea specially liable to violent changes of temperature,
with a large admixture of fresh water at its eastern end, appears to
possess only about 65 species in all. More than 50 genera occurring on
the western coasts of Denmark do not enter the Sound. In the eastern
portion of the Baltic marine and fresh-water species live together (p.
12).
(4) The Lusitanian Sub-region extends from Cape Ushant in the
north to Cape Juby (lat. 28°) in the south, and includes the whole of
the Mediterranean, as well as the Azores, Canaries, and Madeira groups.
The English Channel acts as an effectual barrier to the northward
extension of many species; as many as 81 species which occur in
western France do not reach British coasts (P. Fischer). At the same
time, the western coasts of France are rather intermediate between
the two sub-regions than distinctly Lusitanian, for between 50 and 60
Mediterranean genera do not occur on those coasts.
The Mediterranean itself is exceedingly rich in species, about 1200 in
all (including deep-water species) being known. A certain number of
these belong to tropical genera which here find their northern limit,
e.g.Fasciolaria, Cancellaria, Sigaretus,
Siliquaria, Chama, Spondylus. Here too occur
Carinaria, Lobiger, Oxynoe, Pedicularia,
Cypraea, Marginella, Mitra, Dolium,
Cassis, Cassidaria, Pisania, Euthria,
Vermetus, Argonauta, and many others. A few Celtic and
even Boreal species, which occur on the western coasts of Morocco, do
not enter the Mediterranean. Among these are Purpura lapillus,
Helcion pellucidum, and Tellina balthica. Halia,
a rare West African genus akin to Pleurotoma, is found in Cadiz
Bay, and the West African Cymbium occurs on the Spanish coasts
as far as Malaga.
The Black Sea, whose northern and western coasts are exceedingly
cold, is comparatively poor in species. The Sea of Azof is chiefly
characterised by forms of Cardium.
(5) The West African Sub-region extends from Cape Juby to a
point probably not very far south of lat. 30° S., the cold current
which sweeps up from the Pole probably limiting the southward extension
of tropical species on this side of Africa, while the warm Mozambique
current on the eastern side permits the spread of many Indo-Pacific
species almost as far south as the Cape. Owing to its extreme
unhealthiness, and the absence of harbours, the sub-region is very
little known.
The principal genera are Cymbium, Pleurotoma,
Marginella, Terebra, Mitra, Agaronia,
Murex, Cancellaria, Purpura, Pseudoliva,
Natica, Tellina, Lucina, Tugonia,
Schizodesma, and Arca. Studer has enumerated as many as
55 species common to West Africa and the opposite American shores.
The north and south equatorial currents, which circulate in this part
of the Atlantic, probably transport the larvae from one coast to the
other. Purpura coronata Lam., a characteristic West African
species, is represented by a well-marked variety in Demerara.
The Mollusca of St. Helena (178 known species) most resemble those of
the West Indies, 50 per cent being common, while 30 per cent are common
to the Mediterranean. From Ascension Island only 33 species are known,
which in their general relations resemble those of St. Helena.[385]
(6) The South African Sub-region extends along the coast from
about lat. 30° on the west, to about East London on the east. Mr. G.
B. Sowerby enumerates 740 species from ‘South Africa,’ but includes in
this list Natal species, which more properly belong to the Indo-Pacific
fauna. Of these 740, 323 are peculiar, while 67 also occur in European
seas, some being familiar on our own shores. It is remarkable to
find in a sub-region separated from ourselves by the whole width of
the tropics, such well-known forms as Mangilia costata Don.,
M. septangularis Mont., Cylichna cylindracea Penn.,
Pholas dactylus L., Solen marginatus Pult., Cultellus
pellucidus Penn., Ceratisolen legumen L., Lutraria
oblonga Chem., Tellina fabula Gmel., T. tenuis Da C.,
Modiolaria discors L., and many others.
The leading genera are Euthria, Triton, Cominella,
Bullia, Nassa, Cypraeovula, Oxystele,
Fissurella, Fissurellidaea, Patella, and
Chiton.
The Mollusca of Kerguelen Island and the Marion and Crozets groups
show relationship partly with South America, partly with the Cape, and
partly with South Australia and New Zealand, thus showing some trace
of a circumpolar antarctic fauna corresponding to, but not nearly so
well marked as that of the circumpolar arctic sub-region. Among the
remarkable forms discovered off Kerguelen are Neobuccinum and a
sub-genus of Struthiolaria (Perissodonta).
includes the whole of the coast-line of the Indian and western Pacific
oceans, from about East London in South Africa to the north of Niphon
(lat. 42°) in Japan, with the Red Sea and Persian Gulf, the whole of
the Indo-Malay Archipelago, Polynesia to the Sandwich Islands in the
north-east, and Easter Island in the south-east, and Australia to Swan
River in the west, and to Sandy Cape and Lord Howe’s Island in the
east. It is especially the region of coral reefs, which furnish so
favourite a home of the Mollusca, and which are entirely absent from
the Atlantic Region.
(1) The Indo-Pacific Sub-region proper (which includes the
whole of this region except that part defined below as the Japanese
Sub-region) is by far the richest in the world. The marine Mollusca
of the Philippines alone (in some respects the nucleus of the whole
region) have been estimated at between 5000 and 6000 species, and
Jousseaume estimates Red Sea species at about 1000. Some prominent
genera are very rich in species. Garrett enumerates from Polynesia
81 species of Conus, 60 of which occur on the Viti Is., 21 on
the Sandwich Is., and only 14 on the Marquesas, where coral reefs are
almost absent; 82 species of Cypraea, Viti Is. 44, Sandwich Is.
31, Marquesas only 13; 167 species of Mitra (besides 29 recorded
by others), Viti Is. 120, Sandwich Is. 36, Marquesas 7. Of 50 existing
species of Strombus, 39 occur in this region, and 10 out of 11
Eburna.
The following important genera are quite peculiar to the region:
Nautilus, several forms of Purpuridae, e.g.Rapana, Magilus, Rapa, Melapium, and
Ricinula; Tudicla, several forms of Strombidae,
e.g.Rostellaria, Terebellum, Pteroceras,
and Rimella; Cithara, Melo, Neritopsis,
Stomatia, Malleus, Vulsella, Cucullaea,
Tridacna, Hippopus, Libitina, Glaucomya,
Anatina, Aspergillum, and many others.
The number of species common to the Red Sea and Mediterranean is
exceedingly small, some authorities even denying the existence of a
single common species. The present author, from an examination of the
shells dredged by MacAndrew at Suez, regarded 17 species as common, and
Mr. E. A. Smith has confirmed this view with regard to 8 of the species
in question.[386] The Mollusca occurring in Post-pliocene beds at Suez
show that Mediterranean species lived there in comparatively recent
geological times.
The opening of the Suez Canal appears to have already induced several
species to start on their travels from the Mediterranean to the Red
Sea and vice versâ. Two Red Sea species (Mactra olorina
Phil., Mytilus variabilis Kr.) had in 1882 established
themselves at Port Said, while two Mediterranean species (Pholas
dactylus L., Solen vagina L.) had reached Ismailia.[387]
(2) The Japanese Sub-region consists of the Japanese Islands to
Niphon, together with Corea and a stretch of adjacent mainland coast of
unknown extent. The warm Kuro Siwo current, sweeping up between Luzon
and Formosa, permits tropical species to extend much farther north
than on the opposite shores of America, where a cold polar current
keeps them back. A certain number of species, however, are common to
the two shores of the Pacific, and a few circumpolar species occurring
on our own coasts reach Japan, e.g.Trophon clathratus,
Puncturella noachina, Mya arenaria, Modiola
modiolus, Lasaea rubra, and Nucula tenuis.
Among the characteristic genera are Fusus, Siphonalia,
Columbarium, Hemifusus, Rapana,
Chlorostoma, Pleurotomaria, Haliotis, and
Cyclina.
includes the Australian coast-line from about Swan R.[388] (lat.
32° S.) to Sandy Cape (lat. 25° S.), Tasmania, New Zealand, and the
adjacent islands (except Lord Howe’s I.).
(1) The Australian Sub-region proper (which consists of the
whole of the region excepting New Zealand and the adjacent islands) is
determined by the influence of the Antarctic Drift, which washes the
whole of the southern coasts of Australia, and runs strongly northward
between Australia and New Zealand. The E. Australian warm current from
the north is checked at Sandy Cape by this cold current, and flows off
to New Zealand, the western shores of which island are consequently
much warmer than the eastern. On the western coast of Australia the
Antarctic Drift has less force, and tropical genera accordingly range
some 7 degrees farther south on the western than on the eastern coasts.
The characteristic genera are Voluta (of which half the
known species occur on Australian coasts[389]), Cominella,
Siphonalia, Struthiolaria, Risella,
Phasianella, a number of genera belonging to the Trochidae,
e.g.Liotia, Clanculus, Euchelus,
Thalotia, Elenchus, Trochocochlea,
Zizyphinus, Bankivia, Trigonia, Myodora,
Myochama, Solenomya, Ephippodonta, Anapa,
Mylitta, Mesodesma, and Chamostrea.
Trigonia, originally discovered as a recent form in Sydney
Harbour (p. 65), is not peculiar to that locality, occurring also off
Cape York, West Australia, and Tasmania.
(2) The Neozealanian Sub-region includes New Zealand, with the
outlying islands (Chatham, Auckland, and Campbell Is.).
As many as 455 species (Cephalopoda, 8; Gasteropoda, 311; Scaphopoda,
2; Pelecypoda, 134) have been enumerated by Professor F. W. Hutton as
occurring within the sub-region, of which only 64 are found elsewhere,
the proportion of peculiar species being thus nearly 86 per cent. New
Zealand therefore is, in its marine, no less than its land Mollusca,
greatly isolated.
The characteristic genera are Anthora, Cryptoconchus, and
Vanganella, which appear to be quite peculiar, Trophon,
Cominella, Euthria, most of the Trochidae also
characteristic of S. Australia, Haliotis, Patella,
Taria, Mesodesma, Mylitta, Zenatia,
Standella, and Myodora.
includes the entire coasts of North and South America with the adjacent
islands, south of Cape Avinoff on the western, and south of Cape Cod
on the eastern coast, the portions north of these points belonging to
the Arctic Sub-region.
(1) The Aleutian Sub-region consists of the islands of Yesso
and Saghalien, with the adjacent shores of the Sea of Okhotsk to Cape
Lopatka, the Aleutian Is., and the west American coast from about Cape
Avinoff (lat. 60° N.) to St. Jean de Fuca Straits.
A certain number of species, probably of arctic origin, are common with
British and also with East American shores, the former being the more
numerous. Species as familiar to us as Lacuna divaricata Fabr.,
Trichotropis borealis Brod., Pholas crispata L., Mya
truncata L., M. arenaria L., Mytilus edulis L., and
Modiolaria nigra Gray, occur. The more characteristic genera are
Chrysodomus, Volutharpa, Buccinum, Tectura,
Scurria, Chiton, Cryptochiton (Cr. Stelleri
Midd. is by far the largest known of the Chitonidae, 6 inches long),
Tellina and Pecten.
(2) The Californian Sub-region extends from St. Jean de Fuca
Straits (lat. 48° N.) to Cape St. Lucas, the Gulf of California
belonging to the Panamic sub-region. The northern polar current,
which washes the shores of this sub-region throughout their whole
extent, prolongs the southward range of the more northern genera,
and keeps back those more markedly tropical, the latter, however,
creeping northward in the warmer waters of the Gulf of California.
Some authorities subdivide this immense stretch of coast-line, as
characterised by sub-temperate, temperate, and sub-tropical genera,
into the Oregonian, Californian, and Lower Californian provinces.
The characteristic genera are—in the north, Argobuccinum,
Zizyphinus, Chlorostoma, Tectura, Scurria,
Chiton (Katharina, Mopalia, Tonicia),
Cryptochiton, Placunanomia, and Mytilimeria;
in the centre, Purpura, Monoceros, Amphissa,
Norrisia, Platyodon, Tapes, and Macoma;
and, towards the south, Olivella, Chorus, Macron,
Pseudoliva, Trivia, and Haliotis.
(3) The Panamic Sub-region extends from the head of the Gulf of
California to Payta in Peru (lat. 5° S.). It is exceedingly rich in
species, about 1500 having been described. The Mollusca are entirely
distinct from those of the Indo-Pacific Region, which, although
extending from Natal to the Sandwich Islands, are unable to pass the
enormous extent of sea which separates the nearest Polynesian island
from the American coast.
On the two sides of the isthmus of Panama there occur certain
pairs of species, which, while specifically distant, are evidently
closely related to one another. Amongst these are, on the Panamic
side, Purpura speciosa, Cypraea cervinetta, Cassis
abbreviata, Natica Chemnitzii, and Strombus
gracilior, corresponding to Purpura deltoidea, Cypraea
exanthema, Cassis inflata, Natica maroccana, and
Strombus pugilis, on the Caribbean. It is reasonable to conclude
that these “analogous species” are descendants of a stock which was
common to both seas when the isthmus was open (probably not later than
Miocene times), and which have, since the closing of the isthmus,
become modified, some species considerably more than others.
Among the characteristic genera (compare p. 3) are Conus,
Pleurotoma, Terebra, Murex, Purpura,
Oliva, Northia, Cantharus, Columbella,
Anachis, Cypraea, Strombus, Cerithium,
Coecum, Crepidula, Crucibulum, Vitrinella;
Tellina, Semele, Tellidora; and Arca.
(4) The Peruvian Sub-region extends from Payta in Peru to
about the latitude of Conception in S. Chili (37° S.), being checked
from further extension southward by the cold Humboldt current, whose
force is distinctly felt as far north as Callao. This cold current
thus produces the same results as the similar current which impinges
on S. Africa, but has even more effect in decisively separating the
fauna on the two sides of the great peninsula, scarcely a single
species being common to the western and eastern coasts of S. America.
The characteristics of the coast-lines themselves contribute to this
result. The Chilian coast is rocky, and descends abruptly to a great
depth, while that of Patagonia and Argentina is sandy and very shallow
to a great distance from land.
The characteristic genera are Cancellaria, Columbella,
Monoceros, Concholepas, Trochita,
Fissurella, Chiton; Ceronia, Malletia,
and Cumingia. Some of the Californian genera, absent or poorly
represented in the Panamic Sub-region, reappear in Chili, e.g.Scurria, Tectura, and Chlorostoma.
(5) The Magellanic Sub-region includes the coast-line and
adjacent islands (with the Falklands) from Conception in S. Chili to
about Port Melo in Eastern Patagonia (lat. 45° S.).
The principal genera (many of which find a habitat on the gigantic
Macrocystis which grows on every rock at low water) are Euthria,
Voluta (6 species, one, V. magellanica, the largest
known) Monoceros, Photinula, Patella,
Chiton; Modiolarca, Malletia, and Mulinia.
Several genera characteristic of the Boreal and Arctic sub-regions
recur, e.g.Trophon, Admete, Margarita,
Puncturella, Cyamium, and Astarte.
(6) The Argentinian[390] Sub-region extends from about Cape
Melo in Patagonia to the neighbourhood of S. Caterina I. in South
Brazil (lat. 28° S.). The sub-region stands in the same relation to
the Magellanic, on the east coast, as the Peruvian sub-region on the
west, but, owing to the influence of the warm Brazil current, which
overpowers the colder water of the Falkland branch of the Cape Horn
current, it reaches a point much farther south.
The Mollusca are not well known. The prevailing genera appear to be
Oliva, Olivancillaria, Voluta, Bullia,
Crepidula; Periploma, and Lyonsia.
(7) The Caribbean Sub-region extends from S. Caterina I. in the
south to Florida in the north, and includes the shores of the Gulf of
Mexico and the whole of the West Indies. The influence of the warm
Brazil current (a branch of the South Equatorial) carries the range
of the purely tropical species to a point much farther south than is
reached by the tropical species on the west coast.
The sub-region is very rich in species, especially on the coral reefs
of the Bahamas and N. Cuba, but the exceedingly small tide-fall makes
shore collecting somewhat difficult beyond a certain point. The
leading genera are Murex, Purpura, Melongena,
Latirus, Marginella, Strombus, Triton,
Cerithium, Littorina, Nerita, Scalaria;
Tellina, Strigilla, Lucina, and Venus.
Pleurotomaria, a genus long regarded as extinct, has been
dredged alive off Tobago.
As compared with the tropical fauna of the Old World, that of the New
World is poor in peculiar genera (compare p. 368). The relations of
this sub-region to the West African and the Panamic have been already
dealt with (pp. 367 and 372).
(8) The Transatlantic Sub-region extends from Florida to
Cape Cod (see p. 364). In the north the limits of the sub-region
are distinctly marked, in the south Caribbean species intermingle.
Gould and Binney, in their Invertebrata of Massachusetts,
enumerate 275 species (Cephalopoda, 6; Gasteropoda, 159; Scaphopoda,
2; Pelecypoda, 108), of which 59 (Gasteropoda, 37; Pelecypoda, 22) are
British.
Among the characteristic genera are Urosalpinx, Eupleura,
Fulgur, Ptychatractus, Nassa, Crepidula;
Solenomya, Mactra, Cypricia, Raëta,
Astarte, and Yoldia. Our common Littorina littorea
appears to have been introduced into Nova Scotian waters in about
1857, no previous trace of it occurring either in literature or
shell-heaps. Since then it has spread rapidly into the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, and also as far south as Newhaven, and is said to be driving
out the indigenous L. palliata from New England shores.[391]
The debt has been repaid by the introduction into British waters of
the American clam (Venus mercenaria L.), which, according to
the Manchester City News of 23rd March 1889, was first observed
in the Humber in 1864, and has steadily increased up to the present
time, when it bids fair to compete, in those waters, with the familiar
Cardium edule.
Characteristics of Abyssal Mollusca.—Large shells appear to
be rare in the great ocean depths, and are usually very fragile; even
moderately-sized specimens are far from common. The only group in which
species occur larger than the usual size is the Nudibranchs, which are
represented by at least one form larger than an orange.
It would seem that abyssal molluscs are much less active and energetic
than their brethren on the shores. This view is favoured by the
looseness of their tissues, which seem ill adapted for prompt and
vigorous action. The tenacious character of the mud on the ocean floor
must make rapid motion very difficult. The shell itself is usually
fragile and delicate, the upper layers of arragonite being thin as
compared with shallow-water species, which makes the nacreous layer,
when present, appear unusually conspicuous; in many cases the surface
is characterised by a peculiar iridescence or sheen. The colour in
the shell of deep-sea Mollusca is never very pronounced, and is often
absent altogether. Light pink and salmon, pale yellow and brown, are
not uncommon. If the colour is in pattern, it is usually in the form of
necklaces of spots, which sometimes coalesce into bands. With regard
to sculpture, stout knobs and powerfully buttressed varices, such as
occur in the tropical Murex and Purpura, are not found in
deep-sea species. But the ornamentation is frequently elaborate, and
the sculpture rich and varied. There is an especial tendency towards
strings of bead-like knobs, revolving striae, and delicate transverse
waves, the sculpture being in many cases of a character which tends to
strengthen the structure of the shell, like the ridges in corrugated
iron.
A remarkable feature in some deep-sea Mollusca is their singular
resemblance, in shape, and particularly in the possession of a strong
green periostracum, to some of our common fresh-water species.
According to Dr. Dall, the cause of this phenomenon is the same in both
cases. The fresh-water Mollusca secrete a strong periostracum, in order
to protect the shell against the corrosive influence of the carbonic
acid gas with which the water is surcharged. The shells of deep-sea
Mollusca, living, as they do, in water probably undisturbed by currents
of any kind, have to protect themselves against the same eroding
influence, and do so in the same way.[392]
Mollusca which live exclusively on algae and other forms of plant life
are almost entirely wanting in the great depths, where vegetation is
probably unknown. The struggle for existence must be much less keen
than in the thickly populated shallows, where vicissitudes of every
kind occur. The absence of rapid motion of water must obliterate many
of those mechanical effects which tend to produce modifying influences
upon the animals affected. In the absence of circumstances tending
to cause variation, in the unbroken monotony of their surroundings,
species must, one would think, preserve a marked uniformity over an
exceedingly wide area of range.
Vegetable food being wanting, those genera which in shallower waters
never taste flesh, are compelled to become carnivorous. Characteristic
of the great depths are very remarkable forms of Trochidae, in whose
stomachs have been found the remains of Corallines and Foraminifera.
According to Dr. Dall, the results of this diet show themselves in the
greatly increased space occupied by the intestine, in the diminution,
as regards size, of the masticatory organs, the teeth and jaws, and
also in the prolongation of the anal end of the intestine into a free
tube, which carries away the excreta in such a way that they do not
foul the water taken into the gills. The amount of nutriment contained
in the bodies of dead Foraminifera is so small that a comparatively
large quantity must be swallowed to keep the vital energies active,
and therefore the amount evacuated must be proportionately larger
also. The abyssal Trochidae, then, and many other genera, sustain
themselves by feeding on the ‘rain’ of dead animal matter which falls
upon the ocean floor, not so much hunting their prey as opening their
mouths and eating whatever happens to fall into them. Genera which are
normally carnivorous would appear to do the same. The Pleurotomidae,
for instance, are a family markedly characteristic of very deep water.
Representatives of the genus which occur in shallower water are known
to secure their prey while in the living state. But, according to
Dr. Dall, a singularly small proportion of deep-sea Mollusca, as
compared with those from the littoral region, show signs of having
been drilled or attacked by other Mollusca. This could hardly be the
case if the Pleurotomidae retained their predatory habits, since they
are more numerous in the great depths than any six other families
taken together. It has already been mentioned (p. 186) that a large
proportion of deep-sea Mollusca are perfectly blind.
Amongst other remarkable forms from the great depths may be mentioned
Pleurotomaria, with its singular anal slit (Fig. 269, p. 407)
extending in some cases half way round the last whorl. Three or four
species of this genus, so characteristic of almost all fossiliferous
strata down to the Cambrian, have been obtained in very limited numbers
off the West Indies and Japan. Dentaliidae, especially the sub-genus
Cadulus, find a congenial home in the slimy ocean mud. One of
the greatest molluscan treasures procured by the Challenger
was Guivillea alabastrina Wats., a magnificent Volute as white
as alabaster, 6½ inches long, which was dredged from 1600 fath. in
the South Atlantic, between Marion Island and the Crozets. Another
very curious form, belonging to the same family, is Provocator
pulcher Wats., a shell about half the size of Guivillea, of
stouter proportions, and with an angulated and patulous mouth. This
shell was dredged by the Challenger in comparatively shallow
water (105–150 fath.) off Kerguelen Island. Among the Trochidae are
the fine new genera Basilissa, Bembix, and Gaza.
The exploring voyages of the American surveying steamer Blake,
in the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea, have given us the
remarkable new forms Benthobia (possibly akin to Admete),
Mesorhytis (a sub-genus of Fasciolaria hitherto only
known from the Cretaceous of North America), and Benthodolium
(possibly = Oocorys), a genus akin to Cassis.
In his report on the Pelecypoda obtained by the Challenger, Mr.
E. A. Smith remarks that as a rule “very deep-water ‘benthal’ species
certainly have a tendency to be without colour and of thin structure,
facts no doubt resulting from the absence of light, the difficulty of
secreting lime, the scarcity of food, and other unfavourable conditions
of existence.” At the same time, he notices that most of the species
obtained belong to genera which, even when occurring in shallow water,
are thin and colourless, e.g.Neaera, Lima,
Cryptodon, Abra, Verticordia, etc. Deep-water
species of such genera as have a decided periostracum (Malletia,
Limopsis, Leda, Nucula, Arca) retain it
with little if any modification. The deep-water Pelecypoda of the
Atlantic and Pacific Oceans present no special features of interest.
The species are few in number, and the genera are not remarkable either
for novelty or peculiarity of form.
The greatest depth at which Pelecypoda have been obtained is 2900
fath. mid North Pacific (Callocardia pacifica Sm., Abra
profundorum Sm.); the greatest depth at which Gasteropoda have been
obtained is 2650 fath. South Atlantic (Stylifer brychius Wats.),
both by the Challenger. The deepest Challenger Nudibranch
came from 2425 fath., and the deepest Chiton from 2300 fath. The
greatest depth ever dredged is 4575 fath. off the east coast of Japan.
CHAPTER XIII CLASS CEPHALOPODA — Order Dibranchiata. — Order Tetrabranchiata
The Cephalopoda present a complete contrast to the majority of the
Mollusca in habits and in many points of organisation. In their power
of rapid movement and their means of progression, their extreme
ferocity and carnivorous habits, their loss, in so many cases, of a
shell, and in its constitution when present, in the general symmetry of
their parts, in their reproductive and nervous system, they stand in
a position of extreme isolation with nothing to connect them with the
rest of the phylum.
Professor A. E. Verrill has collected many interesting details with
regard to gigantic Cephalopoda occurring on the north-eastern coasts of
America. From these it appears that the tentacular arms of some species
of Architeuthis measure as much as 32, 33, 35, and 42 feet in
length, while the total length, including the body, sometimes exceeds
50 feet. Even off the Irish coast a specimen was once captured whose
tentacular arms were 30 feet long, the mandibles 4 inches across, and
the eyes about 15 inches in diameter.[393] The strength of these giant
Cephalopods, aided as they are by formidable rows of suckers and other
means of securing a grip, is almost incredible. Cases are not uncommon,
in which persons diving or bathing have been attacked, and have with
difficulty made their escape.
Great damage is frequently inflicted by Cephalopoda upon shoals of
fish on British coasts. Off Lybster (Caithness) Loligo and
Ommastrephes devour the herring, large numbers of which are
cut up and bitten on the back of the neck by these creatures. On
the American coasts the mackerel fisheries are sometimes entirely
spoiled by the immense schools of squid which infest the Bay of St.
Lawrence.[394] When excited in the pursuit of fish Cephalopoda leap
high out of the sea. Dr. W. H. Rush[395] relates that when about 300
miles off the coast of Brazil, a swarm of hundreds of decapods flew
from the water and landed on the deck of the ship, which was 12 feet
above the surface level, and they had to go over the hammock nettings
to reach it.
Fig. 238.—Octopus vulgaris Lam.,
Naples: A, At rest; B, in motion; f, funnel, the
arrow showing the direction of the propelling current of water. (After
Merculiano.)
The common Octopus vulgaris Lam., of British and south European
coasts, inhabits some rocky hole, the approaches to which, like the
den of a fabled giant, are strewn with the bones of his victims. Homer
himself knew how hard it is to drag the polypus out of his hole, and
how the stones cling fast to his suckers. The colour-changes, which
flit across the skin of the Octopus, appear, to some extent,
expressive of the different emotions of the animal. They are also
undoubtedly protective, enabling it to assimilate itself in colour to
its environment. Mr. J. Hornell[396] has noticed an Octopus,
while crawling over the rock-work in his tank, suddenly change the
colour of the whole right or left side of its body, and of the four
arms on the same side, to a snowy whiteness. They have also been seen
to change colour, as if involuntarily, according to the material on
which they crawl. The nerve-centres which control the chromatophores
or pigment cells, causing them to expand or contract, are found to
connect with the optic ganglia; hence the changes of colour may be
regarded as a reflex result of the creature’s visual perception of its
surroundings.
Cephalopoda with two symmetrical branchiae, funnel completely tubular,
mouth surrounded by 8 or 10 arms furnished with suckers or hooks,
ink-sac and fins usually present, eyes with a lens; shell internal or
absent.
The Dibranchiata are not known from Palaeozoic strata, and first appear
(Belemnites, Belemnoteuthis) in the Trias. Whether they
are to be regarded as derived from some form of Tetrabranchiata,
e.g.Orthoceras, or as possessing an independent origin
from some common stock, cannot at present be decided. They attain their
highest development at the present time. The earliest representatives
of the Order (the Phragmophora) possessed a shell chambered like
that of the Tetrabranchiata. These chambered Dibranchiates rapidly
reached their maximum in the upper Lias and as rapidly declined, until
at the close of the Cretaceous epoch they were comparatively scarce,
only a few genera (Beloptera, Spirulirostra) surviving
into Tertiary times.
The ordinary Dibranchiate Cephalopod may be regarded as consisting
of two parts—(a) the head, in which are situated the organs
of sense, and to which are appended the prehensile organs and the
principal organs of locomotion; (b) a trunk or visceral
sac, enclosed in a muscular mantle and containing the respiratory,
generative, and digestive organs. The visceral sac is often
strengthened, and the viscera protected, by an internal non-spiral
shell. The ‘arms’ which surround the mouth are modifications of the
molluscan foot (p. 200), and are either eight or ten in number. In the
former case (Octopoda) the arms, which are termed ‘sessile,’ are all of
similar formation, in the latter (Decapoda), besides the eight sessile
arms there are two much longer ‘tentacular’ arms, which widen at their
tips into ‘clubs’ covered with suckers.
Remarks have already been made on the generative organs of Cephalopoda
(p. 136 f.), the branchiae (p. 170), the nervous system (p. 206), the
eye (p. 182), the radula (p. 236), and the ink-sac (p. 241).
One of the most characteristic features of the Dibranchiata are the
acetabula, or suckers, with which the arms are furnished. They
are usually disposed on the sessile arms in rows (of which there
are four in most Sepia, two in Octopus, and one in
Eledone), and become more numerous and smaller at the tip of
the arm. They are massed together in large numbers of unequal size
on the ‘clubs’ in the Decapoda, particularly in Loligo. In
most Octopoda their base is flush with the surface of the arm, but in
Decapoda the acetabula are pedunculate, or raised on short stalks.
In Octopoda again, the acetabula are fleshy throughout, but in the
Decapoda they are strengthened by a corneous rim with a smooth or
denticulate edge (Ommastrephes, Architeuthis). Many of
the acetabula on the tentacular and sometimes on the sessile arms of
the Onychoteuthidae enclose a powerful hook, which is retractile like
the claws of a cat.
In mechanical structure the acetabula consist of a disc with a slightly
swollen margin, from which a series of muscular folds converge
towards the centre of the disc, where a round aperture leads to a
gradually widening cavity. Within this cavity is a sort of button, the
caruncle, which can be elevated or depressed like the piston of
a syringe; thus when the sucker is applied the piston is withdrawn and
a vacuum created (Owen).
Fig. 239.—‘Club’ of Loligo vulgaris L.,
showing the crowded pedunculate acetabula, × ½.
Fig. 240.—One of the suckers of
Architeuthis dux Stp., showing the denticulate margin and
corneous ring; p, peduncle.
In many Octopoda the arms are connected by a web (the umbrella),
which sometimes extends up the greater part of the arms
(Cirrhoteuthis, some Eledone), at others occurs only at
the base. The use of the umbrella is perhaps to assist in locomotion,
by alternate contraction and expansion.
A cartilaginous skeleton is well developed, especially in the Decapoda.
In Sepia a cephalic cartilage forms a complete ring round the
oesophagus, the eyes being situated in lateral prolongations of
the same. In front of the cephalic cartilage occurs a piece like an
inverted
, which supports the base of the anterior arms. The
Decapoda have also a ‘nuchal’ cartilage, connecting the head with the
anterior dorsal portion of the mantle, while cartilaginous knobs on the
ventral mantle button into corresponding sockets on the funnel.
Sub-order I.—Octopoda.—Body round or bag-like,
generally without fins, arms eight, suckers fleshy, usually sessile,
oviducts paired, no nidamental glands, shell absent.
Fig. 241.—Cirrhoteuthis magna Hoyle,
S. Atlantic. Two of the left arms and their web have been removed:
f, funnel; fi, fi, fins; m, mouth. (After
Hoyle, × 1/12.)
Fam. 1.Cirrhoteuthidae.—Body with two prominent fins;
arms in great part united by a web; one row of small suckers, with
cirrhi on each side.—Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, deep water (Fig.
241).
Fam. 2.Amphitretidae.—Body gelatinous, mantle fused
with the funnel in the median line, forming two openings into the
branchial cavity; arms with one row of suckers; umbrella extending more
than two-thirds up the arms.—South Pacific (Fig. 242).
The two pocket-like openings into the branchial cavity are unique among
Cephalopoda (Hoyle).
Fig. 242.—Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle,
off Kermadec Is.: e, eyes; f, funnel; p, right
mantle-pocket. (After Hoyle.)
Fam. 3.Argonautidae.—Female furnished with a
symmetrical, unilocular shell, spiral in one plane, secreted by
thin terminal expansions (the vela) of the two dorsal arms,
no attachment muscle; suckers in two rows, pedunculate; male very
small, without veligerous arms or shell.—All warm seas (Fig. 243).
Pliocene——.
The shell consists of three layers, the two external being prismatic,
the middle fibrous. Its secretion by the arms and not by the mantle
edge is unique, and shows that it is not homologous with the ordinary
molluscan shell.
Fig. 243.—Argonauta argo L., the
position assumed by a specimen kept in captivity, the arrow showing the
direction of movement: f, funnel; m, mouth, with jaws
projecting; sh, shell, with arms as seen through it; wa,
webbed arm clasping shell. (After Lacaze-Duthiers.)
The great controversy on the Argonauta, which once raged with so
much fierceness, is now matter of ancient history. It seems scarcely
credible that between fifty and sixty years ago, two of the leading
zoologists of the day, Mr. Gray and M. de Blainville maintained
that the animal which inhabits the Argonaut shell is a parasite,
without any means of depositing or forming a shell of its own, but
which possesses itself of the Argonaut shell, either by expelling
or succeeding the original inhabitant, a supposed nucleo-branchiate
(Heteropod) mollusc akin to Carinaria. The final blow to this
strange hypothesis—which was urged by the most ingenious series of
arguments—was given by Professor Owen, who in 1839 brought before
the Zoological Society of London the admirable observations of Madame
Jeannette Power, who made a continuous study of a number of specimens
of Argonauta in her vivarium at Messina. The result of these
observations tended to show that the young Argonauta when first
excluded from the egg is naked, but that in ten or twelve days the
shell begins to form, that the principal agents in the deposition of
shell are the two velated or web-like arms; and that portions of the
shell, if broken away, are repaired by a deposition of calcareous
matter.[397]
Fam. 4.Philonexidae.—Mantle supported by two ridges
placed on the funnel; large ‘aquiferous’ pores (supposed to introduce
water into the tissues) near the head or funnel; suckers in two rows,
pedunculate.—Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Genera: Ocythoe, arms of unequal size, no intervening membrane,
third arm on the right hectocotylised (see Fig. 51, p. 138), two
aquiferous pores at the base of the siphon; male very small;
Tremoctopus, two aquiferous pores between the eyes, two on the
ventral side of the head.
Fam. 5.Alloposidae.—Mantle edge united to the head
by three commissures; arms extensively webbed, acetabula sessile.
Hectocotylised arm developed in a cavity in front of the right eye.—N.
Atlantic.
Fam. 6.Octopodidae.—Head very large, arms elongated,
similar, more or less webbed, acetabula usually in two rows, sessile;
mantle supported by fleshy bands, no cephalic aquiferous pores.
In Octopus proper the web is usually confined to the lower part
of the arms; Fischer separates off as Pteroctopus a form in
which it reaches almost to their extremity. The third right arm (Fig.
52, p. 140) is hectocotylised, the modified extremity being, according
to Hoyle, sometimes minute, sometimes spoon-shaped, with a tendency to
transverse ridges, rarely slender and very long. The relative length
of the pairs of arms varies in different species. Two cartilaginous
stylets, imbedded in the dorsal mantle, are said by Owen to represent
the shell.
Other genera; Pinnoctopus, body furnished with broad lateral
wings which meet at the posterior end; Cistopus, a large web
prolonged along the sides of the arms, fitted with oval aquiferous
pouches, with pores at their base, between each pair of arms;
Eledone (Fig. 244), one row of acetabula; Tritaxeopus,
Iapetella.
Sub-order II.—Decapoda.—Body oblong, mouth surrounded
by four pairs of sessile and one pair of tentacular arms, the latter
terminated by a ‘club’; acetabula pedunculate and furnished with a
corneous margin; mantle margin locked to the base of the funnel by a
cartilaginous apparatus; head and anterior part of body furnished with
aquiferous pores; fins present; mandibles corneous; oviduct single,
large nidamental glands in the female; shell internal.
Fig. 244.—Eledone Aldrovandi Delle
Chiaje, Naples, from ventral side, × ½.
The tentacular arms, which are the principal external feature of the
Decapoda, are not derived from the same muscular ring as the sessile
arms, but arise from the cephalic cartilage, and emerge between the
third and fourth arm on each side. In Sepia they can be entirely
retracted into a kind of pocket behind the eyes, while in Loligo
they are simply folded over one another. In Chiroteuthis the
arms are six times as long as the body, and the clubs have four rows of
denticulate suckers.
The anterior ventral[398] portion of the mantle is furnished with a
singular contrivance for locking it to the funnel, and so rendering the
whole animal more capable of resisting the impact of any force. This
contrivance generally consists of a series of ridges or buttons which
fit into grooves or button-holes, the ridges being on the interior face
of the mantle and the corresponding grooves on the funnel, or vice
versâ. The ‘resisting apparatus’ is most elaborate in the pelagic
genera, and least so in the more sluggish littoral forms. A similar,
but not so complex, arrangement occurs also in the Octopoda.
The different forms of the shell appear to indicate successive stages
in a regular course of development. We have in Spirula (Fig.
247) a chambered shell of the Tetrabranchiate type, but of considerably
diminished size, which has ceased to contain the animal in its last
chamber, and has become almost entirely enveloped in reflected folds
of the mantle. These folds gradually concresce to form a definite
shell-sac, by the walls of which are secreted additional laminae
of calcareous shell-substance. These laminae invest the original
shell, which gradually (Spirulirostra, Belosepia)
loses the spiral form and becomes straight, eventually disappearing,
while the calcareous laminae alone remain (Sepia). These in
their turn disappear, leaving only the plate or ‘pen’ upon which
they were deposited (Loligo), which itself also, with the
shell-sac, finally disappears, surviving only in the early stages of
Octopus (Lankester).
The Decapoda are divided, according to the character of the shell, into
Phragmophora, Sepiophora, and Chondrophora.[399]
Fig. 245.—‘Club’ of Onychoteuthis sp.,
showing the hooks and clusters of fixing cushions and acetabula below
them, × ½.
A. Phragmophora.—Arms furnished with hooks or acetabula;
shell consisting of a phragmocone or chambered sac enclosed
in a thin wall (the conotheca), septa pierced by a siphuncle
near the ventral margin (in Spirula alone this chambered sac
forms the whole of the shell). The apex of the cone lies towards the
posterior end of the body, and is usually enveloped in a calcareous
guard or rostrum. Beyond the anterior end of the rostrum
the conotheca is extended forward dorsally by a pro-ostracum or
anterior shell, which may be shelly or horny, and corresponds to the
gladius of the Chondrophora. The rostrum consists of calcareous
fibres arranged perpendicularly to the planes of the laminae of growth,
and radiating from an axis, the so-called apical line, which
extends from the extremity of the phragmocone to that of the rostrum.
Distribution, see p. 380.
Fam. 1.Spirulidae.—Arms with acetabula, shell a loose
spiral, without rostrum or pro-ostracum, partially external, enclosed
in two lobes of the mantle (Figs. 247 and 248).
The single species of the single genus (S. Peronii Lam.
= laevis Gray) has not yet been thoroughly investigated,
although the shell occurs in thousands on many tropical beaches, and
is sometimes drifted on our own shores. The animal appears to have
the power of adhesion to the rocks by means of a terminal sucker or
pore. The protoconch is present, and contains a prosiphon, which does
not connect with the siphuncle. The septal necks are continuous, not
broken as in Nautilus. The siphuncle is on the ventral margin
of the shell, the last whorl of which projects slightly on the dorsal
and ventral sides, but is even there covered by a thin fold of the
mantle. The retractor muscles of the funnel and of the head find their
point d’appui on the shell, the last chamber of which contains
the posterior part of the liver, with which the membranous siphuncle is
connected.
Fam. 2.Belemnitidae.—Arms hooked as in
Onychoteuthis, fins large; phragmocone straight, initial chamber
globular, larger than the second, rostrum often very long, investing
the phragmocone, pro-ostracum sword- or leaf-shaped, rounded in front,
seldom preserved, ink-sac present.—Lower Lias to Cretaceous.
Fig. 246.—Sepia officinalis L., with
mantle cut away to show position of internal shell, × ½. (The ends of
the tentacular arms are cut off.)
The Belemnitidae are believed to have been gregarious, and to have
lived in shallow water on a muddy bottom. Specimens are sometimes
found in which even the ink-sac can be recognised in situ.
The relative proportions of rostrum and phragmocone vary greatly in
different groups, the rostrum being in some cases two feet long, in
others only just enclosing the phragmocone. As a rule the rostrum is
the only portion which has been preserved.
Fam. 3.Belosepiidae.—Phragmocone short, slightly
curved, chambers small, placed at the posterior end of a sepion,
rostrum solid, obtuse.—Eocene (Paris, Bracklesham, etc.).
Fam. 4.Belopteridae.—Sepion not known; phragmocone
curved, siphuncle on the ventral margin, rostrum well developed,
pointed. Principal genus, Spirulirostra.—Miocene of Turin.
These two families, with their small, curved phragmocone and (in the
case of the Belosepiidae) large sepion, are clearly intermediate
between the Phragmophora and Sepiophora. Some authorities place them
with the latter group.
Fig. 247.—Shell of Spirula Peronii Lam.
A, Cutside view; B, showing last chamber and position
of siphuncle; C, in section, showing the septa and course of
siphuncle; D, shell broken to show the convexity of the inner
side of the septa; E, portion of a septal neck.
Fig. 248.—Spirula Peronii Lam.:
d, terminal sucker; f, funnel; s1,
s2, projecting portions of shell, the internal part of which
is dotted in. (From Owen and A. Adams combined.)
B. Sepiophora.—Shell internal, consisting usually of
(a) an anterior cancellated portion, (b) a posterior
laminated portion, the laminae enclosing air. It terminates in a very
rudimentary phragmocone and a rostrum, but there is no siphuncle.
Fam.Sepiidae.—Eyes with cornea complete, body oval,
fins narrow, lateral, as long as the body, generally united behind;
sessile arms short, tentacular arms long, acetabula generally in four
rows, fourth left arm in the male hectocotylised near the base (Fig.
249).—World-wide.
The sepion or ‘cuttle-bone’ runs the whole length and width of the
body. In Sepia it is very thick in front, while the posterior
ventral end is concave and terminated by a prominent spine, the
rostrum or mucro which points downwards. The whole
shell is surrounded by a thin chitinous margin, which forms a lateral
expansion. Other genera are Sepiella, Hemisepius, and
Trachyteuthis (fossil only).
C. Chondrophora.—Shell (gladius or pen) long,
chitinous.
(a) Myopsidae:[400] cornea entire, species mostly
sub-littoral.
Fam. 1.Sepiolidae.—Fins large, dorso-lateral;
tentacular arms retractile; two first dorsal arms in the male
hectocotylised; gladius narrow, half as long as the body.—World-wide.
Principal genera: Sepiola, dorsal mantle connected with the
head by a broad cervical band, ventral mantle with the funnel by a
ridge fitting into a groove; Rossia, dorsal mantle supported
by a ridge, arms with never more than four rows of acetabula;
Inioteuthis, Stoloteuthis, Nectoteuthis, and
Promachoteuthis.
Fam. 2.Sepiadariidae.—Fins not as long as the body,
mantle united to the head on the dorsal side, fourth left arm in the
male hectocotylised; no gladius. Principal genera, Sepiadarium,
Sepioloidea.—Chiefly Pacific Ocean.
Fig. 249.—Hectocotylised arm (h.a.)
of Sepia officinalis L., shown in contrast to one of the
ordinary sessile arms; m, mouth; p, pocket into which the
tentacular arm is retracted.
Fam. 3.Idiosepiidae.—Fins very small, terminal;
fourth pair of arms in the male hectocotylised, bare of suckers.
The only genus, Idiosepion, with a single species (I.
pygmaeum Stp.) is from the Indian Ocean, and is the smallest known
Cephalopod, measuring only about 15 mm. in length.
Fam. 4.Loliginidae.—Body rather long, fins varying
in size, tentacular arms partially retractile, gladius as long as the
back, pointed in front, shaft keeled on the ventral side.—World-wide.
Loligo proper has a pointed body with triangular posterior
fins united behind; sessile arms with two rows of acetabula,
tentacular arms with four; fourth left arm hectocotylised at the tip;
funnel attached to the head. Other genera are Loliguncula,
Sepioteuthis, and Loliolus. Belemnosepia,
Beloteuthis, Leptoteuthis, and Phylloteuthis are
fossil genera only, differing in the shape of the gladius.
(b) Oigopsidae: cornea more or less open; species pelagic.
Fam. 5.Ommastrephidae.—Body cylindrical, fins
generally terminal, united together, regularly rhomboidal, sessile arms
with varying number of rows of acetabula, mantle connexions elaborate;
gladius horny, narrow lanceolate, with a hollow cone at the posterior
end.—World-wide.
Fig. 250.—Architeuthis princeps, Verr.,
E. America: f, Right fin; fu, funnel; f.c, fixing
cushions and acetabula on the tentacular arms (t, t).
(After Verrill, × 1/60.)
Ommastrephes proper has a natatory web on the sessile arms;
the wrist of each club has a series of acetabula with corresponding
cushions on the other wrist. In Thysanoteuthis (often made
a separate family) the sessile arms have two rows of cirrhi, with
lateral expansions of the skin; fins as long as the body. In
Architeuthis, to which belong the largest Cephalopoda known, the
fins together are shaped like a broad arrow-head; acetabula of sessile
arms strongly denticulate; tentacular arms very long, with equidistant
pairs of acetabula and fixing cushions throughout their entire length,
and a group of the same at the base of the club. The acetabula and
cushions correspond on the opposing tentacles, and enable them to
pull together. Other genera are Dosidicus, Todarodes,
Illex, Bathyteuthis and Mastigoteuthis.
Fam. 6.Onychoteuthidae.—Body cylindrical, fins
terminal or lateral, mantle-locking apparatus elaborate, tentacular
arms very long, sessile or tentacular arms furnished with retractile
hooks, gladius lanceolate, with a terminal cone.—World-wide.
The prehensile apparatus of Cephalopoda reaches its maximum
of power and singularity in this family. In Onychia,
Onychoteuthis and Ancistroteuthis, the sessile arms
have acetabula only, in Gonatus and Abralia they have
hooks as well, while in Verania, Ancistrochirus and
Enoploteuthis, the sessile arms have hooks only. The number of
rows of hooks or acetabula varies with the different genera.
Fam. 7.Chiroteuthidae.—Head nearly as large as
the body; fins terminal, tentacular arms very long, sessile arms
slightly webbed, acetabula denticulated; mantle-supports consisting
of cartilaginous ridges on the mantle, which fit into corresponding
depressions on the funnel, gladius expanded at each end.—Atlantic
Ocean.
The six dorsal arms in Histioteuthis are united by a broad web,
while in Histiopsis the web only reaches half way up the arm. In
Chiroteuthis the tentacular arms have scattered sessile suckers
throughout their whole length, and four rows of very long pedunculate
suckers on the clubs.
Fam. 8.Cranchiidae.—Head small, body rounded,
barrel-shaped, fins terminal, eyes often very large, sessile arms
short, tentacular arms long, thread-like.—World-wide.
Cranchia proper has the tentacular clubs finned, with eight
rows of suckers, body sometimes covered with warty tubercles.
Loligopsis has a very attenuated body, with fins terminally
united; some species are spotted with colour, or have rows of tubercles
on the ventral side. Taonius (Fig. 251) is doubtfully distinct
from Loligopsis.
Fig. 251.—Taonius hyperboreus Stp., N.
Atlantic: e, e, eyes; f, f, fins; t,
t, tentacular arms. (After Hoyle, × ¼.)
Cephalopoda with four branchiae and four kidneys; animal inhabiting the
last chamber of an external multilocular shell; funnel consisting of
two separate lobes; tentacles numerous, without suckers or hooks; no
ink-sac.
The shell consists of two layers, the outer being porcellanous, and
the inner, as well as the walls of the chambers or septa,
nacreous. The septa vary greatly in shape. In most of the Nautiloidea
they are regularly curved, as in Nautilus, or straight, as in
Orthoceras, but in the Ammonoidea they are often exceedingly
complex. The edge of the septum, where it unites with the shell-wall,
is called the suture, and the sutural line, which is not seen until the
porcellanous layer is removed, varies in shape with the septum.
Fig. 252.—Nautilus pompilius L., in
section, showing the septa (s, s), the septal necks
(s.n, s.n), the siphuncle dotted in (si), and the
large body chamber (ch).
The septa are traversed by a membranous tube known as the
siphuncle, which in Nautilus is said by Owen to connect
ultimately with the pericardium. The septal necks, or short
tubular prolongations of the septa where they are perforated by the
siphuncle, are in the great majority of the Nautiloidea directed
backwards (Fig. 252), i.e., they project from the front wall
of each chamber, while in nearly all Ammonoidea they are directed
forwards. When the siphuncle is narrow, as in the Ammonoidea, it is
simple, but when wide, as in many of the Nautiloidea, its walls are
often thickened by the deposition of masses of calcareous matter, or
by rings and radiating lamellae of the same material. In position,
the siphuncle is sometimes central, sometimes sub-central, sometimes
(Ammonoidea) marginal. In some cases its position is believed to change
during the growth of the individual. The precise object served by
the siphuncle is at present unknown. Some hold that it preserves the
vitality of the unoccupied chambers, by connecting them with the soft
parts of the animal; others have regarded it as a means for lightening
the shell by the passage of some gas into the chambers.
Fig. 253.—Ammonites (Cadoceras)
sublaevis Sowb., Kellaway’s Rock, showing the marginal position
of the siphuncle (si).
The initial chamber in Nautiloidea consists of an obtuse incurved cone,
marked on the outer surface of its posterior wall by a small scar
known as the cicatrix, which may be slit-like, round, oval,
or cruciform in shape. It has been held that the cicatrix originally
communicated with the protoconch or larval shell, which probably
dropped off as development proceeded. In the Ammonoidea, on the other
hand, there is no cicatrix, and the initial chamber probably represents
the protoconch, as seen in the nucleus of many Gasteropoda.
Sub-order 1.Nautiloidea.—Shell straight, bent, or
coiled, aperture simple or contracted; siphuncle often narrowed by
internal deposits, position variable; septal necks short, usually
directed backwards; septa concave towards the aperture; initial chamber
conical, with a cicatrix on the posterior wall.
The Nautiloidea, of which Nautilus is the sole living
representative, date back to the Cambrian epoch, and attain
their maximum in the Silurian and Devonian. At the close of the
Palaeozoic era, every family, with the sole exceptions of the
Orthoceratidae and Nautilidae, appears to have become
extinct. The former disappear with the Trias, and after the lapse of
the whole Secondary era, Aturia, a form closely related to
Nautilus, makes its appearance.
Fam. 1.Orthoceratidae.[401]—Shell straight or
slightly curved, aperture simple, body-chamber large; siphuncle
cylindrical, position variable. Single genus, Orthoceras (Fig.
254). Cambrian to Trias.
Fam. 2.Endoceratidae.—Shell straight, siphuncle wide,
marginal, septal necks produced into tubes fitting into one another.
Principal genera: Endoceras (specimens of which occur six feet
long), and Piloceras—Ordovician.
Fam. 3.Actinoceratidae.—Shell straight or slightly
curved, siphuncle wide, contracted at the septa by obstruction-rings.
Principal genera: Actinoceras, Discosorus,
Huronia, Sactoceras.—Ordovician to Carboniferous.
Fam. 4.Gomphoceratidae.—Shell globular, straight or
considerably curved, aperture narrowed, T-shaped, body-chamber large,
siphuncle variable in position. The aperture is in some cases so narrow
that probably only the arms could be protruded. Principal genus,
Gomphoceras (Fig. 255).—Silurian.
Fam. 5.Ascoceratidae.—Shell sac-like or flask-shaped,
apex truncated, unknown, body-chamber occupying nearly the whole of the
shell on the ventral side, contracting at the aperture, last few septa
coalescing on the dorsal side and encroaching upon the body-chamber.
The young form has a symmetrical shell like Orthoceras,
attached to the sac-like shell above described; as growth proceeds
the former portion is thrown off. Principal genera: Ascoceras,
Glossoceras.—Ordovician and Silurian.
Fig. 254.—A, Section of
Orthoceras, showing the septa (s, s), and
siphuncle (si, si); B, portion of the exterior
of Orthoceras annulatum Sowb., × ½. (Woodwardian Museum,
Cambridge.)
Fam. 6.Poterioceratidae.—Shell fusiform, contracted
at both ends, aperture simple, siphuncle variable in position, inflated
between the septa. The form generally resembles Gomphoceras,
except for the simple aperture and fusiform shape.—Ordovician to
Carboniferous.
Fam. 7.Cyrtoceratidae.—Shell conical or
sub-cylindrical, slightly curved, body-chamber large, siphuncle
variable in position. Single genus, Cyrtoceras.—Cambrian to
Carboniferous.
Fam. 8.Lituitidae.—Shell coiled in a flat, sometimes
loose spiral, last whorl straight, containing the body-chamber,
often greatly prolonged. Principal genera: Lituites,
Ophidioceras.—Ordovician and Silurian.
Fam. 9.Trochoceratidae.—Shell helicoid, with
seldom more than two whorls, dextral or sinistral, last whorl
sometimes partly uncoiled. Principal genera: Trochoceras,
Adelphoceras.—Ordovician to Devonian.
Fam. 10.Nautilidae.—Shell with few whorls, more or
less overlapping, septa simple, siphuncle central or sub-central,
aperture not contracted.
The ‘tentacles’ are about 90 in number, and consist of four groups each
of 12 or 13 labial tentacles surrounding the mouth, two groups each of
17 larger (brachial) tentacles on each side of the head, two thicker
tentacles which combine to form the ‘hood,’ and two small tentacles
on each side of the eye. When the animal swims, the tentacles are
extended radially from the head, somewhat like those of a sea-anemone.
The direction of the many pairs of tentacles at constant but different
angles from the head, is the most striking feature in the living
Nautilus, and accounts for its being described, when seen on the
surface, as ‘a shell with something like a cauliflower sticking out
of it.’[402] The funnel is not a complete tube, but is formed by the
overlapping of the margins of two thin fleshy lobes (which are probably
morphologically epipodia), so that when the two lobes are parted, a
broad canal appears, leading to the branchial cavity. The head is
conical, and the mouth and its appendages can be retracted into a sort
of sheath, over which fits the ‘hood.’
Fig. 255.—A, Gomphoceras
ellipticum M’Coy, Silurian: B, aperture (ap) of same;
s, s, septa; si, position of siphuncle. (After
Blake.)
Other genera are Trocholites, Gyroceras,
Hercoceras, Discites, Aturia.—Ordovician to
present time.
Fam. 11.Bactritidae.—Shell straight, conical,
siphuncle small, marginal, septal necks long, funnel-shaped, sutures
undulating, with a sinus corresponding to the siphuncle. This family,
from the form of its sutures, appears to constitute a passage to the
Ammonoidea. Single genus, Bactrites.—Silurian and Devonian.
(b) Prosiphonata.—Septal necks directed forwards.
The two genera are Bathmoceras (Ordovician), shell straight,
conical always truncated, siphon marginal; and Nothoceras
(Silurian), shell nautiloid with simple sutures.
Sub-order 2.Ammonoidea.—Shell multiform, straight,
curved, flat spiral, or turreted, sutural line more or less complex,
siphuncle simple.
Some authorities hold that the members of this great sub-order, now
totally extinct, belong to the Dibranchiata, on the ground that the
protoconch resembles that of Spirula rather than that of the
Nautiloidea. Others again regard the Ammonoidea as a third, and
distinct Order of Cephalopoda. Their distribution extends from the
Silurian to (possibly) the early Tertiary. No trace has ever been
found of an ink-sac, mandible, or hooks on the arms; the shell was
undoubtedly external.
Fig. 256.—Diagram of the sutures of Ammonites:
A, an elaborate suture (Phylloceras); B, a simple
suture (Ceratites); s.s, siphonal, s.v, ventral,
s.l, first lateral, s.l´, second lateral saddles;
s.a, s.a, auxiliary saddles; l.v, ventral,
l, first lateral, l´, second lateral lobe; l.a,
l.a, auxiliary lobes. The arrow points towards the
aperture. (From Woodward.) Compare Fig. 258.
The sutural line, which indicates the septa, and is generally
concealed beneath the outer layer of shell, consists of a number
of lobes or depressions, the concave part of which is
directed towards the aperture. Between these lobes lie corresponding
elevations, or saddles, the convex part of which is directed
towards the aperture. There are six principal lobes (Fig. 256):
the siphonal or ventral, which is traversed by the
siphuncle, the dorsal, and a superior and inferior lateral
on each side; smaller auxiliary lobes may succeed these latter. The
adjacent saddles have received corresponding names. As a rule the
sutural line is very complex, but in some cases (Goniatites,
Lobites) it is simple (Fig. 258, A). The first saddle of a large
number of genera serves as a means of classification, according as it
is broad or narrow. Some authorities reverse the terms ventral and
dorsal, as applied above. It is probable, however, that the position
of the animal of Ammonites in its shell resembled that of
Nautilus. The siphuncle is dorsal (internal) in Clymenia
only, ventral (external) in all other genera.
The aptychus of Ammonoidea is a corneous or calcareous
valve-like body, generally formed of two symmetrical parts (Fig.
257). It has been regarded by some as the covering of the nidamental
gland, and hence as occurring only in the female, by others, with more
probability, as an operculum, covering or imbedded in a hood formed, as
in Nautilus, of modified arms. Sometimes the Aptychus is in a
single piece (Anaptychus), sometimes the two pieces are united
on the median line (Synaptychus).
Fig. 257.—Aptychus of Ammonite
(Trigonellites latus). Kimmeridge Clay, Ely. × ½.
The Ammonoidea are thus classified by Dr. P. Fischer:—
(a) Retrosiphonata.Fam. 1.Goniatitidae.—Shell nautiloid, whorls sometimes disjoined,
siphuncle ventral or dorsal, sutures simple. Principal genera:
Clymenia, Goniatites (Fig. 258, A).—Devonian to
Carboniferous.
(b) Prosiphonata.Fam. 2.Arcestidae.—Shell globular, smooth or striated and
rayed, body-chamber very long, aperture often with a projecting
hood, umbilicus closed by a callosity, lobes numerous,
foliaceous, aptychus present. Principal genera: Arcestes,
Lobites.—Principally Trias.
Fam. 3.Tropitidae.—Differs from Arcestidae
mainly in the more highly ornamented surface, which is decorated
with ribs which become granular at the periphery. Principal genus,
Tropites.—Trias and Lias.
Fam. 4.Ceratitidae.—Shell ribbed and
tuberculated, body-chamber short, lobes denticulated, saddles
simple. Principal genera: Ceratites (Fig. 258, B),
Trachyceras.—Principally Trias.
Fam. 5.Clydonitidae.—Shell variable in form,
body-chamber short, sutural line undulated, simple. Principal
genera: Clydonites, Choristoceras, Rhabdoceras,
Cochloceras.—Trias.
Fam. 6.Pinacoceratidae.—Shell discoidal, usually
smooth, body-chamber short, sutural line very complex, lobes numerous.
Principal genera: Pinacoceras, Sageceras.—Carboniferous
to Trias.
Fam. 7.Amaltheidae.—Shell broad, keeled, last
whorl concealing most of the spire, sutures with auxiliary lobes,
incised.—Principal genera: Amaltheus, Schloenbacia,
Sphenodiscus.—Trias, Cretaceous.
Fig. 258.—Various forms of Ammonoidea:
A, Goniatites crenistria J. Phil., Carb. Limestone;
B, Ceratites nodosus de Hann., Muschelkalk; C,
Ammonites (Parkinsonia) Parkinsoni Sowb., Inf.
Oolite; D, Phylloceras helerophyllum Sowb., Upper Lias;
s, s, sutural lines.
Fam. 8.Ammonitidae.—Body-chamber long, whorls
narrow, uncovered, more or less ribbed, aperture simple, sutural line
normal, aptychus single, corneous. Principal genera: Ammonites,
Aegoceras.—Principally Lias.
Fam. 9.Lytoceratidae.—Shell discoidal,
body-chamber short, aperture simple, no aptychus. Principal genera:
Lytoceras, Phylloceras (Fig. 258, D).—Trias to
Cretaceous.
Fam. 10.Harpoceratidae.—Shell discoidal, compressed,
margin keeled, surface with straight or arched ribs, aperture
with lateral projections, suture with accessory lobes, aptychus in
two pieces. Principal genera: Harpoceras, Oppelia,
Lissoceras.—Jurassic to Cretaceous.
Fam. 11.Stephanoceratidae.—Shell discoidal, helicoid
or straight, whorls sometimes disunited, surface often with bifurcating
ribs, which are tubercled, aperture often with lateral projections,
sutural line incised, aptychus in two pieces, sometimes united.
In the discoidal group, Stephanoceras is strongly ribbed,
tubercled at the point of bifurcation, Cosmoceras has long
lateral projections of the aperture when young, Perisphinctes
has a large body-chamber and numerous smooth ribs. Other genera are
Acanthoceras, Peltoceras, Aspidoceras, and
Hoplites. Among the loosely whorled genera, Scaphites
(Fig. 260, A) has the last whorl produced and bent back again in
horse-shoe form, while the early whorls are concealed; Hamites,
Hamulina, and Ptychoceras have a shell shaped like
a single or double hook, the sides of which may or may not be
united; Crioceras (Fig. 260, B) in form of whorls resembles a
Spirula, Ancyloceras a Scaphites with the first
whorls disunited. Macroscaphites (Fig. 259, B) is similar, but
with the first whorls united and not concealed. Turrilites (Fig.
259, A) is turreted and sinistral, while Baculites is quite
straight, with a long body-chamber.
CHAPTER XIV CLASS GASTEROPODA—AMPHINEURA AND PROSOBRANCHIATA — Order I. Amphineura — Order II. Prosobranchiata
Bilaterally symmetrical Mollusca, anus at the terminal end of the body,
dorsal tegument more or less furnished with spicules.
Sub-order 1.Polyplacophora (Chitons).—Foot co-extensive
with ventral surface of the body, dorsum with eight transverse plates,
articulated (except in Chitonellus), a row of ctenidia on each
side between the mantle and the foot. Silurian ——.
The Chitons are found in all parts of the world, ranging in size from
a length of about half an inch to six inches or more in the giant
Cryptochiton. Although in the main sub-littoral, they occur
at very great depths; the Challenger dredged Leptochiton
benthus Hadd. at 2300 fathoms. Chiton Polii exceptionally
occurs at Malta—teste MacAndrew—above sea margin, but within
reach of the ripple. As a rule, the Chitons live in concealment, on the
under surface of stones or in deep and narrow fissures in the rocks.
When the stone to which they are attached is turned over, they crawl
slowly to the side which is not exposed, as if disliking the light. An
undescribed species, however, which I took at Panama, crawled quite as
fast as an ordinary snail. Chiton fulvus Wood, apparently is
accustomed to crawl with some rapidity. MacAndrew took it in abundance
on his anchor chain in Vigo Bay every time his yacht was got under
weigh. He also found it crawling in sand on the shore, to which habit
is no doubt due its extreme cleanness and freedom from the foreign
growths which are so characteristic of many of the species. When
detached a Chiton contracts the muscles of the whole body, and
rolls up into a ball like a wood-louse.
Fig. 261.—Valves of a Chiton separated
to show the various parts (anterior valve uppermost): a,
a, articulamentum; b, beak; j, jugum; pl,
pl, pleura; t, t, tegmentum.
Fig. 262.—Valves of Chitonellus
separated out (anterior valve uppermost): a, a,
articulamentum; t, t, tegmentum. × 2.
The Polyplacophora are characterised, externally,
by their usually articulated shell of eight plates or
valves, which is surrounded and partly kept in position by a
muscular girdle. These plates overlap like tiles on a roof in
such a way that the posterior edge of the first, cephalic, or anterior
valve projects over the anterior edge of the succeeding valve, which
in its turn overlaps the next, and so on throughout. Seven-valved
monstrosities very rarely occur.
A certain portion of each valve is covered either by the girdle or
by the valve next anterior to it. This portion, which is whitish in
colour and non-porous in structure, forms part of an inner layer
which underlies the rest of the substance of the valve, and is called
the articulamentum. The external portion of the valves, or
tegmentum, is generally more or less sculptured, and is largely
composed of chitin, impregnated with salts of lime, thus answering more
to a cuticle than to a shell proper. It is very porous, being pierced
by a quantity of minute holes of two sizes, known as megalopores
and micropores, which are connected together by minute canals
containing what is probably fibrous or nerve tissue, the mouths of
the pores being occupied by sense organs connected with these nerves.
The tegmentum of the six intermediate valves is generally divided
into three triangular areas by two more or less prominent ribs,
which diverge from the neighbourhood of the median beak or
umbo. The space enclosed between these ribs is known as the
median area or jugum, the other two spaces as the
lateral areas or pleura. The ribs terminate with the edge
of the tegmentum, and are not found on the articulamentum. In certain
genera these areas are either non-existent, or are not distinctly
marked. The sculpture of the lateral areas (which is, as a rule,
much stronger than that of the median area) will generally be found
to resemble that of the anterior valve, which has no proper median
area. In the posterior valve the median area is very small, while the
sculpture of the rest of the valve corresponds to that of the lateral
areas generally (see Fig. 261).
Fig. 263.—First, fourth, and eighth valves of
a Chiton, showing l.i, laminae of insertion; n,
n, notches; s.l, s.l, sutural laminae. × 2.
The articulamentum of the intermediate valves is divided into two equal
parts in the middle of the anterior edge, opposite to the beak, by a
sinus. Each of the portions thus formed is again divided by a
notch or suture into two unequal parts, the anterior of which
is known as the sutural lamina, and is more or less concealed
by the valve in front of it, while the lateral part, or lamina of
insertion, is entirely concealed by the girdle. The articulamenta
of the anterior and posterior valves are either simple or pierced by a
series of notches (Fig. 263).
The girdle of the Chitonidae varies considerably in character.
Sometimes its upper surface is simply corneous or cartilaginoid, with
no other sculpture than fine striae, at others it is densely beset with
spines or bristles, or tufted at intervals with bunches of deciduous
hairs; again it is marbled like shagreen or mossy down, or covered with
serpent-like scales. The width of the girdle varies greatly, being
sometimes very narrow, sometimes entirely covering all the valves
(Cryptochiton). As a rule, its outer edge is continuous, but in
Schizochiton it is sharply notched over the anus.
A description has already been given of the dorsal eyes in Chiton (p.
187), the nervous system (p. 202), the branchiae (p. 154), the radula
(p. 228), and the generative system (p. 126).
Fig. 264.—Girdles of various Chitonidae.
A, Radsia sulcata Wood, × 2; B, Maugeria
granulata Gmel., × 3; C, Enoplochiton niger Barnes,
× 3; D, Acanthochiton fascicularis L., × 4; E,
Tonicia fastigiata Sowb., × 4.
The recent Chitons are thus classified by Dr. W. H. Dall:—
Section I.Chitones Regulares.—Anterior
and posterior valves of similar character.
A. Leptoidea.—Insertion plates obsolete, or, if present,
unslit; Leptochiton, Hanleyia, Hemiarthrum,
Microplax.
B. Ischnoidea.—Insertion plates sharp, smooth,
fissured; with eaves; Trachydermon, Callochiton,
Tonicella, Schizoplax, Leptoplax,
Chaetopleura, Spongiochiton, Ischnochiton,
Callistochiton.
Sub-order 2.Aplacophora.—Animal vermiform, foot absent,
or a mere groove, cuticle more or less covered with spicules.
According to Marion, one of the principal authorities on the group, the
Aplacophora are perhaps Amphineura whose development has been arrested
at an early stage, their worm-like exterior being due to adaptation
to surroundings. They have hitherto been found chiefly in the N.
Atlantic and Mediterranean, generally at considerable depths, and
often associated with certain polyps in a way which suggests a kind of
commensalism.
Fam. 1.Neomeniidae.—Foot a narrow groove,
intestinal tube without differentiated liver, kidneys with common
exterior orifice, sexes united, ctenidia present or absent. Genera:
Neomenia (Fig. 266), Paramenia, Proneomenia,
Ismenia, Lepidomenia, Dondersia.
Fig. 266.—Neomenia carinata Tullb.:
a, anus; gr, ventral groove; m, mouth.
Fig. 267.—Chaetoderma nitidulum Lov.:
a, anus; m, mouth. × 3.
Fam. 2.Chaetodermatidae.—Body cylindrical, no
ventral groove, liver a single sac, kidneys with separate orifices
into the branchial cloaca, two bipectinate ctenidia. Single genus,
Chaetoderma (Fig. 267).
Visceral loop twisted into a figure of 8 (streptoneurous), right half
supra-intestinal, left half infra-intestinal; heart usually in front
of the branchia (ctenidium), which is generally single; head with a
single pair of tentacles; animal dioecious, usually marine, more or
less contained within a shell, operculum generally present. Cambrian to
present time.
Sub-order 1.Diotocardia.—Heart with two auricles
(except in the Docoglossa and Helicinidae), branchiae
bipectinate, front end free; two kidneys, the genital gland opening
into the right (except in Neritidae); nervous system not concentrated;
no proboscis or siphon, penis usually absent.
(a) Docoglossa (p. 227).—Heart with a single auricle,
ventricle not traversed by the rectum, visceral sac not spiral, shell
widely conical, non-spiral, no operculum; radula very long, with few
hooked teeth in each row.
Fam. 1.Acmaeidae.—Left ctenidium alone
occurring, free on a long stalk. Cretaceous——. Principal genera:
Pectinodonta, front part of head much produced, radula 0
(1. 0. 1.) 0; Acmaea (= Tectura), with sub-genera
Collisella and Collisellina, no accessory branchial ring,
shell closely resembling that of Patella, but generally with a
distinct internal border; Scurria, accessory branchial ring on
the mantle.
Fam. 2.Lepetidae.—No ctenidia or accessory branchiae,
animal generally blind. Pliocene——. Principal genera: Lepeta;
Propilidium, apex with internal septum; Lepetella.
Fam. 3.Patellidae.—No ctenidia, the osphradial
patch at the base of each alone surviving, a circlet of secondary
branchiae between the mantle and sides of the foot. Ordovician——.
(i.) Patellinae.—Three lateral teeth on each side, two of
them anterior. Principal genera: Patella, branchial circlet
complete; chief sections Patella proper, Scutellastra,
Ancistromesus (A. mexicana Brod., measures 8–14 in.
long); Helcion, branchial circlet interrupted in front;
Tryblidium (Ordovician).—(ii.) Nacellinae.—Two
developed laterals on each side, one anterior. Genera: Nacella,
branchial circlet complete; Helcioniscus, branchial circlet
interrupted in front.
(b) Rhipidoglossa (p. 225).—Ventricle of the heart
traversed by the rectum (except in Helicinidae), one or two ctenidia;
jaw in two pieces, radula long, marginals multiplied, rows curved.
Of all the Gasteropoda, this section of the Diotocardia approach
nearest to the Pelecypoda, particularly in the least specialised
forms. The auricle, the branchiae, and the kidneys are in many cases
paired, and more or less symmetrical. The ventricle is generally
traversed by the rectum, there is a long labial commissure between the
cerebral ganglia, special copulative organs are usually absent, while
the shell is often nacreous, like those of Pelecypoda of a primitive
type.
Section I.Zygobranchiata.—Two ctenidia, shell with
apical or marginal slit or holes, corresponding to an anal tube in the
mantle (p. 265).
Fam. 1.Fissurellidae.—Two symmetrical ctenidia and
kidneys, visceral mass conical, shell conical, elevated or depressed,
with a single anterior or apical slit or impression; no operculum.
Jurassic——. (i.) Fissurellinae. Shell wholly external,
apex entirely removed by perforation, apical callus not truncated
posteriorly; central tooth narrow. Genera: Fissurella (Figs.
171, p. 261; 178, p. 265), Fissuridea, Clypidella. (ii.)
Fissurellidinae. Shell partly internal, otherwise as in (i.);
central tooth broad, mantle more or less reflected over the shell,
apical hole very wide. Genera: Fissurellidaea, Pupillaea,
Lucapina, Megatebennus, Macroschisma,
Lucapinella. (iii.) Emarginulinae. Shell usually
wholly external, apex usually not removed by perforation, sometimes
with internal septum, anal tube in a narrow slit or sinus. Genera:
Glyphis, externals of Fissurella, but holecallus
truncated behind; Puncturella (sub-genera Cranopsis and
Fissurisepta), slit just anterior to the apex, a small internal
septum; Zeidora, large internal septum as in Crepidula:
Emarginula, shell elevated, slit very narrow, on the anterior
margin (in subg. Rimula, it is between the apex and the margin),
radula bilaterally asymmetrical; Subemarginula, margin indented
by a shallow groove; Scutus (= Parmophorus) shell oblong,
depressed, nicked in front, largely covered by the mantle.
Fig. 268.—Scutus australis Lam.,
Australia: m, m, mantle; sh, shell, × ⅔.
Fam. 2.Haliotidae.—Right ctenidium the smaller,
epipodial line broad, profusely lobed; shell rather flattened, spire
short, last whorl very large, with a row of perforations on the left
side, which become successively obliterated; through these holes, the
posterior of which is anal, pass tentacular appendages of the mantle;
no operculum. Cretaceous——. Single genus, Haliotis; principal
sub-genera Padollus, Teinotis.
Fam. 3.Pleurotomariidae.—Central tooth single,
narrow, about 26 laterals, 60 to 70 uncini. Shell generally
variously trochiform, nacreous, operculate, with a rather broad
marginal sinus in the last whorl; as this sinus closes up it forms
an “anal fasciole” or “sinus band.” Cambrian——. Principal genera:
Scissurella, epipodial line with several long ciliated
appendages at each side, shell very small, slit open, sinus band
extending nearly to apex; Schismope, anal slit closed in the
adult into an oblong perforation; Murchisonia (Palaeozoic
only), shell long, turreted, whorls angulate or keeled with a sinus
band; Odontomaria (Palaeozoic only), shell tubular, curved;
Polytremaria (Carboniferous), shell turbinate, slit a series
of small holes connected by a passage; Trochotoma, shell
trochiform, perforation consisting of two narrow holes united by a
slit; Pleurotomaria, branchiae almost symmetrical, radula as
above, shell variously spiral.
In Pleurotomaria we have the case of a genus long supposed to be
extinct. More than 1100 fossil species have been described, and within
the last 38 years about 20 specimens, belonging to 5 species, have been
discovered in a living state.
Fig. 269.—Pleurotomaria adansoniana Cr.
and F., Tobago. × ½.
Fam. 4.Bellerophontidae.—Shell nautiloid, spire
generally concealed, aperture large, sinus or perforations central
(Fig. 179, p. 266). Ordovician—Trias. Genera: Bellerophon,
Trematonotus, Cyrtolites.
Section II.Azygobranchiata.—One ctenidium (the
left) present.
Fam. 1.Cocculinidae.—A single cervical ctenidium,
foot broad, no eyes, shell patelliform, with caducous spire. Single
genus, Cocculina. Deep water.
Fam. 2.Stomatellidae.—A single (left) ctenidium,
front third free, shell nacreous, spiral or patelliform, depressed,
last whorl large. Jurassic——. Genera: Stomatella (subg.
Synaptocochlea, Niphonia), shell depressed, spirally
ribbed, spire short, operculum present; Phaneta, fluviatile
only, shell trochiform, imperforate, last whorl keeled, sinuate in
front; Stomatia, spire short, surface tubercled or keeled, no
operculum; Gena, shell haliotis-shaped, surface smooth, aperture
very large; Broderipia, shell patelliform, spiral apex often
lost.
Fam. 3.Cyclostrematidae.—Tentacles ciliated,
thread-like, snout bilobed, foot truncated in front, angles produced
into a filament, shell depressed, umbilicated, not nacreous.
Eocene——. Principal genera: Cyclostrema, Teinostoma,
Vitrinella.
Fam. 4.Liotiidae.—Epipodial line with a lobe behind
each eye-peduncle, shell solid, trochiform, longitudinally ribbed or
trellised, aperture round, operculum multispiral, hispid, corneous,
with a calcareous layer. Silurian——. Principal genera: Liotia,
Craspedostoma (Silurian), Crossostoma (Jurassic).
Fig. 270.—Monodonta canalifera Lam.,
New Ireland. (After Quoy and Gaimard.)
Fam. 5.Trochidae.—Snout short, broad, frontal lobes
often present, epipodial line furnished with cirrhi; shell nacreous,
variously spiral, operculum corneous, multispiral, nucleus central
(Fig. 182, p. 268). Silurian——. (i.) Trochinae.—Frontal lobes
present, lateral teeth (= side centrals) 5 only, no jaws, peristome
incomplete. Principal genera: Trochus (subg. Cardinalia,
Tectus, Infundibulum, Clanculus), Monodonta
(subg. Diloma), Cantharidus (subg. Bankivia,
Thalotia), Gaza (subg. Microgaza),
Callogaza, Bembix, Chlorostoma. (ii.)
Gibbulinae.—Frontal lobes and jaws present, laterals often more
than 5, peristome incomplete. Principal genera: Gibbula (subg.
Monilia, Aphanotrochus, Enida), Minolia,
Circulus, Trochiscus, Livona, Photinula,
Margarita, Solariella, Calliostoma,
Turcica, Basilissa, Euchelus (subg. Olivia,
Perrinia). (iii.) Delphinulinae.—No frontal lobes,
jaws present; shell solid, surface spirally lirate, scaly, spinose,
umbilicate, peristome continuous. Single genus, Delphinula.
(iv.) Umboniinae.—Eyes pedunculate, left tentacle attached to
a frontal appendage, mantle reflected over edge of aperture, lateral
teeth 6 on each side; shell polished, peristome incomplete, umbilicus
generally closed by a callosity. Principal genera: Umbonium,
Ethalia, Isanda, Camitia, Umbonella,
Chrysostoma.
Fig. 271.—Phasianella australis Gmel.,
Australia.
Fam. 6.Turbinidae.—Epipodial line with slender
cirrhi, snout broad, short, eyes pedunculate at outer base of
tentacles, a frontal veil between tentacles; shell turbinate,
solid, aperture continuous, operculum solid, calcareous, usually
paucispiral, convex exteriorly (Fig. 182, p. 268). Silurian——.
(i.) Phasianellinae.—Shell bulimoid, polished, not nacreous,
coloured in patterns, aperture oval. Single genus, Phasianella
(Fig. 271). (ii.) Turbininae.—Shell very solid, nacreous
within, aperture circular or long oval. Principal genera, Turbo,
whorls rounded above and below, spines, if present, becoming more
prominent with age, operculum smooth or granulose, nucleus sub-central;
subg. Callopoma, Ninella, Marmorostoma,
Sarmaticus, Prisogaster; Astralium, whorls
flattened above and below, spines, if present, becoming less prominent
with age, operculum oblong, often excavated at centre, last whorl
large, nucleus marginal or sub-marginal; subg. Lithopoma,
Imperator, Guildfordia, Bolma, Cyclocantha,
Uvanilla, Cookia, Pomaulax, Pachypoma.
(iii.) Cyclonematinae.—Shell nacreous, umbilicate,
operculum conical outside, whorls scalariform. Principal genera:
Cyclonema, Horiostoma (?), Amberleya (Silurian
to Lias). (iv.) Leptothyrinae.—Shell small, solid, depressed,
operculum nearly flat, nucleus sub-central. Genera: Leptothyra,
Collonia (?).
Fam. 7.Neritopsidae.—Tentacles wide apart, long,
eyes on short peduncles at the outer base; shell solid, neritiform
or naticoid, aperture semi-lunar or oval; operculum (Fig. 183, p.
269) thick, calcareous, non-spiral, exterior face smooth, interior
face divided into two unequal parts, with a broad median appendage.
Devonian——. Principal genera: Neritopsis (one recent species),
Naticopsis (Devonian to Miocene).
Fam. 8.Macluritidae.—Shell discoidal, whorls few,
longitudinally grooved behind, right side convex, deeply umbilicated,
left side flat; operculum very thick, nucleus excentrical, internal
face with two apophyses, one very large. The general appearance is more
that of an inequivalve bivalve, such as Requienia, than of a
spiral gasteropod. Palaeozoic——. Single genus, Maclurea.
Fam. 9.Neritidae.—Snout short, tentacles long, eyes
pedunculate at their outer base, branchia triangular, free at the front
end, epipodium without cirrhi, penis near the right tentacle; shell
solid, imperforate, turbinate to almost patelliform, spire short,
internal partitions absorbed (p. 168), columellar region broad, edge
simple or dentate, operculum calcareous, spiral or non-spiral, with
prominent apophyses on the interior face, one of which locks behind the
columellar lip. Jurassic——. Principal genera: Nerita (Fig.
13, p. 17); Neritina (chiefly brackish water and fluviatile),
sub-genus Clithon, usually coronated with spines; Velates
(Tertiary), Neritoma (Jurassic), Deianira (Cretaceous),
Septaria (= Navicella), shell more or less narrowly
patelliform, with terminal apex, aperture very large, with a broad
columellar septum, operculum too small for the aperture, more or less
covered by the integument of the foot; fluviatile only; Pileolus
(Jurassic to Cretaceous).
Fam. 10.Hydrocenidae.—Branchia replaced by a
pulmonary chamber, eyes at the outer base of the tentacles, marginals
of the radula very oblique, centrals often wanting; shell small,
conical, whorls convex, operculum calcareous, with a prominent
apophysis. Recent. Principal genera: Hydrocena, Georissa.
Fam. 11.Helicinidae.—Branchia replaced by a
pulmonary chamber, heart with one auricle; shell globular, with
a short spire, internal partitions absorbed; operculum without
apophysis. Carboniferous——. Principal genera: Helicina (Fig.
18B, p. 21; subg. Alcadia, Schasicheila,
Heudeia, Calybium), Eutrochatella (subg.
Lucidella), Stoastoma, Bourcieria,
Dawsonella (Carboniferous).
Fam. 12.Proserpinidae.—Branchia replaced by a
pulmonary chamber, mantle partly reflected over the shell, eyes
sessile; shell depressed, discoidal, columella folded or truncated at
the base, whorls with one or more internal plicae, internal partitions
absorbed, no operculum. Eocene——. Single genus; Proserpina,
subg. Proserpinella, Cyane, Dimorphoptychia
(Eocene), and Ceres (Fig. 18C, p. 21).
Sub-order II.Monotocardia.—Heart with one auricle, one
ctenidium (the left), monopectinate, fused with the mantle (except
in Valvata), one kidney, not receiving the genital products,
nervous system somewhat concentrated, proboscis and penis usually
present.
(a) Ptenoglossa.—Radula with formula ∞. ᴑ. ∞, teeth
similar throughout, outermost largest (p. 224).
Fam. 1.Ianthinidae.—Snout prominent, blunt, no eyes,
shell helicoid, fragile, bluish, no operculum; eggs carried on a raft
of vesicles attached to the foot (Fig. 42, p. 126). Pelagic only.
Pliocene ——. Genera: Ianthina, Recluzia.
Fam. 2.Scalariidae.—Shell long, turriculate, whorls
often partly uncoiled, with longitudinal ribs and prominent lamellae,
aperture circular, operculum spiral, corneous, animal carnivorous.
Ordovician ——. Principal genera: Scalaria, Eglisia,
Elasmoneura (Silurian), Holopella (Silurian to Trias),
Aclis.
(b) Taenioglossa.—Radula with normal formula
2.1.1.1.2, marginals sometimes multiplied (p. 223).
Section I.Platypoda.—Foot more or less flattened
ventrally.
Fam. 1.Naticidae.—Foot very large, produced before
and behind, propodium reflected upon the head, eyes absent or buried
in the integument, central and lateral tooth of the radula tricuspid,
middle cusp strong; shell globular or auriform, outer lip simple,
operculum corneous or calcareous, nucleus excentrical. Carboniferous
——. Principal genera: Natica, with many sub-genera;
Ampullina (Tertiary); Amaura; Deshayesia
(Tertiary); Sigaretus (Fig. 91, p. 186), shell auriform, last
whorl very large, operculum much too small for the aperture.
Fam. 2.Lamellariidae.—Mantle reflected over more or
less of the shell, shell delicate, no operculum. Eocene——. Principal
genera: Lamellaria, shell completely internal, transparent,
auriform; some species deposit their eggs on compound Ascidians (p.
74); Velutina, shell almost entirely external, paucispiral,
with a thick periostracum; Marsenina, shell auriform, partly
internal; Onchidiopsis, shell a membranous plate, internal.
Fam. 3.Trichotropidae.—Branchial siphon short, eyes
on the outer side of the tentacles; radula closely allied to that of
Velutina; shell conical, last whorl rather large, periostracum
thick and hairy, operculum blunt claw-shaped, nucleus terminal.
Cretaceous——. Genera: Trichotropis, Torellia.
Fam. 4.Naricidae.—Tentacles broad in the middle, with
sessile eyes at the exterior base, propodium narrow, quadrangular,
a large epipodial veil on each side of the foot; shell naticoid,
cancellated, with velvety periostracum. Jurassic——. Single genus:
Narica.
Fam. 5.Xenophoridae.—Foot divided by a groove,
anterior portion the larger; central tooth heart-shaped, with blunt
cusps, lateral large, roughly triangular, marginals long, falciform;
shell trochiform, somewhat flattened, attaching various fragments
externally. Devonian——. Single genus, Xenophora (Figs. 25, 26,
p. 64).
Fam. 6.Capulidae.—Ctenidium deeply and finely
pectinate, visceral sac scarcely spiral, penis long, behind the right
tentacle; shell roughly patelliform, with scarcely any spire, interior
polished, usually with a septum or internal plate of variable form,
no operculum. Devonian——. Principal genera (Fig. 155, p. 248);
Capulus, shell cap-shaped, no internal plate; Platyceras
(Palaeozoic, see p. 76), Diaphorostoma (Palaeozoic),
Addisonia (?); Crucibulum, internal appendage
funnel-shaped; Crepidula (including Crepipatella
and Ergaea), shell slipper-shaped, with a large septum;
Calyptraea (including Galerus and Trochita),
internal lamina semi-spiral.
Fam. 7.Hipponycidae.—Foot aborted, animal sedentary,
adductor-muscle shaped like a horse’s hoof, fastened on the ventral
side to the region of attachment, or to a thin calcareous plate which
closes the aperture like a valve; ventral side of the body surrounded
by a mantle with papillose border, which corresponds morphologically
to the epipodia, head emerging between the dorsal and ventral mantles.
Shell thick, bluntly conical, surface rugose. Eocene ——. Genera:
Hipponyx; Mitrularia, a narrow half funnel-shaped
appendage within the shell.
Fig. 272.—Two specimens of Crepidula
(marked a and b) on an old shell of Murex radix Gmel.
Fam. 8.Solariidae.—Foot large, eyes sessile, near
the outer base of the tentacles, radula abnormal (p. 224); shell
more or less depressed, lip simple, umbilicus wide, margins often
crenulated, operculum variable. The proper position of the family
is quite uncertain. Ordovician——. (i.) Solariinae. Genera:
Solarium, shell depressed, highly finished, angular at
periphery, operculum corneous, central tooth absent, laterals and
marginals numerous, long, and narrow; Platyschisma (Silurian).
(ii.) Toriniinae. Genera: Torinia, whorls usually
rounded, operculum (Fig. 183) conically elevated, spiral externally,
central tooth present, marginals few, edge pectinated; Omalaxis.
(iii.) Euomphalinae, shell planorbiform, whorls rounded.
Genera: Euomphalus, Ophileta, Schizostoma,
Eccyliomphalus (all Palaeozoic).
Fam. 9.Homalogyridae.—Tentacles absent, eyes sessile,
central tooth unicuspid on a quadrangular base, laterals and marginals
replaced by an oblong plate; shell very small, planorbiform. Recent.
Single genus: Homalogyra, whose true position is uncertain.
Fig. 273.—Solarium perspectivum Lam.,
Eastern Seas.
Fam. 10.Littorinidae.—Proboscis short, broad,
tentacles long, eyes at their outer bases, penis behind the right
tentacle; reproduction oviparous or ovoviviparous, radula very long;
shell turbinate, solid, columella thickened, lip simple, operculum
corneous, nucleus excentrical. Jurassic——. Principal genera:
Littorina (radula, Fig. 16, p. 20), Cremnoconchus (p.
16), Fossarina; Tectarius, shell tubercled or spinose;
Risella, base slightly concave; Lacuna, shell thin,
grooved behind the columellar lip.
Fam. 12.Cyclophoridae.—Ctenidium replaced by a
pulmonary sac, tentacles long, thread-like (radula, Fig. 17, p.
21); shell variously spiral, peristome round, often reflected,
operculum circular. Terrestrial only. Cretaceous——. (i.)
Pomatiasinae, shell high, conical, longitudinally striated,
operculum consisting of two laminae united together. Single genus,
Pomatias. (ii.) Diplommatininae, shell more or
less pupiform, peristome thickened or reflected, often double.
Genera: Diplommatina (subg., Nicida, Palaina,
Paxillus, Arinia), shell dextral or sinistral, small,
columella often denticulated; Opisthostoma (Fig. 208, p.
309), last whorl disconnected, often reflected back upon the spire.
(iii.) Pupininae, shell more or less lustrous, bluntly
conical, lip with a channel above or below. Genera: Pupina
(subg., Registoma, Callia, Streptaulus,
Pupinella, Anaulus), Hybocystis (Fig. 205, p.
305), Cataulus, Coptochilus, Megalomastoma.
(iv.) Cyclophorinae, shell turbinate or depressed, operculum
corneous or calcareous. Genera: Alycaeus, Craspedopoma,
Leptopoma, Lagochilus, Cyclophorus (Fig. 206, p.
306); including Diadema, Aulopoma, Ditropis, and
others), Aperostoma (including Cyrtotoma and others),
Cyathopoma, Pterocyclus (subg., Myxostoma,
Spiraculum, Opisthoporus, and Rhiostoma (Fig. 180,
p. 266), Cyclotus, Cyclosurus, and Strophostoma.
Fam. 13.Cyclostomatidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a
pulmonary sac, tentacles obtuse, foot with a deep longitudinal median
groove; central tooth, lateral, and first marginal more or less
bluntly cusped, second marginal large, edge pectinate; shell variously
spiral, spire usually elevated, aperture not quite circular; operculum
generally with an external calcareous and an internal cartilaginoid
lamina, rarely corneous. Terrestrial only. Cretaceous——. Genera:
Cyclostoma (subg., Leonia, Tropidophora,
Rochebrunia, Georgia, Otopoma, Lithidion,
Revoilia), Cyclotopsis, Choanopoma (subg.,
Licina, Jamaicia, Ctenopoma, Diplopoma,
Adamsiella), Cistula (subg., Chondropoma,
Tudora), Omphalotropis (subg., Realia,
Cyclomorpha), Hainesia, Acroptychia.
Fam. 14.Aciculidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a pulmonary
sac, tentacles cylindrical, pointed at the end, eyes behind their base,
foot long and narrow; central tooth and lateral very similar, pinched
in at the sides, external marginal broad, edge finely pectinate; shell
small, acuminate, with a blunt spire, operculum corneous. Terrestrial
only. Tertiary——. Genus, Acicula (= Acme).
Fam. 15.Truncatellidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a
pulmonary sac, proboscis very long, eyes sessile, behind the base of
the tentacles, shell small, evenly cylindrical, apex truncated in the
adult. Eocene——. Genera: Truncatella (subg., Taheitia,
Blanfordia, and Tomichia), Geomelania (subg.,
Chittya and Blandiella), Cecina (?).
Fam. 16.Rissoidae.—Eyes at the external base of
the tentacles, epipodium with filaments, operculigerous lobe with
appendages; central tooth pleated at the basal angles, lateral large,
bluntly multicuspid, marginals long, narrow, denticulate at the edge;
shell small, acuminate, often elaborately sculptured, mouth entire or
with a shallow canal, operculum corneous. Marine or brackish water.
Jurassic——. Principal genera: Rissoa (subg., Folinia,
Onoba, Alvania, Cingula, Nodulus,
Anabathron, Fenella, Iravadia, and others),
Scaliola (shell agglutinating fragments of sand, etc.),
Rissoina (lip thickened, operculum with an apophysis as in
Nerita), Barleeia, Paryphostoma (Eocene).
Fam. 17.Hydrobiidae.—Eyes at the outer base of the
tentacles, penis behind the right tentacle, prominent, operculigerous
lobe without filaments; radula rissoidan, central tooth often
with basal denticulations; shell more or less acuminate, small,
aperture entire, operculum corneous or calcareous. Brackish or fresh
water. Jurassic——. Principal genera: Baicalia, with its
various sub-genera (p. 290); Pomatiopsis, Hydrobia,
Bithynella, Micropyrgus (Tertiary), Pyrgula,
Emmericia, Benedictia, Lithoglyphus,
Tanganyicia, Limnotrochus (?), Jullienia,
Pachydrobia, Potamopyrgus, Littorinida,
Amnicola, Fluminicola (subg., Gillia,
Somatogyrus), Bithynia, Fossarulus (Tertiary),
Stenothyra.
Fam. 18.Assimineidae.—Ctenidium replaced by a
pulmonary sac, no true tentacles, eye-peduncles long, retractile;
radula that of Hydrobia; shell small, conoidal, operculum
corneous, nucleus sub-lateral. Eocene——. Genera: Assiminea,
Acmella.
Fam. 19.Skeneidae.—Radula resembling that of
Hydrobia; shell very small, depressed, widely umbilicated,
operculum corneous. Pleistocene——. Single genus, Skenea.
Fam. 20.Jeffreysiidae.—Mantle with two pointed
ciliated appendages in front, tentacles ciliated, eyes sessile, far
behind the base of the tentacles; marginal teeth sometimes absent;
shell small, thin, pellucid, whorls rather swollen, operculum with
marginal nucleus, divided by a rib on the inner face. Recent. Genera:
Jeffreysia, Dardania. Marine, living on algae.
Fam. 21.Litiopidae.—Epipodium with cirrhi on each
side, operculigerous lobe with appendages; radula rissoidan; shell
small, conical, columella truncated, operculum corneous. Eocene——.
Genera: Litiopa, living on the Sargasso weed, suspended by a
long filament; Alaba, Diala.
Fam. 23.Viviparidae.—Snout blunt, tentacles long,
right tentacle in the male deformed, pierced with a hole corresponding
to the aperture of the penis, two cervical lobes, the right being
siphonal, foot with an anterior transverse groove; teeth broad,
shallowly pectinate at the ends; shell turbinate, whorls more or less
rounded, aperture continuous, operculum corneous, nucleus sub-lateral,
with a false sub-central nucleus on the external face. Animal
ovoviviparous. Fresh-water. Cretaceous ——. Genera: Vivipara
(= Paludina), subg., Cleopatra, Melantho,
Tulotoma; Tylopoma (Tertiary), and Lioplax.
Fam. 24.Valvatidae.—Branchia exserted, bipectinate,
carried on the back of the neck, a filiform appendage (Fig. 66,
p. 159) on the right of the neck, penis under the right tentacle,
prominent, eyes sessile, behind the tentacles; radula like that of
Vivipara; shell small, turbinate or flattened, operculum
corneous, nucleus central. Fresh water. Jurassic ——. Single genus,
Valvata.
Fam. 25.Ampullariidae.—Snout with two tentacles,
tentacles proper very long, tapering, eyes prominently pedunculate,
two cervical lobes, the left siphonal, respiratory cavity divided by a
partition, a large branchia in the right chamber, the left functioning
as a pulmonary sac (Fig. 65, p. 158); radula large, central tooth
multicuspid, base broad, lateral and marginals falciform, simple or
bicuspid; shell large, turbinate or flattened, spire small, whorls
rounded; operculum generally corneous, nucleus sub-lateral, false
nucleus as in Vivipara. Fresh water. Cretaceous ——. Single
genus, Ampullaria (subg., Ceratodes, Pachylabra,
Asolene, Lanistes, and Meladomus).
Fam. 26.Cerithiidae.—Branchial siphon present,
short, eyes variable in position; central tooth small, evenly cusped,
lateral hollowed at base, multicuspid, marginals narrow; shell
long, turriculate, whorls many, generally tuberculate, varicose or
spiny, aperture sometimes strongly channelled; operculum corneous,
subcircular, nucleus nearly central. Marine or brackish water. Trias
——. Principal genera: Triforis, shell small, generally
sinistral; Fastigiella, Cerithium (Fig. 12, p. 16),
Bittium, Potamides (subg., Tympanotomus,
Pyrazus, Pirenella, Telescopium,
Cerithidea, Lampania, all brackish water),
Diastoma (Eocene), Cerithiopsis; Ceritella
(Jurassic), Brachytrema (Jurassic), and Planaxis (subg.,
Quoyia and Holcostoma).
Fam. 27.Modulidae.—No siphon, radula of
Cerithium; shell with short spire, columella strongly toothed
at the base, aperture nearly circular. Recent. Single genus,
Modulus.
Fam. 28.Nerineidae.—Shell solid, long,
sub-cylindrical, aperture channelled, columella and interior of whorls
with continuous ridges, extending up the spire. Genera: Nerinea
(Trias to Cretaceous), Aptyxiella (Jurassic).
Fam. 29.Melaniidae.—Border of mantle festooned,
foot broad, with an anterior groove, penis present; radula closely
resembling that of Cerithium; shell long, spiral, with a
thick periostracum, surface with tubercles, ribs, or striae, suture
shallow; operculum corneous, paucispiral, nucleus excentrical.
Animal ovoviviparous. Fresh water. Cretaceous ——. Principal
genera: Melania (with many sections or sub-genera),
Pachychilus, Claviger (= Vibex), Hemisinus,
Pirena, Melanopsis, Tiphobia, Paludomus
(subg., Philopotamis, Tanalia, Stomatodon),
Hantkenia (Eocene), Larina (?).
Fam. 30.Pleuroceridae.—Mantle edge not festooned,
no copulatory organ, otherwise like Melaniidae; operculum with
nucleus sub-marginal. Animal oviparous. Fresh-water. Cretaceous
——. Genera: Pleurocera (including Io, Fig. 12,
p. 16, Angitrema, Lithasia, Strephobasis),
Goniobasis, Anculotus, Gyrotoma.
Fam. 31.Pseudomelaniidae.—Shell resembling that of
Melaniidae, but marine. Genera: Pseudomelania, Loxonema,
Bourguetia, Macrochilus. Palaeozoic to Tertiary strata.
Fig. 275.—Melania confusa Dohrn, Ceylon.
Fam. 32.Turritellidae.—Mantle with a siphonal fold
on the right side; radula variable (p. 224); shell long, whorls
many, slowly increasing in size, transversely ribbed or striated,
aperture small; operculum corneous, nucleus central. Jurassic ——.
Principal genera: Turritella, Mesalia, Protoma,
Mathilda (?).
Fam. 33.Coecidae.—Tentacles long, eyes sessile at
their base; shell small, spiral in the young form, spire generally
lost in the adult, the shell becoming simply a straight or curved
cylinder; operculum corneous, multispiral. Eocene ——. Single genus,
Coecum.
Fam. 34.Vermetidae.—Visceral sac greatly produced,
irregularly spiral, no copulatory organs (radula, Fig. 126, p. 223),
shell tubular, irregularly coiled, last whorls often free, aperture
circular; operculum corneous, circular, nucleus central. Carboniferous
——. Principal genera: Vermetus; Siliquaria (Fig 153,
p. 248), a long fissure, or series of holes, runs along a considerable
part of the shell, operculum with outer face spiral, elevated.
Fam. 35.Strombidae.—Foot narrow, arched, metapodium
greatly produced, snout long, eye peduncles long, thick, eyes
elaborate, siphon short, penis prominent, bifurcate; central tooth
with strong median cusp, marginals falciform, slender, edge more or
less denticulate; shell solid, spire conical, outer lip generally
dilated into wings or digitations, channelled before and behind, a
labial sinus at the base, distinct from the anterior canal; operculum
small for the aperture, corneous, claw-shaped, edge notched. Lias
——. Genera: Strombus (Fig. 99, p. 200); Pereiraea
(Miocene), Pteroceras (Fig. 277; digitations of the outer lip
very strong), Rostellaria (spire produced, anterior canal very
long), Rimella, Pterodonta, Terebellum (base of
shell truncate, spire short).
Fig. 276.—Development of Coecum:
A, showing the gradual formation of septa; a, apex;
ap, aperture; ss, first septum; s´s´, second
septum. (After de Folin.) B, adult form of C. eburneum
Ad., Panama, x 10.
Fam. 36.Chenopodidae (= Aporrhaidae).—Foot
flat; lateral and marginal teeth not denticulate; shell resembling
that of Strombus, outer lip dilated, wing-like, no labial
sinus. Jurassic ——. Genera: Chenopus (= Aporrhais,
Diastema, Malaptera, Harpagodes, Alaria)
(last four from Secondary strata).
Fam. 37.Struthiolariidae.—Radula allied to that
of Strombus, marginals occasionally multiplied; shell
buccinoid, very solid, outer lip thickened, canal short, operculum
claw-shaped, notched, nucleus terminal. Tertiary ——. Single genus,
Struthiolaria (subg., Perissodonta, marginal teeth
multiplied).
Fam. 38.Cypraeidae.—Mantle with two large lateral
lobes reflected and meeting over the shell, siphon small; central
and lateral teeth bluntly tricuspid or multicuspid, laterals fairly
broad, edges cusped or finely pectinate; shell polished, solid, spire
generally concealed in the adult or overlaid with enamel, aperture
straight, narrow, nearly as long as the shell, toothed at the sides,
channelled at each end, labium inflected; no operculum. Jurassic ——.
Genera: Ovula (including Amphiperas, Transovula,
Cyphoma, Radius, Simnia), Pedicularia,
Cypraea (with subg., Cypraeovula, Cypraedia, and
Trivia), and Erato.
Fam. 39.Doliidae.—Foot expanded, wider and longer
than the shell, truncated and thickened in front, siphon very long and
narrow; central tooth with very strong median and small lateral and
basal cusps, lateral and marginals bluntly falciform; shell ventricose,
without varices, spire short, outer lip generally simple, anterior
canal rather wide, no operculum. Cretaceous ——. Genera: Dolium
(subg., Malea, outer lip thickened, denticulate, reflected);
Pirula, mantle with two lateral lobes reflected over part of the
shell, shell fig-shaped (Fig. 278).
Fig. 277.—Three stages in the growth of
Pteroceras rugosum Sowb., E. Indies, showing the development of
the ‘fingers.’
Fam. 40.Cassididae.—Foot broad, siphon long (radula,
Fig. 125, p. 223); shell ventricose, with varices, spire short, outer
lip reflected or thickened, anterior canal short, recurved narrow;
operculum semi-lunar, with ribs radiating from a marginal nucleus.
Cretaceous ——. Genera: Cassis (subg., Semicassis
and Cypraecassis), Morio (= Cassidaria),
Oniscia.
Fam. 41.Columbellinidae.—Shell solid, ribbed, usually
cancellated, with an oblique posterior canal, columella callous, more
or less reflected. Genera: Columbellina, Columbellaria,
Zittelia, Petersia, Alariopsis (?). Secondary
strata only.
Fam. 42.Tritonidae.—Foot short, narrow; siphon short,
not prominent; radula allied to that of Cassididae; shell thick,
varicose; outer lip inflected and thickened, canal long, periostracum
often thick and hairy, operculum corneous, nucleus terminal or
sub-marginal. Cretaceous ——. Genera: Triton (Fig. 191, p.
275; subg., Epidromus, Plesiotriton, Simpulum,
Ranularia, Argobuccinum); Persona, aperture
toothed, narrow; columella reflected upon the last whorl;
Ranella, shell dorso-ventrally compressed, generally with two
continuous lateral varices, posterior canal present.
The position of the following four families is doubtful:—
Fam. 43.Oocorythidae.—Siphon short, foot broad,
eyes absent, radula taenioglossate; shell buccinoid or cassidiform,
operculum corneous, spiral. Recent. Single genus, Oocorys.
Fam. 44.Subulitidae.—Shell elongate, fusiform,
smooth; suture shallow, base truncate or rounded, aperture channelled
or notched. Ordovician to Trias. Genera: Subulites,
Fusispira, Euchrysallis.
Fam. 46.Choristidae.—Anterior tentacles united by
a frontal veil, posterior simple; eyes absent, foot with tentaculae
before and behind; three central teeth, outer marginal with a basal
plate; shell helicoid, suture deep, peristome continuous, operculum
corneous, paucispiral. Pliocene ——. Single genus, Choristes.
Section II.Heteropoda.—Foot fin-shaped, not flat.
The Heteropoda are free-swimming Mollusca, being, like the Pteropoda,
Gasteropoda modified to suit their pelagic environment. Their nervous
system is streptoneurous, and they are therefore probably derived from
the Prosobranchiata, but they are highly specialised forms. Pelseneer
considers them far more widely removed from the Streptoneura than the
Pteropoda are from the Euthyneura. They swim on the surface “upside
down,” i.e. with the ventral side uppermost.
The tissues and shell are transparent, permitting observation of the
internal organs. In the Pterotrachaeidae the foot takes the form
of a fan-shaped disc, usually furnished with a sucker. The body is
compressed at the posterior end, often with a ventral “fin.” In
Atlanta the foot consists of three very distinct parts: a
propodium, a mesopodium, on which is a small sucker, and a metapodium,
which carries the operculum. The branchiae are carried on the visceral
sac, and are free in Pterotrachaea, slightly protected by the
shell in Carinaria, and entirely covered in Atlanta;
absent altogether in Firoloida.
The head carries two tentacles (except in Pterotrachaea),
with large, highly organised eyes on short lobes at their outer
base. The alimentary tract consists of a long protrusible proboscis,
with a taenioglossate radula (Fig. 132, p. 227), a long oesophagus,
and a slightly flexured intestine. In Atlanta the visceral
sac is spiral and protected by a spiral planorbiform shell; in
Carinaria the visceral sac is small, conical, protected by a
very thin capuliform shell. There is no shell in Pterotrachaea
or Firoloida.
The Heteropoda are dioecious. In the male there is a flagellum
behind the penis, which is near the middle of the right side.
Pterotrachaea lays long chains of granular eggs, and has
been noticed to produce a metre’s length in a day. The eggs of
Atlanta are isolated. The embryo has a deeply bilobed velum.
Fam. 1.Pterotrachaeidae.—Body long, with a caudal
“fin;” branchiae dorsal, free or partly protected by a shell; foot
consisting of a muscular disc, with or without a sucker.
Pterotrachaea proper has no mantle, shell, or tentacles. The
branchiae are disposed round the visceral sac, at the upper part of
which is the anus. In Firoloida the body is abruptly truncated
behind, with a long filiform segmented caudal appendage; visceral sac
at the posterior end: fin-sucker present or absent in both male and
female. Cardiapoda resembles Carinaria, but the visceral
sac is more posterior and is only slightly protected by a very small
spiral shell. Carinaria (Fig. 279) has a rugose translucent
skin, visceral sac sub-median, apparently pedunculated, covered by a
capuliform shell. The larval shell, which persists in the adult, is
helicoid.
Fam. 2.Atlantidae.—Shell spiral, operculate, covering
the animal. Branchiae in a dorsal cavity of the mantle; foot trilobed,
with a small sucker on the mesopodium.
The shell of Atlanta is discoidal and sharply keeled, while that
of Oxygyrus is nautiloid, with the spire concealed, no keel,
aperture dilated.
(c) Gymnoglossa.—Radula and jaws absent; proboscis
prominent, sexes probably separate, penis present. The section is
probably artificial and unnecessary, the families composing it being,
in all probability, Taenioglossa which have lost their radula in
consequence of changed conditions of life (pp. 79, 225).
Fig. 279.—Carinaria mediterranea Lam.,
Naples: a, anus; br, branchiae; f, foot; i,
intestine; m, mouth; p, penis; s, sucker;
sh, shell; t, tentacles. × ½.
Fam. 1.Eulimidae.—Proboscis very long, retractile,
mantle forming a siphonal fold; shell small, long, subulate,
polished; suture shallow, aperture continuous, operculum present
or absent. Animal often parasitic, sucking the juices of its host
by its long proboscis. Trias——. Genera: Eulima (subg.,
Subularia, Arcuella, Apicalia, Mucronalia,
Stiliferina, and others), Stilifer, Scalenostoma,
Niso, and Hoplopteron.
Fam. 2.Pyramidellidae.—Tentacles auriform, proboscis
as in Eulimidae, a prominent mentum or flap under the buccal
orifice; shell usually small, conical; suture shallow, apical whorls
(the embryonic shell) sinistral (p. 250), operculum corneous,
paucispiral; nucleus excentrical. Trias——. Genera: Pyramidella
(subg., Syrnola, Otopleura, Chrysallida,
Mumiola), Odostomia, Eulimella,
Murchisoniella, Turbonilla (subg., Dunkeria and
Cingulina).
(d) Rachiglossa (p. 220).—Proboscis long, retractile;
siphon distinct, radula without uncini, sometimes without laterals;
teeth strongly cusped; shell generally wholly external.
Fam. 1.Muricidae.—Eyes sessile at the outer base of
the tentacles, penis large, behind the right tentacle, radula within
the retractile proboscis, central tooth (Fig. 119, p. 220) with at
least three strong cusps, laterals plain; shell solid, more or less
tuberculate, spiny and varicose, anterior canal varying from a mere
notch to a long channel. Cretaceous——. Principal genera: (i.)
Muricinae, nucleus of operculum sub-terminal; Trophon,
Typhis, Murex (with many subdivisions), Ocinebra
(including Cerastoma, Vitularia, and Hadriania),
Urosalpinx, Eupleura, Pseudomurea. (ii.)
Purpurinae, nucleus of operculum lateral; Rapana
(including Latiaxis), Purpura (with subg., Cuma,
Iopas, Vexilla, and Pinaxia), Monoceros
(including Chorus), Purpuroidea (Secondary strata),
Pentadactylus, Sistrum, Concholepas.
Fam. 2.Coralliophilidae.—Animal living in Madrepores,
resembling Purpura, radula absent; shell variously shaped,
often deformed or tubular, operculum that of Purpura,
if present. Miocene——. Principal genera: Rhizochilus,
Coralliophila, Leptoconchus, Magilus (Fig. 29, p.
75), Rapa.
Fam. 4.Nassidae.—Foot long and broad, often with
terminal appendages; siphon long, eyes on outer base of tentacles,
central tooth of radula arched, multicuspid, lateral strongly
bicuspid, with small denticles between the cusps; shell rather small,
buccinoid, columella more or less callous, outer lip thickened,
often toothed; operculum corneous, edges often toothed. Miocene——.
Principal genera: Nassa (with many sections), Amycla,
Desmoulea, Cyclonassa, Canidia (subg.,
Clea and Nassodonta), Dorsanum, Bullia (=
Buccinanops, Fig. 62, p. 185), Truncaria.
Fam. 5.Buccinidae.—Siphon rather long, eyes at outer
base of tentacles; central tooth of radula with 5 to 7 cusps, laterals
bicuspid or tricuspid (Fig. 118, p. 220); shell more or less fusiform,
thick, covered with a periostracum, canal of varying length, outer lip
simple or thickened; operculum corneous, nucleus variable in position.
Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Group i. Chrysodomus (with
sections Neptunea, Volutopsis, Pyrolofusus,
Jumala), subg., Sipho; Siphonalia (subg.,
Kelletia). Group ii. Liomesus (= Buccinopsis).
Group iii. Buccinum (Fig. 1B, p. 6; subg.,
Volutharpa, Neobuccinum). Group iv. Cominella,
Tritonidea, Pisania, Euthria; Anura
(Miocene), Genea (Pliocene), Metula, Engina.
Group v. Phos, Hindsia. Group vi. Dipsaccus (=
Eburna), Macron. Group vii. Pseudoliva.
Fam. 6.Turbinellidae.—Central tooth of radula
tricuspid, median cusp strong, lateral bicuspid, cusps unequal (Fig.
117, p. 220); shell fusiform or pear-shaped, heavy, canal often long,
operculum corneous, claw-shaped, nucleus terminal. Miocene——.
Principal genera: Turbinella, Cynodonta, Tudicla
(subg., Streptosiphon); Piropsis (Cretaceous),
Perissolax (Cretaceous), Strepsidura (Eocene, subg.,
Whitneya), Melapium, Fulgur (= Busycon,
Fig. 150, p. 249, including Sycotypus), Melongena
(subg., Pugilina, Myristica); Liostoma (Eocene),
Hemifusus (subg., Megalatractus), Ptychatractus,
Meyeria.
Fig. 280.—Turbinella pyrum Lam.,
Ceylon. × ⅔.
Fam. 7.Fasciolariidae.—Eyes at the outer base of
the tentacles (radula, Fig. 121, p. 221); shell fusiform, spire long,
canal often very long, columella often with a fold at the base;
operculum corneous, nucleus terminal. Cretaceous——. Principal
genera: Fusus (including Sinistralia, Aptyxis,
Troschelia), with subg., Serrifusus (Cretaceous),
Clavella (subg. Thersites), Fasciolaria,
Latirus (subg. Polygona, Peristernia,
Leucozonia, Lagena; Mazzalina (Eocene),
Chascax).
Fam. 8.Mitridae.—Siphon rather long, with anterior
appendages, eyes on the side of the tentacles, proboscis very long;
radula variable, laterals sometimes lost (Fig. 120, p. 221); shell
fusiform, solid, spire more or less pointed, columella with several
prominent folds, the posterior the largest, aperture rather narrow, no
operculum. Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Mitra (with many
sections), subg., Strigatella, Mitreola, Mutyca,
Dibaphus; Plochelaea (Tertiary), Thala;
Turricula (with several sections), Cylindromitra, and
Imbricaria.
Fam. 9.Volutidae.—Foot broad in front, head
laterally dilated into lobes, on which are placed the sessile eyes;
siphon prominent, with appendages at the base (radula, Fig. 122, p.
221); shell thick, often shining, fusiform, globular or cylindrical,
columella projecting anteriorly, with several folds, the anterior of
which is the largest, aperture notched, canal not produced, operculum
generally absent. Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Cryptochorda
(Eocene), Zidona, Provocator, Guivillea,
Yetus (= Cymbium), Voluta (with many sections),
Volutolithes (chiefly Eocene), Volutolyria, Lyria,
Enaeta, Volutomitra.
Fam. 10.Marginellidae.—Foot broad, siphon without
appendages, mantle largely reflected over the shell; radula without
laterals, central tooth comb-like, cusps rather blunt; shell oval or
conoidal, polished, aperture narrow, outer lip thickened, columella
with many folds; no operculum. Eocene——. Principal genera:
Marginella, with many sections and so-called sub-genera;
Persicula, Pachybathron (?), Cystiscus,
Microvoluta.
Fig. 282.—Voluta nivosa Lam., West
Australia. × ⅔.
Fig. 283.—Oliva porphyria Lam., Panama.
Fam. 11.Harpidae.—Foot large, with a transverse
groove, separating off a semi-lunar propodium; mantle partly reflected
over the shell; shell ventricose, polished; spire short, strongly
longitudinally ribbed, ribs prolonged over the suture, columella
callous; no operculum. Eocene——. Single genus, Harpa (subg.,
Silia).
Fam. 12.Olividae.—Propodium semi-lunar, with a
longitudinal groove above, mesopodium reflected laterally over the
shell; central tooth of radula tricuspid on a very broad base, lateral
simple, hooked; shell sub-cylindrical or fusiform, polished; aperture
narrow, operculum present or absent. Cretaceous——. Principal genera:
Oliva (Figs. 283, and 98, p. 199), Olivancillaria
(including Lintricula and Agaronia), Olivella,
Ancilla (subg., Ancillina).
(e) Toxoglossa (p. 218).—Radula with normal formula
1·0·1, teeth large; oesophagus with a large poison gland; animal
carnivorous, exclusively marine.
Fig. 284.—Terebra subulata L., Ceylon.
Fig. 285.—Pleurotoma tigrina Lam., E. Indies.
Fam. 1.Terebridae.—Eyes at the end of the tentacles,
shell subulate, many whorled, operculum with terminal nucleus.
Eocene——. Single genus, Terebra, with several sections.
Fam. 2.Conidae.—Eyes on outer side of tentacles,
siphon prominent; shell conical or fusiform, aperture narrow.
Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Conus, shell solid,
spire short, aperture narrow, straight, internal partitions
partly absorbed; Conorbis, Genotia (with several
sections, chiefly Tertiary), Pusionella, Columbarium,
Clavatula, Surcula, Pleurotoma; Borsonia
(Eocene), Drillia (subg., Spirotropis), Bela,
Mangilia (including Daphnella, Clathurella, and
others), Halia.
Fam. 3.Cancellariidae.—Proboscis short, usually
no radula, shell oval, columella strongly plicate; no operculum.
Cretaceous——. Single genus, Cancellaria (subg., Merica,
Trigonostoma, Admete).
CHAPTER XV CLASS GASTEROPODA ( continued ): OPISTHOBRANCHIATA AND PULMONATA — Order III. Opisthobranchiata — Order IV. Pulmonata
Visceral loop not twisted (except in Actaeon) in a figure of
8 (Euthyneurous type, p. 203), auricle usually behind the ventricle,
ctenidium often replaced by secondary branchiae, pallial cavity, if
existing, more or less open, shell present or absent, operculum absent
(except in Actaeon), animal hermaphrodite, with separate sexual
openings, marine only.—Carboniferous to present time.
The character of their nervous system decisively removes the
Opisthobranchiata from the Prosobranchiata, and approximates them
to the Pulmonata. Actaeon, however, which is streptoneurous,
as well as possessing an operculate shell with prominent spire,
forms an interesting link with the Prosobranchiata. At the opposite
extreme to Actaeon stand forms like Siphonaria and
Gadinia, which are probably close links with the Pulmonata (p.
19). The generative system of the whole group, which is, as in the
Basommatophora, of the hermaphrodite type, without mutual fecundation,
is another link of connexion with the Pulmonata. The respiratory organs
present the most varied forms, sometimes consisting of one ctenidium
(never two), sometimes of secondary branchiae, variously placed, while
sometimes no special organ exists.
The prolongation of the foot into lateral epipodia or parapodia
(possibly to aid in swimming), and the effect of the epipodia upon the
shell, according as they involve it completely or partially, are among
the most instructive features of the Opisthobranchiata. If the epipodia
are developed on the anterior portion of the body, and do not become
reflected, they may, as in most Pteropoda Thecosomata, not directly
affect the shell. But when, as in the Tectibranchiata, the epipodia
are medio-lateral, and tend to envelope the shell, their effect may
be traced by a series of forms varying in proportion to the amount
of shell-surface covered by the epipodia. The two principal lines
along which modification takes place are the gradual reduction of the
spiral nature of the shell, and the gradual lessening of its solidity.
Both these changes are the direct result of the additional protection
afforded to the visceral mass by the reflected epipodia, which renders
the existence of a shell less and less necessary. A precisely similar
line of change is seen in the Pulmonata, culminating in forms like
Arion (p. 174).
Fig. 286.—Illustrating the transition of form
in the shell of Tectibranchiata from the pointed spiral to the almost
flattened plate: A, Actaeon; B, Aplustrum;
C, Cylichna; D, Atys; E,
Philine; F, Dolabella; G, Aplysia;
H, Pleurobranchus. (Not drawn to scale.)
Fig. 287.—Illustrating the gradual covering
of the shell in the Tectibranchiata by the epipodia and mantle:
A, Haminea; B, Scaphander; C,
Aplustrum; D, Aplysia; E, Philine;
c.d, cephalic disc; ep, ep, epipodia; sh,
shell. (Not drawn to scale.)
The habits of life of the Opisthobranchiata are very varied. Some,
especially the heavier types, burrow in sand, and are then usually
furnished with a broad cephalic disc, as a digging apparatus; some
(certain Bulla) flit about in shallow pools on mud flats;
others (Phyllirrhoe and the Pteropoda) swim freely in the open
sea; others (most Nudibranchiata) crawl slug-like on sea-weeds or
corallines, and in colour singularly harmonise with their environment
(p. 71 f.); others again (Siphonaria, Gadinia), stick
limpet-like to rocks between tide marks. As a rule, they occur only in
clean salt water, but Embletonia has been found in the Victoria
Docks at Rotherhithe, as well as in parts of the Baltic, where the
water has only 7 parts of salt in 1000, while Limapontia occurs
in nearly fresh water at Bornholm and Gothland.
Their food varies greatly. As a rule, they are frugivorous, but many
cases of carnivorous habit occur. Scaphander has been seen to
swallow Dentalium six at a time, and in six hours the shells of
all were reduced to tiny fragments. Glaucus devours the soft
portions of the pelagic Porpita and Velella; Idalia
elegans eats its way into the test of Ascidians, and completely
buries itself in the body of its prey.[403]
The Opisthobranchiata may be classified as follows:—
Opisthobranchiata
1. Tectibranchiata
Bulloidea
Aplysioidea
Pleurobranchoidea
Siphonarioidea
2. Ascoglossa
3. Nudibranchiata
Cladohepatica
Holohepatica
4. Pteropoda
Thecosomata
Gymnosomata
Sub-order I.Tectibranchiata.—Right ctenidium usually
present, more or less concealed by the mantle fold, visceral ganglia
united by a very long commissure, shell variable in form, more or less
enveloped in folds of the mantle and foot, often becoming rudimentary.
Section I.Bulloidea.—Shell more or less spiral,
internal or external, epipodia more or less developed, a broad cephalic
disc, distinct from the dorsal region, usually no tentacles, eyes
sessile.
Fam. 2.Tornatinidae.—Shell spiral, cylindrical,
entirely covering the animal; spire concealed, cephalic disc with
two large tentaculiform appendages behind, no radula. Genera:
Tornatina (= Utriculus), Volvula.
Fam. 3.Scaphandridae.—Shell more or less external,
covering all or nearly all the animal, spire concealed, cephalic
disc simple or notched behind, epipodia well developed, radula with
first lateral very large, stomach sometimes with powerful gizzard.
Genera: Scaphander (Fig. 287 B); Sabatia (Pliocene),
Smaragdinella, Atys (Fig. 286 D), Cylichna (Fig.
286 C), Amphisphyra.
Fam. 4.Bullidae.—Shell external or partly internal,
spire quite or nearly hidden, cephalic disc broad, without appendages,
epipodia often large; radula usually multiseriate. Genera: Bulla
(subg. Haminea), Acera, mantle with long filiform
appendage, epipodia touching over the shell; Cylindrobulla,
Volvatella.
Fam. 5.Aplustridae.—Shell partly internal, overlaid
by the posterior part of the cephalic disc, spire not prominent,
epipodia reflected, tentacles auriform. Single genus, Aplustrum
(Fig. 286 B; subg. Hydatina).
Fam. 6.Ringiculidae.—Shell small, solid, covering
all the animal; spire somewhat prominent, aperture narrow, plicated;
peristome thick, sometimes channelled, cephalic disc with a kind
of posterior siphon. Genera: Ringicula; Avellana
(Cretaceous).
Fam. 7.Gastropteridae.—Shell completely internal,
nautiloid, small; epipodia very large, rounded, united behind; cephalic
disc simple. Single genus, Gastropteron.
Fam. 9.Doridiidae.—Shell completely internal, a
mere pellicle with a small spiral nucleus, mantle with two posterior
lobes and a caudal filament, epipodia reflected. Single genus,
Doridium.
Section II.Aplysioidea.—Shell small, usually not
spiral, sometimes absent, no cephalic disc, head prominent, with two
pairs of tentacles, epipodia large, more or less reflected.
Fam.Aplysiidae.—Characters those of the section.
Genera: Aplysia (Fig. 287 D), shell arched, flattened, animal
large (the “sea hare”); Dolabella, shell subtriangular (Fig.
286 F); Dolabrifer, shell sub-quadrangular, not spiral;
Notarchus, shell microscopic, spiral; Phyllaplysia, body
very depressed, oval, no shell.
Section III.Pleaurobranchoidea.—Dorsal region
protected by a wide notaeum or dorsal covering, or by a shell;
no epipodia, ctenidium large, external, between the right under surface
of the notaeum or shell and the foot; head short, shell present or
absent.
Fam. 1.Pleurobranchidae.—Shell internal or
absent, notaeum with spicules, radula multiseriate. Genera:
Pleurobranchus (Fig. 286 H), (?) Haliotinella,
Pleurobranchaea, (?) Neda.
Fam. 2.Runcinidae.—Branchial lamellae few, under the
posterior right notaeum, no shell. Single genus, Runcina.
Fam. 3.Umbrellidae.—Shell external, depressed
patelliform, not covering all the animal; foot very thick, ctenidium
large, head depressed, small; radula multiseriate, teeth innumerable,
very small. Genera: Umbrella (Fig. 5A, p. 10),
Tylodina.
Section IV.Siphonarioidea.—Shell patelliform,
branchia replaced wholly or in part by a pulmonary sac, pulmonary
orifice closed by a small lobe, radula multiseriate, teeth very small.
Fam.Siphonariidae.—Characters those of the section.
Genera: Siphonaria (branchia as well as pulmonary sac),
Gadinia (no branchia). These genera, hitherto placed among
the Pulmonata, have been recently shown (see p. 19) to be modified
Opisthobranchiata.
Sub-order II.Ascoglossa.[404]—Branchia, mantle cavity,
and shell generally wanting, liver ramified, rami enclosed in external
papillae (cerata) or beneath the dorsal surface, kidney not compact,
branched; radula with one series of strong teeth (Fig. 288), worn out
teeth at the front end not dropping off, but preserved in a special sac
(ἀσκός).
According to Bergh, the Ascoglossa form a link between the
Tectibranchiata,—especially the Aplysiidae and Bullidae—and the
Cladohepatic Nudibranchs, while the Pleurobranchidae form a somewhat
similar link between the Holohepatic Nudibranchs and the other
Tectibranchiata.
Fam. 1.Oxynoeidae.[405]—Animal long, tentacles
auriform, epipodia large, simple, or wing-like, a ctenidium and
branchial chamber on right side, shell small, thin, slightly
spiral, not covering much of the body. Genera: Oxynoe (=
Lophocercus), Lobiger.
Fam. 2.Hermaeidae.—Body depressed, cerata in
several rows, no branchiae, no shell. Genera: Hermaea,
Phyllobranchus, Stiliger, Alderia.
Fam. 3.Elysiidae.—Body depressed, head rather
elevated, tentacles auriform, sides of body dilated into two large
wings, which enclose branches of the liver and sometimes fold over
the dorsal surface, no branchiae, no shell. Genera: Elysia,
Thridachia, Placobranchus.
Fig. 288.—Radula of one of Ascoglossa
(Elysia viridis Mont. × 40).
Fam. 4.Limapontiidae.—Body slug-like, liver
scarcely ramified, no branchiae, shell, or appendages. Genera:
Limapontia, Actaeonia, Cenia.
Sub-order III.Nudibranchiata.—Shell absent in
the adult, no ctenidium proper, or osphradium, cerata dorsal or
dorso-lateral, nervous system concentrated, kidney not compact,
ramified, penis retractile, jaws and radula usually present.
Section I.Cladohepatica.—Cerata usually
latero-dorsal, elongated, or arborescent, buccal mass strong, jaws
present, liver generally ramified, rami generally entering the cerata.
Fam. 1.Aeolidiidae.—Body slug-like, head with
tentacles and rhinophores, dorsal area with rows of cerata, which
usually contain sting-cells, radula variable. Genera: Aeolis,
Cratena, Tergipes, Coryphella, Favorinus,
Facelina, Flabellina, Fiona, Glaucus,
Janus, Hero, with many sub-genera.
Fam. 2.Tethymelibidae.—Body slug-like, large,
cerata very large, no sting-cells, head large, cowl-shaped, no
tentacles, rhinophores much foliated, no radula. Genera: Tethys,
Melibe. The cerata of Tethys, which are capable of
independent movement when severed, have been described as parasitic
worms. Tethys feeds on molluscs and Crustacea.
Fam. 3.Lomanotidae.—Body slug-like, dorsum prominent,
undulating or lobed, with one row of small cerata, no tentacles,
rhinophores much foliated, radula with uncinated dentate laterals.
Single genus, Lomanotus.
Fam. 4.Dotonidae.—Body slug-like, small, two rows
of cerata, each ceras surrounded by a ring of tubercles, rhinophores
simple, radula uniseriate. Single genus, Doto.
Fam. 5.Dendronotidae.—Body slug-like, somewhat
compressed, two rows of arborescent cerata, no tentacles, frontal
margin with arborescent papillae, rhinophores arborescent, radula
multiseriate. Genera: Campaspe, Dendronotus.
Fam. 6.Bornellidae.—Two rows of dorsal papillae,
with branchiform appendages at the base, rhinophores foliate, radula
multiseriate. Single genus, Bornella.
Fam. 7.Scyllaeidae.—Body oblong, compressed, two
large foliated cerata with branchial appendages on the inner side,
no tentacles, rhinophores large, radula multiseriate. Single genus,
Scyllaea.
Fam. 8.Phyllirrhoidae.—Body much compressed, with
bovine head and neck, tail tapering, no tentacles, rhinophores simple,
teeth few, no marginals. Single genus, Phyllirrhoe.
Fam. 9.Pleurophyllidiidae.—Body elongate-oval, snout
broad, covered by an arched shield with lateral angles prolonged,
branchiae consisting of two rows of lamellae placed between the
notaeum and the foot, no tentacles, rhinophores short, hidden, radula
multiseriate. Single genus, Pleurophyllidia.
Fam. 10.Pleuroleuridae.—Animal resembling
Pleurophyllidia, but without the branchial lamellae. Single
genus, Pleuroleura.
Fam. 11.Tritoniidae.—Body long, two rows of unequal
arborescent cerata, rhinophores with ramose appendages, liver not
prolonged into the cerata. Genera: Tritonia, Marionia.
Section 2.Holohepatica.—Cerata medio-dorsal,
retractile or not, usually paucifoliate, liver never ramified, usually
no jaws.
Fam. 1.Dorididae.—Branchia consisting of a circle
or semicircle of pinnate leaves united at the base, surrounding the
anus, almost always retractile into a cavity, rhinophores foliate, no
suctorial proboscis, radula multiseriate. Genera: Bathydoris,
Hexabranchus, Archidoris (Fig. 289), Discodoris,
Diaulula, Cadlina, Centrodoris, Platydoris,
Chromodoris, Miamira, with many sub-genera.
Fig. 289.—Doris (Archidoris)
tuberculata L., Britain: a, anus; br, branchiae
surrounding the anus; m, male organ; rh, rh,
rhinophores. × ⅔.
Fam. 2.Doriopsidae.—Branchia and rhinophores as in
Dorididae, oral aperture pore-shaped, suctorial, no radula.
Single genus, Doriopsis.
Fam. 3.Phyllidiidae.—Body oval, depressed, leathery,
a ring of branchial lamellae, only interrupted by the head and genital
papilla, under the pallial edge, oral aperture pore-shaped, suctorial,
no radula. Genera: Phyllidia, Fryeria. Bergh unites this
and the preceding family in the group Porostomata, which, with
Fam. 1, form the group Dorididae cryptobranchiatae.
Fam. 4.Polyceridae.—Body slug-like, branchiae
not retractile, usually surrounding the anus, rhinophores foliate,
tentacles simple, radula variable, central tooth generally wanting.
Genera: Notodoris, Triopella, Aegires,
Triopa, Issa, Triopha, Crimora,
Thecacera, Polycerella, Palio, Polycera,
Ohola, Trevelyana, Nembrotha, Euplocamus,
Plocamopherus, Kalinga.
Fam. 5.Goniodoridae.—Body oval, depressed, branchia
multifoliate, usually disposed in shape of a horse-shoe, rhinophores
foliate, retractile or not, mouth with a large suctorial proboscis,
radula variable. Genera: Akiodoris, Doridunculus,
Acanthodoris, Adalaria, Lamellidoris,
Calycidoris, Goniodoris, Idalia, Ancula,
Drepania.
Fam. 6.Corambidae.—Body otherwise Doris-like,
but with two posterior branchiae under the mantle edge, jaws present,
no central tooth, about five laterals. Single genus, Corambe
(= Hypobranchiaea). Bergh unites this and the two preceding
families in the group Dorididae phanerobranchiatae.
Sub-order IV.Pteropoda.—The Pteropoda are pelagic
animals in which the lateral portions of the foot are modified into
fins, which are innervated by the pedal ganglia. Their systematic
position has undergone recent revision. It has been the custom to
regard them as an Order of equivalent value to the other four,
while some have held them to be a subdivision of Cephalopoda. Modern
authorities, chief among whom is Pelseneer, regard the Pteropoda not as
a primitive, but as a derived and recent group. They are “Gasteropoda
in which the adaptation to pelagic life has so modified their external
characters as to give them an apparent symmetry.”
The principal point which relates the Pteropoda to the Gasteropoda is
the asymmetry of the visceral organs, intestine, heart, kidney, and
genital gland, which results from their development on one side only
of the body. Their hermaphroditism and the structure of their nervous
system relate them to the Euthyneura rather than to the Streptoneura.
Resemblances in the organs of circulation and generation approximate
them to the Opisthobranchiata rather than to the Pulmonata, while
of the two groups of the former, they tend to closer relationship
with the Tectibranchiata than with the Nudibranchiata. The two
sections of Pteropoda have been considered of distinct origin, the
Thecosomata being derived from the Bulloidea, the Gymnosomata from the
Aplysioidea.[406]
Thus the Pteropoda are a group whose true relations are masked by the
special conditions of their existence, which have tended towards the
development of certain organs, the so-called “wings” and the shell,
which give them an apparent symmetry; this symmetry disappears on a
closer investigation of the internal organs. They are hermaphrodite;
the genital gland has a single efferent duct (except in some
Cavolinia), a seminal groove leading to the copulatory organ,
which in the Thecosomata is on the right side of the head, in the
Gymnosomata on the right side of the foot. The genital system resembles
that of the Opisthobranchiata and of the “digonoporous” Pulmonata.
Section 1.Thecosomata.—Shell or cartilaginoid test
always present, fins united by an intermediate lobe, ctenidia as a rule
absent, replaced by secondary branchiae, no very distinct head or eyes,
one pair of tentacles; cerebral ganglia on the sides of and under the
oesophagus; radula with three rather large teeth in a row, generally
unicuspid, jaw in two pieces, stomach with horny plates, anus generally
on the left side.
The Thecosomata feed on Protozoa and the lower Algae; they have no
proboscis, and the intestine is flexured. The fins are always closely
connected with the head, or what answers to it. About 42 species are
known, belonging to 8 genera.
Fam. 1.Limacinidae.—Fins very large, branchial
chamber dorsal, anus on right side; shell spiral, sinistral
(ultra-dextral, see p. 249), operculate. Genera: Limacina, shell
helicoid, deeply umbilicated (L. helicina swarms in Arctic seas
and furnishes food for many Cetacea); Peraclis, spire turreted,
aperture large, elongated, produced anteriorly, no umbilicus; operculum
sinistral, in spite of the shell being ultra-dextral.
Fam. 2.Cavoliniidae.—Fins large, branchial chamber
ventral, shell a non-spiral cone, angular or round, very thin,
embryonic portion distinct, or formed of two separate plates.
Fig. 290.—Illustrations of Pteropoda
Thecosomata: A, Limacina australis Eyd.; B,
Cleodora cuspidata Bosc. (shell only); C, Cuvierina
columnella Rang; D, Creseis virgula Rang; E,
Clio balantium Rang; f, f, fins; l, liver;
o, ovary; sh, shell. (After Souleyet.)
In Cavolinia (= Hyalaea, Fig. 5B, p. 10) the
shell consists of two plates, the ventral being convex, with one to
three sharp spines at the posterior end, the dorsal flatter, without
spines. The aperture is broad, contracted dorso-ventrally. Two long
pointed prolongations of the mantle project from the lateral slits of
the shell, and probably serve to balance the bulky body when swimming.
Fins trilobed at the margin. Cleodora has only rudimentary
lateral prolongations, fins bilobed, shell triangular, angles greatly
produced, aperture very wide, dorsal side keeled. In Cuvierina
the shell is straight, sub-cylindrical, with a median partition,
slightly expanding towards the apex, which is truncated in the adult.
The principal sub-genera of Clio are Creseis, which
has an elongated sub-cylindrical shell, sometimes slightly curved,
smooth or grooved; and Clio proper, in which the shell is
long, angular, with a dorsal rib, apex (= embryonic shell) rounded,
constricted. Styliola and Hyalocylix also belong to this
group.
Fam. 3.Cymbuliidae.—Test (which is not homologous
with the shell of other Thecosomata) slipper-shaped, cartilaginoid,
simply a thickening of the mantle; embryo with a calcareous, spiral,
operculate shell. Genera: Cymbulia, Cymbuliopsis,
Gleba.
Three other families, Hyalithidae, Pterothecidae, and Conulariidae,
from Palaeozoic strata, are generally added to the Thecosomata. All
are fossil only, and it is doubtful whether they are really Molluscan.
Pelseneer holds that no true fossil Pteropoda occur until the lower
Tertiaries.
Section 2.Gymnosomata.—Mantle and shell absent in
the adult, fins not connected by a lobe, no branchial chamber, head
well developed, with two pairs of tentacles, eyes on the posterior
pair; cerebral ganglia above the oesophagus; buccal cavity provided
with a pair of protrusible “hook-sacs,” radula generally with 4 to 12
hooked laterals, central tooth triangular, jaw in one piece, composed
of horny plates, no horny plates in stomach, anus on the right side.
The Gymnosomata are carnivorous, feeding on Thecosomata and other
pelagic animals, being provided for this purpose with a formidable
buccal armature of hook-sacs and suckers. The intestine, as usual in
carnivorous groups, passes straight from the stomach to the anus; the
fins are not attached to the head, but to the anterior part of the
body. The larva has a straight shell, which disappears in the adult.
About 21 species are known, belonging to 7 genera.
Fam. 1.Pneumodermatidae.—Animal fusiform, fins rather
small, head prominent, anterior part of buccal cavity protrusible,
with suckers on the ventral side, hook-sacs well marked; branchia on
right side, skin soft, pigmented. Genera: Dexiobranchaea, no
posterior gill, hook-sacs short; Spongiobranchaea, posterior
gill circular; Pneumoderma, gill tetraradiate, hook-sacs long.
Fam. 2.Clionopsidae.—Body barrel-shaped, proboscis
three times the length of the body, no buccal appendages; hook-sacs
short, no lateral gill, posterior gill tetraradiate, skin not
pigmented. Clionopsis is the single genus.
Fam. 3.Notobranchaeidae.—Body ovate, buccal
appendages conical, no lateral gill, posterior gill with three
radiating crests, skin pigmented. Notobranchaea is the single
genus.
Fam. 4.Clionidae.—Body long, angulated behind,
proboscis short, mouth with two or three pairs of appendages, no jaw,
no gills.
Clione limacina is so abundant in Arctic seas as at times to
colour the surface for miles. Each of the cephalic appendages has about
60,000 minute pedicellated suckers.
Fig. 291.—A, Anterior portion of
Pneumoderma; B, Clione limacina Phipps; C,
Halopsyche Gaudichaudi Soul.; f, f, fins;
h.s, h.s, hook-sacs; l.f, lobe of the foot;
s, s, suckers; o, posterior genital orifice;
t, t, tentacles. (After Souleyet.)
Fam. 5.Halopsychidae.—Body ovate, thick, rounded
behind, no gill or proboscis, fins long, narrow, broadened at the ends,
epidermis sub-cartilaginoid.
Halopsyche (= Eurybia) has the power of withdrawing its
head completely into a sort of pocket, which is closed by an anterior
fold of the mantle. There are two long non-retractile buccal appendages.
Gasteropoda with two pairs of tentacles, visceral loop euthyneurous,
ganglia concentrated round the oesophagus; breathing air by a
pallial cavity formed by the union of the front edge of the mantle
with the cervical region, sexes united, shell present or absent, no
operculum[407] (except in Amphibola).
Sub-order I.Basommatophora.—Eyes generally at the base
of the tentacles, which are not retractile, male and female genital
orifices separate, radula (p. 235) multiseriate, shell always present,
external. Fresh water or quasi-marine.
Fam. 1.Auriculidae.—Breathing organ a pulmonary sac
or true lung; shell spiral, conoidal, internal partitions usually
absorbed, aperture more or less strongly toothed. Jurassic——. Genera:
Auricula, Carychium, Scarabus, Alexia,
Tralia, Plecotrema, Cassidula, Melampus,
Leuconia, Pedipes (Fig. 292).
Fig. 292.—Examples of the Auriculidae:
A, Auricula Judae Lam., Borneo; B, Scarabus
Lessoni Blainv., E. Indies; C, Cassidula mustelina
Desh., N. Zealand; D, Melampus castaneus Mühlf., S.
Pacific; E, Pedipes quadridens Pfr., Jamaica.
Fam. 2.Otinidae.—Shell auriform, spire very short.
Genera: Otina, Camptonyx.—Recent only.
Fam. 3.Amphibolidae.—A pulmonary sac on right side
of neck, eyes almost pedunculate, shell turbinate, rudely sculptured,
operculate.—Recent. Genus, Amphibola (Fig. 293); subg.
Ampullarina.
Fam. 4.Limnaeidae.—Pulmonary sac protected
by an external lobe; shell variable, fragile. Jurassic——.
(i.) Ancylinae, shell more or less limpet-shaped.
Genera: Ancylus, Gundlachia, Latia. (ii.)
Limnaeinae, shell spiral. Genera: Limnaea,
Amphipeplea, Erinna, Lantzia, Pompholyx,
Choanomphalus (with Carinifex). (iii.)
Planorbinae, shell sinistral, spire flattened or elevated.
Genera: Planorbis, Isidora (= Bulinus).
Fam. 5.Physidae.—Mantle more or less reflected over
the shell (radula, Fig. 141C, p. 235); shell sinistral, lustrous.
Jurassic——. Genera: Physa, Aplecta.
Fig. 293.—Amphibola avellana Chem.
Fam. 6.Chilinidae.—Lobe of pulmonary sac large,
tentacles broad; shell ventricose, rather solid; columella plicate.
Miocene——. Single genus, Chilina.
Sub-order II.Stylommatophora.—Two pairs of retractile
tentacles (except in Janella), eyes at the tip of the upper
pair, male and female orifices united (except in Vaginulidae and
Onchidiidae), no distinct osphradium.
Fam. 1.Testacellidae.—Animal carnivorous, slug-like
or spirally coiled, no jaw (whence the name Agnatha, often
given to this group), radula with usually few, large, sickle-shaped
teeth (p. 232), shell variable, rarely absent, usually external.
Cretaceous——. Principal genera: Chlamydephorus (shell a simple
plate, internal), Apera, Testacella (slug-like, shell
terminal), Strebelia, Streptostyla, Glandina,
Salasiella, Petenia, Pseudosubulina,
Streptostele, Tomostele, Streptaxis (Fig.
203), Gibbus, Ennea, Daudebardia (Fig.
193), Schizoglossa, Guesteria, Aerope,
Paryphanta, Rhytida (subg. Diplomphalus,
Elaea and Rhenea).
Fig. 294.—A, Ennea
(Gibbulina) palanga Fér; A´ young of same;
B, Gibbus lyonetianus Pall.
Fam. 3.Limacidae.—Shell present or absent,
internal or external, spiral or not, tail often with a mucus pore,
jaw (Fig. 107A, p. 211) with projecting rostrum on
cutting edge, radula with central tooth tricuspid, laterals bi- or
uni-cuspid, marginals aculeate. Eocene——. Genera: Otoconcha,
Urocyclus, Mariaella (subg. Tennentia),
Parmarion, Helicarion, Cystopelta,
Aspidelus, Estria, Vitrinopsis (subg.
Vitrinoidea, Parmella), Damayantia, Nanina
(= Ariophanta, including Pachystyla, Rhysota,
Hemiplecta, Trochonanina, Euplecta,
Orpiella, Xesta, Macrochlamys, Microcystis,
Sitala, Kaliella, Durgella, Austenia,
Girasia, Parmacochlea, Africarion, Sesara,
Macroceras, and others), Vitriniconus, Parmacella,
Limax (subg. Amalia and many sections), Vitrina
(subg. Vitrinozonites, Velifera), Zonites (subg.
Stenopus, Moreletia, Mesomphix, Hyalinia,
Gastrodonta, Pristiloma, Poecilozonites,
Thyrophorella).
Fam. 4.Philomycidae.—Shell absent, jaw limacidan,
radula helicidan, shield covering all the body. Single genus,
Philomycus (= Tebennophorus), with subg. Pallifera.
Fam. 5.Helicidae.—Shell present or absent,
internal or external; jaw of various types, radula with central
tooth tricuspid, equal in size to the first laterals, laterals bi-
or tricuspid, marginals smaller, cusped. Eocene——. Principal
genera: Oopelta (no shell), Arion (shell absent or
formed of calcareous granules), Ariolimax, Geomalacus,
Anadenus (subg. Prophysaon), Hemphillia,
Cryptostracon, Binneya, Helix (see below),
Cochlostyla, Bulimus (subg. Borus, Orphnus,
Dryptus, Strophochilus, Pachyotus, and possibly
Caryodes, Leucotaenia, Liparus, Livinhacea,
Pachnodus, Rachis, Atopocochlis, Cerastus,
Clavator belong here, or with Buliminus),
Berendtia, Rhodea. Pilsbry proposes[408] to group
Helix as follows:
Fam. 8.Cylindrellidae.—Radula, p. 233; shell many
whorled, long turriculate, last whorl often detached, apex often
truncated (Fig. 169, p. 260). Eocene——. Genera: Cylindrella
(with sections Callonia, Thaumasia), Leia,
Macroceramus, Pineria.
Fam. 9.Pupidae.—Radula, p. 233; shell external, spire
usually long, aperture often narrowed, more or less toothed, often
with internal lamellae. Carboniferous——. Genera: Anostoma
(Fig. 154, p. 248), Hypselostoma (Fig. 202A, p.
302); Anastomopsis (Cretaceous), Lychnus (Cretaceous),
Boysia, Odontostomus (incl. Tomigerus),
Buliminus (incl. Petraeus, Napaeus,
Zebrina, Mastus, Chondrula, Ena, and
perhaps Rachis, Pachnodus, Hapalus, and others),
Pupa (incl. Torquilla, Pupilla, Sphyradium,
Leucochila, etc.), Zospeum, Vertigo,
Megaspira, Strophia, Holospira, Eucalodium
(incl. Coelocentrum), Coeliaxis, Perrieria,
Balea; Rillya (Eocene), Clausilia (with many
sub-genera), Rhodina (?).
Fam. 10.Stenogyridae.—Radula, p. 234; shell long,
spiral, shining, more or less translucid, apex blunt, sometimes
decollated. Eocene——. Genera: Stenogyra (subg. Rumina,
Obeliscus, Opeas, Melaniella, Spiraxis,
Leptinaria, Nothus, Subulina, Glessula),
Ferussacia (subg. Cionella, Azeca),
Caecilianella (subg. Geostilbia). Achatina
(shell large, ventricose, columella strongly truncate), with the
sub-genera Perideris, Limicolaria, Columna,
Pseudachatina, Homorus, probably belongs to a distinct
family.
Fam. 11.Achatinellidae.—Radula, p. 234; shell
small, bulimoid, indifferently dextral or sinistral. Genera:
Achatinella (subg. Auriculella, Amastra,
Carelia), Tornatellina.
Fam. 12.Succineidae.—Radula, p. 234; lower pair
of tentacles wanting or small; shell internal or external, thin,
spiral or not, last whorl large. Eocene——. Genera: Succinea,
Homalonyx, Hyalimax, (?) Lithotis, (?)
Catinella.
Fam. 13.Janellidae.—Radula, p. 234; animal
slug-like, no lower tentacles, shell an internal plate. Single genus,
Janella (= Athoracophorus), with subg. Aneitea.
Fam. 14.Vaginulidae.—Radula, p. 234; animal
slug-like, covered with a coriaceous mantle, lower tentacles bifid,
genital orifices widely separated, male behind the lower right
tentacle, female on inferior median part of right side, anus and
pulmonary orifice nearly terminal; shell absent. Single genus,
Vaginula (= Veronicella).
Fig. 298.—Achatina zebra Lam., S.
Africa. × ½.
Fam. 15.Onchidiidae.—Body oval, mantle thick,
often warty, sometimes set with “eyes” (p. 187), two tentacles,
genital orifices widely separate, anus and pulmonary orifice as in
Vaginula; no shell. Genera: Peronia, Onchidium,
Onchidiella. The family appears to be an instance of Pulmonata
reverting to marine habits of life.
CHAPTER XVI CLASSES SCAPHOPODA AND PELECYPODA — CLASS SCAPHOPODA — CLASS PELECYPODA
Head rudimentary, mantle edges ventrally concrescent, forming a tube
opening before and behind, and covered with a shell of the same shape;
sexes separate.
Fig. 299.—Anatomy of Dentalium:
a, anterior aperture of mantle; f, foot; g,
genital gland; k, kidney; l, liver. (After
Lacaze-Duthiers.)
The Scaphopoda form a small but very distinct class, whose organisation
is decidedly of a low type. The body is usually slightly curved,
the concave side being the dorsal; muscles near the posterior end
attach the body to the shell. The foot, which can be protruded from
the anterior or wider aperture, is rather long, pointed, and has
sometimes two lateral lobes (Dentalium), sometimes a terminal
retractile disc (Siphonodentalium), sometimes a retractile disc
with a central tentacle (Pulsellum). The cephalic region, as
in Pelecypoda, is covered by the mantle. The mouth is situated on a
kind of projection of the pharynx; the buccal mass, containing the
radula (p. 236), is at the base of the foot, and the intestine branches
forward from the front part of the stomach. The liver (Fig. 299) is
paired, and consists of a number of symmetrical, radiating coeca.
There are no eyes, but on each side of the mouth are small bunches
of exsertile filaments (captacula), which appear to act as
tactile organs for the seizing of food. There is no special respiring
apparatus, heart or arterial system, breathing being conducted by the
walls of the mantle. The nervous system has already been described (p.
205).
Two kidneys open on either side of the anus. The genital gland is
large, occupying nearly all the posterior part of the body, the sexual
products being emitted through the right kidney. The veliger has
already been figured (p. 131, Fig. 44). The embryonic shell is formed
of two calcareous laminae, which subsequently unite to form the tube.
With regard to their general relationships, the Scaphopoda resemble
the Gasteropoda in their univalve shell, and in the possession of a
radula; while the pointed foot, the non-lobed velum in the veliger, the
generative system, the bilateral symmetry of the organs generally, and
the absence of any definite head, eyes, or tentacles, are points which
approximate them to the Pelecypoda.
The Scaphopoda are known from Devonian strata to the present time.
They are found at a depth of a few fathoms to very deep water. The
only three genera are Dentalium, Siphonodentalium (subg.
Cadulus), and Pulsellum, which differ in the structure of
the foot, as described above.
Cephalic region rudimentary, mantle consisting of two symmetrical right
and left lobes, covering the body and secreting a bivalve shell hinged
at the dorsal margin; no radula, sexes usually separate. Reference has
already been made to the reproductive system (p. 145), breathing organs
(p. 164 f.), mantle (p. 172), nervous system (p. 205), digestive system
(p. 237 f.), and nomenclature of the various parts of the shell (p. 269 f.).
The shape of the shell, in many Pelecypoda, involving as it does the
position, size, and number of the adductor muscles, is probably due
to mechanical causes, depending on the habits and manner of life of
the individual genus. Thus in a typical dimyarian or two-muscled
bivalve, e.g.Mya (Fig. 300, A), the adductor muscles lie
well towards each end of the long axis of the shell, with the hinge
about midway between them. In this position they are best placed for
effectually closing the valves, and since they are nearly equidistant
from the axis of motion, i.e. from the hinge, they do an equal
amount of work, and are about equal in size. But in a form like
Modiola, where the growth of the shell is irregular in relation
to the hinge-line, the anterior muscle is brought nearer and nearer
to the umbones, where its power to do work, and therefore its size,
becomes less and less. But the work to be done remains the same, and
the posterior muscle has to do it nearly all; hence it moves farther
and farther away from the hinge-line, and at the same time gains in
size. In shells like Ostrea, Pecten, and Vulsella,
the anterior muscle, having drawn into line with the hinge and the
posterior muscle, becomes atrophied, while the posterior muscle, having
double work to do, has doubled its size.[409]
Fig. 300.—Illustrating changes in the
position and size of the adductor muscles according to the shape of
the shell: A, Mya; B, Modiola; C,
Vulsella. The upper dotted line shows the hinge-line, the lower
connects the two muscles.
The development of the foot, again, largely depends upon habits of
life. It is well developed in burrowing forms, while in sessile genera
(Ostrea, Chama, Spondylus) it becomes unnecessary
and aborts. Even in Pecten, which does not become sessile, but
has ceased to use the foot as an organ of progression, a similar result
follows. Forms which burrow deeply often “gape” widely, sometimes
at one end only, sometimes at both. Venus, Donax,
Tellina, Mactra, which are shallow burrowers, do not
gape; Solen, Lutraria, and to a less degree Mya,
burrow deeply and gape widely. In order to burrow deeply the foot must
be highly developed, and the larger it becomes, the more will it tend
to keep the valves apart at the place where it is habitually protruded.
Burrowing species always remain in communication with the surface by
means of their siphons, the constant extension of which tends to keep
the valves apart at the end opposite to the foot. Burrowing species,
again, tend to burrow in such a way as to descend most easily, and not
be impeded by their own shells; in other words, they act as a wedge,
and descend with their narrowest part foremost. But the burrowing
organ, the foot, has to follow suit, and gradually draws round to the
narrowest part of the shell, so that the habitual deep burrower, such
as Lutraria, lies with its long axis exactly at right angles
to the surface, its siphons protruding from, and keeping open, the
uppermost or posterior margin of the shell, and the foot producing the
same effect upon the lower or anterior margin. The deeper the burrower,
the more elongated does the shell become, until, through forms like
Pholas and Saxicava, we arrive at Solen, the most
highly specialised burrower of all, in which the breadth of the shell
is equal throughout, and no obstructive curve exists to impede its
rapid ascent or descent.
The Pelecypoda have been classified in various ways; by the
completeness or sinuation of the pallial line, depending on the absence
or presence of siphons, by the number of adductor muscles, by the
character of the hinge-teeth, and by the number of the branchiae.
For various reasons, none of these methods have proved entirely
satisfactory. That adopted here was suggested by Pelseneer, and
depends upon the character of the branchiae themselves, as suggesting
successive stages of development (p. 166 f.).
Order I. Protobranchiata
Branchial filaments not reflected, the two rows inclined at a right
angle (more or less), ventral surface of foot more or less flattened,
byssogenous apparatus little developed, a single anterior aorta,
kidneys distinct, sexes separate, each genital gland opening into the
corresponding kidney.
Fam. 1.Nuculidae.—Labial palps very large, rows of
branchial filaments at right angles to one another, mantle edges open,
siphons contracted, foot disc-shaped, elongated; shell equivalve, oval,
or produced, interior generally nacreous, hinge with numerous saw-like
teeth. Silurian ——. Principal genera: Nucula (heart dorsal
to the rectum); Palaeoneilo (Devonian), (?) Sarepta,
Leda, Yoldia, Malletia; Tyndaria (Upper
Tertiary), Lyrodesma (Silurian), Actinodonta (Silurian),
Babinka (Silurian).
Fam. 2.Solenomyidae.—Labial palps united, one row
of branchial filaments pointing dorsally, the other ventrally; mantle
edges in great part united postero-ventrally, a single siphonal orifice
with two very long tentacles, foot proboscidiform, with a round
denticulate disc at the end; shell equivalve, resembling a Solen, with
a strong corneous periostracum; no hinge-teeth, ligament internal.
Single genus, Solenomya. (?) Cretaceous ——].
Order II. Filibranchiata
Rows of branchial filaments parallel, pointing ventrally, reflected,
and provided with interfilamentary ciliated junctions, foot usually
with a well-developed byssogenous apparatus.
Sub-order I.Anomiacea.—Heart dorsal to the rectum,
a single aorta, foot small, anterior adductor very small; shell
ostreiform, no hinge-teeth, fixed by a calcified byssus traversing the
right valve (Fig. 173, p. 262).
Sub-order II.Arcacea.—Mantle edge open, both adductors
well developed, heart with two aortae, branchiae free, without
interlamellar junctions, no siphons; renal and generative apertures
distinct.
Fam. 1.Arcadae.—Mantle edge with composite eyes;
shell round or trapezoidal, solid, often with stout bushy periostracum;
ligament often external, on a special area; hinge with numerous
lamelliform teeth. Ordovician ——. Principal genera: Arca
(incl. Barbatia, Scaphula, and Cucullaea), heart
dorsal to rectum; Pectunculus, Glomus, Limopsis;
Trinacria and Nuculina (Tertiary).
Fam. 2.Trigoniidae.—Foot large, hatchet-shaped, with
ventral disc; no byssus, mantle edge with ocelli; shell sub-trigonal,
hinge-teeth few, strong; interior violet-nacreous. Devonian ——.
Genera: Trigonia; Myophoria and Schizodus (Trias),
Cyrtonotus (Devonian).
Fig. 301.—Trigonia pectinata Lam.,
Sydney, N.S.W.
Sub-order III.Mytilacea.—Mantle edges fused at one
point, anal orifice distinct, anterior terminal adductor small,
one aorta, branchiae with interfoliary junctions, genital glands
penetrating the side of the mantle and opening by the side of the
kidneys.
Fam.Mytilidae.—Byssus well developed, shell more or
less equivalve, oval, broad; hinge-teeth evanescent. Devonian——.
Principal genera: Mytilus?, Myalina, Septifer,
Modiola, Lithodomus, Crenella, Dacrydium,
Myrina, Idas, Modiolaria, Modiolarca.
Order III. Pseudolamellibranchiata
Mantle edges entirely open, foot little developed, anterior adductor
usually aborted, branchial filaments reflected, with interlamellar
junctions, which are sometimes vascular; genital glands opening into
the kidneys or close to the apertures of the kidneys.
Fam. 1.Aviculidae.—Foot long, tongue-shaped,
byssogenous apparatus well developed, branchiae concrescent with
the mantle, adductor muscle sub-central, at times a small anterior
adductor, siphons absent; shell usually inequivalve, dorsal
margin straight, often very long, winged, lateral teeth much
prolonged; structure of shell cellular, inside prismatic, outside
nacreous. Palaeozoic ——. Principal genera: Avicula,
including Meleagrina, Malleus; Vulsella (no
wings or hinge-teeth); Perna, including Crenatula,
Inoceramus (ligaments in a number of fossettes); Aucella
and Monotis (Palaeozoic and Secondary); Pterinaea and
Ambonychia (Palaeozoic); Pinna; Aviculopinna
(Carboniferous).
Fig. 302.—Avicula heteroptera Lam.,
Australia, showing the inequivalve shell and byssal sinus (bs).
Fam. 2.Prasinidae.—Shell very small, umbones
anterior, incurved, anterior side depressed, hinge-teeth replaced by
dentiform projections of the lunule fitting into corresponding grooves.
Recent. Single genus, Prasina.
Fam. 3.Ostreidae.—Heart generally ventral to the
rectum, branchiae concrescent with the mantle, no byssus; shell
inequivalve, fixed by the left valve, form irregular. Jurassic ——.
Genera: Ostrea; Heligmus (Oolite), Naiadina
(Cretaceous), Pernostrea (Jurassic).
Fam. 4.Pectinidae.—Byssus usually absent, mantle
edge open, duplicated, folded back, with pallial ocelli; branchiae not
concrescent with the mantle; shell with unequal “ears” at the umbo,
hinge-teeth lamelliform, often obscure. Silurian——. Principal genera:
Pedum, Chlamys, Hinnites, Hemipecten,
Amussium, Pecten; Aviculopecten (Palaeozoic),
Crenipecten.
Fam. 5.Limidae.—Mantle edge as in Pecten,
tentaculate; shell sub-equivalve, eared, fixed by a byssus or free.
Carboniferous——. Genera: Lima (Fig. 85, p. 179), Limea.
Fam. 6.Spondylidae.—Foot with a peduncular appendage,
no byssus, numerous pallial ocelli; shell fixed by right valve, surface
often very spinose, two cardinal teeth in each valve. Jurassic——.
Genera: Plicatula, Spondylus; Terquemia (Lias).
Fig. 303.—Pecten pallium L., East Indies.
Fig. 304.—Spondylus petroselinum Sowb.,
Mauritius; on a coral.
Fam. 7.Dimyidae.—Shell ostreiform, fixed, hinge with
or without symmetrical teeth, two muscular impressions. Single genus,
Dimya (Tertiary).
Order IV. Eulamellibranchiata
Mantle edges united at one or more points, branchiae with
interfilamentary junctions which are always vascular, genital glands
not opening into the kidneys, usually two adductor muscles.
Sub-order I. Submytilacea.—Mantle edges more or less open, anal
orifice distinct, usually no siphons, pallial line usually simple,
cardinal and lateral teeth well marked.
Fam. 1.Carditidae.—Foot with a byssus or groove,
branchiae large, unequal; shell equivalve, solid, radiately grooved,
one or two oblique cardinal teeth, one or two laterals. Silurian
——. Principal genera: Venericardia, Cardita,
Carditella, Carditopsis, Milneria;
Pleurophorus (Palaeozoic), Anodontopsis (Silurian).
Fam. 2.Astartidae.—A short anal siphon, labial
palps large; shell triangular, thick, ligament external, hinge with
two or three cardinals in each valve, laterals obscure.? Devonian
——. Principal genera: Astarte; Pachytypus (Jurassic),
Plesiastarte (Eocene), Parastarte, Woodia,
Opis (Secondary strata), Prosocoelus (Devonian).
Fam. 3.Crassatellidae.—Mantle with anal orifice or
open; shell equivalve, thick, subtriangular, ligament in an internal
fossette, hinge with two cardinals, laterals produced. Cretaceous——.
Principal genus, Crassatella.
Fam. 7.Unionidae.—Foot large and thick, no byssus,
anal siphon short, branchial orifice complete or not, siphon present or
absent, embryo of certain groups passing through a glochidium
stage (p. 146); shell equivalve, sometimes very thick, nacreous within,
hinge variable. Fluviatile. Jurassic——. Principal genera: Unio
(subg. Arconaia), Monocondylaea, Pseudodon,
Anodonta, Solenaia, Mycetopus, Mutela,
Spatha, Hyria, Castalia, Leila.
Fam. 8.Dreissensiidae.—Both siphons prominent, foot
tongue-shaped, byssiferous; shell mytiliform, with small internal
septum. Genera: Dreissensia; Dreissensiomya (Tertiary).
The common Dreissensia polymorpha Pall. was distributed over
large parts of Europe in later Tertiary times. From unknown causes it
died out, and has during the past two hundred years been regaining its
position, migrating N. and W. from its original habitat, the Caspian,
by the Volga and its Oka confluent.
Fam. 9.Modiolopsidae.—Shell mytiliform, ligament
exterior, hinge-teeth small, rather numerous. Palaeozoic——. Principal
genera: Modiolopsis, Cyrtodonta, Mytilops,
Ptychodesma.
Fam. 10.Lucinidae.—Anal orifice sometimes with a
siphon, branchial orifice complete or not, sometimes a single branchia;
foot very long, vermiform, no byssus, anterior adductor long; shell
rounded, equivalve, blanched, hinge with two cardinals and two
laterals in each valve, sometimes toothless, ligament more or less
internal. Silurian——. Principal genera: Lucina, Corbis,
Axinus, Diplodonta, Montacuta.
Fam. 11.Ungulinidae.—Anal orifice complete,
foot vermiform, no byssus, two branchiae; shell equivalve,
subcircular, hinge-teeth variable, no laterals, adductor impressions
long, continuing the pallial line. Tertiary——. Single genus,
Ungulina.
Fam. 12.Unicardiidae.—Shell equivalve, round or
oval, cardinal shelf large, a single cardinal in each valve, ligament
external. Carboniferous—Cretaceous. Genera: Unicardium,
Scaldia, Pseudedmondia.
Fam. 13.Kellyellidae.—Anal siphon prolonged, no
marked branchial orifice; shell very small, oval or round, anterior
lateral very strong, under the cardinal. Eocene——. Genera:
Kellyella; Allopagus and Lutetia (Tertiary),
Turtonia.
Fam. 14.Erycinidae.—Mantle edges with three
apertures, branchial orifice on the buccal margin, foot long,
broadened, with a byssus, animal usually viviparous. Tertiary——.
Genera: Erycina, Kellia, Pythina, Lasaea,
Lepton.
Fam. 15.Galeommidae.—Mantle edges more or less
reflected over the shell, apertures and foot as in Erycinidae; shell
thin, equilateral, hinge with few teeth or none. Tertiary——. Genera:
Galeomma, Scintilla, Sportella, Chlamydoconcha,
Hindsiella, Ephippodonta (Fig. 32, p. 81).
Fam. 16.Cyrenidae.—Siphons short, foot large,
no byssus; shell equivalve, subtriangular, with periostracum,
hinge with two or three cardinals, laterals present; animal
hermaphrodite, viviparous. Fresh or brackish water. Jurassic——.
Genera: Cyrena, Corbicula (subg. Batissa,
Velorita), Sphaerium (= Cyclas), Pisidium,
Galatea, Fischeria.
The families Cyrenellidae (single genus, Cyrenella) and
Rangiidae (single genus, Rangia) are probably to be
placed here.
Sub-order II. Tellinacea.—Siphons long, separate, foot and
labial palps very large, pallial sinus deep, two adductor muscles.
Fam. 1.Tellinidae.—External branchial fold directed
dorsally, foot with byssogenous slit, but no byssus, branchiae small;
shell compressed, equivalve, ligament external, at least two cardinals
in each valve, laterals variable. Cretaceous——. Principal genera:
Tellina (with many sections), Gastrana.
Fam. 2.Scrobiculariidae.—Animal as in Tellina;
shell orbiculate or long oval, equivalve, hinge-teeth weak,
ligament in an internal cavity. Tertiary——. Principal genera:
Scrobicularia, Syndosmya, Theora, Cumingia,
Semele.
Fam. 3.Donacidae.—External branchial fold directed
ventrally; shell equivalve, subtriangular, solid, smooth, two or
three cardinals in each valve, laterals variable, ligament external.
Jurassic——. Genera: Donax, Iphigenia, Isodonta.
Fig. 306.—Tellina rastellum Hanl., East
Indies.>
Fam. 4.Tancrediidae.—Shell donaciform, ligament
external, cardinals usually two in each valve, posterior laterals
strong. Trias——. Genera: Tancredia (Secondary strata),
Hemidonax.
Fam. 5.Cardiliidae.—Shell heart-shaped, hinge as in
Mactridae, posterior adductor resting on a myophore or shelf. Single
genus, Cardilia. Tertiary——.
Fam. 6.Mesodesmatidae.—Mantle edges largely united,
with three orifices, foot byssiferous or not; shell regular or
irregular, usually one cardinal and strong lateral teeth. Tertiary——.
Genera: Mesodesma, Ervilia.
Fam. 7.Mactridae.—External branchial fold directed
ventrally, siphons fused, foot tongue-shaped; shell equivalve,
triangular-oval, hinge with ligament in an internal fossette, another
portion external, a bifurcated cardinal tooth in the left valve,
fitting into a branching tooth in the right valve, laterals present.
Jurassic——. Genera: Nactra, Harvella, Raëta,
Eastonia, Heterocardia, Vanganella.
Sub-order III.Veneracea.—Branchiae slightly folded,
foot compressed, siphons generally short, pallial line variable, two
adductor muscles.
Fam. 1.Veneridae.—Siphons free or partly united,
foot seldom byssiferous; shell solid, equivalve, hinge usually with
three cardinal teeth, laterals variable. Jurassic——. Principal
genera: Cytherea, Circe; Grateloupia (Tertiary),
Meroe, Dosinia (= Artemis), Cyprimeria,
Cyclina, Venus, Clementia, Lucinopsis;
Thetis (Cretaceous), Tapes, Venerupis.
Fam. 2.Petricolidae.—Animal perforating rocks; shell
oval, slightly gaping behind, two or three cardinals, no laterals,
pallial sinus well marked. Recent——. Genera: Petricola,
Naranio.
Fig. 307.—Cytherea dione Lam., Peru.
Fam. 3.Glaucomyidae.—Siphons long, united, foot
small; shell produced, thin, hinge with three cardinals, no laterals,
pallial sinus well marked. Recent——. Genus, Glaucomya (incl.
Tanysiphon).
Sub-order IV.Cardiacea.—Branchiae much folded back,
mantle edges with three apertures, foot cylindroidal, more or less
produced, siphons present or absent, one or two adductor muscles,
pallial line variable.
Fam. 1.Cardiidae.—Siphons rather long, foot long,
no byssus; shell equivalve, more or less radiately ribbed, hinge
with one or two cardinals in each valve, laterals variable, ligament
external, two adductors. Brackish water or marine. Devonian——.
Genera: Byssocardium and Lithocardium (Tertiary),
Conocardium (Palaeozoic), Cardium (with many
sections, including Hemicardium), Limnocardium (subg.
Didacna, Monodacna, Adacna).
Fig. 308.—Cardium (Hemicardium)
cardissa L., East Indies.
Fam. 2.Lunulicardiidae.—Shell equivalve, very
inequilateral subtriangular, anterior margin short or truncated, with a
deep lunule. Single genus, Lunulicardium (Palaeozoic).
Fam. 3.Tridacnidae.—Mantle orifices widely separated,
foot short, byssiferous, no anterior adductor; shell equivalve,
large, thick, usually gaping in front, one cardinal tooth and one or
two posterior laterals in each valve, no pallial sinus. Miocene——.
Genera: Tridacna, Hippopus. The muscular power of the
great Tridacna is immense. Once caught between their gaping
valves, a man’s hand or foot can scarcely be withdrawn. Two valves of
T. gigas in the British Museum weigh respectively 154 and 156
lbs.
Fam. 4.Chamidae.—Mantle orifices widely separated,
foot short, no byssus, both adductors present, ovary invading the
mantle lobes; shell fixed, irregularly inequivalve, umbones spiral,
ligament external, cardinal teeth often a mere ridge, anterior lateral
strong, nearly central, no pallial sinus. Jurassic——. Genera:
Chama; Diceras (Jurassic), attached by one umbo, umbones
very prominent, teeth strong; Heterodiceras (Jurassic),
Requienia (Cretaceous), left valve widely spiral, attached by
the umbo, right valve small, fitting on the other as an operculum,
teeth obsolete; Toucasia, Apricardia, Matheronia
(all Secondary strata).
Fig. 309.—A, Requienia ammonea
Goldf., Neocomian, × ½; B, Hippurites cornu-vaccinum
Goldf., Cretaceous, × ¼. a, right valve; f, point of
fixture. (From Zittel.)
The four succeeding families require special study in a work on
Palaeontology.
Fam. 5.Monopleuridae.—Shell very inequivalve, left
valve operculiform, right conical or spiral, fixed at the apex,
ligament prolonged in external grooves. Cretaceous——. Genera:
Monopleura, Valletia.
Fam. 6.Caprinidae.—Shell very inequivalve, thick,
free or fixed by apex of right valve, which is spiral or conical, left
valve spiral or not, often perforated by radial canals from the umbo
to the free margin. Neocomian and Cretaceous——. Principal genera:
Plagioptychus, Caprina, Ichthyosarcolites,
Caprotina, Polyconites.
Fam. 7.Hippuritidae (= Rudistae).—Shell very
inequivalve, externally as in Caprinidae, umbo central in left valve,
no ligament proper, left valve with strong hinge-teeth and grooves, two
adductor impressions on prominent myophores, shell structure of the
two valves differing. Cretaceous only. Single genus, Hippurites
(Fig. 309, B).
Fam. 8.Radiolitidae.—Shell inversely conical,
biconical, or cylindrical, general aspect of Hippurites, umbo of
left valve central or lateral, right valve with a thick outer layer,
often foliaceous, umbonal cavity partitioned off by laminae. Cretaceous
only. Genera: Radiolites, Biradiolites.
Sub-order V.Myacea.—Branchiae much folded back, mantle
edges usually with three openings, foot compressed, siphons large,
united or not, two adductor muscles, pallial line variable.
Fam. 1.Psammobiidae.—Siphons long, not united,
foot large, not byssiferous; shell equivalve, long, oval, slightly
gaping at the ends, ligament external, prominent, two cardinal teeth
in each valve, no laterals, a deep pallial sinus. Jurassic——.
Genera: Psammobia, Solenotellina, Sanguinolaria,
Asaphis, Elizia, Quenstedtia (Jurassic).
Fam. 2.Myidae.—Pedal orifice small, siphons
long, united in great part; shell inequivalve, gaping at one or
both ends, periostracum more or less extensive, ligament internal,
resting on a prominent shelf; hinge-teeth variable. Cretaceous——.
Genera: Mya, Tugonia, Sphenia, Corbula,
Lutraria (for which latter some propose a separate family).
Fam. 3.Solenidae.—Foot long, powerful, more or
less cylindrical, no byssus, siphons usually short, united or not,
branchiae narrow; shell equivalve, long and narrow, gaping at both
ends, with periostracum, umbones flattened, ligament external,
hinge-teeth variable.? Devonian——. Genera: Solecurtus,
Pharella, Pharus, Cultellus, Siliqua,
Ensis, Solen, Orthonota (?), Palaeosolen
(?).
Fam. 4.Glycimeridae.—Pedal orifice very narrow,
siphons long, united in great part, often covered with periostracum;
shell more or less equivalve, gaping at both ends, hinge toothless or
with two weak cardinals, ligament external; animal free or perforating.
Cretaceous——. Genera: Glycimeris, Saxicava,
Cyrtodaria.
Fam. 5.Gastrochaenidae.—Foot small, cylindrical,
no byssus, branchiae narrow, siphons long; shell perforating or
cemented to a shelly tube, gaping widely on the anterior and ventral
sides, no hinge-teeth, a deep pallial sinus. Cretaceous——. Genera:
Gastrochaena, Fistulana (tube with a median diaphragm,
perforated by the siphons).
Sub-order VI.Pholadacea.—Mantle edges largely closed,
siphons long, united, foot short, truncated, disc-shaped, ligament
absent, two adductor muscles; animal perforating.
Fam. 1.Pholadidae.—Organs contained within the
valves, ctenidia prolonged into the branchial siphon, shell more or
less gaping, thin, dorsal margin in part reflected over the umbones,
one or more dorsal accessory pieces, no hinge-teeth, an interior
apophysis proceeding from the umbonal cavity. Jurassic——. Genera:
Pholas, Talona, Pholadidea (posterior extremity
of the valves prolonged by a corneous appendage, a passage to the
long tube of Teredo), Jouannetia, Xylophaga,
Martesia; Teredina (Eocene).
Fam. 2.Teredinidae.—Animal vermiform, ctenidia
mainly within the branchial siphon, siphons very long, with two
calcareous appendages (“pallets”) near the anterior end, shell
very small, continued into a long calcareous tube, valves deeply
notched, internal apophysis as in Pholadidae. Lias——. Single genus,
Teredo (Fig. 310).
Sub-order VII.Anatinacea.—External branchial fold
directed dorsally, not reflected, sexes united, ovaries and testes with
separate orifices, mantle edges largely united, byssus usually absent,
two adductor muscles, pallial line variable, shell usually nacreous
within.
Fam. 1.Pandoridae.—Siphons short, largely united,
foot tongue-shaped; shell free or fixed, inequivalve, semi-lunar, or
subtriangular, ligament often with calcareous ossicle, pallial line
complete or with slight sinus. Cretaceous——. Genera: Pandora,
Myodora, Myochama.
Fam. 2.Chamostreidae.—Shell fixed, Chama-like,
thick, umbones spiral, ligament with ossicle. Single genus,
Chamostrea.
Fam. 3.Verticordiidae.—Siphons not prolonged; shell
heart-shaped, umbones prominent, spiral, ligament with an ossicle,
pallial line complete. Miocene——. Genera: Verticordia,
Mytilimeria, Lyonsiella.
Fam. 4.Lyonsiidae.—Foot short, byssiferous, siphons
short, separate, shell inequivalve, hinge-teeth usually absent,
ligament and ossicle in an internal groove. Eocene——. Single genus,
Lyonsia.
Fig. 311.—Myochama Stutchburyi A. Ad.,
attached to Circe undatina Lam., Moreton Bay.
Fam. 5.Ceromyidae.—Shell inequivalve, large, heart-
or wedge-shaped, hinge toothless, ligament internal in one valve,
external in the other. Secondary strata——. Genera: Ceromya,
Gresslya.
Fam. 7.Anatinidae.—A fourth (?byssal) pallial
orifice, siphons long, separate or fused; shell thin, sometimes
inequivalve, exterior often granulose, ligament often with ossicle,
hinge toothless or with lamellae. Jurassic——. Genera: Anatina,
Plectomya (Secondary), Periploma, Cochlodesma,
Thracia, Tyleria, Alicia, Asthenothaerus.
Fam. 8.Grammysiidae.—Shell equivalve, oval, ligament
external, cardinal margin straight, toothless, pallial line complete.
Palaeozoic——. Principal genus, Grammysia, with many other
genera of toothless hinge, but whose exact affinities are uncertain.
Fam. 9.Praecardiidae.—Shell thin, equivalve or not,
radiately ribbed, margins dentated, sub-umbonal area as in Arca, hinge
toothless. Palaeozoic——. Principal genus, Praecardium.
Fam. 10.Pholadomyidae.—A fourth pallial orifice,
siphons very long, united, foot small; shell thin, equivalve, with
radiating ribs, ligament external, hinge toothless, pallial line
sinuate. Jurassic——. Single genus, Pholadomya.
Fam. 11.Clavagellidae.—Foot rudimentary, siphons
long, united, contained in a long calcareous tube; shell small, one
or both valves soldered in the tube, tube with a centrally fissured
disc at the anterior end, more or less frilled at the posterior
end. Cretaceous——. Genera: Clavagella, Brechites (=
Aspergillum).
Order V. Septibranchiata
Mantle edges united at three points, branchiae replaced by a muscular
septum extending from the anterior adductor to the point of separation
of the siphons, septum with symmetrical orifices.
Fam. 1.Poromyidae.—Branchial septum with groups
of lamellae between the orifices, labial palps large, foot long and
narrow, siphons short, papillose, separated, animal hermaphrodite;
shell small, slightly inequivalve, rounded or oblong, nacreous within.
Eocene——. Genera: Poromya, Silenia.
Fam. 2.Cuspidariidae.—Siphons long, united in part,
foot short, animal dioecious; shell small, slightly inequivalve,
rostrate, not nacreous, each valve with ligamentary cartilage
spoon-shaped, with a calcareous ossicle, cardinal and lateral teeth
present or absent. Jurassic——. Single genus, Cuspidaria, with
many sections.
BRACHIOPODA
PART I
RECENT BRACHIOPODA
BY
ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A.
Fellow and Tutor of Christ’s College, Cambridge
CHAPTER XVII RECENT BRACHIOPODA — Introduction — The Body — The Digestive System — The Body Cavity — The Circulatory System — The Excretory Organs — The Stalk and Muscles — The Nervous System — The Reproductive System — The Embryology — Habits — Distribution in Space — Classification
The group Brachiopoda owes its chief interest to the immense variety
and great antiquity of its fossil forms. Whereas at the present time
the number of extant species amounts to but about 120, Davidson in
his admirable monograph[410] on the British Fossil Brachiopoda has
enumerated close upon 1000 fossil species, found within the limits of
the United Kingdom alone.
The amount of interest that the group in question has excited amongst
naturalists is evinced by the invaluable Bibliography of Brachiopoda,
prepared by the same author and his friend W. H. Dalton.[411] This
monument of patient research contains over 160 quarto pages, each with
the titles of from eighteen to twenty separate papers dealing with
Brachiopods, published between the years 1606 and 1885.
Probably the first reference to Brachiopods in zoological literature
is to be found in a work entitled Aquatilium et Terrestrium aliquot
Animalium, published in the year 1606 by Prince Fabio Colonna
at Rome. This work contains the first description of a Brachiopod
under the name of Concha diphya. In a second edition, which
is not so rare in our libraries as the first, the author mentions
three more species of Brachiopods. Towards the end of the same
century, Martin Lister of Oxford, in his Historia sive Synopsis
methodica Conchyliorum which appeared in parts, described and
figured a considerable number of Brachiopods, which, under the name of
Anomia, were until the present century regarded as Molluscs, and
placed in the subdivision Pelecypoda (Lamellibranchiata).
The first satisfactory figure and description of a Terebratula
were published in the year 1766, in Pallas’ Miscellanea
Zoologica, still under the name Anomia. In 1781 O. F. Müller
figured a Crania, under the name Patella anomala, the
generic name being subsequently altered by Cuvier into Orbicula.
Bruguière in the year 1789 was the first to recognise the relationship
between Lingula and the other Brachiopods. He for the first time
saw the stalk of this genus, and compared it with that of the stalked
Barnacles, a class of animals which has been more than once associated
with our group.
Cuvier in his Mémoire sur l’Anatomie de la Lingule, 1797, gave
the first account of the internal anatomy of a Brachiopod. The same
naturalist first described the nephridia, although his mistake in
considering them lateral hearts was not rectified until the middle of
the present century, when Huxley pointed out that these structures
serve as excretory ducts for the genital products.
Duméril in 1807 proposed the somewhat unfortunate name of Brachiopoda;
and although efforts have been made by de Blainville, who suggested
Palliobranchiata, and more recently by Haeckel, who proposed
Spirobranchiata, to arrive at a name which would be both grammatically
and physiologically more correct, the older name has maintained its
position, and is now universally in use.
In 1834 and 1835 Professor Owen published the results of his researches
into the anatomy of the Brachiopoda. He investigated in these years
the structure of Waldheimia flavescens, of a species of
Lingula and of a Discina, called by him Orbicula.
He regarded the group as midway between the Pelecypoda and the
Ascidians. The structure of Lingula was further investigated by
Carl Vogt, who in 1851 also supported the view that the Brachiopoda
were related to the Mollusca. But already in 1847 and 1848 Steenstrup
had thrown doubts upon this relationship, and had maintained that the
Order was more closely related to certain members of the Chaetopoda,
a view which afterwards found its ablest supporter in the American
naturalist Morse.
D’Orbigny seems to have been the first observer who drew attention
to the resemblances alleged to exist between the Brachiopoda and the
Polyzoa, and Hancock, in his masterly works On the Anatomy of the
Fresh-water Bryozoa (Polyzoa) and in his Organisation
of the Brachiopoda, dwelt on these resemblances, and placed the
Brachiopoda between the Polyzoa on the one hand and the Ascidians on
the other; a collocation which subsequently resulted in their inclusion
in the now discarded group of Molluscoidea.
In 1854 Huxley[412] published what is, with the possible exception of
Hancock’s monograph, mentioned above, the most important work upon the
anatomy of the Brachiopoda with which we are acquainted. He corrected
numerous errors of his predecessors and added many new facts to our
knowledge of the group. He was the first to describe the true nature
of the lateral hearts of Cuvier, and to describe the true heart,
afterwards so carefully figured by Hancock.
A further step was made in 1860 and 1861 by the discovery and
description of the larvae of Brachiopoda, by F. Müller and
Lacaze-Duthiers. Since that time we owe what little advance has been
made in the embryology of the group to the researches of Morse and of
Kowalevsky.
Modern methods of research—section cutting, etc.—were first applied
to the group by the Dutch naturalist, van Bemmelen,[413] from whose
admirable historical account of our knowledge of the group many of the
above facts have been gathered. These methods have thrown considerable
light upon the histology of the group, but have not added very much to
our knowledge of the structure or the affinities of the Brachiopoda.
The modern views as to the latter point may be best discussed after
some account of the anatomy of the various genera has been given.
The Shell
The body of a Brachiopod is enclosed within a bivalve shell, but the
two halves are not, as they are in the Pelecypoda, one on each side
of the body, but occupy a different position with regard to the main
axes of the body. What this position is, has formed the subject of a
good deal of discussion. For our purpose, however, it will suffice
to distinguish the two valves by the most commonly accepted terms of
dorsal and ventral. The former is, as a rule, the smaller
of the two, and usually lies on the lower surface of the animal in
life. Adopting the orientation indicated above, the stalk by means of
which the Brachiopoda are attached to the rocks and stones, etc., upon
which they live, becomes posterior, and the broader edge of the two
shells, which are capable of being opened to some extent, is anterior.
Fig. 312.—Four specimens of Terebratulina
caput serpentis, attached to a waterlogged piece of wood, from the
Clyde area.
The posterior end of the shell usually narrows, and the ventral valve
projects behind the dorsal, and may be produced into a sort of beak
or funnel, through the aperture of which the stalk protrudes. This
aperture may be completed by the ventral shell, or the latter may only
be notched, in which case the hole is completed by the posterior edge
of the dorsal shell.
The nature of the shell has been used in classifying the group into two
orders:—
I. The Ecardines, whose shell is chitinous but slightly
strengthened by a deposit of calcareous salts. There is no hinge
and no internal supports for the arms. The alimentary canal
terminates in an anus.
II. The Testicardines, whose shells are composed of calcareous
spicules. The valves are hinged together, and there is usually
an internal skeleton supporting the arms. There is no anus.
The outside of the shell of recent Brachiopods is often smooth, but
many are ridged. In a recent species, Rhynchonella Döderleini
from Japan, Davidson[414] has described a number of spines arranged
in concentric circles on the ribbed shell. They are not so long as
the spines irregularly scattered on the shell of Rh. spinosa
from the Jurassic formations. Some shells are brightly coloured, as,
for instance, the various species of Cistella which live on
the coralline rock in the Mediterranean; these exhibit bands or rays
of alternate orange and bright pink. On the other hand, the shells of
Terebratula vitrea are of a slightly translucent white, and of
the utmost delicacy. They are very large, so that the cavity within
the valves is of much greater size than the body of the animal, but
in other genera the soft parts are packed very closely, and there is
but a very small mantle-cavity or space within the shell unoccupied
by the body of the animal. It is, however, more common for the shells
of Brachiopods to be of a dull yellowish colour, and to be somewhat
massive. Most species are attached by a pedicle or stalk to some rock
or stone at the bottom of the sea, but in some, as in Crania,
the ventral valve becomes closely adherent to its support, so much
so that it is difficult, or impossible, to remove the animal without
leaving the ventral valve behind. Lingula, like Crania,
one of the Ecardines, lives in sand (Fig. 321, p. 483), and does not
use its long pedicle to adhere to any fixed object. . The outline
of the shell varies extremely. It may be almost round or prolonged
along either axis; the edges of the valves may be smooth or fluted in
correspondence with the ridges and grooves of the outside of the shell.
Fig. 313.—Three specimens of Crania
anomala on a stone dredged in Loch Fyne. The topmost specimen is
seen in profile.
On the inner surface of the shell of the Testicardinate Brachiopoda,
at the hinder end of the ventral valve, are two lateral teeth, which
fit into corresponding sockets in the dorsal valve. These form a hinge,
which in many cases is so arranged as to permit the shell to be opened
to only a very limited extent. There are also certain plate-like
processes which project into the lumen of the shell, and help to
support various portions of the body; and in Terebratula,
Waldheimia, etc., these form a complicated band-like loop, which
increases in complexity with advancing age, and serves to support the
arms. In the extinct Spirifera the internal skeleton takes
the form of two spirally coiled lamellae, which almost entirely fill
the cavity of the shell; the apices of the spirals point outwards
(Fig. 330). The inner surface of the shell also bears the marks of the
insertion of the numerous muscles which govern its movements.
Microscopic examination of thin sections of the shell shows that it
consists of small prisms or spicules of calcareous substance, whose
long axis lies, roughly speaking, at right angles to the surface of
the shell. These spicules are held together by an organic matrix, in
which, however, no cellular elements can be detected. In sections made
through a decalcified shell the position of the spicules which have
been dissolved by the acid is indicated by spaces, and the matrix
remains as a network of fibrils, which end on the outside in a thin
cuticular layer of organic matter. In Lingula and Discina
the organic matter takes a much larger share in the formation of the
shell, which in these genera consists of a number of alternating layers
of horny and calcareous matter. The former is described by Gratiolet
as fibrillated, the fibrils being obliquely placed, whilst the latter
consists of a number of small prisms set at right angles to the surface
of the shell.
In many genera, as in Terebratula, Terebratella,
Cistella, Waldheimia, Crania, etc., the shell is
pierced by a number of small canals (Fig. 314), which in the dried
specimens form so many open pores, but in the living animal contain
prolongations of the mantle or body wall which secretes the shell.
They contain extensions of the layer of epithelial cells which lines
and secretes the shell. The canals come to the surface and at their
outer end are often slightly swollen. They are closed by the cuticular
layer which is mentioned above as covering the shell externally. They
are not found in the loops or other internal processes of the shell.
In Crania the canals depart to some extent from the usual type;
instead of running a straight course to a somewhat swollen outer end,
they break up into a number of very fine branching tubules, which
form a very minute meshwork near the surface of the shell. These fine
branches contain protoplasmic fibrils, which have their origin in the
epithelial cells which lie in the tubules.
By carefully counting the number of tubules in a given area of young
and old specimens of Waldheimia cranium, van Bemmelen[415]
was able to show that the spaces between the tubules did not increase
with age. He therefore reasoned that the shells of Brachiopoda do not
increase by intussusception, and that their increase in size must be
entirely due to additions made round their free edge.
The function of the tubules has been a matter of some discussion.
They have been regarded as respiratory organs, but it would seem more
reasonable to suppose that they serve as organs to supply nourishment,
etc., to the organic matrix of the shell.[416]
With the exception of the genus Crania, it is usual for
Brachiopods to bear round the edge of their mantle rows or bundles
of chitinous setae or bristles (Figs. 315 and 319). The length and
arrangement of these structures vary in the different species; they are
secreted from little pits in the edge of the mantle. It seems probable
that they serve to some extent as organs of defence, especially in the
larva, where they make their appearance at an early stage; possibly
they also serve as a filter, and prevent the entrance of foreign bodies
into the shell. Their presence has been taken to indicate a certain
degree of affinity between Brachiopods and Chaetopods, since setae are
very characteristic of the last-named group.
The shell of a Brachiopod is secreted partly by the general surface of
the body which is situated at the hinder end of the shell, and partly
by the two leaf-like extensions of the body, which are termed the
dorsal and ventral mantles. These are, in fact, folds of the body wall,
and into them the body cavity and certain of its contents, such as the
liver and generative glands, etc., extend. The space between the two
folds of the mantle, which is limited behind by the anterior wall of
the body, is termed the pallial or mantle cavity. On each side of the
middle line the anterior wall of the body is produced into two “arms,”
which occupy as a rule a considerable part of the mantle cavity. These
arms may be but flattened portions of the general body wall, which
occupies a large part of what in other genera is the mantle of the
dorsal valve, as in Cistella and Argiope;[417] or they
may be outgrowths of the body wall in the form of long processes, which
are coiled and twisted in a very characteristic manner in the various
genera. In any case the cross section of the arm shows a groove, one
side of which forms a continuous lip, and the other takes the form
of a single row of tentacles, which are richly ciliated and capable
of considerable movement. The whole arm in Rhynchonella can
be protruded from the shell, as was noted years ago by O. F. Müller,
and although his statement to this effect has often been doubted, its
truth was confirmed by Professor Morse,[418] who writes: “In the year
1872, while studying living Rhynchonella in the St. Lawrence,
I observed a specimen protrude its arms to a distance of 4 c.m.
beyond the anterior borders of the shell, a distance nearly equalling
twice the length of the shell.” The same observer also mentions that
Lingula has the power of partially protruding its arms. In most
genera the cirrhi or tentacles can alone be protruded.
Fig. 314.—View of the left half of
Cistella (Argiope) neapolitana, which has been cut
in two by a median longitudinal incision, to show the disposition of
the organs. Partly diagrammatic. The inorganic part of the shell only
is shown. The tubular extensions of the mantle and the organic outer
layer are not indicated, and hence the pores appear open.
1. The ventral valve.
2. The dorsal valve.
3. The stalk.
4. The mouth.
5. Lip which overhangs the mouth and runs all round the tentacular arms.
6. Tentacles.
7. Ovary in dorsal valve.
8. Liver diverticula.
9. Occlusor muscle; its double origin is shown.
10. Internal opening of left nephridium.
11. External opening of left nephridium.
12. Ventral adjuster. The line from 10 crosses the dorsal adjuster.
13. Divaricator muscle.
The cilia which clothe the tentacles keep up a constant flow of water
into the mantle cavity. This stream not only serves to aerate the blood
of the animals—a process which probably takes place through the thin
inner lining of the mantle—but it also brings with it a number of
diatoms and other minute organisms which serve as food. These particles
become entangled in the tentacles, and are ultimately lodged in the
groove at their base, and passing along this by the action of the cilia
they find their way into the wide mouth, into which the groove deepens
in the posterior median line.
The mouth leads into an oesophagus; this widens into a chamber which
may be termed the stomach (Fig. 314), and which receives the openings
of two large branching glands usually known as the liver. The stomach
passes into a short intestine which is usually bent at about a
right angle with the oesophagus. In the Testicardines the intestine
ends blindly, but in the Ecardines it is of much greater length,
and terminates in an anus, situated posteriorly in the median line
in Crania, but asymmetrical and to the right of the body in
Lingula (Fig. 315) and Discina; in both cases, however,
the opening is into a portion of the mantle cavity. The alimentary
canal is supported by a median dorsal and ventral mesentery, and by two
pairs of lateral mesenteries which pass to the body wall. The lateral
mesenteries are not always quite distinct. When they are, the anterior
pair are known as the gastro-parietal bands, and the posterior as the
ileo-parietal. In Rhynchonella there are two pairs of renal
organs, and each of these mesenteries bears the internal openings of
one pair. In all other Brachiopods there is only one pair, and they are
supported by the ileo-parietal bands.
The alimentary canal is ciliated throughout, and some interesting
observations have been made by Schulgin[419] on the shortening of
these cilia in Argiope (Cistella) when the animal is
well fed, and their elongation when the animal is hungry. Amongst
the ciliated cells certain glandular cells have been described. The
so-called liver consists of two more or less branching glands, which
open by wide apertures, one on each side of the stomach. It seems
probable that a good deal of digestion is carried on in these glands,
since the diatoms and other minute organisms upon which the Brachiopoda
live are usually found in the branches of these glands, and the
glandular cells lining the tubules vary much in appearance according to
the animal’s state of nutrition.
The alimentary canal and liver occupy a considerable portion of the
body cavity or general space of the body; this space is to some extent
cut up by the various mesenteries above mentioned. It also lodges the
reproductive organs and the excretory ducts. Its walls are ciliated,
and the action of the cilia keeps in motion the corpusculated fluid
that bathes the various organs in the body cavity. The mantles, which
are nothing but flattened leaf-like extensions of the body wall lining
the shell, also contain diverticula of the body cavity, which may be
simple flattered spaces or may be broken up into definite channels, as
in Lingula (Fig. 315). It seems not improbable that the body
cavity fluid is aerated through the thin inner layer of the mantle.
Fig. 315.—View of the inner side of a valve
of Lingula anatifera (after François), to show the definite
arrangement of the channels in the mantle: a, position of mouth;
b, position of anus.
Running along the base of each arm are two canals, a small one at the
base of the tentacles, which we may term the tentacular canal, and a
larger one, the canal of the lip. The former sends a prolongation into
each tentacle. The latter is, according to Blochmann, a closed canal
in Crania, Lingula, Rhynchonella, and others;
but according to Joubin,[420] it communicates in Crania at one
point with the tentacular canal. It is probably originally a part of
the body cavity. Blochmann[421] states in very definite terms that in
Crania neither the large canal nor the small canal communicates
with the general body cavity, but he admits that in Lingula the
small canal opens into that space.
The details of the discovery of the central circulatory organ of
Brachiopods form a curious and instructive chapter in the history of
modern morphological inquiry. Hancock, in his monograph on the group,
described and figured on the dorsal surface of the alimentary canal a
well-developed heart, which had been previously noticed by Huxley, who
first showed that the organs which up to his time had been regarded
as hearts were in reality excretory organs. In connexion with this
heart Hancock described numerous arteries, distributed to various
parts of the body. The observers who have written upon the anatomy of
Brachiopods since Hancock’s time, in spite of the fact that they had
at their disposal such refined methods of research as section cutting,
which was quite unknown at the time his monograph was written, have
almost all failed to find this circulatory system, and many of them
have been tempted to deny its existence. Blochmann,[422] however,
in the year 1885 stated that he had found the heart, and had seen
it pulsating in several species of Brachiopoda which he had rapidly
opened whilst alive. Joubin has also described it in large specimens
of Waldheimia venosa, and recently Blochmann has published
a detailed account of his work on this subject. Both these authors
describe the heart as a vesicle with muscular walls, situated dorsal to
the alimentary canal. From this, according to Blochmann, a vessel—the
branchio-visceral of Hancock—runs forward as a triangular split in the
dorsal mesentery supporting the alimentary canal. This vessel divides
into two at the oesophagus, and passing through some lacunae in the
walls of this tube, opens into the tentacular canal, and consequently
supplies the tentacles with blood. These two canals which diverge
from the median artery are connected ventrally by a vessel which runs
below the oesophagus; the latter is therefore surrounded by a vascular
ring. Blochmann also describes two pairs of vessels that were seen
and figured by Hancock. A pair of these pass over the gastro-parietal
mesenteries and into the dorsal mantle sinus, the second pair pass
over the ileo-parietal mesenteries and into the ventral mantle sinus;
each of these four arteries runs to one of the four generative
glands, which, as is so usually the case in the animal kingdom, have
thus a specially rich blood supply. If this description should prove
to be correct, the vascular system of Brachiopods shows a striking
resemblance to that of the closed vascular system of the unarmed
Gephyrea, except that the former group has specialised genital vessels.
The blood is colourless.
Joubin’s description of the vascular system of W. venosa differs
in some respects from that of Blochmann. He regards the heart as
collecting the lymph which it receives from numerous lacunar spaces in
the walls of the alimentary canal, and distributing it through various
vessels, which in the main correspond with those of Blochmann, and
which run both to the “arms” and to the generative glands. The latter
vessels, however, open freely into the body cavity, and the fluid which
is forced out from their openings freely bathes the organs found in
the body cavity. Whichever of these accounts should prove to be more
closely in accordance with the facts, there is little doubt that in
addition to the true blood there is a corpusculated fluid in the body
cavity which is to some extent kept in motion by the ciliated cells
that line its walls.
The excretory organs (kidneys) which were at one time regarded by
Cuvier and Owen as hearts, are typical nephridia—that is to say, they
are tubes with glandular excretory walls which open at one end by a
wide but flattened funnel-shaped opening into the body cavity, and
at the other end by a circular pore to the exterior (Fig. 314). In
Rhynchonella, where there are two pairs of these tubes,—the
only evidence that the group presents of any metameric repetition of
parts,—the inner ends of the anterior pair are supported by the
gastro-parietal mesenteries, and those of the posterior pair by the
ileo-parietal mesenteries. In all other Brachiopods the posterior pair
alone exists. The external opening of these nephridia is near the base
of the anus; in Cistella it is at the bottom of a brood-pouch
formed by the tucking in of the body wall in this neighbourhood, and in
this brood-pouch the eggs develop until the larval stage is reached.
The walls of these nephridia are lined by ciliated cells, amongst
which are some excretory cells, in which numerous brown and yellow
concretions are to be seen; these are probably the nitrogenous excreta
of the animal, and pass out of the body, being washed away by the
stream of water which is constantly passing between the shells.
As in so many other animals, the nephridia act as genital ducts, and
through them the ova and spermatozoa, which break off from the genital
glands and fall into the body cavity, find their way to the outer world.
The body cavity of a Brachiopod is traversed by several pairs of
muscles, which are very constant in position, and whose contraction
serves to open and close the shell, to move the animal upon its stalk,
and to govern the movements of the arms.
The stalk is absent in Crania, and the members of this genus
are attached to the rocks on which they are found by the whole surface
of their ventral valve. In Lingula (Fig. 315) the stalk is
long and hollow, containing what is probably a portion of the body
cavity, surrounded by muscular walls. Lingula is not a fixed
form, but lives half-buried in the sand of the sea-shore (Fig. 321).
Discina, the other member of the Ecardines, has a peduncle which
pierces the ventral valve and fixes the animal to its support. Amongst
the Testicardines, Thecidium is also fixed to its supports
by the surface of its ventral valve; the other genera, however, are
provided with stalks, which, being the means of the fixation of the
animals, become at the same time the fixed points upon which their
very limited movements can be effected. The stalk protrudes through
the notch or aperture at the posterior end of the ventral valve,
and it probably belongs to the ventral side of the body. It is in
Cistella, and doubtless in other genera, in close organic
connexion with both valves, and it seems to consist of an unusually
large development of the supporting tissue which occurs so frequently
in the body of Brachiopods. The surface of the peduncle is produced
into several irregularities and projections which fit into any
depressions of the rock upon which the animal is fixed.
In Cistella there are four pairs of muscles, two connected with
opening and closing the shell, and two with the movement of the body
upon the stalk (Fig. 314). The most considerable of these muscles are
the two occlusors, which have their origin, one on each side of the
middle line of the dorsal valve, and their insertion by means of a
tendon into the ventral valve. In the species in question each of these
muscles arises by a double head, the two muscles thus formed probably
representing the anterior and posterior occlusors of other forms. The
contraction of these muscles undoubtedly serves to close the shell,
which is opened by a small pair of divaricators arising from the
ventral valve, and inserted into a portion of the dorsal shell which
is posterior to the axis of the hinge. Contraction of these muscles
would thus serve to approximate the posterior edges of the valves and
divaricate the anterior edges and thus to open the shell.
The adjustors are four in number, a ventral pair running from the
ventral valve to be inserted into the stalk, and a corresponding dorsal
pair from the dorsal valve. The simultaneous contraction of either pair
would tend to raise the valve, whilst the alternate contraction of the
muscles of each side would tend to rotate the shell upon the peduncle.
The muscles of Waldheimia flavescens are shown in Fig. 329, and
described briefly on p. 502.
The muscles of the Ecardines differ from those of the Testicardines
inasmuch as they do not terminate in a tendon, but the muscle fibres
run straight from shell to shell. They are also more numerous. In
Crania there is an anterior and a posterior pair of occlusor
muscles, and two pairs of oblique muscles, which seem when they
contract together to move the dorsal shell forwards, or when they
contract alternately to slightly rotate it. In this genus there are
also a pair of protractors and a pair of retractors, and two levators
of the arms, whose function is to draw forward or retract the arms, and
an unpaired median or levator ani muscle. In addition to these bundles
of muscles there are certain muscles in the body wall, and it seems
probable that by their contraction, when the adductors are relaxed,
the body may become somewhat thicker and the valves of the shells will
slightly open.
Fig. 316.—A semi-diagrammatic figure of the
muscular system of Crania (after Blochmann): a, anterior
occlusor; b, posterior occlusor; c, superior oblique;
d, inferior oblique; e, retractor of the arms; f,
elevator of the arms; g, protractor of the arms; h,
unpaired median muscle. The dorsal valve is uppermost.
In Lingula (Fig. 322) the muscular system is more complicated;
in addition to the anterior (= anterior laterals) and posterior
(= centrals) pairs of occlusors, there is a single divaricator (=
umbonal), whose contractions in conjunction with those of certain
muscles in the body wall press forward the fluid in the body cavity,
and thus force the valves of the shell apart; and there are three pairs
of adjustor muscles. These latter are called respectively the central
(= middle laterals), external (= external laterals), and posterior
(= transmedians) adjustors, whose action adjusts the shells when all
contract together, and brings about a certain sliding movement of the
shells on one another when they act independently of each other.[423]
The nervous system of Brachiopods is not very clearly understood, and
there are considerable discrepancies in the accounts of the various
investigators, even when they are dealing with the same species. So
much, however, seems certain, that there is a nervous ring surrounding
the oesophagus, that this ring is enlarged dorsally, or, in other
words, near the base of the lip, into a small and inconspicuous dorsal
ganglion, and again ventrally or just behind the base of the tentacles
into a ventral or sub-oesophageal ganglion. The latter is, contrary
to what is usual in Invertebrates, of much larger size than the
supra-oesophageal ganglion, but like the last named, it has retained
its primitive connexion with the ectoderm or outermost layer of the
skin. Both ganglia give off a nerve on each side which runs to the
arms and along the base of the tentacles and lips. The sub-oesophageal
ganglion also gives off nerves which supply the dorsal and ventral
folds of the mantle, the muscles, and other parts.
The modified epithelium in connexion with the ganglia may possibly have
some olfactory or tactile function, but beyond this the Brachiopoda
would appear to be devoid of eyes, ears, or any other kind of sense
organs,—a condition of things doubtless correlated with their sessile
habits, and with the presence of a bivalved shell which leaves no part
of their body exposed.
The majority of Brachiopods are bisexual, and many authorities regard
the separation of sex as characteristic of the group; on the other
hand, Lingula pyramidata is stated to be hermaphrodite, and it
is not impossible that other species are in the same condition.
The generative organs are of the typical sort, that is, they are formed
from modified mesoblastic cells lining the body cavity. These cells are
heaped up, usually in four places, and form the four ovaries or testes
as the case may be (Fig. 314). The generative glands usually lie partly
in the general body cavity and partly in the dorsal and ventral mantle
folds, two on each side of the body. Along the axis of the heaped-up
cells runs a blood-vessel, which doubtless serves to nourish the
gland, the outer surface of which is bathed in the perivisceral fluid.
Every gradation can be found between the ripe generative cell and the
ordinary cell lining the body cavity. When the ova and spermatozoa are
ripe they fall off from the ovary and testis respectively into the body
cavity, thence they are conveyed to the exterior through the nephridia.
The ova in certain genera, such as Argiope, Cistella, and
Thecidium, develop in brood-pouches which are either lateral
or median involutions of the body wall in the neighbourhood of the
external opening of the nephridia; they are probably fertilised there
by spermatozoa carried from other individuals in the stream of water
which flows into the shell. In other species the ova are thrown out
into the open sea, and their chances of meeting with a spermatozoon is
much increased by the gregarious habits of their sessile parents, for
as a rule considerable numbers of a given species are found in the same
locality.
We owe what little we know of the Embryology of the group chiefly
to Kowalevsky,[424] Lacaze-Duthiers,[425]
and Morse.[426] The
Russian naturalist worked on Cistella (Argiope)
neapolitana, the French on Thecidium, and the American
chiefly on Terebratulina.
Although this is not known with any certainty, it seems probable that
the eggs of Brachiopods are fertilised after they have been laid, and
not whilst in the body of the mother. The spermatozoa are doubtless
cast out into the sea by the male, and carried to the female by the
currents set up by the cilia clothing the tentacles.
In Thecidium, Cistella, and Argiope the first
stages of development, up to the completion of the larva, take place in
brood-pouches; in Terebratulina the eggs pass out of the shell
of the mother and hang in spermaceti-white clusters from her setae
and on surrounding objects. In the course of a few hours they become
ciliated and swim about freely. The brood-pouch in Thecidium is
median, in the convex lower shell, in Cistella it is paired, and
arises by the pushing in of the lateral walls of the body in the region
just behind the horse-shoe-shaped tentacular arms; the renal ducts,
which also serve as oviducts, open into these lateral recesses.
In the female Thecidium (Fig. 317) the two median tentacles
which lie just behind the mouth are enlarged and their ends somewhat
swollen; they are bent back into the brood-pouch, and to them the
numerous larvae are attached by a short filament inserted into the
second of the four segments into which the larva is divided. In
Cistella a similar filament attaches the larvae to the walls
of the brood-sac; thus they are secured from being washed away by the
currents constantly flowing through the mantle cavity of the mother.
Fig. 317.—Brood-pouch of Thecidium
mediterraneum. (After Lacaze-Duthiers.) Part of the wall of the
pouch has been removed to show the clusters of larvae.
1. Mouth, overhung by lip.
2. One of the two median tentacles which are enlarged and
modified to bear the larvae.
3. Wall of brood-pouch into which the median tentacles are
folded.
4. Larva attached to the swollen end of the tentacles.
In Cistella the larva consists at first of two segments, but
the anterior one divides into two, so that in the free swimming larva
we find three segments, the hindermost somewhat longer and narrower
than the others and destined to form the stalk. About the time of
the appearance of the second segment four red eye-spots arise in the
anterior segment, which tends to become constricted off from the
others, and may now be termed the head. It gradually becomes somewhat
umbrella-shaped, develops cilia all over its surface and a special ring
of large cilia round its edge.
In the meantime the second or mantle segment has grown down and
enveloped the stalk, and four bundles of setae have arisen from its
edge. In this stage the larva leaves its mother’s shell and swims
out into the world of water to look for a suitable place on which to
settle down. This is the only stage in the life history of a Brachiopod
when the animal is locomotor, and can serve to spread its species.
The extreme minuteness of the larva and the short time it spends in
this motile condition probably accounts for the fact that Brachiopods
are extremely localised. Where they do occur they are found in great
numbers, rocks being often almost covered with them, but they are not
found over large areas. When viewed under a microscope the larvae seem
to be moving with surprising rapidity, but judging from the analogy of
other forms, it seems doubtful if they swim a yard in an hour.
Fig. 318.—Young larva of Cistella
neapolitana, showing three segments, two eye-spots, and two bundles
of setae. (After Kowalevsky.)
Fig. 319.—Full-grown larva of Cistella
neapolitana, with umbrella-shaped head, ciliated. (After
Kowalevsky.)
Frequently the larva stands on its head for some time, as if
investigating the nature of the rocks on which it may settle; it
is extremely contractile, turning its head from time to time, and
seldom retaining the same outline for any length of time; the setae
are protruded, and at times stick out in every direction; they are
possibly defensive in function. When fully stretched out the larva is
about ⅓ mm. long, but it frequently shortens its body to two-thirds
of this length. The larvae are of a pinkish red colour, with eye-spots
of ruby red. Their colour renders them difficult to discern when they
are swimming over the red coralline rocks upon which they frequently
settle. After swimming about for a few hours the larva fixes itself
finally, apparently adhering by some secretion produced by the stalk
segment. The folds of the second or body segment then turn forward
over the head, and now form the ventral and dorsal mantle folds; these
at once begin to secrete the shell on their outer surfaces. The head
with its eye-spots must be to some extent absorbed, but what goes on
within the mantle is not accurately known. The setae drop off and the
tentacular arms begin to appear as a thickening on the dorsal lobe of
the mantle. They are at first circular in outline. The various changes
which the larva passes through are well illustrated by Morse for
Terebratulina, which spawns at Eastport, Me., from April till
August. The different stages are represented in outline in Fig. 320,
taken from his paper.
Fig. 320.—Stages in the development of the
larva of Terebratulina septentrionalis. (After Morse.) The
youngest larva has two segments, a third then appears, the larva then
fixes itself, and the second segment folds over the first and develops
bristles round its edge.
There is little to be said about the habits and natural history of the
Brachiopoda. When once the larva has settled down, the animal never
moves from the spot selected; occasionally it may rotate slightly from
side to side on its stalk, and from time to time it opens its shell. As
so frequently is the case with sessile animals, the sense organs are
reduced to a minimum, the eyes of the larva disappear, and the only
communication which the animal has with the world around it is by
means of the currents set up by the cilia on the tentacles.
In spite of the absence of any definite eyes, Thecidium,
according to Lacaze-Duthiers, is sensitive to light; he noticed for
instance that, when his shadow fell across a number of these animals
he was watching in a vessel, their shells, which had been previously
gaping, shut up at once.
In Cistella the tentacles can be protruded from the open shell,
and in Rhynchonella the spirally-coiled arms can be unrolled and
extruded from the shell, but this does not seem to have been observed
in other genera, with the possible exception of Lingula. The
food of these animals consists of minute fragments of animal and
vegetable matter, a very large proportion of it being diatoms and other
small algae.
Fig. 321.—Figures illustrating the tubes in
which Lingula anatifera lives. The upper figure is a view of the
trilobed opening of the tube. The lower figure shows the tube in the
sand laid open and the animal exposed. The dotted line indicates the
position of the body when retracted. The darker portion is the tube of
sand agglutinated by the secretion of the stalk. (After François.)
Lingula differs markedly from the other members of the group,
inasmuch as it is not firmly fixed to a rock or some such body by a
stalk or by one of its valves, but lives in a tube in the sand. Some
recent observations of Mons. P. François[427] on living specimens of
Lingula anatifera which he found living in great numbers on the
sea-shore at Nouméa in New Caledonia may be mentioned. The presence
of the animal is shown by a number of elongated trilobed orifices
which lead into the tube in which the Lingula lives. The
animals, like most other Brachiopods, live well in captivity, and he
was able to watch their habits in the aquaria of his laboratory. The
Lingula place themselves vertically; the anterior end of the
body just reaches the level of the sand; the three lobes into which the
orifice of the tube is divided corresponding with the three brushes of
setae which project from the anterior rim of the mantles. These setae
are described by Morse as projecting in the form of three funnels;
currents of water are seen continually passing in at the side orifices
and out through the central. The tube consists of two portions: an
upper part, which is flattened to correspond with the flat shape of
the body, and a lower part, in which the stalk lies. The upper part is
lined with a layer of mucus, but the sand is not glued together to form
a definite tube. The lower part of the stalk, or the whole when the
animal is contracted, is lodged in a definite tube composed of grains
of sand agglutinated by mucus, probably secreted from the walls of the
stalk. At the least sign of danger the stalk is contracted violently,
and the body is withdrawn to the bottom of the upper portion of the
tube. The rapid retreat of the animal is followed by the collapse of
the sand at the mouth of the tube, and all trace of the presence of the
Lingula is lost.
The shells of this species are frequently rotated through a small angle
upon one another, a movement which is prevented in the Testicardines
by the hinge. In very young transparent specimens François was able
to observe the movements of the fluid in the system of tubules which
penetrate the mantle; these tubules are figured by him, and Fig. 315 is
taken from his illustration.
Davidson in his Monograph on the British Fossil Brachiopoda states
that the largest “recent Brachiopod which has come under my notice is
a specimen of Waldheimia venosa Solander, measuring 3 inches 2
lines in length, by 2 inches in breadth, and 1 inch 11 lines in depth.”
It was found in the outer harbour of Fort William, Falkland Islands,
in 1843. A specimen of Terebratula grandis from the Tertiary
deposits, however, exceeds this in all its dimensions. Its length was
4½ inches, its breadth 3 inches 2 lines, and its depth 2 inches 2 lines.
Brachiopods are very localised; they live in but few places, but when
they are found they usually occur in great numbers. During the cruise
of the Challenger, dredging was conducted at 361 stations; at
only 38 or 39 of these were Brachiopoda brought up. Mr. Cuming, quoted
by Davidson, records that after a great storm in the year 1836, he
collected as many as 20 bushels of Lingula anatifera on the
sea-shore at Manilla, where, he relates, they are used as an article
of food. It has been suggested above that their abundance in certain
localities is due to their limited powers of locomotion, which are
effective but for a few hours, the larva being, moreover, so minute
that unless borne by a current it could not travel far from its parent.
When once settled down it has little to fear from the attacks of other
animals. The size of its shell relative to its body would deter most
animals from regarding it as a desirable article of food, and as far
as is known at present the Brachiopoda suffer but little from internal
parasites, the only case I know being a minute parasitic Copepod
belonging to a new and as yet unnamed genus which I found within the
mantle cavity of Cistella (Argiope) neapolitana in
Naples. Their slight value as an article of diet has doubtless helped
to preserve them through the long periods of geological time, through
which they have existed apparently unchanged.
Two of the recent genera of the family Lingulidae, Lingula
and Glottidia, are usually found between tide-marks or in
shallow water not exceeding 17 fathoms. Discina is also found
about the low-tide level, but one species at any rate, Discinisca
atlantica, has been dredged, according to Davidson, “at depths
ranging from 690 to nearly 2425 fathoms.” Their larvae frequently
settle on the shells of their parents, and thus numbers of overlapping
shells are found clustered together. Crania is usually dredged
from moderate depths down to 808 fathoms, adhering to rocks, lumps of
coral, stones, and shells.
Of the Testicardines, Terebratula Wyvillei has probably been
found at the greatest depth, i.e. 2900 fathoms, in the North
Pacific. It is interesting to note that its shell is glassy and
extremely thin. The Brachiopoda are, however, as a rule, found in
shallower water; they abound up to a depth of 500 or 600 fathoms, after
which they rapidly diminish with increasing depth. About one-half the
named species occur at a depth of less than 100 fathoms.
The vertical range of depth of certain species is great; Terebratula
vitrea is recorded from 5 to 1456 fathoms, T. Wyvillei from
1035 to 2900 fathoms. This is to some extent explicable since, after a
certain depth has been reached, many of the external conditions, such
as absence of temperature and light, must remain constant even to the
greatest depths of the ocean.
The area of the ocean explored by dredging forms such an infinitesimal
fraction of the whole, that it seems superfluous to consider the
horizontal distribution of Brachiopods. A few facts may, however, be
mentioned. Certain species, as Terebratula vitrea, T. caput
serpentis, Waldheimia cranium, Megerlia truncata,
and Discinisca atlantica, have a very wide if not cosmopolitan
distribution. The second of the above named extends as far north as
Spitzbergen, and as far south as Kerguelen Island. Many species are, on
the other hand, very localised, and have hitherto only been found in
one place. A very considerable number of these have been dredged off
Japan and Korea, and this region may be to some extent regarded as the
headquarters of the group.
The following species have been obtained within the limits of the
British Area, as defined by Canon Norman, who has been good enough to
revise the list, which is founded on that drawn up by Davidson in his
Challenger Report. Their range of bathymetric distribution is given in
the column on the left.
Depth in
Fathoms
0 to
1180.
Terebratulina caput serpentis Lin.
Oban, and off Cumbrae Islands, Loch Torridon, Scotland, off
Belfast
8 to
25.
Terebratula (Gwynia) capsula Jeff.
Belfast Bay, E. and S. coast of Ireland, Plymouth, Weymouth,
and Guernsey
5 to
690.
Waldheimia cranium Müller
North British seas. Off Shetland
75 to
725.
Waldheimia septigera Lovén
North British seas. Off Shetland
20 to
600.
Terebratella spitzbergenensis Dav.
N.N.W. of Unst, Shetland
18 to
364.
Argiope decollata Chemnitz
Two miles east of Guernsey
20 to
45.
Cistella cistellula S. Wood
Shetland, near Weymouth, S. coast of England
650 to
1750.
Atretia gnomon Jeff.
W. of Donegal Bay in 1443 faths. Between Ireland and
Rockall, in 1350 faths.
10 to
690.
Rhynchonella psittacea Gmelin.
Shetland and near Dogger Bank.This species is possibly fossil
as well as recent
3 to
808.
Crania anomala Müller
Loch Fyne, North of Scotland
690 to
2425.
Discinisca atlantica King
W. of Donegal Bay in 1366 faths., W. of Ireland in 1240 faths.,
off Dingwall Bay
The table of classification here appended is that suggested by Mr.
Davidson in his Monograph on the Recent Brachiopoda.
I. TESTICARDINES
Family
A. Terebratulidae.
This includes the majority of genera and of species,
the latter, without counting uncertain species,
amounting to sixty-eight. Examples: Terebratula,
Terebratella, Terebratulina, Waldheimia,
Megerlia, Argiope, Cistella.
B. Thecidiidae.
This family contains one genus, Thecidium, with two species.
C. Rhynchonellidae.
This family is made up of eight species, six of
which belong to the genus Rhynchonella, and two
to Atretia.
II. ECARDINES
D. Craniidae.
This family comprises the four species of Crania.
E. Discinidae.
This family contains one species of Discina and
six of Discinisca.
F. Lingulidae.
This family consists of eight species of Lingula
and three of Glottidia.
It is impossible to come to any satisfactory conclusion as to the
position of the group Brachiopoda with relation to the rest of the
animal kingdom. They have, in accordance with the views of various
investigators, been placed in close connexion with many of the large
groups into which the Invertebrates are split up. The Mollusca, the
Tunicata, the Polyzoa, the Chaetopoda, the Gephyrea, and of recent
times such isolated forms as Phoronis and Sagitta,
have all in turn had their claims advanced of relationship to this
most ancient group. As far as I am in a position to judge, their
affinities seem to be perhaps more closely with the Gephyrea and with
Phoronis than with any of the other claimants; but I think even
these are too remote to justify any system of classification which
would bring them together under a common name. Investigation into the
details of the embryology of the group, more especially into that of
the Ecardines, might throw some light on this subject, and it is much
to be desired that this should be undertaken without delay. That the
group is a most ancient one, extending from the oldest geological
formations, we know, that the existing members of it have changed
but little during the vast lapse of time since their earliest fossil
ancestors flourished, we believe; but we are in almost total ignorance
of the origin or affinities of the group, and we can hardly hope for
any light on the subject except through embryological research.
BRACHIOPODA
PART II
PALAEONTOLOGY OF THE BRACHIOPODA
BY
F. R. COWPER REED, B.A., F.G.S.
Trinity College, Cambridge
CHAPTER XVIII PALAEONTOLOGY OF THE BRACHIOPODA — Introduction — I. ECARDINES — II. TESTICARDINES — PHYLOGENY AND ONTOGENY
INTRODUCTION—DIVISION I. ECARDINES—EXTERNAL
CHARACTERS—INTERNAL CHARACTERS—DIVISION II.
TESTICARDINES—EXTERNAL CHARACTERS—INTERNAL
CHARACTERS—SYNOPSIS OF FAMILIES—STRATIGRAPHICAL
DISTRIBUTION—PHYLOGENY AND ONTOGENY
The wide distribution and vast abundance of the Brachiopoda throughout
the whole series of geological formations make this group of especial
importance to the student of the past history of the earth; and the
zoologist must always regard the fossil forms with peculiar interest,
because they not only largely outnumber the living representatives,
but comprise numerous extinct genera, and even families, exhibiting
types of structure and characters entirely absent in the modern
members of the group. It is a most fortunate circumstance that the
excellent state of preservation in which we frequently find them, and
the immense amount of material at our disposal, enable us to determine
with accuracy and certainty the internal characters of the shells in
the great majority of cases. But it is only since the beginning of the
present century that our knowledge of the anatomy of the soft parts
of the living animal has rendered any tracing of homologies possible.
In the case of features in fossil extinct types the interpretation
must be to some extent doubtful. Barrande, Clarke, Davidson, Hall,
King, Oehlert, Waagen, de Verneuil, and a host of other workers have
contributed to the information which we now possess; and their works
must be consulted for details of the subject.[428]
Since all Brachiopods are inhabitants of the sea, the geologist at once
recognises as a marine deposit any bed which contains their remains.
Under favourable conditions they swarmed in the seas of Palaeozoic
and Mesozoic times. Beds of limestone are frequently almost entirely
composed of their shells, as, for instance, some of the Devonian
limestones of Bohemia. Often they give the facies to the fauna and
outnumber in species and individuals all the other organisms of the
period. The Ungulite Sandstone (Cambrian) of Russia and the Productus
Limestone of the Salt Range in India of Carboniferous and Permian age
are well-known examples.
Many species seem to have been gregarious in habit; thus Productus
giganteus of the Carboniferous Limestone may generally be found in
crowded masses, as in some localities in Yorkshire.
The fact that certain species of Brachiopods characterise definite
stratigraphical horizons or “zones” gives them occasionally an
importance equal to that of Graptolites; for instance, the Ecardinate
species Trematis corona marks a set of beds in the Ordovician,
and the isolated Stringocephalus Burtini is restricted to the
upper part of the Middle Devonian, giving to the limestone on that
horizon its distinctive name. It is noteworthy also how certain species
affect a sandy and others a calcareous sea-bottom, so that beds of
the same age show differences in their Brachiopod fauna owing to a
dissimilar lithological composition.
While few of the recent Brachiopods reach a large size, some of the
extinct species measure several inches in breadth, but the great
Productus giganteus attained the width of even a foot.
The bright colours of the shells of the living animals are not
generally preserved amongst the fossil species from the older rocks;
yet in a Carboniferous Terebratula we can even now detect the
purple bands in some specimens, and a Cretaceous Rhynchonella
similarly exhibits its original colour.
The Brachiopoda are evidently a group in its decline, as the geological
record shows; but they date back from the earliest known fossiliferous
rocks, in which the Ecardinate division is alone represented. As we
ascend through the stratigraphical series the number and variety of
genera and species belonging to both divisions rapidly increase until
in the united Ordovician and Silurian there are nearly 2000 species and
about 70 genera. From this point of maximum development down to the
present day there is a gradual decrease in numbers.
According to Davidson, at least 17 Upper Tertiary species are still
living on our sea-bottoms; and many recent Mediterranean forms occur in
the Pliocene rocks of the islands and shores of that sea, and in the
Crags of East Anglia.
A brief review of the chief characteristics of fossil Brachiopoda
is given below. Those genera which have the greatest zoological or
geological importance can alone be noticed owing to the exigencies of
space.
External Characters
A considerable diversity of external form is met with even in this
division, from the limpet-like Discina to the flattened
tongue-shaped Lingula. The valves have most commonly a smooth
external surface with delicate growth-lines; but sometimes pittings
(Trematis) or radiating ribs (Crania) are present, and in
a few forms the shell is furnished with spines (Siphonotreta),
which perhaps serve to anchor it in the soft mud of the sea-bottom.
The usual mode of fixation was by means of the pedicle (= peduncle
or stalk), which either (1) passed out simply between the posterior
gaping portion of the valves (Lingula), or (2) lay in a slit in
the ventral valve (Lingulella), or (3) pierced the substance
of the latter valve by a definite foramen (Discina). The
first-mentioned condition of the pedicle seems the most primitive.
Rarely the pedicle was absent, and the shell was attached by the whole
surface of the ventral valve (Crania, p. 467).
The two valves in the fossil Ecardines were held together by muscular
action, though in some families (Trimerellidae) we see traces
of articulating processes. The “hinge line,” or line along which the
valves worked as on a hinge, is in most forms more or less curved. A
“hinge area” (i.e. that portion of the shell generally smoother
than other parts of the valves, more or less triangular in form, and
lying between the beaks on one or both sides of the hinge line), is
usually absent in the Ecardines.
Fig. 322.—Muscle-scars of Lingula
anatina. Inner surface of A, Pedicle-valve or ventral
valve. B, Brachial or dorsal valve; p.s, parietal scar;
u, umbonal muscle; t, transmedians; c, centrals;
a.m.e, laterals (a, anteriors; m, middles;
e, externals).
Fig. 323.—Trimerella. (After Davidson
and King.) A, Inner surface of pedicle-valve or ventral valve:
a, pseudo-deltidium; b, deltidial slope; c,
deltidial ridges; d, areal borders; e, cardinal
callosities; f, cardinal facet; g, lozenge; i,
umbonal chambers separated by cardinal buttress; j, platform;
k, platform vaults; l, median plate; m, median
scars; n, anterior scars; o, lateral scars; p,
post-median scars; q, crown crescent; r, side or lateral
crescent; s, end or terminal crescent; t, transverse
scars; u, archlet (vascular sinuses); w, sub-cardinal
scars; x, umbo-lateral scars. B, Brachial or dorsal
valve: e, cardinal sockets; j, platform; k,
platform vaults; l, median plate; m, median scars;
n, anterior scars; q, crown crescent; r, side
or lateral crescent; s, end or terminal crescent; t,
transverse scars; u, archlet (vascular sinuses); v,
cardinal scars; w, sub-cardinal scars.
Internal Characters
Owing to the rarity of well-preserved interiors of valves in this
division, our knowledge of their internal characters is still far
from satisfactory. The arrangement of the muscular impressions varies
greatly amongst extinct genera, but we are often able to interpret
them with a considerable amount of certainty by a study of the scars
and the muscles of the well-known recent Lingula (Fig. 322).
The extreme specialisation of the muscles in many of the earliest
genera (e.g.Lingula) is remarkable, and points to a
long but so far undiscovered ancestry in pre-Cambrian times.[429] In
fossil species of Crania and Lingula the muscle-scars
correspond closely with those in the living representatives of these
genera. In the most highly specialised family of the Ecardines—the
Trimerellidae—we meet with features of peculiar interest.[430]
The muscle-scars in this family (Fig. 323, A, B) are most remarkable
for the development of the so-called “crescent,” (q.r.s.)
which skirts the posterior margin of both valves as a sub-cardinal
impression. It is believed to be the trace of a strong post-parietal
muscular wall, analogous in position to that of Lingula. The
three pairs of “lateral” muscle-scars in the latter genus seem to be
represented by the “terminal” (s) and “lateral” (r) scars
on the crescent of the Trimerellidae. A pair of “transverse”
scars (t) occurs in each valve between the “terminals” and
the antero-lateral edge of the “platform” (j). “Cardinal”
(v), “sub-cardinal” (w), and “umbo-lateral” (x)
scars also occur. The median impression which covers the “platform”
(j) consists of a central, lateral, and usually an anterior
pair of scars; and the impressions of the genital organs, according
to Davidson and King, lie medianly posterior to the “platform.” The
“platform” itself is a more or less conspicuous central calcareous
elevated area occurring in each valve, but most developed in the
dorsal; in some cases it is double-chambered with tubular cavities
(“platform vaults,” Fig. 323, A, B, k), in others it is more
or less solid. It appears to have originated through a posterior
shifting of the central muscular bands, that they might be inserted
behind the liver; at the same time a deposition of shelly material,
to form fulcra to work the heavy valves, took place at these points.
The tunnelling-out of the platform was probably due to the continual
pressure of the lobes of the liver. The division of the umbonal cavity
into definite chambers in Monomerella, and to a less extent in
other members of this family, appears, according to Davidson and King,
to have been caused by pressure of the ovarian lobes.
In connexion with the foregoing remarks on the development of the
“platform,” it may be mentioned that the paths along which the
muscle-bands move, as the shell of Brachiopods increases in size, are
marked by elongated scars, and often by shelly deposits; and when the
members of a muscle-pair come into juxtaposition these shelly deposits
(which act as fulcra for the muscles) combine, and by the growth
of the shell form a septum, as in the case of the median septum of
Lingulepis.
The Obolidae show some important features in the internal
impressions. Obolella crassa (Hall) may be taken as a well-known
type of the family. In this species a pair of small scars, one on each
side of the pedicle-groove, lies close under the hinge line in the
ventral valve. There is also a well-marked scar for the insertion of
the pedicle-muscle at the end of the pedicle-groove. A pair of much
elongated lateral impressions extending forward from the “cardinals”
may be homologous with the “laterals” of Lingula; and the two
small central scars between them may be compared with the “centrals”
of Lingula which are in a somewhat similar position. In the
dorsal valve of O. crassa a pair of “cardinals” is found, and on
each side of a low median rounded ridge are two small “central” scars.
Indistinct “lateral” scars arise close to or in the central area, and
diverge anteriorly.
Sometimes a great concentration of muscle-scars occurs round the
foramen in the ventral valve, as in Siphonotreta.
As regards the minute structure and composition of the shell in the
Ecardines, we find that the Lingulidae and Discinidae
have their shell composed of alternating layers of phosphate of
lime and a corneous substance; the former layers are pierced by
microscopic canals. The Craniidae have calcareous shells
traversed by tubules, which divide into many fine branches near
the external surface; a thin periostracum covers the exterior. The
Trimerellidae have heavy thick calcareous shells, for which they
required the previously-described elaborate arrangement of muscles to
open and shut them.
External Characters
It is to this division that the great majority of the Brachiopoda
belong; and the diversity of form, of ornamentation, and of internal
characters is correspondingly greater than in the Ecardines.
A transversely or longitudinally oval shape of shell is the commonest;
but sometimes it is triangular, as in Rhynchonella (Fig. 327),
or bilobed, as in Pygope (= Terebratula diphya). The
ventral valve is usually more convex than the dorsal, and the former
may be prolonged into a tube by the accelerated growth and infolding
of the anterior and lateral margins, producing a very abnormal
form (Proboscidella). The external surface of the valves is
frequently ornamented with more or less prominent radiating ribs; and
fine concentric growth-lines are commonly shown, and may be developed
into coarse ridges or wrinkles, particularly in old individuals. The
members of the family Productidae are usually furnished with
tubular spines, which are sometimes of great length, and served to
anchor the free shells in the mud, or were twisted round Crinoid stems
and similar objects.
In the ventral valve of many genera there is a median sinus, with a
corresponding fold in the dorsal valve, and rarely vice versâ;
sometimes the fold and sinus are double.
The hinge line is either curved or straight, and the valves are
articulated by means of a pair of “hinge-teeth” (Fig. 329, t) in
the ventral valve, which fit into corresponding sockets in the opposite
valve. Some genera have the teeth very rudimentary, or have lost them
altogether. The teeth are frequently supported by “dental plates,”
and the sockets by “socket plates” (e.g.Conchidium,
Figs. 324, 325). A few genera with a long hinge line have the whole of
it denticulated (Stropheodonta). In the dorsal valve medianly
close under the hinge line is a shelly protuberance—the “cardinal
process”—to which the diductor muscles are attached. It is sometimes
of great length and forked (Stringocephalus, Fig. 326), or
tripartite, or even quadripartite; but in Rhynchonella and some
other genera it is rudimentary.
Fig. 326.—Stringocephalus Burtini.
(Modified from Woodward.) Devonian. A, Interior of dorsal
valve. B, Side view of interior of shell; a, adductor
(= occlusor) scars; c, crura; c.p, cardinal process;
d.s, dorsal septum; h.p, hinge plate; l, brachial
loop; s.p, shelly processes; t.s, dental sockets;
v.s, ventral septum.
A “hinge area” (Fig. 334, c.a) is often present on one or both
valves, and may be of great size, as in Clitambonites, but in
Productus it is wholly absent. In those genera that possess it
a triangular fissure—the “deltidial fissure”—frequently traverses it
on both valves; in the dorsal valve the fissure is merely the space
between the dental sockets, and may be occupied by the cardinal-
process (Fig. 334, C) or covered by a shelly plate—the “chilidium.” In
the ventral valve it gives passage to the pedicle, and may be partly
or entirely closed by a similar plate (Fig. 334, d) known as
the “pseudo-deltidium,” especially large in Clitambonites, or
remain open (Orthis). This pseudo-deltidium is a primitive
character, and arises in an early stage of the development as a
shell-growth on the dorsal side of the animal, becoming attached to
the ventral valve subsequently. The pedicle in many genera passes out
through a special foramen in the beak of the ventral valve; and its
proximal portion is often embraced by a pair of small plates—the
deltidial plates or “deltidium”—which are formed on lateral extensions
of the ventral mantle lobe, according to Beecher. These plates lie
on each side of the pedicle, or grow round and unite in front of it
(Rhynchonella, Fig. 327), or constitute merely its anterior
border (Terebratula, Fig. 328). In some cases this foramen
becomes closed in old age.
The dorsal valve in a few cases has its beak perforated by a
foramen—the “visceral foramen.” This foramen is in no way connected
with the pedicle foramen, but points perhaps to the existence in
the early Testicardinate genera of an anal aperture. In Athyris
concentrica (Devonian) this foramen is connected internally with a
cylindrical tube, which extends longitudinally to about one-third the
length of the valve. In Centronella the aperture in the cardinal
plate is rounded and complete; and in Strophomena and its allies
the opening lies between the cardinal processes. If this feature is
correctly interpreted, it suggests a retrogression of the group since
Palaeozoic times not only in numbers, but in structure; and other
evidence points the same way.
Internal Characters
The interior of the shell is sometimes more or less divided up by
septa. A median septum occurs in one or both valves of many genera
as a low ridge or strongly developed partition (Waldheimia,
Fig. 329, ss; and Stringocephalus, Fig. 326, B, v.s).
Conchidium (Fig. 325) has its dental plates of great size, and
uniting to form a V-shaped chamber or “spondylium,” supported by a
median double septum; and by means of these with a pair of septa and
the large socket-plates in the dorsal valve the interior of the shell
of this genus is divided up into several chambers.
The interiors of several other genera are somewhat similarly divided up.
In the Carboniferous genus Syringothyris two special plates,
situated between the dental plates, are rolled into an incomplete tube,
so as to enclose probably the anal extremity of the alimentary canal;
and in several genera a sub-umbonal “cardinal plate” is present, which
is perforated (Athyris) or slit in some cases for the passage of
the anal tube.
For the support of the fleshy “spiral arms” the calcareous structures
forming the “brachial apparatus” are of two main types—(1) the loop
type; (2) the spiral-cone type. In the Strophomenidae no special
calcareous support seems to have been usually present (Fig. 334),
though in some species of Leptaena spirally-grooved elevated
areas supported the fleshy arms; in the Productidae it is
probable that the ridges enclosing the “reniform impressions” (Fig.
333, i) served for a similar purpose.
The Terebratulidae show the “loop type” of brachial apparatus.
In Waldheimia (Fig. 329), which may be taken as an example,
we notice first in the dorsal valve the “crura” (cr), from
which arise the two “descending branches” which run forwards and then
are bent back to form the “ascending branches” which are united by
the “transverse band.” In some genera the “ascending branches” may
be reduced to mere points, and the “transverse band” become a median
vertical plate; the “crura,” too, may be fused so as to form a “crural
band”; and the “descending branches” may be connected by a cross
band—the “jugal band.” In Stringocephalus (Fig. 326, l,
s.p) the loop is furnished on its inner edge with radiating
processes; and in Argiope the loop is simple, not reflected, and
fused with marginal septa; while in the Thecidiidae it is more
or less fused with the shell itself, and with the mass of calcareous
spicules secreted by the mantle.
The “spiral-cone type” of brachial apparatus is found in the
Spiriferidae, Atrypidae, and Koninckinidae, and
consists of two spirally-enrolled calcified lamellae, forming two cones
with their apices directed laterally (Spirifera, Fig. 330), or
towards the interior of the dorsal valve (Atrypa, Fig. 332), or
towards each other (Glassia); or forming two flat spirals in the
same plane (Koninckinidae). A “jugal band” is generally present,
but varies much in position, and in some genera has complicated
posterior processes.
The Rhynchonellidae have no loop or spiral cones, but merely a
pair of short “crura.”
The principal modifications in the attachments of the muscles in the
Testicardines are illustrated by Productus giganteus
(Fig. 333), Leptaena rhomboidalis (Fig. 334), and Waldheimia
flavescens (Fig. 329).
In Productus (Fig. 333) we see in the ventral valve a pair of
dendritic occlusor, often called adductor, impressions and a pair of
large flabellate divaricator impressions. In the dorsal valve the large
“cardinal process” served for the attachment of the divaricator, and a
low median septum separated the dendritic occlusor scars, which are
rarely divisible into anterior and posterior pairs.
Fig. 332.—Interior of the same, seen from the
dorsal side, showing brachial spires. (After Hall.)
In Leptaena (Fig. 334) the occlusor scars (a) in the
ventral valve are narrow and median, and are enclosed by a pair of
flabelliform divaricator impressions (d.v); in the dorsal valve
two pairs of occlusor scars (a.a, p.a) are well marked,
and accessory posterior occlusor scars are traceable in some specimens.
The vascular sinuses (v.s) and genital areas are conspicuous in
many species of this and other genera.
Fig. 333.—Productus giganteus. (After
Woodward.) Carboniferous Limestone. A, Interior of dorsal
valve. B, Interior of ventral valve. C, Transverse
section of valves. D, Hinge line of A: a, occlusor
scars; d, divaricator scars; i, “reniform impressions”;
ca, cardinal process; h, hinge line; p, brachial
prominence; s, cavity for spiral arms; do, dorsal valve;
ve, ventral valve.
In Waldheimia (Fig. 329) a sub-umbonal “peduncular muscle” scar
(p) in the ventral valve has before it a pair of “accessory
divaricator” scars (a.d) flanked by a pair of “ventral adjustor”
(v.a) and a pair of “divaricator” impressions (d),
between which lie the two occlusor scars (a). In the dorsal
valve anterior and posterior pairs of occlusor scars (a.a,
a.p) are visible.
The minute structure of the calcareous shell of the Testicardines is
of flattened fibrous prisms inclined at a very acute angle to the
surfaces. In many forms minute tubes more or less closely arranged
pierce through the fibrous shell-substance; but in some genera
(Productus) they do not reach the outer surface (see p. 468).
Allied genera, however, differ much in the punctate or impunctate
character of the shell.
Fig. 334.—Leptaena rhomboidalis.
(Silurian.) A, External view of ventral valve. B,
Interior of ventral valve: a, occlusor scars; d,
pseudo-deltidium; d.v, divaricator scars; c.a, hinge
area; t, teeth. C, Interior of dorsal valve: a.a,
anterior occlusor scars; p.a, posterior occlusor scars;
c.a, hinge area; c.p, cardinal process; d,
chilidium; s, dental sockets; v.s, vascular sinuses.
Synopsis of Families
I. Ecardines
Family. Lingulidae
Shell elongated, composed of alternating chitinous and
calcareous layers, the latter of which are perforated. Attached
by a pedicle passing between apices of valves.
Principal Genera.—Lingula, Lingulella,
Lingulepis.
Family. Obolidae
Shell varies in shape. Ventral valve provided with pedicular
groove or foramen. Cardinal border thickened. No brachial
supports. Shell composed of alternating chitinous and calcareous
layers.
Principal Genera.—Obolus, Obolella,
Kutorgina, Linnarssonia, Siphonotreta,
Acrotreta, Neobolus.
Family. Discinidae
Shell rounded, valves more or less conical, fixed by pedicle
passing through slit or tubular foramen in ventral valve. No
calcified brachial supports. Shell structure chitino-calcareous.
Range.—Ordovician to Recent.
Principal Genera.—Discina, Orbiculoidea,
Trematis.
Family. Craniidae
Shell calcareous, subcircular; fixed by surface of ventral
valve; dorsal valve the larger, depressed-conical. Shell
structure punctate.
Four principal muscular scars in each valve, with central
triangular protuberance in ventral valve (see p. 476).
Range.—Ordovician to Recent.
Principal Genus.—Crania.
Family. Trimerellidae
Shell thick, calcareous, inequivalve; beak of ventral valve
usually prominent; rudimentary teeth maybe present; hinge area
well developed, with pseudo-deltidium. In interior of valves
muscular platform, “crescent,” and sometimes sub-umbonal
chambers (see p. 494, Fig. 323).
Range.—Ordovician and Silurian; maximum in Wenlock.
Principal Genera.—Trimerella,
Monomerella, Dinobolus, Rhinobolus.
II. Testicardines
Family. Productidae
Shell entirely free, or fixed by ventral valve or spines.
Concavo-convex, more or less covered with tubular spines. Hinge
line straight. Hinge-teeth absent or rudimentary.
Range.—Silurian to Permian. Genus Productus
very characteristic of the Carboniferous.
Principal Genera.—Productus, Chonetes,
Strophalosia, Proboscidella, Aulosteges.
Family. Strophomenidae
Shell very variable in shape; concavo-convex, plano-convex,
or biconvex; hinge line usually straight; frequently with an
area on each valve; foramen may or may not be present. Shell
structure near always punctate. Ventral valve usually furnished
with hinge-teeth; and dorsal valve with cardinal process.
Brachial supports completely absent or very rudimentary.
Principal Genera.—Orthis, with many sub-genera,
Clitambonites, Skenidium, Strophomena,
Orthothetes, Leptaena, Stropheodonta,
Plectambonites.
Family. Koninckinidae
Shell plano-convex or concavo-convex. Brachial apparatus
composed of two lamellae spirally enrolled in the same plane, or
in the form of depressed cones, with the apices directed into
the ventral valve.
Range.—Silurian to Lias.
Principal Genera.—Koninckina,
Koninckella, Coelospira, Davidsonia.
Family. Spiriferidae
Shell biconvex. Brachial apparatus consisting essentially of two
descending calcareous lamellae which by spiral enrolment form a
pair of laterally-directed cones (Fig. 330).
Range.—Chiefly Palaeozoic, but a few forms pass up
into the Lias.
Principal Genera.—Spirifera, Cyrtia,
Uncites, Athyris, Merista.
Family. Atrypidae
Brachial apparatus consists of two descending calcareous
lamellae which bend outwards at the extremity of the crura and
are coiled into two spiral cones, the apices of which either
converge towards each other (Glassia) or towards the
dorsal valve (Atrypa, Fig. 332), or diverge towards the
dorsal valve (Dayia); shell structure impunctate.
Range.—Ordovician to Trias.
Principal Genera.—Atrypa, Dayia,
Glassia.
Family. Rhynchonellidae
Shell biconvex, hinge line usually curved.
Beak of ventral valve incurved, with foramen.
Calcareous brachial supports reduced to a pair of short curved
crura.
The septa, dental and socket plates may be highly developed
and divide up the cavity of the shell into chambers
(Stenochisma, Conchidium).
Shell structure fibrous, rarely punctate; muscular impressions
as in Terebratulidae.
Range.—Ordovician to Recent: majority of the genera
are Palaeozoic.
Principal Genera.—Rhynchonella (Fig. 327),
Stenochisma, Stricklandia, Conchidium.
Family. Terebratulidae
Shell structure punctate.
Arms supported by a calcareous loop, usually bent back on itself.
(For muscular impressions see p. 502, Figs. 328, 329.)
Beak of ventral valve perforated by foramen, furnished with
deltidium.
Range.—Devonian to Recent; maximum development in
Mesozoic times.
Principal Genera.—Terebratula,
Terebratulina, Waldheimia, Terebratella,
Kingena, Magas, Centronella.
Family. Argiopidae
Large foramen for passage of pedicle. Marginal septa present
in both valves. Calcareous brachial loop follows margin of
shell and is more or less fused with the septa. Shell structure
punctate.
Range.—Jurassic to Recent.
Principal Genera.—Argiope, Cistella.
Family. Stringocephalidae
Shell subcircular, punctate. Cardinal process highly developed,
bifid. Brachial apparatus composed of two calcareous free
lamellae, prolonged at first downwards, then bent back, upwards
and outwards to run parallel to margin of shell and to unite in
front, thus constituting a wide loop.
Range.—Silurian and Devonian.
Sole Genus.—Stringocephalus.
Family. Thecidiidae
Shell usually fixed by beak of ventral valve, plano-convex.
Sub-cardinal apophysis in ventral valve for attachment of
occlusors. Marginal septa in dorsal valve. Calcareous brachial
loop more or less fused with shell, and with calcareous spicules
of mantle. Shell structure: inner layer fibrous, outer layer
tubulated.
Range.—Carboniferous to Recent.
Principal Genera.—Thecidium, Oldhamina.
Stratigraphical Distribution of Brachiopoda
It is remarkable that some of the earliest types of Brachiopoda exist
generically unchanged at the present day. Such are Lingula,
ranging from the Cambrian; Discina and Crania, ranging
from the Ordovician; and amongst the hinged forms Terebratula
from the Devonian, and Rhynchonella from the Ordovician.
In the lowest Cambrian (Olenellus beds) the most important genera
are Linnarssonia and Kutorgina. The hinged forms
appear in the Cambrian, being represented by Orthis; but the
majority in this formation belong to the Ecardines. Lingula,
Lingulella, and Obolella are characteristic.
In the Ordovician many new genera of the Testicardines make their
appearance, such as Strophomena, Leptaena, Atrypa,
Rhynchonella, Clitambonites, etc., but the extraordinary
abundance and variety of Orthis is most remarkable. The
Ecardines are reinforced by such forms as Trematis and
Siphonotreta. It is, however, in the Silurian that the
Testicardinate Brachiopoda attain their maximum, for in addition to a
great development of species amongst the older forms, a host of new
genera for the first time occur here (Spirifera, Athyris,
Conchidium, Stricklandia, Chonetes, Cyrtia,
etc.); and the Trimerellidae are especially characteristic of
the Wenlock.
With the commencement of Devonian times many species and genera become
extinct, but new forms come in (Terebratula, Orthothetes,
Productus, etc.), and some genera are wholly confined to
this formation (Uncites, Stringocephalus). The
Carboniferous is marked by the maximum development of Productus
and Spirifera; Orthothetes, Stenochisma, and
Athyris are also abundant, but there is a considerable
extinction of the older genera and species, and a great diminution in
the number of individuals and species of those that persist.
A further reduction occurs in the Permian, where the most
important genera are Productus, Strophalosia, and
Stenochisma; but Aulosteges is a new form peculiar to
this period. In the Trias a new era commences; the principal families
and genera of the older rocks disappear entirely; a few spire-bearing
genera persist (Spiriferina, Athyris), and the genus
Koninckina is restricted to this formation.
The enormous development of species of the Terebratulidae
and Rhynchonellidae is the most noticeable feature in
Jurassic times; and a few ancient types linger on into the Lias
(Spiriferina, Suessia, a sub-genus of Spirifera);
Koninckella here occurs.
The Cretaceous Brachiopoda are closely allied to the Jurassic;
Magas and Lyra are peculiar to the period, and the
Terebratulidae and Rhynchonellidae are very abundant,
together with the Ecardinate genus Crania.
With the commencement of Tertiary times the Brachiopoda have lost their
geological importance, and have dwindled down into an insignificant
proportion of the whole Invertebrate fauna.
The distribution of the Brachiopoda in past time is shown in the
following table:—
Palaeozoic
Mesozoic
C
a
r
O
b
C
r
o
r
C
d
S
D
n
J
e
T
a
o
i
e
i
P
u
t
e
m
v
l
v
f
e
r
a
r
R
b
i
u
o
e
r
T
a
c
t
e
r
c
r
n
r
m
r
s
e
i
c
i
i
i
i
o
i
i
s
o
a
e
a
a
a
a
u
a
a
i
u
r
n
ECARDINES
n
n
n
n
s
n
s
c
s
y
t
Lingulidae
Lingula
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
Lingulella
___
Obolidae
Obolus
___
___
Obolella
___
___
Kutorgina
___
___
Linnarssonia
___
Trematis
___
___
Siphonotreta
___
___
Acrotreta
___
Discinidae
Discina
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
Craniidae
Crania
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
Trimerellidae
Trimerella
___
Dinobolus
___
TESTICARDINES
Productidae
Productus
___
___
___
Chonetes
___
___
___
Strophalosia
___
___
___
Strophomenidae
Orthis
___
___
___
___
___
Skenidium
___
___
Clitambonites
___
Strophomena
___
___
Stropheodonta
___
___
___
Leptaena
___
___
___
___
Orthothetes
___
___
___
Davidsonia
___
Koninckinidae
Koninckina
___
Koninckella
___
Spiriferidae
Spirifera
___
___
___
___
Spiriferina
___
___
___
___
___
Cyrtia
___
___
___
Syringothyris
___
Uncites
___
Athyris
___
___
___
___
___
Merista
___
___
Retzia
___
___
___
___
___
Atrypidae
Atrypa
___
___
___
___
___
___
Dayia
___
Coelospira
___
Rhynchonellidae
Rhynchonella
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
Stenochisma
___
___
___
Stricklandia
___
Conchidium
___
___
Terebratulidae
Terebratula
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
Terebratulina
___
___
___
___
Waldheimia
___
___
___
___
Terebratella
___
___
___
___
Kingena
___
___
Magas
___
Centronella
___
___
___
Argiopidae
Argiope
___
___
___
___
Cistella
___
___
___
___
Stringocephalidae
Stringocephalus
___
Thecidiidae
Thecidium
___
___
___
___
___
Oldhamina
___
Wherever successive stages in the life history of an individual
resemble in important anatomical features the adult individuals of
other species occurring in successive members of a stratigraphical
series, the development of the individual may be regarded as an epitome
of the development of the species; it also generally throws light on
the origin and relationships of allied genera and families.
In the case of the fossil Brachiopoda comparatively little work has yet
been done in tracing their ontogeny or phylogeny, though the abundance,
variety, and excellent state of preservation of the extinct species
offer a promising field for investigation. It is to Dr. C. E. Beecher
and other recent American palaeontologists that we owe our advance in
this branch of the subject.
In the first place, in about forty genera, representing nearly all the
leading families of the group, the important fact has been established
of the presence of a common form of embryonic shell, termed the
“protegulum,” which is “semicircular or semielliptical in shape with a
straight or arcuate hinge line and no hinge area” (Beecher).[431] Its
minute size and delicate texture cause its preservation to be rare, but
its impression is not uncommonly left on the beak of the adult shell.
The main features of this embryonic shell are exhibited in the
adult Lower Cambrian Brachiopod Obolus (Kutorgina)
labradoricus (Billings); the sub-equal semielliptical valves
have lines of growth running concentrically and parallel to the margin
of the shell, and ending abruptly against the straight hinge line;
and this indicates that there has been no change in the outline and
proportions of the shell during its stages of growth, but only a
general increase in size. It is very significant that we have here a
mature type possessing the common embryonic characters of a host of
widely separated genera, and we may therefore regard it as the most
primitive form known.
Many genera pass through this so-called “Paterina” stage either in
the case of both their valves, or more generally in the case of the
dorsal valve only; but modifications in the form of the protegulum
arise, which are due to the influence of accelerated growth, by
which features belonging to later stages become impressed on the
early embryonic shell. The most variable and specialised valve—the
ventral or pedicle valve naturally exhibits the effect of this
influence first and to the greatest extent. The Palaeozoic adult forms
of many species represent various pre-adult stages of the Mesozoic,
Tertiary, and Recent species, as is especially well shown in the genera
Orbiculoidea and Discinisca.
In the Strophomenoid shells the protegulum in the dorsal valve is
usually normal, but in the ventral valve abbreviation of the hinge
and curvature of the hinge line are produced by acceleration of the
“Discinoid stage” in which a pedicle notch is present.
No marked variation has yet been noticed in the spire-bearing, or
Terebratuloid, or Rhynchonelloid genera.
The form of the shell and the amount of difference in shape and size of
the valves seem to be largely due to the length of the pedicle and its
inclination to the axis of the body, as evidenced by the development of
Terebratulina. A series showing progressive dissimilarity of the
two valves arising from these causes can be traced from Lingula
to Crania. The greater alteration that takes place in the
ventral valve appears to be due to its position as lower and attached
valve. If the pedicle is short a transversely-expanded shell with
long hinge line results when the plane of the valves is vertical or
ascending, but when the latter is horizontal a Discinoid form is found.
This mode of attachment is often accompanied by a more or less plainly
developed radial symmetry. Shells with long pedicles, on the other
hand, are usually longer than wide.
The character of the pedicle-opening is of great significance from
an evolutional and classificatory point of view, for the successive
stages through which it passes in embryonic growth are chronologically
paralleled by different genera, and are likewise accompanied by the
successive acquisition of other important anatomical characters, as
has been shown by Beecher and others. The first and simplest type of
pedicle opening is in shells with a posterior gaping of the valves,
where the pedicle protrudes freely between them in a line with the
axis, and the opening is shared by both valves, though generally to
a greater extent by the ventral valve. Paterina (= Obolus
labradoricus) and Lingula furnish examples of this type.
In the second type the pedicle opening is restricted to the ventral
valve, and the direction of the pedicle makes a right angle with the
plane of the valves; in the lower forms the pedicle lies in a slit or
sinus (Trematidae), but by further specialisation it becomes
enclosed by shell growth so as to lie within the periphery, and
finally becomes sub-central in some genera (Discinidae). The
third type shows the pedicle opening confined to the ventral valve and
sub-marginal. A pseudo-deltidium may preserve the original opening
(Clitambonites); or this shelly plate may become worn away or
reabsorbed in the adult so that the deltidial fissure through which
the pedicle passes remains quite open (Orthidae). In the fourth
type the incipient stage marks a return to the simple conditions of the
first type; but ultimately a pair of deltidial plates develop, and may
completely limit the pedicle opening below. Examples of this type are
Spirifera and Rhynchonella. By means of these four types
the Brachiopods have been divided into four Orders: the Atremata
(type i.); the Neotremata (type ii.); the Protremata
(type iii.); and the Telotremata (type iv.).
The Telotremata were the last to appear, but the four types of
pedicle-opening with the various forms of calcareous brachial apparatus
were in existence in the Bala period of the Ordovician.
As Paterina is the most primitive form of all, we may
place it at the root of the phylogenetic tree. From it sprang
the Atremata, which gave off the Neotremata and
Protremata; the most primitive Neotremata seem
to be the Trematidae, while the connecting link between
the Protremata and Atremata is furnished by the
Kutorginidae. From the genus Conchidium and its
allies we may see how the Rhynchonellidae ushered in the
Telotremata as an offshoot from the Protremata. The
Telotremata subsequently gave off two main branches, which
became specialised with the loop-bearing and spire-bearing forms
respectively.
The evolution and mutual relationships of genera have been indicated
with much probability by Hall, Clarke, and others. The Obolelloid type
may be connected with the Linguloid by means of Lingulella
and Linyulepis, while in Lingula itself we find the
point of divergence for the ancestors of Trimerella, and for
a line of variation culminating in Dignomia. The Palaeozoic
Rhynchonelloids branched off at an early period from the same stock
as Orthis, and are connecting links between this genus
and Mesozoic Rhynchonellae; and a whole series of genera exhibit
intermediate stages of structure between the Rhynchonelloid and
Pentameroid groups. The Terebratuloids can be traced back to the
primitive type Renssoellaria; and amongst spire-bearing forms,
the protean genus Spirifera can be split up into groups
of species which diverge along lines tending to forms no longer
congeneric. When we come to deal with specific differences we find
frequently such a host of intermediate varieties that the separation of
many species, as in the case of Mesozoic Terebratulae, is to a large
extent arbitrary and artificial.
INDEX
References to figures are printed in thick type (248,
197); to systematic position, in italics (391, 430)
ADLER (H).—Alternating Generations. A Biological
Study of Oak Galls and Gall Flies. By Hermann Adler,
M.D., Schleswig. Translated and edited by Charles R.
Straton, F.R.C.S. Ed., F. E. S. $3.25.
BADENOCH (L. N.).—The Romance of the Insect
World. By L. N. Badenoch. With Illustrations by
Margaret J. D. Badenoch and others. 2d Edition. Gilt
top. $1.25.
BALFOUR.—A Treatise on Comparative Embryology.
By F. M. Balfour, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow and Lecturer of
Trinity College, Cambridge. With Illustrations. Second Edition,
reprinted without alteration from the First Edition. In 2 vols.
8vo. Vol. I., $4.50; Vol. II., $5.25.
BATESON (W.).—Materials for the Study of
Variation, treated with especial Regard to Discontinuity in
the Origin of Species. By William Bateson, M.A.. Fellow
of St. John’s College, Cambridge. With many cuts. 8vo. $6.50.
BEDDARD (F. E.).—Animal Colouration. With 4
Coloured Plates, and Woodcuts in the Text. By Frank Evers
Beddard, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Zoölogical Society
of London and Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. 8vo. $3.50.
A Monograph, Structural and Systematic, of the Order
Oligochæta. Large Post 8vo. Half cloth. 800 pp.
Just ready.
CAMBRIDGE NATURAL HISTORY (The). Edited by J. W.
Clark, M.A., S. F. Harmer, M.A., and A. E.
Shipley, M.A. Medium 8vo.
This series, which will be complete in ten volumes, fully illustrated,
and covering the Natural History of Invertebrate and Vertebrate
Animals, is intended, in the first instance, for those who have not had
any special scientific training, but an attempt will be made to combine
popular treatment and popular language with the most modern results of
scientific research.
The following volumes are likely to appear in the course of 1895:
Molluscs. By Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A. Just
ready.
Insects. By David Sharp, M.A., F.R.S. 2 vols.
Birds. By A. H. Evans, M.A.
CLAUS.—Elementary Text-Book of Zoölogy. By
Dr. C. Claus. Translated and edited by Adam
Sedgwick, M.A., with the assistance of F. G.
Heathcote, B.A. Part I., General Part and Special Part:
Protozoa to Insecta. Part II., Special Part: Mollusca to Man.
With 706 Woodcuts. 2 vols. 8vo. $8.00.
ECKER.—The Anatomy of the Frog. By Alexander
Ecker. Translated with numerous Annotations and Additions,
by G. Haslam, M.D., and illustrated with 250 Wood
Engravings and 11 Coloured Figures. 8vo. $5.25.
EIMER.—Organic Evolution as the Result of the
Inheritance of Acquired Characters, according to the Laws
of Organic Growth. By Dr. G. H. Theodor Eimer,
Professor of Zoölogy and Comparative Anatomy in Tübingen.
Translated by T. J. Cunningham, M.A., F.R.S.E., late
Fellow of University College, Oxford. Part I., with 6 Figures in
the Text. 8vo. $3.25.
FLOWER.—Mammals, Living and Extinct. By
William Henry Flower, C.B., F.R.S., D.C.L., Director of
the Natural History Departments, British Museum, and Richard
Lydecker, B.A. 8vo. Cloth. Illustrated with 357 Figures.
$6.00.
FOWLER (A. Warde).—Tales of the Birds.
With Illustrations. New and cheaper Edition. $1.25.
A Year with the Birds. With Illustrations. $1.25.
GÜNTHER (Albert C. L. G.).—An Introduction
to the Study of Fishes. With Index. Illustrated with 320
Wood Engravings. 8vo. $6.00.
HERTWIG (O.).—Text-book of the Embryology of Man
and Mammals. By Dr. Oscar Hertwig. Translated from
the Third German Edition by Edward L. Mark, Hersey
Professor of Anatomy in Harvard University. With 330 Figures in
the Text and two Lithographic Plates. 8vo. $5.25.
The Cell: its Anatomy and Physiology. By Dr.
Oscar Hertwig, Professor in the University of
Berlin. Translated by Henry Johnstone Campbell,
M.D. With 168 Illustrations. In the Press.
HUXLEY and MARTIN.—A Course of Elementary
Instruction in Practical Biology. By T. H. Huxley,
LL.D., F.R.S., assisted by H. N. Martin, M.A., M.D.,
D.Sc., F.R.S. Revised Edition, Extended, and Edited by G. B.
Howes and D. H. Scott. With a Preface by Professor
Huxley. 12mo. $2.60.
KIRBY (W. F.).—Elementary Text-Book of
Entomology. 2d Edition, Revised. With 87 Plates. 8vo. $3.00.
LANG.—Text-Book of Comparative Anatomy. By Dr.
Arnold Lang, Professor of Zoölogy in the University of
Zurich; Formerly Ritter Professor of Phylogeny in the University
of Jena. With a Preface to the English Translation by Professor
Dr. Ernst Haeckel, F.R.S., Director of the Zoölogical
Institute in Jena. Translated into English by Henry M.
Bernard, M.A. (Cantab.) and Matilda Bernard. Part
I. Complete with Index and 383 Illustrations. 8vo. $5.50.
Professor Lang has here successfully carried out the very
difficult task of selecting the most important results from
the bewildering mass of new material afforded by the extensive
researches of the last decades, and of combining them with great
judgment. Besides this he has, more than any former writer,
utilized the comparative history of development in explaining
the structure of the animal body, and has endeavored always to
give the phylogenetic significance of ontogenetic facts.—From
Professor Haeckel’s Preface.
LUBBOCK (Sir J.).—On the Origin and Metamorphoses of
Insects. With Illustrations. Nature Series. $1.00.
MIVART.—Lessons in Elementary Anatomy. By St.
George Mivart, F.R.S., Lecturer in Comparative Anatomy at
St. Mary’s Hospital. With upwards of 400 Illustrations. 16mo.
$1.75.
PARKER.—A Course of Instruction in Zoötomy
(Vertebrata). By T. Jeffery Parker. With seventy-four
Illustrations. 12mo. $2.25.
WALLACE.—Works by Alfred Russel Wallace, LL.D.,
F.L.S. Darwinism. Being a Systematic Exposition of the
Theory of Natural Selection, with Some of its Applications. With
numerous Illustrations. $1.75.
“The present work contains the conclusions upon this great
subject of thirty years of thought and observation.... A
contribution of the first importance to the literature of the
subject. At the same time it would be difficult to find a book
more entertaining to the general reader. He writes with the
sincerity and easy mastery which comes of fulness of knowledge.
There can be no more interesting guide in that great wonderland
of science in which he has been so long one of the chief
discoverers.”—New York Times.
The Malay Archipelago; The Land of the Orang Utan and
the Bird of Paradise. A Narrative of Travel. With
Studies of Man and Nature. With Illustrations. Ninth
Edition. 12mo. $1.75.
Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection;
and Tropical Nature and Other Essays. New edition.
In one volume. 12mo. $1.75.
Island Life; or, The Phenomena and Causes of Insular
Faunas and Floras. Including Revision and Attempted
Solution of the Problem of Geological Climates. With
Illustrations and Maps. New and cheaper Edition. 12mo.
$1.75.
WIEDERSHEIM.—Elements of the Comparative Anatomy
of Vertebrates. Adapted from the German of Robert
Wiedersheim. By W. Newton Parker. With Additions.
Illustrated with 270 Woodcuts. 8vo. $3.00.
WEISMANN.—Essays upon Heredity and Kindred Biological
Problems. By Dr. August Weismann, Professor in
the University of Freiburg in Breisgau. Edited by Edward
B. Poulton, M.A., F.R.S., Selmar Schonland, and
Arthur E. Shipley. 12mo. $2.00.
MACMILLAN & CO.,
66 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK.
FOOTNOTES:
Columbia University Biological Series.
EDITED BY
HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN,
Da Costa Professor of Biology in Columbia College.
The first two volumes of this series were published in October; the
third will be ready in April, and the fourth in October, 1895.
I. From the Greeks to Darwin.
Buckram. 8vo.
II. Amphioxus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates.
Buckram. 8vo.
III. Fishes, Living and Fossil.
(In Preparation.)
IV. The Cell in Development and Inheritance.
(In Preparation.)
OPINIONS OF THE PRESS.
“The Columbia University of New York has decided to issue a series of
small volumes on Biology, under the editorship of Dr. Osborn, the Da
Costa Professor of Biology. It is not to be a library of elementary
text-books in the ordinary sense of the term, but to consist chiefly
of works dealing with certain fundamental problems which will concern
students who have passed beyond preliminaries.”—Natural Science
(London).
“If the other volumes in course of preparation by the professors in
biology of Columbia University are up to the high standard of the
present one (Amphioxus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates),
that institution is to be congratulated upon the enterprise of
those who initiated the project.”—The American Naturalist
(Philadelphia).
“The ‘Columbia University Biological Series’ is a new scientific
publishing venture undertaken by Messrs. Macmillan & Co., under the
general editorial supervision of Henry Fairfield Osborn. Numbers 1
and 2 of the series reach us, From the Greeks to Darwin, by H.
F. Osborn, and Amphioxus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates,
by Arthur Willey. Judging from these volumes, the Columbia Biological
Series will be of the utmost interest to students.”—Philadelphia
Evening Telegram.
“The ‘Columbia University Biological Series,’ as inaugurated by the
Macmillans, opens with a general review of the rise and progress of
the evolution idea, from its first rudimentary perception by the Greek
mind to the full development wrought out by Darwin.”—Milwaukee
Sentinel.
[22]SB. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1889, p. 4, but the view
is not universally accepted.
[23] Not to Nassa, as has been generally held. The
shape of the operculum, and particularly the teeth of the radula, show
a much closer connexion with Cominella.
[30] One step even further (or perhaps it should be termed
a branch derivative) is seen in the genus Smaragdia, which is
probably a Neritina which has resumed a purely marine habit of
life.
[31]SB. Naturf. Gesell. Leipz. 1886–87, pp. 40–48.
[183] Thus Limnaea involuta, which is almost
universally regarded as a good and distinct species, has been held to
be no more than a variety of L. peregra produced by locality;
see Zoologist, 1889, p. 154.
[184] J. W. Taylor, Journ. of Conch. v. p. 289, an
interesting article, with many useful references.
[185] Möbius, Report on ‘Pommerania’ Exped. pp.
138–141.
[195]Phil. Trans. 1889, vol. 180 B, p. 207. A somewhat
similar case (the celebrated Steinheim series of Planorbis) is
dealt with by Hilgendorf, MB. Akad. Berl. 1866, p. 474; and
Hyatt, Proc. Amer. Ass. Sc. xxix. p. 527.
[196] J. B. Bridgman, Quart. Journ. Conch. i. p. 70.
[207] C. Hedley in J. P. Thomson, Brit. New Guinea, p.
283.
[208] Most of the above facts are derived from a study of
a collection of native implements, weapons, ornaments, etc., in the
Antiquarian Museum at Cambridge.
[209] Thurston, Notes on the Pearl and Chank Fisheries,
Madras, 1890.
[210] See in particular, P. L. Simmonds, The Commercial
Products of the Sea.
[216] A. Adams, Voyage of the ‘Samarang,’ ii. p. 308.
[217] Much information has been derived, on this subject,
from Bertram’s Harvest of the Sea, Simmonds’ Commercial
Products of the Sea, the publications of the Fisheries Exhibition,
especially vol. xi. (Anson and Willett); see also Philpots, Oysters
and all about them.
[253] Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. iii. p. 359; Sauvage,
Journ. de Conchyl. xxi. p. 122.
[254] Hermaphroditism seems to occur in (a) whole
families, e.g.Anatinidae and the Septibranchia;
(b) genera, e.g.Cyclas, Pisidium;
(c) single species, e.g. in the generally dioecious
genera Ostrea, Pecten, Cardium.
[257]Hist. Anim. v. 6 and 12, iv. 1, ed. Bekker, 1837.
[258] ‘On pourra constater si ce ne seraient pas des
parties détachées de quelque céphalopode dans le but de servir à le
fécondation,’ Hist. Nat. Helminthes, 1845, p. 482.
[259] Steenstrup, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), xx. p. 81
f.
[260] C. Ashford, Journ. of Conch. iii. p. 239, iv. pp.
69, 108.
[265] The result of some experiments by Professor Herdman upon
Littorina rudis, tends to show that it can live much better in
air than in water, and goes far to support the view that the species
may be undergoing, as we know many species must have undergone (see p.
20), a transition from a marine to a terrestrial life. It was found
that marked specimens upon the rocks did not move their position for
thirty-one successive days (Proc. Liverp. Biol. Soc. iv. 1890,
p. 50).
[287] V. Willem (Arch. Biol. ut infr.) denies this, and
declares that Cyclostoma is only very sensitive to movements.
The present writer has often approached, with the greatest care, a
crawling Cyclostoma, but it always withdrew into its shell or
fell to the ground when approached within about 10 or 12 inches.
[293] The nature of the grouping of the eyes into rows varies
considerably in different species. As a rule, the rows radiate from the
beak, but occasionally they run parallel to the girdle. In Tonicia
lineolata Fremb., they are grouped, as it were, under the shelter
of strongly marked longitudinal wavy lines.
[294]Shell-Eyes in other Mollusca.—The Rev. J. E.
Tenison-Woods (Trans. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii. p. 106)
is of opinion that ‘shell-eyes’ are by no means confined to the
Chitonidae, but that, in fact, multiplicity of eyes of this kind is
the rule rather than the exception among the Mollusca. He finds (1)
exceedingly minute and numerous ‘eyes’ on the outer surface of the
shell in both univalves and bivalves; (2) large and solitary ‘eyes’ in
the shell substance; (3) eyes on the mantle lobes in both univalves and
bivalves; (4) eyes on the opercula.
[316] With the exception of Actaeon, which is
streptoneurous (Bouvier, Comptes Rendus, cxvi. p. 68).
[317] This fusion of the cerebral and pleural ganglia and the
consequent union of the cerebro-pedal and pleuro-pedal commissures
can be recognised by sections of the mass (Pelseneer, Comptes
Rendus, cxi. p. 245).
[318] There is practically no pharynx in the Pelecypoda, the
mouth opening directly into the oesophagus.
[319]Radere, to scrape; ὸδούς, tooth; φέρειν, to
carry.
[320] The mechanism of the radula has been dealt with by
Geddes, Trans. Zool. Soc. x. p. 485. Rücker has observed
(Ber. Oberhess. Gesell. Nat. Heilk. xxii. p. 207) that the
radula in Helix pomatia is the product of five rows of cells;
the use of the first row is uncertain, the second forms the membrane of
the radula, while rows three to five originate the teeth.
[322] The whole of the radulae and jaws figured in this work
are taken from the original specimens in the collection of the Rev.
Prof. H. M. Gwatkin, who has always been ready to give me the run of
his cabinets, which probably contain the finest series of radulae
in the world. To his kindness I owe the following description of
the process of mounting: “The first step is to obtain the radula.
Dissection is easy in species of a reasonable size. On opening the
head from above, so as to lay open the floor of the mouth, the radula
itself is seen in most of the marine species, though in others it is
contained in a sort of proboscis; and in the Pulmonata and others the
student will find the buccal mass, with commonly a brown mandible at
its front end, and the lingual ribbon in its hinder part. The teeth
may be recognised by their silvery whiteness, except in a few cases
like Patella and Chiton, where they are of a deep brown
colour. When obtained, the radula may be cleaned by boiling in a
solution of caustic potash. There is no risk of injury if the solution
is not too strong.
“Smaller species may be treated more summarily. The proboscis,
the buccal mass, or even the whole animal may be thrown into the
potash solution and boiled till scarcely anything is left but the
cleaned radula. Remains of animals dried inside the shell may be
similarly dealt with, after soaking in clean water. With a little
care, this process will answer for shells down to the size of
Ancylus or Rissoa. The very smallest (Carychium,
Tornatellina, Skenea, etc.) must be crushed on the slide
and boiled on it, after removing as much as possible of the broken
shell. The radula can then be searched for under the microscope, and
washed and mounted on the slide.
“The student must be warned that though the general process is simple,
there are difficulties in particular cases. In the Pulmonata, for
example, membranes on both sides of the radula need careful removal.
Murex, Purpura, and most of the Taenioglossa
have the side teeth folded down over the central, so that the
arrangement is not well seen till they have been brushed back. The
Cones, again, have no basal membrane at all, so that if the potash
is not used with great care, the single teeth will fall asunder
and be lost. Perhaps the worst case is where a large animal has a
radula as small as that of a Rissoa, like Turritella,
Harpa, or Struthiolaria, or where the radula is almost
filmy in its transparency, like those of Actaeon and the small
Scalaria.
“When once the radula is laid out, the mounting is commonly easy.
Canada balsam makes it too transparent. Fluids may be used, and are
almost necessary for thick radulae like those of large Chitons;
but the best general medium is glycerine jelly. It runs under the
cover glass by capillary attraction, and may be boiled (though only
for a moment) to get rid of air bubbles. It should then be left
unfinished for several weeks. If cracks appear, the reason is either
that the jelly is a bad sample, or that it has been boiled too long,
or (commonly) that the object is too thick; and there is not often
any difficulty in remounting. I have no serious complaint of want
of permanence against the medium, if I may speak from a pretty wide
experience during the last twenty years.”
[323] The substance both of the jaw and radula is neither
crystalline nor cellular, but laminated. Chitin is the substance which
forms the ligament in bivalves, the ‘pen’ in certain Cephalopoda, and
the operculum in many univalves. Neither silica nor keratine enter into
the composition of the radula.
[325]V. concinna, according to Schacko (Conch.
Mitth. i. p. 126, Pl. xxiv. f. 5); the lateral is large, strong,
unicuspid on a broad base.
[326] In some cases (e.g.Hyalinia inornata) the
laterals are very few, while in Zonites laevigatus the first
side tooth is more of a marginal than a lateral.
[328] According to Moquin-Tandon (Moll. de France, i.
p. 44) this process in Bithynia is attached by one end to the
wall of the stomach. Vivipara, with two jaw pieces, does not
possess this stylet; Bithynia, which does possess it, has no
jaw.
[329] J. H. Vanstone, Journ. Linn. Soc. xxiv. p. 369.
[330]Biol. Centralbl. vii. p. 683; SB. Ges. Nat.
Fr. 1890, p. 42; Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) v. 1850, p. 14.
[336] Dr. W. B. Carpenter, Rep. Brit. Ass. xiii. p. 71;
xiv. p. 1; xvii. p. 93; J. S. Bowerbank, Trans. Micr. Soc. i. p.
123; Ehrenbaum, Zeit. wiss. Zool. xli. p. 1.
[345] Mr. B. B. Woodward has recently pointed out (P. Z. S.
1892, p. 528) a very remarkable method of shell absorption and growth
in Velates and certain other Neritidae.
[346] The only exception appears to be Pedipes, while
in Cassidula and Scarabus the absorption is partial
(Crosse and Fischer, Journ. de Conch. xxx. p. 177 f.).
[347]Strombus and Pteroceras (see Fig. 99, p.
200) exceptionally develop a siphonal notch which is distinct from the
anterior canal.
[348] The columella, as distinct from the columella
lip, is the solid pillar of shell round which the whorls are coiled
(Fig. 177), the lower, or anterior portion of which alone is usually
visible.
[361] Pollonera, Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, v. 1890, No.
87.
[362] South and south-western France, however, belong to the
Mediterranean Sub-region.
[363] The coast-line of north-east China, including Corea
and Japan to north Niphon, is much more definitely tropical than the
adjacent inland districts. The coast-line, therefore, must be placed
in the Oriental Region, while the inland districts belong to the
Palaearctic Region.
[369]Streptaxis is a remarkable instance of a
mainland genus. Although abundant in the Oriental, Ethiopian,
and Neotropical regions, it never seems to occur on any of the adjacent
islands, except in the case of Trinidad (1 sp.), which is practically
mainland. Omphalotropis, on the other hand, is the exact reverse
of Streptaxis in this respect, occurring all over Polynesia and
the Malay Is., as far west as Borneo, as well as on the Mascarenes, but
never, save in a doubtful case from China, on the mainland of Asia,
Australia, or Africa.
[370] The Amboyna group has been much the better explored.
Common to both groups are one sp. each of Kaliella,
Trochomorpha, Opeas, Leptopoma, Cyclotus,
Helicina.
[372] Mysol, with 2 Chloritis, 1 Insularia, 1
Cristigibba, is decidedly Papuan.
[373] See especially C. Hedley, Note on the Relation of the
Land Mollusca of Tasmania and New Zealand, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6) xiii. p. 442.
[374] Hedley and Suter, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales
(2), vii. p. 613. Twenty-one species are “introduced.”
[375] Nine species have been introduced: 6 from Europe, 2 from
the West Indies, 1 from the Western Isles.
[376] It is by no means implied that unbroken land
communication between India and Madagascar, across the Indian Ocean,
ever existed. A series of great islands, whose remains are attested by
the Chagos and other banks, would be quite sufficient to account for
the results, as we find them. See especially Medlicott and Blanford,
Geology of India, vol. i. p. lxviii.
[377]Journ. Cinc. Soc. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 317. The
number is doubtless susceptible of very considerable reduction, say by
one-half at least.
[379] Compare von Martens, Malak. Blätt. 1868, p. 169;
von Ihering, Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell. 1891, p. 93.
[380] The distribution of some Pteropoda has been worked out
by Munthe, Bih. Svensk. Ak. Handl. XII. iv. 2, by Pelseneer
“Challenger” Rep., Zool. xxiii., and by Boas, Spolia
Atlantica.
[381]Bull. Mus. C. Z. Harv. xiv. p. 202; xxiii. p. 34
f.
[383] A break in this uniformity may be found underneath the
course of a great oceanic current like the Gulf Stream, which rains
upon the bottom a large amount of food. A. Agassiz (Bull. Mus. C.
Z. Harv. xxi. p. 185 f.) explains in this way the richness of the
fauna of the Gulf of Mexico as compared with that of the west coast of
tropical America.
[384] On the western coasts of Europe and America, where the
change in surface temperature is very gradual, Purpura lapillus
(the west American ‘species’ are at best only derivatives) is able to
creep as far south as lat. 32° (Mogador) in the former case, and lat.
24° (Margarita Bay) in the latter, the mean annual temperature of the
surface water being 66° off Mogador, with an extreme range of only 8°,
and that of Margarita Bay 73°, with an extreme range of only 5°. On
the eastern coasts, where the Pacific and Atlantic gulf-streams cause
a sudden change of temperature, the Purpura is barred back at
points many degrees farther north, viz. at lat. 41° (Hakodadi),
surface temperature 52°, extreme range 25°; and at lat. 42° (Newhaven),
surface temperature 52°, extreme range 30°.
[386] A. H. Cook, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xviii.
(1886) p. 380 f; E. A. Smith, P. Z. S. 1891, p. 391 f.
[387] C. Keller, Neue denksch. Schw. Gesell. xxviii.
1883, pt. 3.
[388] According to Tate (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.
1887–88, p. 70), ‘Australian’ species predominate at Freemantle (32°),
but Tenison-Woods (J. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxii. p. 106) holds
that the tropical fauna extends as far south as Cape Leeuwin (34°), and
that the Australian forms are not predominant until the extreme south.
Tenison-Woods regards Cape Byron (31°) as the limit of the tropical
fauna on the east coast, while some characteristic tropical genera
reach Port Jackson, and a few (e.g.Cypraea annulus)
Tasmania.
[389] A full account of the distribution of Voluta is
given by Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl. (3) xix. p. 263.
[390] Usually known as ‘Patagonian,’ but since the Magellanic
Sub-region includes a considerable part of Patagonia, and since the
greater part of sub-region (6) lies out of Patagonia, it has been
thought advisable to change the name.
[397]Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1844, Transactions, p. 74;
P. Z. S. 1839, p. 35.
[398] It is convenient, but not morphologically correct, to
apply the terms ‘ventral’ and ‘dorsal’ in this sense.
[399] φραγμός, partition; σήπιον, cuttle-bone; χόνδρος, long
cartilage.
[400] μυέω, close the eyes; ὕψις, sight; contrasted with
Oigopsidae (οἰγω, open).
[401] The classification is that of Foord, Catal. Fossil
Cephal. Brit. Mus., 1888.
[402] Saville Kent, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vi. p.
229.
[403] J. Power, Ann. Mag. N. H. (2) xx. p. 334; P.
Z. S. 1836, p. 113; Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén. (3) i. 1893, p.
105.
[404] In deference to Bergh’s high authority, the position
of a sub-order is here given to the Ascoglossa. It may be doubted
whether that position will stand the test of further investigation, and
whether the families concerned will not be added to the Cladohepatic
Nudibranchs.
[405] This family has also been classified with the Bulloidea
and with the Aplysioidea.
[406] It appears more convenient to treat the whole group
together, rather than deal with the two sections separately.
[407] An operculum is said to exist in the young forms of
Auricula and Parmacella.
[420] “Recherches sur l’Anat. des Brachiopodes Inarticules,”
Arch. Zool. Exp. (2), Tome iv., 1886.
[421] “Untersuchungen über den Bau der Brachiopoden,” Jena,
1892.
[422] “Vorläufige Mittheilungen über Brachiopoden,” Zool.
Anz. Bd. viii. 1885.
[423] Hancock’s nomenclature is here used. The corresponding
names used by King and Brooks are placed in brackets. Their
nomenclature is used by many palaeontologists, and is adopted in Fig.
322.
[424]Development of the Brachiopoda, 1873 (Russian).
[425] “Histoire de la Thécidie,” Ann. d. Sci. Nat.,
Sér. 4, vol. xv., 1861.
[426] “On the Early Stages of Terebratulina septentrionalis,”
Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. ii., 1869. “On the Development
of Terebratulina,” Ibid. vol. iii., 1873.
[427] “Choses de Nouméa,” Arch. d. Zool. exp. et gen.,
2nd ser., vol. ix., 1891.
[428] J. Barrande, Syst. Silur. Bohème, vol. v., 1879.
Hall and Clarke, Introd. Palaeozoic. Brach. (Palaeont. of
New York, 1892–1894). Davidson, Monogr.Brit. Foss.
Brach. (Palaeont. Soc., 1851–1884). Waagen, Salt Range
Fossils (Mem. Geol. Surv. India, 1879–1885).
[429] The results of the investigations of King (Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. xii., 1873) and of Brooks (Chesapeake
Zool. Laboratory, Scientific Results, p. 35, 1879), and the simple
nomenclature of these authors are here followed in preference to those
of others, owing to the difference of opinion amongst anatomists of the
functions and homologies of the muscles. The lateral muscles enable the
valves to move backwards and forwards on each other; the centrals close
the shell; the umbonals open it; and the transmedians allow a sliding
sideways movement of one valve across the other (see also p. 477).
[430] Davidson and King, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., xxx.
(1874), p. 124.